diff options
| author | Ulf Hermann <ulf.hermann@qt.io> | 2017-02-23 17:22:41 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Ulf Hermann <ulf.hermann@qt.io> | 2017-04-27 15:56:33 +0000 |
| commit | 121d248c1da7f2130a2edde6d158f116c89ed407 (patch) | |
| tree | ad7a348a88db648da6e2df366d89fcb7b7436a1c /libgnu | |
| parent | f10810fff6fda147f9c07fea0e1b33a7c4d79ad1 (diff) | |
Add gnulib modules to replace missing libc functionality
This enables us to build a fully featured elfutils package on systems
with reduced C libraries, such as windows. All the modules are built
into libgnu.a, which is then linked into all binaries if
--enable-gnulib is given on the configure line.
Change-Id: I743fd22172bc85d9f10dcc3dad8eb921f462b554
Reviewed-by: Christian Kandeler <christian.kandeler@qt.io>
Diffstat (limited to 'libgnu')
235 files changed, 50732 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/libgnu/Makefile.am b/libgnu/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4a90e80 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in +## +## Copyright (C) 2017 The Qt Company Ltd. +## This file is part of elfutils. +## +## This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +## it under the terms of either +## +## * the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free +## Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at +## your option) any later version +## +## or +## +## * the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +## Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at +## your option) any later version +## +## or both in parallel, as here. +## +## elfutils is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +## General Public License for more details. +## +## You should have received copies of the GNU General Public License and +## the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this program. If +## not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +## + +# for eu-config.h +AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib +AM_CFLAGS = -fPIC +noinst_LIBRARIES = +MOSTLYCLEANFILES = +MOSTLYCLEANDIRS = +BUILT_SOURCES = +EXTRA_DIST = +CLEANFILES = +SUFFIXES = +include gnulib.am diff --git a/libgnu/_Noreturn.h b/libgnu/_Noreturn.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c44ad89b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/_Noreturn.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#if !defined _Noreturn && __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112 +# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \ + || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C) +# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)) +# elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER +# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn) +# else +# define _Noreturn +# endif +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/alignof.h b/libgnu/alignof.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e64e2c70 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/alignof.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* Determine alignment of types. + Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _ALIGNOF_H +#define _ALIGNOF_H + +#include <stddef.h> + +/* alignof_slot (TYPE) + Determine the alignment of a structure slot (field) of a given type, + at compile time. Note that the result depends on the ABI. + This is the same as alignof (TYPE) and _Alignof (TYPE), defined in + <stdalign.h> if __alignof_is_defined is 1. + Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant, + due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */ +#if defined __cplusplus + template <class type> struct alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; }; +# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (alignof_helper<type>, __slot2) +#else +# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2) +#endif + +/* alignof_type (TYPE) + Determine the good alignment of an object of the given type at compile time. + Note that this is not necessarily the same as alignof_slot(type). + For example, with GNU C on x86 platforms: alignof_type(double) = 8, but + - when -malign-double is not specified: alignof_slot(double) = 4, + - when -malign-double is specified: alignof_slot(double) = 8. + Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant, + due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */ +#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __IBM__ALIGNOF__ +# define alignof_type __alignof__ +#else +# define alignof_type alignof_slot +#endif + +#endif /* _ALIGNOF_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/alloca.c b/libgnu/alloca.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee0f0188 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/alloca.c @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory + (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn + + This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, + which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so + that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, + was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. + J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support. + + There are some preprocessor constants that can + be defined when compiling for your specific system, for + improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. + + The general concept of this implementation is to keep + track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any + that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current + invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as + soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. + + As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without + allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in + your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <alloca.h> + +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#ifdef emacs +# include "lisp.h" +# include "blockinput.h" +# ifdef EMACS_FREE +# undef free +# define free EMACS_FREE +# endif +#else +# define memory_full() abort () +#endif + +/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */ +#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 + +/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro, + there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */ +# ifndef alloca + +# ifdef emacs +# ifdef static +/* actually, only want this if static is defined as "" + -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static + in order to make unexec workable + */ +# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +you +lose +-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time +/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for + old and obscure compilers. */ +# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */ +# endif /* static */ +# endif /* emacs */ + +/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to + provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ + +# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) +long i00afunc (); +# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) +# else +# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) +# endif + +/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack + growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically + deduced at run-time. + + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ + +# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ +# endif + +# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 + +# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ + +# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ + +static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ +# define STACK_DIR stack_dir + +static int +find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth) +{ + int dir, dummy = 0; + if (! addr) + addr = &dummy; + *addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1; + dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0; + return dir + dummy; +} + +# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ + +/* An "alloca header" is used to: + (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; + (b) keep track of stack depth. + + It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc + alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ + +# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE +# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) +# endif + +typedef union hdr +{ + char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ + struct + { + union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ + char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ + } h; +} header; + +static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ + +/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, + which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from + the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space + was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the + caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some + implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ + +void * +alloca (size_t size) +{ + auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ + register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); + +# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 + if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ + STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20); +# endif + + /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that + was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ + + { + register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ + +# ifdef emacs + BLOCK_INPUT; +# endif + + for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) + if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) + || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) + { + register header *np = hp->h.next; + + free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */ + + hp = np; /* -> next header. */ + } + else + break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ + + last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ + +# ifdef emacs + UNBLOCK_INPUT; +# endif + } + + if (size == 0) + return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ + + /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ + + { + /* Address of header. */ + register header *new; + + size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size; + if (combined_size < sizeof (header)) + memory_full (); + + new = malloc (combined_size); + + if (! new) + memory_full (); + + new->h.next = last_alloca_header; + new->h.deep = depth; + + last_alloca_header = new; + + /* User storage begins just after header. */ + + return (void *) (new + 1); + } +} + +# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) + +# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC +# include <stdio.h> +# endif + +# ifndef CRAY_STACK +# define CRAY_STACK +# ifndef CRAY2 +/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ +struct stack_control_header + { + long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ + long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ + long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ + long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ + }; + +/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at + the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack + grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial + part of the stack segment linkage control information is + 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage + for the routine which overflows the stack. */ + +struct stack_segment_linkage + { + long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ + long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ + long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ + long:32; + long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous + segment of stack. */ + long:32; + long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ + long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for + microtasking. */ + long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ + long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ + long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ + long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ + long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ + long ssa0; + long ssa1; + long ssa2; + long ssa3; + long ssa4; + long ssa5; + long ssa6; + long ssa7; + long sss0; + long sss1; + long sss2; + long sss3; + long sss4; + long sss5; + long sss6; + long sss7; + }; + +# else /* CRAY2 */ +/* The following structure defines the vector of words + returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ +struct stk_stat + { + long now; /* Current total stack size. */ + long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would + be required to satisfy the maximum + stack demand to date. */ + long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ + long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ + long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ + long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ + long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ + long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ + long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ + long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ + long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ + long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ + long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ + long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ + long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This + number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to + include the fifteen word trailer area. */ + long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ + long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ + }; + +/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails + any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is + out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ + +struct stk_trailer + { + long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ + long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include + this trailer). */ + long unknown2; + long unknown3; + long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous + segment. */ + long unknown5; + long unknown6; + long unknown7; + long unknown8; + long unknown9; + long unknown10; + long unknown11; + long unknown12; + long unknown13; + long unknown14; + }; + +# endif /* CRAY2 */ +# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ + +# ifdef CRAY2 +/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. + I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long *address) +{ + struct stk_stat status; + struct stk_trailer *trailer; + long *block, size; + long result = 0; + + /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first + step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this + more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the + $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ + + STKSTAT (&status); + + /* Set up the iteration. */ + + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address + + status.current_size + - 15); + + /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is + a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ + + if (trailer == 0) + abort (); + + /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ + + while (trailer != 0) + { + block = (long *) trailer->this_address; + size = trailer->this_size; + if (block == 0 || size == 0) + abort (); + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) + break; + } + + /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes + of all predecessor segments. */ + + result = address - block; + + if (trailer == 0) + { + return result; + } + + do + { + if (trailer->this_size <= 0) + abort (); + result += trailer->this_size; + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + } + while (trailer != 0); + + /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one + not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed + from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably + not what you want. */ + + return (result); +} + +# else /* not CRAY2 */ +/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. + Determine the number of the cell within the stack, + given the address of the cell. The purpose of this + routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses + for alloca. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long address) +{ + long stkl = 0; + + long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; + long result = 0; + + struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; + + /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the + current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store + your registers on the stack and find that you are past + the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. + + B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control + area, which is what we are really interested in. */ + + stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + + /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, + one has the address of the first word of the segment. + + If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be + nonzero. */ + + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + size = ssptr->sssize; + + this_segment = stkl - size; + + /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused + a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not + contain the target address. */ + + while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) + { +# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); +# endif + if (pseg == 0) + break; + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + this_segment = stkl - size; + } + + result = address - this_segment; + + /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, + you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. + This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save + a cycle somewhere. */ + + while (pseg != 0) + { +# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); +# endif + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + result += size; + } + return (result); +} + +# endif /* not CRAY2 */ +# endif /* CRAY */ + +# endif /* no alloca */ +#endif /* not GCC 2 */ diff --git a/libgnu/alloca.in.h b/libgnu/alloca.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3dc38a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/alloca.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* Memory allocation on the stack. + + Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with this program; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + */ + +/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H + means there is a real alloca function. */ +#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H +#define _GL_ALLOCA_H + +/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory + allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns. + Use of alloca should be avoided: + - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour, + - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the + calling function returns, + - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small) + the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation + request, the program just crashes. + */ + +#ifndef alloca +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# elif defined _AIX +# define alloca __alloca +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS +# define alloca __ALLOCA +# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +void *_alloca (unsigned short); +# pragma intrinsic (_alloca) +# define alloca _alloca +# elif defined __MVS__ +# include <stdlib.h> +# else +# include <stddef.h> +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +# endif +void *alloca (size_t); +# endif +#endif + +#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/areadlink-with-size.c b/libgnu/areadlink-with-size.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc08317e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/areadlink-with-size.c @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +/* readlink wrapper to return the link name in malloc'd storage. + Unlike xreadlink and xreadlink_with_size, don't ever call exit. + + Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net> */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "areadlink.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifndef SSIZE_MAX +# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2)) +#endif + +/* SYMLINK_MAX is used only for an initial memory-allocation sanity + check, so it's OK to guess too small on hosts where there is no + arbitrary limit to symbolic link length. */ +#ifndef SYMLINK_MAX +# define SYMLINK_MAX 1024 +#endif + +#define MAXSIZE (SIZE_MAX < SSIZE_MAX ? SIZE_MAX : SSIZE_MAX) + +/* Call readlink to get the symbolic link value of FILE. + SIZE is a hint as to how long the link is expected to be; + typically it is taken from st_size. It need not be correct. + Return a pointer to that NUL-terminated string in malloc'd storage. + If readlink fails, malloc fails, or if the link value is longer + than SSIZE_MAX, return NULL (caller may use errno to diagnose). */ + +char * +areadlink_with_size (char const *file, size_t size) +{ + /* Some buggy file systems report garbage in st_size. Defend + against them by ignoring outlandish st_size values in the initial + memory allocation. */ + size_t symlink_max = SYMLINK_MAX; + size_t INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND = 8 * 1024; + size_t initial_limit = (symlink_max < INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND + ? symlink_max + 1 + : INITIAL_LIMIT_BOUND); + + /* The initial buffer size for the link value. */ + size_t buf_size = size < initial_limit ? size + 1 : initial_limit; + + while (1) + { + ssize_t r; + size_t link_length; + char *buffer = malloc (buf_size); + + if (buffer == NULL) + return NULL; + r = readlink (file, buffer, buf_size); + link_length = r; + + /* On AIX 5L v5.3 and HP-UX 11i v2 04/09, readlink returns -1 + with errno == ERANGE if the buffer is too small. */ + if (r < 0 && errno != ERANGE) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + free (buffer); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + + if (link_length < buf_size) + { + buffer[link_length] = 0; + return buffer; + } + + free (buffer); + if (buf_size <= MAXSIZE / 2) + buf_size *= 2; + else if (buf_size < MAXSIZE) + buf_size = MAXSIZE; + else + { + errno = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } + } +} diff --git a/libgnu/areadlink.h b/libgnu/areadlink.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb3b5e29 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/areadlink.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Read symbolic links without size limitation. + + Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net> */ + +#include <stddef.h> + +extern char *areadlink (char const *filename); +extern char *areadlink_with_size (char const *filename, size_t size_hint); + +#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT +extern char *areadlinkat (int fd, char const *filename); +#endif + +#if GNULIB_AREADLINKAT_WITH_SIZE +extern char *areadlinkat_with_size (int fd, char const *filename, + size_t size_hint); +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/arg-nonnull.h b/libgnu/arg-nonnull.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e62cc89 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/arg-nonnull.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL. + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools + that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers. + n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */ +#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL +# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3 +# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params)) +# else +# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) +# endif +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/argp-ba.c b/libgnu/argp-ba.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73f07bd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-ba.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS. + Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the + bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if + the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help + messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like "Report bugs to + ADDR." */ +const char *argp_program_bug_address +/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into + BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html> + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */ +#if defined __ELF__ + /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */ +#else + = (const char *) 0 +#endif + ; diff --git a/libgnu/argp-eexst.c b/libgnu/argp-eexst.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ee89984 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-eexst.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS + Copyright (C) 1997, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <sysexits.h> + +#include "argp.h" + +/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error. + If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from + <sysexits.h>. */ +error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE; diff --git a/libgnu/argp-fmtstream.c b/libgnu/argp-fmtstream.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe0d608a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-fmtstream.c @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ +/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams + Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that + don't have that. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +#include "argp-fmtstream.h" +#include "argp-namefrob.h" + +#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP + +#ifndef isblank +#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t') +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <wchar.h> +# include <libio/libioP.h> +# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a) +#endif + +#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200 +#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150 + +/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines + written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns + total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by + replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces. + Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline. + Returns NULL if there was an error. */ +argp_fmtstream_t +__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream, + size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin) +{ + argp_fmtstream_t fs; + + fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream)); + if (fs != NULL) + { + fs->stream = stream; + + fs->lmargin = lmargin; + fs->rmargin = rmargin; + fs->wmargin = wmargin; + fs->point_col = 0; + fs->point_offs = 0; + + fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE); + if (! fs->buf) + { + free (fs); + fs = 0; + } + else + { + fs->p = fs->buf; + fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE; + } + } + + return fs; +} +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream) +#endif +#endif + +/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */ +void +__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs) +{ + __argp_fmtstream_update (fs); + if (fs->p > fs->buf) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf); +#else + fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream); +#endif + } + free (fs->buf); + free (fs); +} +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free) +#endif +#endif + +/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the + end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */ +void +__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs) +{ + char *buf, *nl; + size_t len; + + /* Scan the buffer for newlines. */ + buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs; + while (buf < fs->p) + { + size_t r; + + if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0) + { + /* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */ + const size_t pad = fs->lmargin; + if (fs->p + pad < fs->end) + { + /* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the + buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */ + memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf); + fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */ + memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */ + buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */ + } + else + { + /* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < pad; i++) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0) + putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream); + else +#endif + putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream); + } + } + fs->point_col = pad; + } + + len = fs->p - buf; + nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len); + + if (fs->point_col < 0) + fs->point_col = 0; + + if (!nl) + { + /* The buffer ends in a partial line. */ + + if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin) + { + /* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits + within the maximum line width. Advance point for the + characters to be written and stop scanning. */ + fs->point_col += len; + break; + } + else + /* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to + the end of the buffer. */ + nl = fs->p; + } + else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin) + { + /* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum + line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */ + fs->point_col = 0; + buf = nl + 1; + continue; + } + + /* This line is too long. */ + r = fs->rmargin - 1; + + if (fs->wmargin < 0) + { + /* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the + newline and anything after it in the buffer. */ + if (nl < fs->p) + { + memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl); + fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl; + /* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */ + fs->point_col = 0; + buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */ + } + else + { + /* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the + maximum line width. Advance point for the characters + written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */ + fs->point_col += len; + fs->p -= fs->point_col - r; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line + width and scan back for the beginning of the word there. + Then insert a line break. */ + + char *p, *nextline; + int i; + + p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col); + while (p >= buf && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p)) + --p; + nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */ + + if (nextline > buf) + { + /* Swallow separating blanks. */ + if (p >= buf) + do + --p; + while (p >= buf && isblank ((unsigned char) *p)); + nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */ + } + else + { + /* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width. + Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */ + p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col); + /* Find the end of the long word. */ + if (p < nl) + do + ++p; + while (p < nl && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p)); + if (p == nl) + { + /* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */ + fs->point_col = 0; + buf = nl + 1; + continue; + } + /* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */ + nl = p; + /* Swallow separating blanks. */ + do + ++p; + while (isblank ((unsigned char) *p)); + /* The next line will start here. */ + nextline = p; + } + + /* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for + NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall + at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so + we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */ + + if ((nextline == buf + len + 1 + ? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1 + : nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin) + && fs->p > nextline) + { + /* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */ + if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1) + /* Make some space for them. */ + { + size_t mv = fs->p - nextline; + memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv); + nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin; + len = nextline + mv - buf; + *nl++ = '\n'; + } + else + /* Output the first line so we can use the space. */ + { +#ifdef _LIBC + __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n", + (int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf); +#else + if (nl > fs->buf) + fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream); + putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream); +#endif + + len += buf - fs->buf; + nl = buf = fs->buf; + } + } + else + /* We can fit the newline and blanks in before + the next word. */ + *nl++ = '\n'; + + if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin + || (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin)) + /* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */ + for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i) + *nl++ = ' '; + else + for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i) +#ifdef _LIBC + if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0) + putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream); + else +#endif + putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream); + + /* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer + position. */ + if (nl < nextline) + memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline); + len -= nextline - buf; + + /* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */ + buf = nl; + + /* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */ + fs->p = nl + len; + + /* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin + is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set + point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */ + fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1; + } + } + + /* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */ + fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf; +} + +/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by + growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */ +int +__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount) +{ + if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount) + { + ssize_t wrote; + + /* Flush FS's buffer. */ + __argp_fmtstream_update (fs); + +#ifdef _LIBC + __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf); + wrote = fs->p - fs->buf; +#else + wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream); +#endif + if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf) + { + fs->p = fs->buf; + fs->point_offs = 0; + } + else + { + fs->p -= wrote; + fs->point_offs -= wrote; + memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf); + return 0; + } + + if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount) + /* Gotta grow the buffer. */ + { + size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf; + size_t new_size = old_size + amount; + char *new_buf; + + if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size))) + { + __set_errno (ENOMEM); + return 0; + } + + fs->buf = new_buf; + fs->end = new_buf + new_size; + fs->p = fs->buf; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +ssize_t +__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + int out; + size_t avail; + size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */ + + do + { + va_list args; + + if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess)) + return -1; + + va_start (args, fmt); + avail = fs->end - fs->p; + out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args); + va_end (args); + if ((size_t) out >= avail) + size_guess = out + 1; + } + while ((size_t) out >= avail); + + fs->p += out; + + return out; +} +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf) +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */ diff --git a/libgnu/argp-fmtstream.h b/libgnu/argp-fmtstream.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ca2492a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-fmtstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams. + Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that + don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for + that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and + shouldn't be installed. */ + +#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H +#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are + accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. + We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because + gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override + the 'printf' function. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */ +#endif + +#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H) +/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */ +#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP +#endif + +#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP +/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are + *slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new + object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do + line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */ + +#include <linewrap.h> + +typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t; + +#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream +#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream +#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream +#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream + +#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs) +#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs) +#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs) +#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs) +#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs) +#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs) +#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf +#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf + +#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin +#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point +#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point + +#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */ +/* Guess we have to define our own version. */ + + +struct argp_fmtstream +{ + FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */ + + size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */ + ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */ + + /* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */ + size_t point_offs; + /* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */ + ssize_t point_col; + + char *buf; /* Output buffer. */ + char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */ + char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */ +}; + +typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t; + +/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines + written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns + total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by + replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces. + Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline. + Returns NULL if there was an error. */ +extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream, + size_t __lmargin, + size_t __rmargin, + ssize_t __wmargin); +extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream, + size_t __lmargin, + size_t __rmargin, + ssize_t __wmargin); + +/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */ +extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); + +extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__fmt, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3)); +extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__fmt, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3)); + +#if _LIBC +extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch); +extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch); + +extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str); +extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str); + +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__str, size_t __len); +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + const char *__str, size_t __len); +#endif + +/* Access macros for various bits of state. */ +#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin) +#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin) +#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin) +#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin + +#if _LIBC +/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __lmargin); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __lmargin); + +/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __rmargin); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __rmargin); + +/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __wmargin); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, + size_t __wmargin); + +/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */ +extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +#endif + +/* Internal routines. */ +extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs); +extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount); +extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount); + +#if !_LIBC || defined __OPTIMIZE__ +/* Inline versions of above routines. */ + +#if !_LIBC +#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc +#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts +#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point +#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update +#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN +#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI +# define ARGP_FS_EI _GL_INLINE +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI +#define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline +#endif + +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str, size_t __len) +{ + if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len)) + { + memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len); + __fs->p += __len; + return __len; + } + else + return 0; +} + +ARGP_FS_EI int +__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str) +{ + size_t __len = strlen (__str); + if (__len) + { + size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len); + return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +ARGP_FS_EI int +__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch) +{ + if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1)) + return *__fs->p++ = __ch; + else + return EOF; +} + +/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin) +{ + size_t __old; + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + __old = __fs->lmargin; + __fs->lmargin = __lmargin; + return __old; +} + +/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin) +{ + size_t __old; + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + __old = __fs->rmargin; + __fs->rmargin = __rmargin; + return __old; +} + +/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin) +{ + size_t __old; + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + __old = __fs->wmargin; + __fs->wmargin = __wmargin; + return __old; +} + +/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */ +ARGP_FS_EI size_t +__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs) +{ + if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs) + __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs); + return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0; +} + +#if !_LIBC +#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc +#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts +#undef __argp_fmtstream_write +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_point +#undef __argp_fmtstream_update +#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END +#endif + +#endif /* !_LIBC || __OPTIMIZE__ */ + +#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */ + +#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */ diff --git a/libgnu/argp-fs-xinl.c b/libgnu/argp-fs-xinl.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..362b5557 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-fs-xinl.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h + Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ARGP_FS_EI +#else +# define ARGP_FS_EI _GL_EXTERN_INLINE +#endif +#undef __OPTIMIZE__ +#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1 +#include "argp-fmtstream.h" + +#if 0 +/* Not exported. */ +/* Add weak aliases. */ +#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias) + +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin) +weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point) + +#endif +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/argp-help.c b/libgnu/argp-help.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5567eeea --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-help.c @@ -0,0 +1,1909 @@ +/* Hierarchical argument parsing help output + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <alloca.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <limits.h> +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <../libio/libioP.h> +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +# undef dgettext +# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \ + __dcgettext (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# include "gettext.h" +#endif + +#include "argp.h" +#include "argp-fmtstream.h" +#include "argp-namefrob.h" + +#ifndef SIZE_MAX +# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1) +#endif + +/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters. + + These may be specified in an environment variable called 'ARGP_HELP_FMT', + with a contents like: VAR1=VAL1,VAR2=VAL2,BOOLVAR2,no-BOOLVAR2 + Where VALn must be a positive integer. The list of variables is in the + UPARAM_NAMES vector, below. */ + +/* Default parameters. */ +#define DUP_ARGS 0 /* True if option argument can be duplicated. */ +#define DUP_ARGS_NOTE 1 /* True to print a note about duplicate args. */ +#define SHORT_OPT_COL 2 /* column in which short options start */ +#define LONG_OPT_COL 6 /* column in which long options start */ +#define DOC_OPT_COL 2 /* column in which doc options start */ +#define OPT_DOC_COL 29 /* column in which option text starts */ +#define HEADER_COL 1 /* column in which group headers are printed */ +#define USAGE_INDENT 12 /* indentation of wrapped usage lines */ +#define RMARGIN 79 /* right margin used for wrapping */ + +/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters. + They must all be of type 'int' for the parsing code to work. */ +struct uparams +{ + /* If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long + options, even when a given option has both, e.g. '-x ARG, --longx=ARG'. + If false, then if an option has both, the argument is only shown with + the long one, e.g., '-x, --longx=ARG', and a message indicating that + this really means both is printed below the options. */ + int dup_args; + + /* This is true if when DUP_ARGS is false, and some duplicate arguments have + been suppressed, an explanatory message should be printed. */ + int dup_args_note; + + /* Various output columns. */ + int short_opt_col; /* column in which short options start */ + int long_opt_col; /* column in which long options start */ + int doc_opt_col; /* column in which doc options start */ + int opt_doc_col; /* column in which option text starts */ + int header_col; /* column in which group headers are printed */ + int usage_indent; /* indentation of wrapped usage lines */ + int rmargin; /* right margin used for wrapping */ + + int valid; /* True when the values in here are valid. */ +}; + +/* This is a global variable, as user options are only ever read once. */ +static struct uparams uparams = { + DUP_ARGS, DUP_ARGS_NOTE, + SHORT_OPT_COL, LONG_OPT_COL, DOC_OPT_COL, OPT_DOC_COL, HEADER_COL, + USAGE_INDENT, RMARGIN +}; + +/* A particular uparam, and what the user name is. */ +struct uparam_name +{ + const char name[14]; /* User name. */ + bool is_bool; /* Whether it's 'boolean'. */ + unsigned char uparams_offs; /* Location of the (int) field in UPARAMS. */ +}; + +/* The name-field mappings we know about. */ +static const struct uparam_name uparam_names[] = +{ + { "dup-args", true, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args) }, + { "dup-args-note", true, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args_note) }, + { "short-opt-col", false, offsetof (struct uparams, short_opt_col) }, + { "long-opt-col", false, offsetof (struct uparams, long_opt_col) }, + { "doc-opt-col", false, offsetof (struct uparams, doc_opt_col) }, + { "opt-doc-col", false, offsetof (struct uparams, opt_doc_col) }, + { "header-col", false, offsetof (struct uparams, header_col) }, + { "usage-indent", false, offsetof (struct uparams, usage_indent) }, + { "rmargin", false, offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin) } +}; +#define nuparam_names (sizeof (uparam_names) / sizeof (uparam_names[0])) + +static void +validate_uparams (const struct argp_state *state, struct uparams *upptr) +{ + const struct uparam_name *up; + + for (up = uparam_names; up < uparam_names + nuparam_names; up++) + { + if (up->is_bool + || up->uparams_offs == offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin)) + continue; + if (*(int *)((char *)upptr + up->uparams_offs) >= upptr->rmargin) + { + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "\ +ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s value is less than or equal to %s"), + "rmargin", up->name); + return; + } + } + uparams = *upptr; + uparams.valid = 1; +} + +/* Read user options from the environment, and fill in UPARAMS appropriately. */ +static void +fill_in_uparams (const struct argp_state *state) +{ + const char *var = getenv ("ARGP_HELP_FMT"); + struct uparams new_params = uparams; + +#define SKIPWS(p) do { while (isspace ((unsigned char) *p)) p++; } while (0); + + if (var) + { + /* Parse var. */ + while (*var) + { + SKIPWS (var); + + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *var)) + { + size_t var_len; + const struct uparam_name *un; + int unspec = 0, val = 0; + const char *arg = var; + + while (isalnum ((unsigned char) *arg) || *arg == '-' || *arg == '_') + arg++; + var_len = arg - var; + + SKIPWS (arg); + + if (*arg == '\0' || *arg == ',') + unspec = 1; + else if (*arg == '=') + { + arg++; + SKIPWS (arg); + } + + if (unspec) + { + if (var[0] == 'n' && var[1] == 'o' && var[2] == '-') + { + val = 0; + var += 3; + var_len -= 3; + } + else + val = 1; + } + else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) *arg)) + { + val = atoi (arg); + while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *arg)) + arg++; + SKIPWS (arg); + } + + for (un = uparam_names; + un < uparam_names + nuparam_names; + un++) + if (strlen (un->name) == var_len + && strncmp (var, un->name, var_len) == 0) + { + if (unspec && !un->is_bool) + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state == NULL ? NULL + : state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "\ +%.*s: ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter requires a value"), + (int) var_len, var); + else + *(int *)((char *)&new_params + un->uparams_offs) = val; + break; + } + if (un == uparam_names + nuparam_names) + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state == NULL ? NULL + : state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\ +%.*s: Unknown ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter"), + (int) var_len, var); + + var = arg; + if (*var == ',') + var++; + } + else if (*var) + { + __argp_failure (state, 0, 0, + dgettext (state == NULL ? NULL + : state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "Garbage in ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s"), var); + break; + } + } + validate_uparams (state, &new_params); + } +} + +/* Returns true if OPT hasn't been marked invisible. Visibility only affects + whether OPT is displayed or used in sorting, not option shadowing. */ +#define ovisible(opt) (! ((opt)->flags & OPTION_HIDDEN)) + +/* Returns true if OPT is an alias for an earlier option. */ +#define oalias(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_ALIAS) + +/* Returns true if OPT is a documentation-only entry. */ +#define odoc(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_DOC) + +/* Returns true if OPT should not be translated */ +#define onotrans(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_NO_TRANS) + +/* Returns true if OPT is the end-of-list marker for a list of options. */ +#define oend(opt) __option_is_end (opt) + +/* Returns true if OPT has a short option. */ +#define oshort(opt) __option_is_short (opt) + +/* + The help format for a particular option is like: + + -xARG, -yARG, --long1=ARG, --long2=ARG Documentation... + + Where ARG will be omitted if there's no argument, for this option, or + will be surrounded by "[" and "]" appropriately if the argument is + optional. The documentation string is word-wrapped appropriately, and if + the list of options is long enough, it will be started on a separate line. + If there are no short options for a given option, the first long option is + indented slightly in a way that's supposed to make most long options appear + to be in a separate column. + + For example, the following output (from ps): + + -p PID, --pid=PID List the process PID + --pgrp=PGRP List processes in the process group PGRP + -P, -x, --no-parent Include processes without parents + -Q, --all-fields Don't elide unusable fields (normally if there's + some reason ps can't print a field for any + process, it's removed from the output entirely) + -r, --reverse, --gratuitously-long-reverse-option + Reverse the order of any sort + --session[=SID] Add the processes from the session SID (which + defaults to the sid of the current process) + + Here are some more options: + -f ZOT, --foonly=ZOT Glork a foonly + -z, --zaza Snit a zar + + -?, --help Give this help list + --usage Give a short usage message + -V, --version Print program version + + The struct argp_option array for the above could look like: + + { + {"pid", 'p', "PID", 0, "List the process PID"}, + {"pgrp", OPT_PGRP, "PGRP", 0, "List processes in the process group PGRP"}, + {"no-parent", 'P', 0, 0, "Include processes without parents"}, + {0, 'x', 0, OPTION_ALIAS}, + {"all-fields",'Q', 0, 0, "Don't elide unusable fields (normally" + " if there's some reason ps can't" + " print a field for any process, it's" + " removed from the output entirely)" }, + {"reverse", 'r', 0, 0, "Reverse the order of any sort"}, + {"gratuitously-long-reverse-option", 0, 0, OPTION_ALIAS}, + {"session", OPT_SESS, "SID", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL, + "Add the processes from the session" + " SID (which defaults to the sid of" + " the current process)" }, + + {0,0,0,0, "Here are some more options:"}, + {"foonly", 'f', "ZOT", 0, "Glork a foonly"}, + {"zaza", 'z', 0, 0, "Snit a zar"}, + + {0} + } + + Note that the last three options are automatically supplied by argp_parse, + unless you tell it not to with ARGP_NO_HELP. + +*/ + +/* Returns true if CH occurs between BEG and END. */ +static int +find_char (char ch, char *beg, char *end) +{ + while (beg < end) + if (*beg == ch) + return 1; + else + beg++; + return 0; +} + +struct hol_cluster; /* fwd decl */ + +struct hol_entry +{ + /* First option. */ + const struct argp_option *opt; + /* Number of options (including aliases). */ + unsigned num; + + /* A pointers into the HOL's short_options field, to the first short option + letter for this entry. The order of the characters following this point + corresponds to the order of options pointed to by OPT, and there are at + most NUM. A short option recorded in an option following OPT is only + valid if it occurs in the right place in SHORT_OPTIONS (otherwise it's + probably been shadowed by some other entry). */ + char *short_options; + + /* Entries are sorted by their group first, in the order: + 1, 2, ..., n, 0, -m, ..., -2, -1 + and then alphabetically within each group. The default is 0. */ + int group; + + /* The cluster of options this entry belongs to, or 0 if none. */ + struct hol_cluster *cluster; + + /* The argp from which this option came. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* Position in the array */ + unsigned ord; +}; + +/* A cluster of entries to reflect the argp tree structure. */ +struct hol_cluster +{ + /* A descriptive header printed before options in this cluster. */ + const char *header; + + /* Used to order clusters within the same group with the same parent, + according to the order in which they occurred in the parent argp's child + list. */ + int index; + + /* How to sort this cluster with respect to options and other clusters at the + same depth (clusters always follow options in the same group). */ + int group; + + /* The cluster to which this cluster belongs, or 0 if it's at the base + level. */ + struct hol_cluster *parent; + + /* The argp from which this cluster is (eventually) derived. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* The distance this cluster is from the root. */ + int depth; + + /* Clusters in a given hol are kept in a linked list, to make freeing them + possible. */ + struct hol_cluster *next; +}; + +/* A list of options for help. */ +struct hol +{ + /* An array of hol_entry's. */ + struct hol_entry *entries; + /* The number of entries in this hol. If this field is zero, the others + are undefined. */ + unsigned num_entries; + + /* A string containing all short options in this HOL. Each entry contains + pointers into this string, so the order can't be messed with blindly. */ + char *short_options; + + /* Clusters of entries in this hol. */ + struct hol_cluster *clusters; +}; + +/* Create a struct hol from the options in ARGP. CLUSTER is the + hol_cluster in which these entries occur, or 0, if at the root. */ +static struct hol * +make_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster) +{ + char *so; + const struct argp_option *o; + const struct argp_option *opts = argp->options; + struct hol_entry *entry; + unsigned num_short_options = 0; + struct hol *hol = malloc (sizeof (struct hol)); + + assert (hol); + + hol->num_entries = 0; + hol->clusters = 0; + + if (opts) + { + int cur_group = 0; + + /* The first option must not be an alias. */ + assert (! oalias (opts)); + + /* Calculate the space needed. */ + for (o = opts; ! oend (o); o++) + { + if (! oalias (o)) + hol->num_entries++; + if (oshort (o)) + num_short_options++; /* This is an upper bound. */ + } + + hol->entries = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_entry) * hol->num_entries); + hol->short_options = malloc (num_short_options + 1); + + assert (hol->entries && hol->short_options); + if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX) + assert (hol->num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + + /* Fill in the entries. */ + so = hol->short_options; + for (o = opts, entry = hol->entries; ! oend (o); entry++) + { + entry->opt = o; + entry->num = 0; + entry->short_options = so; + entry->group = cur_group = + o->group + ? o->group + : ((!o->name && !o->key) + ? cur_group + 1 + : cur_group); + entry->cluster = cluster; + entry->argp = argp; + + do + { + entry->num++; + if (oshort (o) && ! find_char (o->key, hol->short_options, so)) + /* O has a valid short option which hasn't already been used.*/ + *so++ = o->key; + o++; + } + while (! oend (o) && oalias (o)); + } + *so = '\0'; /* null terminated so we can find the length */ + } + + return hol; +} + +/* Add a new cluster to HOL, with the given GROUP and HEADER (taken from the + associated argp child list entry), INDEX, and PARENT, and return a pointer + to it. ARGP is the argp that this cluster results from. */ +static struct hol_cluster * +hol_add_cluster (struct hol *hol, int group, const char *header, int index, + struct hol_cluster *parent, const struct argp *argp) +{ + struct hol_cluster *cl = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_cluster)); + if (cl) + { + cl->group = group; + cl->header = header; + + cl->index = index; + cl->parent = parent; + cl->argp = argp; + cl->depth = parent ? parent->depth + 1 : 0; + + cl->next = hol->clusters; + hol->clusters = cl; + } + return cl; +} + +/* Free HOL and any resources it uses. */ +static void +hol_free (struct hol *hol) +{ + struct hol_cluster *cl = hol->clusters; + + while (cl) + { + struct hol_cluster *next = cl->next; + free (cl); + cl = next; + } + + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + free (hol->entries); + free (hol->short_options); + } + + free (hol); +} + +static int +hol_entry_short_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry, + int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie), + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + unsigned nopts; + int val = 0; + const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt; + char *so = entry->short_options; + + for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--) + if (oshort (opt) && *so == opt->key) + { + if (!oalias (opt)) + real = opt; + if (ovisible (opt)) + val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie); + so++; + } + + return val; +} + +static inline int +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((always_inline)) +#endif +hol_entry_long_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry, + int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie), + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + unsigned nopts; + int val = 0; + const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt; + + for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--) + if (opt->name) + { + if (!oalias (opt)) + real = opt; + if (ovisible (opt)) + val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie); + } + + return val; +} + +/* Iterator that returns true for the first short option. */ +static int +until_short (const struct argp_option *opt, const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + return oshort (opt) ? opt->key : 0; +} + +/* Returns the first valid short option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none. */ +static char +hol_entry_first_short (const struct hol_entry *entry) +{ + return hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, until_short, + entry->argp->argp_domain, 0); +} + +/* Returns the first valid long option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none. */ +static const char * +hol_entry_first_long (const struct hol_entry *entry) +{ + const struct argp_option *opt; + unsigned num; + for (opt = entry->opt, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + return opt->name; + return 0; +} + +/* Returns the entry in HOL with the long option name NAME, or 0 if there is + none. */ +static struct hol_entry * +hol_find_entry (struct hol *hol, const char *name) +{ + struct hol_entry *entry = hol->entries; + unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries; + + while (num_entries-- > 0) + { + const struct argp_option *opt = entry->opt; + unsigned num_opts = entry->num; + + while (num_opts-- > 0) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt) && strcmp (opt->name, name) == 0) + return entry; + else + opt++; + + entry++; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* If an entry with the long option NAME occurs in HOL, set its special + sort position to GROUP. */ +static void +hol_set_group (struct hol *hol, const char *name, int group) +{ + struct hol_entry *entry = hol_find_entry (hol, name); + if (entry) + entry->group = group; +} + +/* Order by group: 0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. + EQ is what to return if GROUP1 and GROUP2 are the same. */ +static int +group_cmp (int group1, int group2, int eq) +{ + if (group1 == group2) + return eq; + else if ((group1 < 0 && group2 < 0) || (group1 >= 0 && group2 >= 0)) + return group1 - group2; + else + return group2 - group1; +} + +/* Compare clusters CL1 & CL2 by the order that they should appear in + output. */ +static int +hol_cluster_cmp (const struct hol_cluster *cl1, const struct hol_cluster *cl2) +{ + /* If one cluster is deeper than the other, use its ancestor at the same + level, so that finding the common ancestor is straightforward. */ + while (cl1->depth > cl2->depth) + cl1 = cl1->parent; + while (cl2->depth > cl1->depth) + cl2 = cl2->parent; + + /* Now reduce both clusters to their ancestors at the point where both have + a common parent; these can be directly compared. */ + while (cl1->parent != cl2->parent) + cl1 = cl1->parent, cl2 = cl2->parent; + + return group_cmp (cl1->group, cl2->group, cl2->index - cl1->index); +} + +/* Return the ancestor of CL that's just below the root (i.e., has a parent + of 0). */ +static struct hol_cluster * +hol_cluster_base (struct hol_cluster *cl) +{ + while (cl->parent) + cl = cl->parent; + return cl; +} + +/* Return true if CL1 is a child of CL2. */ +static int +hol_cluster_is_child (const struct hol_cluster *cl1, + const struct hol_cluster *cl2) +{ + while (cl1 && cl1 != cl2) + cl1 = cl1->parent; + return cl1 == cl2; +} + +/* Given the name of an OPTION_DOC option, modifies NAME to start at the tail + that should be used for comparisons, and returns true iff it should be + treated as a non-option. */ +static int +canon_doc_option (const char **name) +{ + int non_opt; + /* Skip initial whitespace. */ + while (isspace (**name)) + (*name)++; + /* Decide whether this looks like an option (leading '-') or not. */ + non_opt = (**name != '-'); + /* Skip until part of name used for sorting. */ + while (**name && !isalnum (**name)) + (*name)++; + return non_opt; +} + +#define HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP(a,b) ((a)->ord < (b)->ord ? -1 : 1) + +/* Order ENTRY1 & ENTRY2 by the order which they should appear in a help + listing. */ +static int +hol_entry_cmp (const struct hol_entry *entry1, + const struct hol_entry *entry2) +{ + /* The group numbers by which the entries should be ordered; if either is + in a cluster, then this is just the group within the cluster. */ + int group1 = entry1->group, group2 = entry2->group; + + if (entry1->cluster != entry2->cluster) + { + /* The entries are not within the same cluster, so we can't compare them + directly, we have to use the appropriate clustering level too. */ + if (! entry1->cluster) + /* ENTRY1 is at the 'base level', not in a cluster, so we have to + compare it's group number with that of the base cluster in which + ENTRY2 resides. Note that if they're in the same group, the + clustered option always comes last. */ + return group_cmp (group1, hol_cluster_base (entry2->cluster)->group, -1); + else if (! entry2->cluster) + /* Likewise, but ENTRY2's not in a cluster. */ + return group_cmp (hol_cluster_base (entry1->cluster)->group, group2, 1); + else + /* Both entries are in clusters, we can just compare the clusters. */ + return hol_cluster_cmp (entry1->cluster, entry2->cluster); + } + else if (group1 == group2) + /* The entries are both in the same cluster and group, so compare them + alphabetically. */ + { + int short1 = hol_entry_first_short (entry1); + int short2 = hol_entry_first_short (entry2); + int doc1 = odoc (entry1->opt); + int doc2 = odoc (entry2->opt); + const char *long1 = hol_entry_first_long (entry1); + const char *long2 = hol_entry_first_long (entry2); + + if (doc1) + doc1 = long1 != NULL && canon_doc_option (&long1); + if (doc2) + doc2 = long2 != NULL && canon_doc_option (&long2); + + if (doc1 != doc2) + /* 'documentation' options always follow normal options (or + documentation options that *look* like normal options). */ + return doc1 - doc2; + else if (!short1 && !short2 && long1 && long2) + /* Only long options. */ + return __strcasecmp (long1, long2); + else + /* Compare short/short, long/short, short/long, using the first + character of long options. Entries without *any* valid + options (such as options with OPTION_HIDDEN set) will be put + first, but as they're not displayed, it doesn't matter where + they are. */ + { + char first1 = short1 ? short1 : long1 ? *long1 : 0; + char first2 = short2 ? short2 : long2 ? *long2 : 0; +#ifdef _tolower + int lower_cmp = _tolower (first1) - _tolower (first2); +#else + int lower_cmp = tolower (first1) - tolower (first2); +#endif + /* Compare ignoring case, except when the options are both the + same letter, in which case lower-case always comes first. */ + return lower_cmp ? lower_cmp : first2 - first1; + } + } + else + /* Within the same cluster, but not the same group, so just compare + groups. */ + return group_cmp (group1, group2, 0); +} + +/* Version of hol_entry_cmp with correct signature for qsort. */ +static int +hol_entry_qcmp (const void *entry1_v, const void *entry2_v) +{ + return hol_entry_cmp (entry1_v, entry2_v); +} + +/* Sort HOL by group and alphabetically by option name (with short options + taking precedence over long). Since the sorting is for display purposes + only, the shadowing of options isn't effected. */ +static void +hol_sort (struct hol *hol) +{ + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + unsigned i; + struct hol_entry *e; + for (i = 0, e = hol->entries; i < hol->num_entries; i++, e++) + e->ord = i; + qsort (hol->entries, hol->num_entries, sizeof (struct hol_entry), + hol_entry_qcmp); + } +} + +/* Append MORE to HOL, destroying MORE in the process. Options in HOL shadow + any in MORE with the same name. */ +static void +hol_append (struct hol *hol, struct hol *more) +{ + struct hol_cluster **cl_end = &hol->clusters; + + /* Steal MORE's cluster list, and add it to the end of HOL's. */ + while (*cl_end) + cl_end = &(*cl_end)->next; + *cl_end = more->clusters; + more->clusters = 0; + + /* Merge entries. */ + if (more->num_entries > 0) + { + if (hol->num_entries == 0) + { + hol->num_entries = more->num_entries; + hol->entries = more->entries; + hol->short_options = more->short_options; + more->num_entries = 0; /* Mark MORE's fields as invalid. */ + } + else + /* Append the entries in MORE to those in HOL, taking care to only add + non-shadowed SHORT_OPTIONS values. */ + { + unsigned left; + char *so, *more_so; + struct hol_entry *e; + unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries + more->num_entries; + struct hol_entry *entries = + malloc (num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + unsigned hol_so_len = strlen (hol->short_options); + char *short_options = + malloc (hol_so_len + strlen (more->short_options) + 1); + + assert (entries && short_options); + if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX) + assert (num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + + __mempcpy (__mempcpy (entries, hol->entries, + hol->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)), + more->entries, + more->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)); + + __mempcpy (short_options, hol->short_options, hol_so_len); + + /* Fix up the short options pointers from HOL. */ + for (e = entries, left = hol->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--) + e->short_options += (short_options - hol->short_options); + + /* Now add the short options from MORE, fixing up its entries + too. */ + so = short_options + hol_so_len; + more_so = more->short_options; + for (left = more->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--) + { + int opts_left; + const struct argp_option *opt; + + e->short_options = so; + + for (opts_left = e->num, opt = e->opt; opts_left; opt++, opts_left--) + { + int ch = *more_so; + if (oshort (opt) && ch == opt->key) + /* The next short option in MORE_SO, CH, is from OPT. */ + { + if (! find_char (ch, short_options, + short_options + hol_so_len)) + /* The short option CH isn't shadowed by HOL's options, + so add it to the sum. */ + *so++ = ch; + more_so++; + } + } + } + + *so = '\0'; + + free (hol->entries); + free (hol->short_options); + + hol->entries = entries; + hol->num_entries = num_entries; + hol->short_options = short_options; + } + } + + hol_free (more); +} + +/* Inserts enough spaces to make sure STREAM is at column COL. */ +static void +indent_to (argp_fmtstream_t stream, unsigned col) +{ + int needed = col - __argp_fmtstream_point (stream); + while (needed-- > 0) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' '); +} + +/* Output to STREAM either a space, or a newline if there isn't room for at + least ENSURE characters before the right margin. */ +static void +space (argp_fmtstream_t stream, size_t ensure) +{ + if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) + ensure + >= __argp_fmtstream_rmargin (stream)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + else + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' '); +} + +/* If the option REAL has an argument, we print it in using the printf + format REQ_FMT or OPT_FMT depending on whether it's a required or + optional argument. */ +static void +arg (const struct argp_option *real, const char *req_fmt, const char *opt_fmt, + const char *domain, argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + if (real->arg) + { + if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, opt_fmt, + dgettext (domain, real->arg)); + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, req_fmt, + dgettext (domain, real->arg)); + } +} + +/* Helper functions for hol_entry_help. */ + +/* State used during the execution of hol_help. */ +struct hol_help_state +{ + /* PREV_ENTRY should contain the previous entry printed, or 0. */ + struct hol_entry *prev_entry; + + /* If an entry is in a different group from the previous one, and SEP_GROUPS + is true, then a blank line will be printed before any output. */ + int sep_groups; + + /* True if a duplicate option argument was suppressed (only ever set if + UPARAMS.dup_args is false). */ + int suppressed_dup_arg; +}; + +/* Some state used while printing a help entry (used to communicate with + helper functions). See the doc for hol_entry_help for more info, as most + of the fields are copied from its arguments. */ +struct pentry_state +{ + const struct hol_entry *entry; + argp_fmtstream_t stream; + struct hol_help_state *hhstate; + + /* True if nothing's been printed so far. */ + int first; + + /* If non-zero, the state that was used to print this help. */ + const struct argp_state *state; +}; + +/* If a user doc filter should be applied to DOC, do so. */ +static const char * +filter_doc (const char *doc, int key, const struct argp *argp, + const struct argp_state *state) +{ + if (argp && argp->help_filter) + /* We must apply a user filter to this output. */ + { + void *input = __argp_input (argp, state); + return (*argp->help_filter) (key, doc, input); + } + else + /* No filter. */ + return doc; +} + +/* Prints STR as a header line, with the margin lines set appropriately, and + notes the fact that groups should be separated with a blank line. ARGP is + the argp that should dictate any user doc filtering to take place. Note + that the previous wrap margin isn't restored, but the left margin is reset + to 0. */ +static void +print_header (const char *str, const struct argp *argp, + struct pentry_state *pest) +{ + const char *tstr = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, str); + const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER, argp, pest->state); + + if (fstr) + { + if (*fstr) + { + if (pest->hhstate->prev_entry) + /* Precede with a blank line. */ + __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n'); + indent_to (pest->stream, uparams.header_col); + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col); + __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, fstr); + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, 0); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n'); + } + + pest->hhstate->sep_groups = 1; /* Separate subsequent groups. */ + } + + if (fstr != tstr) + free ((char *) fstr); +} + +/* Inserts a comma if this isn't the first item on the line, and then makes + sure we're at least to column COL. If this *is* the first item on a line, + prints any pending whitespace/headers that should precede this line. Also + clears FIRST. */ +static void +comma (unsigned col, struct pentry_state *pest) +{ + if (pest->first) + { + const struct hol_entry *pe = pest->hhstate->prev_entry; + const struct hol_cluster *cl = pest->entry->cluster; + + if (pest->hhstate->sep_groups && pe && pest->entry->group != pe->group) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n'); + + if (cl && cl->header && *cl->header + && (!pe + || (pe->cluster != cl + && !hol_cluster_is_child (pe->cluster, cl)))) + /* If we're changing clusters, then this must be the start of the + ENTRY's cluster unless that is an ancestor of the previous one + (in which case we had just popped into a sub-cluster for a bit). + If so, then print the cluster's header line. */ + { + int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (pest->stream); + print_header (cl->header, cl->argp, pest); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, old_wm); + } + + pest->first = 0; + } + else + __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, ", "); + + indent_to (pest->stream, col); +} + +/* Print help for ENTRY to STREAM. */ +static void +hol_entry_help (struct hol_entry *entry, const struct argp_state *state, + argp_fmtstream_t stream, struct hol_help_state *hhstate) +{ + unsigned num; + const struct argp_option *real = entry->opt, *opt; + char *so = entry->short_options; + int have_long_opt = 0; /* We have any long options. */ + /* Saved margins. */ + int old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0); + int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (stream); + /* PEST is a state block holding some of our variables that we'd like to + share with helper functions. */ + struct pentry_state pest = { entry, stream, hhstate, 1, state }; + + if (! odoc (real)) + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + { + have_long_opt = 1; + break; + } + + /* First emit short options. */ + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.short_opt_col); /* For truly bizarre cases. */ + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (oshort (opt) && opt->key == *so) + /* OPT has a valid (non shadowed) short option. */ + { + if (ovisible (opt)) + { + comma (uparams.short_opt_col, &pest); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '-'); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, *so); + if (!have_long_opt || uparams.dup_args) + arg (real, " %s", "[%s]", + state == NULL ? NULL : state->root_argp->argp_domain, + stream); + else if (real->arg) + hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1; + } + so++; + } + + /* Now, long options. */ + if (odoc (real)) + /* A "documentation" option. */ + { + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.doc_opt_col); + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + { + comma (uparams.doc_opt_col, &pest); + /* Calling dgettext here isn't quite right, since sorting will + have been done on the original; but documentation options + should be pretty rare anyway... */ + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, + dgettext (state == NULL ? NULL + : state->root_argp->argp_domain, + opt->name)); + } + } + else + /* A real long option. */ + { + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.long_opt_col); + for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--) + if (opt->name && ovisible (opt)) + { + comma (uparams.long_opt_col, &pest); + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "--%s", opt->name); + arg (real, "=%s", "[=%s]", + state == NULL ? NULL : state->root_argp->argp_domain, stream); + } + } + + /* Next, documentation strings. */ + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0); + + if (pest.first) + { + /* Didn't print any switches, what's up? */ + if (!oshort (real) && !real->name) + /* This is a group header, print it nicely. */ + print_header (real->doc, entry->argp, &pest); + else + /* Just a totally shadowed option or null header; print nothing. */ + goto cleanup; /* Just return, after cleaning up. */ + } + else + { + const char *tstr = real->doc ? dgettext (state == NULL ? NULL + : state->root_argp->argp_domain, + real->doc) : 0; + const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, real->key, entry->argp, state); + if (fstr && *fstr) + { + unsigned int col = __argp_fmtstream_point (stream); + + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col); + + if (col > (unsigned int) (uparams.opt_doc_col + 3)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + else if (col >= (unsigned int) uparams.opt_doc_col) + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, " "); + else + indent_to (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col); + + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr); + } + if (fstr && fstr != tstr) + free ((char *) fstr); + + /* Reset the left margin. */ + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + } + + hhstate->prev_entry = entry; + +cleanup: + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, old_lm); + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, old_wm); +} + +/* Output a long help message about the options in HOL to STREAM. */ +static void +hol_help (struct hol *hol, const struct argp_state *state, + argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + unsigned num; + struct hol_entry *entry; + struct hol_help_state hhstate = { 0, 0, 0 }; + + for (entry = hol->entries, num = hol->num_entries; num > 0; entry++, num--) + hol_entry_help (entry, state, stream, &hhstate); + + if (hhstate.suppressed_dup_arg && uparams.dup_args_note) + { + const char *tstr = dgettext (state == NULL ? NULL + : state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\ +Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or \ +optional for any corresponding short options."); + const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE, + state ? state->root_argp : 0, state); + if (fstr && *fstr) + { + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr); + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + } + if (fstr && fstr != tstr) + free ((char *) fstr); + } +} + +/* Helper functions for hol_usage. */ + +/* If OPT is a short option without an arg, append its key to the string + pointer pointer to by COOKIE, and advance the pointer. */ +static int +add_argless_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + char **snao_end = cookie; + if (!(opt->arg || real->arg) + && !((opt->flags | real->flags) & OPTION_NO_USAGE)) + *(*snao_end)++ = opt->key; + return 0; +} + +/* If OPT is a short option with an arg, output a usage entry for it to the + stream pointed at by COOKIE. */ +static int +usage_argful_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie; + const char *arg = opt->arg; + int flags = opt->flags | real->flags; + + if (! arg) + arg = real->arg; + + if (arg && !(flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE)) + { + arg = dgettext (domain, arg); + + if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%c[%s]]", opt->key, arg); + else + { + /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't + get wrapped at the embedded space. */ + space (stream, 6 + strlen (arg)); + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "[-%c %s]", opt->key, arg); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Output a usage entry for the long option opt to the stream pointed at by + COOKIE. */ +static int +usage_long_opt (const struct argp_option *opt, + const struct argp_option *real, + const char *domain, void *cookie) +{ + argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie; + const char *arg = opt->arg; + int flags = opt->flags | real->flags; + + if (! arg) + arg = real->arg; + + if (! (flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE)) + { + if (arg) + { + arg = dgettext (domain, arg); + if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s[=%s]]", opt->name, arg); + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s=%s]", opt->name, arg); + } + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s]", opt->name); + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Print a short usage description for the arguments in HOL to STREAM. */ +static void +hol_usage (struct hol *hol, argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + unsigned nentries; + struct hol_entry *entry; + char *short_no_arg_opts = alloca (strlen (hol->short_options) + 1); + char *snao_end = short_no_arg_opts; + + /* First we put a list of short options without arguments. */ + for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries + ; nentries > 0 + ; entry++, nentries--) + hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, add_argless_short_opt, + entry->argp->argp_domain, &snao_end); + if (snao_end > short_no_arg_opts) + { + *snao_end++ = 0; + __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%s]", short_no_arg_opts); + } + + /* Now a list of short options *with* arguments. */ + for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries + ; nentries > 0 + ; entry++, nentries--) + hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, usage_argful_short_opt, + entry->argp->argp_domain, stream); + + /* Finally, a list of long options (whew!). */ + for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries + ; nentries > 0 + ; entry++, nentries--) + hol_entry_long_iterate (entry, usage_long_opt, + entry->argp->argp_domain, stream); + } +} + +/* Make a HOL containing all levels of options in ARGP. CLUSTER is the + cluster in which ARGP's entries should be clustered, or 0. */ +static struct hol * +argp_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster) +{ + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + struct hol *hol = make_hol (argp, cluster); + if (child) + while (child->argp) + { + struct hol_cluster *child_cluster = + ((child->group || child->header) + /* Put CHILD->argp within its own cluster. */ + ? hol_add_cluster (hol, child->group, child->header, + child - argp->children, cluster, argp) + /* Just merge it into the parent's cluster. */ + : cluster); + hol_append (hol, argp_hol (child->argp, child_cluster)) ; + child++; + } + return hol; +} + +/* Calculate how many different levels with alternative args strings exist in + ARGP. */ +static size_t +argp_args_levels (const struct argp *argp) +{ + size_t levels = 0; + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + + if (argp->args_doc && strchr (argp->args_doc, '\n')) + levels++; + + if (child) + while (child->argp) + levels += argp_args_levels ((child++)->argp); + + return levels; +} + +/* Print all the non-option args documented in ARGP to STREAM. Any output is + preceded by a space. LEVELS is a pointer to a byte vector the length + returned by argp_args_levels; it should be initialized to zero, and + updated by this routine for the next call if ADVANCE is true. True is + returned as long as there are more patterns to output. */ +static int +argp_args_usage (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, + char **levels, int advance, argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + char *our_level = *levels; + int multiple = 0; + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + const char *tdoc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->args_doc), *nl = 0; + const char *fdoc = filter_doc (tdoc, ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC, argp, state); + + if (fdoc) + { + const char *cp = fdoc; + nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n'); + if (*nl != '\0') + /* This is a 'multi-level' args doc; advance to the correct position + as determined by our state in LEVELS, and update LEVELS. */ + { + int i; + multiple = 1; + for (i = 0; i < *our_level; i++) + cp = nl + 1, nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n'); + (*levels)++; + } + + /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't get wrapped at + any embedded spaces. */ + space (stream, 1 + nl - cp); + + __argp_fmtstream_write (stream, cp, nl - cp); + } + if (fdoc && fdoc != tdoc) + free ((char *)fdoc); /* Free user's modified doc string. */ + + if (child) + while (child->argp) + advance = !argp_args_usage ((child++)->argp, state, levels, advance, stream); + + if (advance && multiple) + { + /* Need to increment our level. */ + if (*nl) + /* There's more we can do here. */ + { + (*our_level)++; + advance = 0; /* Our parent shouldn't advance also. */ + } + else if (*our_level > 0) + /* We had multiple levels, but used them up; reset to zero. */ + *our_level = 0; + } + + return !advance; +} + +/* Print the documentation for ARGP to STREAM; if POST is false, then + everything preceeding a '\v' character in the documentation strings (or + the whole string, for those with none) is printed, otherwise, everything + following the '\v' character (nothing for strings without). Each separate + bit of documentation is separated a blank line, and if PRE_BLANK is true, + then the first is as well. If FIRST_ONLY is true, only the first + occurrence is output. Returns true if anything was output. */ +static int +argp_doc (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, + int post, int pre_blank, int first_only, + argp_fmtstream_t stream) +{ + const char *text; + const char *inp_text; + void *input = 0; + int anything = 0; + size_t inp_text_limit = 0; + const char *doc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->doc); + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + + if (doc) + { + char *vt = strchr (doc, '\v'); + inp_text = post ? (vt ? vt + 1 : 0) : doc; + inp_text_limit = (!post && vt) ? (vt - doc) : 0; + } + else + inp_text = 0; + + if (argp->help_filter) + /* We have to filter the doc strings. */ + { + if (inp_text_limit) + /* Copy INP_TEXT so that it's nul-terminated. */ + inp_text = __strndup (inp_text, inp_text_limit); + input = __argp_input (argp, state); + text = + (*argp->help_filter) (post + ? ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC + : ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC, + inp_text, input); + } + else + text = (const char *) inp_text; + + if (text) + { + if (pre_blank) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + + if (text == inp_text && inp_text_limit) + __argp_fmtstream_write (stream, inp_text, inp_text_limit); + else + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text); + + if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + + anything = 1; + } + + if (text && text != inp_text) + free ((char *) text); /* Free TEXT returned from the help filter. */ + if (inp_text && inp_text_limit && argp->help_filter) + free ((char *) inp_text); /* We copied INP_TEXT, so free it now. */ + + if (post && argp->help_filter) + /* Now see if we have to output a ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA text. */ + { + text = (*argp->help_filter) (ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA, 0, input); + if (text) + { + if (anything || pre_blank) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text); + free ((char *) text); + if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) + > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream)) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n'); + anything = 1; + } + } + + if (child) + while (child->argp && !(first_only && anything)) + anything |= + argp_doc ((child++)->argp, state, + post, anything || pre_blank, first_only, + stream); + + return anything; +} + +/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. If called from + argp_state_help, STATE is the relevent parsing state. FLAGS are from the + set ARGP_HELP_*. NAME is what to use wherever a 'program name' is + needed. */ +static void +_help (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream, + unsigned flags, char *name) +{ + int anything = 0; /* Whether we've output anything. */ + struct hol *hol = 0; + argp_fmtstream_t fs; + + if (! stream) + return; + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __flockfile (stream); +#endif + + if (! uparams.valid) + fill_in_uparams (state); + + fs = __argp_make_fmtstream (stream, 0, uparams.rmargin, 0); + if (! fs) + { +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + return; + } + + if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG)) + { + hol = argp_hol (argp, 0); + + /* If present, these options always come last. */ + hol_set_group (hol, "help", -1); + hol_set_group (hol, "version", -1); + + hol_sort (hol); + } + + if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE)) + /* Print a short "Usage:" message. */ + { + int first_pattern = 1, more_patterns; + size_t num_pattern_levels = argp_args_levels (argp); + char *pattern_levels = alloca (num_pattern_levels); + + memset (pattern_levels, 0, num_pattern_levels); + + do + { + int old_lm; + int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent); + char *levels = pattern_levels; + + if (first_pattern) + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s", + dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "Usage:"), + name); + else + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s", + dgettext (argp->argp_domain, " or: "), + name); + + /* We set the lmargin as well as the wmargin, because hol_usage + manually wraps options with newline to avoid annoying breaks. */ + old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent); + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE) + /* Just show where the options go. */ + { + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + __argp_fmtstream_puts (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, + " [OPTION...]")); + } + else + /* Actually print the options. */ + { + hol_usage (hol, fs); + flags |= ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE; /* But only do so once. */ + } + + more_patterns = argp_args_usage (argp, state, &levels, 1, fs); + + __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, old_wm); + __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, old_lm); + + __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n'); + anything = 1; + + first_pattern = 0; + } + while (more_patterns); + } + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC) + anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 0, 0, 1, fs); + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SEE) + { + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "\ +Try '%s --help' or '%s --usage' for more information.\n"), + name, name); + anything = 1; + } + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_LONG) + /* Print a long, detailed help message. */ + { + /* Print info about all the options. */ + if (hol->num_entries > 0) + { + if (anything) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n'); + hol_help (hol, state, fs); + anything = 1; + } + } + + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC) + /* Print any documentation strings at the end. */ + anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 1, anything, 0, fs); + + if ((flags & ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR) && argp_program_bug_address) + { + if (anything) + __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n'); + __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, + "Report bugs to %s.\n"), + argp_program_bug_address); + anything = 1; + } + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + + if (hol) + hol_free (hol); + + __argp_fmtstream_free (fs); +} + +/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set + ARGP_HELP_*. NAME is what to use wherever a 'program name' is needed. */ +void __argp_help (const struct argp *argp, FILE *stream, + unsigned flags, char *name) +{ + _help (argp, 0, stream, flags, name); +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_help, argp_help) +#endif + +#if ! (defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME) +char * +__argp_short_program_name (void) +{ +# if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME + char *name = strrchr (program_invocation_name, '/'); + return name ? name + 1 : program_invocation_name; +# else + /* FIXME: What now? Miles suggests that it is better to use NULL, + but currently the value is passed on directly to fputs_unlocked, + so that requires more changes. */ +# if __GNUC__ +# warning No reasonable value to return +# endif /* __GNUC__ */ + return ""; +# endif +} +#endif + +/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are + from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */ +void +__argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream, unsigned flags) +{ + if ((!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) && stream) + { + if (state && (state->flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)) + flags |= ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY; + + _help (state ? state->root_argp : 0, state, stream, flags, + state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ()); + + if (!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT)) + { + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR) + exit (argp_err_exit_status); + if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK) + exit (0); + } + } +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_state_help, argp_state_help) +#endif + +/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded + by the program name and ':', to stderr, and followed by a "Try ... --help" + message, then exit (1). */ +void +__argp_error (const struct argp_state *state, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) + { + FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr; + + if (stream) + { + va_list ap; + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __flockfile (stream); +#endif + + va_start (ap, fmt); + +#ifdef _LIBC + char *buf; + + if (_IO_vasprintf (&buf, fmt, ap) < 0) + buf = NULL; + + __fxprintf (stream, "%s: %s\n", + state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (), buf); + + free (buf); +#else + fputs_unlocked (state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (), + stream); + putc_unlocked (':', stream); + putc_unlocked (' ', stream); + + vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap); + + putc_unlocked ('\n', stream); +#endif + + __argp_state_help (state, stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR); + + va_end (ap); + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + } + } +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_error, argp_error) +#endif + +/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will + respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print + to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is + shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime + option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The + difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for + *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during + parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */ +void +__argp_failure (const struct argp_state *state, int status, int errnum, + const char *fmt, ...) +{ + if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) + { + FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr; + + if (stream) + { +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __flockfile (stream); +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC + __fxprintf (stream, "%s", + state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ()); +#else + fputs_unlocked (state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (), + stream); +#endif + + if (fmt) + { + va_list ap; + + va_start (ap, fmt); +#ifdef _LIBC + char *buf; + + if (_IO_vasprintf (&buf, fmt, ap) < 0) + buf = NULL; + + __fxprintf (stream, ": %s", buf); + + free (buf); +#else + putc_unlocked (':', stream); + putc_unlocked (' ', stream); + + vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap); +#endif + + va_end (ap); + } + + if (errnum) + { + char buf[200]; + +#ifdef _LIBC + __fxprintf (stream, ": %s", + __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof (buf))); +#else + char const *s = NULL; + putc_unlocked (':', stream); + putc_unlocked (' ', stream); +# if HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R +# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P + s = __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf); +# else + if (__strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf) == 0) + s = buf; +# endif +# endif + if (! s && ! (s = strerror (errnum))) + s = dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "Unknown system error"); + fputs_unlocked (s, stream); +#endif + } + +#if _LIBC + if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0) + putwc_unlocked (L'\n', stream); + else +#endif + putc_unlocked ('\n', stream); + +#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE) + __funlockfile (stream); +#endif + + if (status && (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))) + exit (status); + } + } +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_failure, argp_failure) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/argp-namefrob.h b/libgnu/argp-namefrob.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..baea162a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-namefrob.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc + Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if !_LIBC +/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the + namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those + names to be the normal ones instead. */ + +/* argp-parse functions */ +#undef __argp_parse +#define __argp_parse argp_parse +#undef __option_is_end +#define __option_is_end _option_is_end +#undef __option_is_short +#define __option_is_short _option_is_short +#undef __argp_input +#define __argp_input _argp_input + +/* argp-help functions */ +#undef __argp_help +#define __argp_help argp_help +#undef __argp_error +#define __argp_error argp_error +#undef __argp_failure +#define __argp_failure argp_failure +#undef __argp_state_help +#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help +#undef __argp_usage +#define __argp_usage argp_usage + +/* argp-fmtstream functions */ +#undef __argp_make_fmtstream +#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream +#undef __argp_fmtstream_free +#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free +#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc +#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc +#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts +#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts +#undef __argp_fmtstream_write +#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write +#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf +#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_point +#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point +#undef __argp_fmtstream_update +#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update +#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure +#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure +#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin +#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin +#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin + +/* normal libc functions we call */ +#undef __flockfile +#define __flockfile flockfile +#undef __funlockfile +#define __funlockfile funlockfile +#undef __mempcpy +#define __mempcpy mempcpy +#undef __sleep +#define __sleep sleep +#undef __strcasecmp +#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp +#undef __strchrnul +#define __strchrnul strchrnul +#undef __strerror_r +#define __strerror_r strerror_r +#undef __strndup +#define __strndup strndup +#undef __vsnprintf +#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf + +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED +# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED +# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED +# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED +# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED +# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED +# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED +# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED +# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED +# define getchar_unlocked() getchar () +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED +# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y) +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED +# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x) +#endif + +#endif /* !_LIBC */ + +#ifndef __set_errno +#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e)) +#endif + +#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME +# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg +#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME +extern char *__argp_base_name (const char *arg); +#else +# include "dirname.h" +# define __argp_base_name last_component +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name) +#else +extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void); +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/argp-parse.c b/libgnu/argp-parse.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f723bc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-parse.c @@ -0,0 +1,954 @@ +/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <alloca.h> +#include <stdalign.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <getopt.h> +#include <getopt_int.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +# undef dgettext +# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \ + __dcgettext (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# include "gettext.h" +#endif +#define N_(msgid) msgid + +#include "argp.h" +#include "argp-namefrob.h" + +#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d)) + +/* Getopt return values. */ +#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */ +#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */ +#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */ + +/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted + as options. */ +#define QUOTE "--" + +/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */ +#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT + +/* The number of bits available for the user value. */ +#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS) +#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1) + +/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */ +#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN + +/* Default options. */ + +/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep + for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus + you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting + it to 0 yourself. */ +static volatile int _argp_hang; + +#define OPT_PROGNAME -2 +#define OPT_USAGE -3 +#define OPT_HANG -4 + +static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] = +{ + {"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1}, + {"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0}, + {"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME, N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, + N_("set the program name"), 0}, + {"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN, + N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0}, + {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0} +}; + +static error_t +argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state) +{ + switch (key) + { + case '?': + __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP); + break; + case OPT_USAGE: + __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, + ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK); + break; + + case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */ +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME + program_invocation_name = arg; +#endif + /* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka + __PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined + to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */ + + /* Update what we use for messages. */ + state->name = __argp_base_name (arg); + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME + program_invocation_short_name = state->name; +#endif + + if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS)) + == ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0) + /* Update what getopt uses too. */ + state->argv[0] = arg; + + break; + + case OPT_HANG: + _argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600"); + while (_argp_hang-- > 0) + __sleep (1); + break; + + default: + return EBADKEY; + } + return 0; +} + +static const struct argp argp_default_argp = + {argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"}; + + +static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] = +{ + {"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1}, + {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0} +}; + +static error_t +argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state) +{ + switch (key) + { + case 'V': + if (argp_program_version_hook) + (*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state); + else if (argp_program_version) + fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version); + else + __argp_error (state, "%s", + dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, + "(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?")); + if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT)) + exit (0); + break; + default: + return EBADKEY; + } + return 0; +} + +static const struct argp argp_version_argp = + {argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"}; + +/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a + long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as + NAME will return the number of options. */ +static int +find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name) +{ + struct option *l = long_options; + while (l->name != NULL) + if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0) + return l - long_options; + else + l++; + if (name == NULL) + return l - long_options; + else + return -1; +} + + +/* The state of a "group" during parsing. Each group corresponds to a + particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top + level argp passed to argp_parse. */ +struct group +{ + /* This group's parsing function. */ + argp_parser_t parser; + + /* Which argp this group is from. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short + options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a + particular short options is from. */ + char *short_end; + + /* The number of non-option args successfully handled by this parser. */ + unsigned args_processed; + + /* This group's parser's parent's group. */ + struct group *parent; + unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */ + + /* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when + calling this group's parser. */ + void *input, **child_inputs; + void *hook; +}; + +/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info + from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has + no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */ +static error_t +group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg) +{ + if (group->parser) + { + error_t err; + state->hook = group->hook; + state->input = group->input; + state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs; + state->arg_num = group->args_processed; + err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state); + group->hook = state->hook; + return err; + } + else + return EBADKEY; +} + +struct parser +{ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the + groups of options. */ + char *short_opts; + /* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of + all the groups of options. */ + struct option *long_opts; + /* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */ + struct _getopt_data opt_data; + + /* States of the various parsing groups. */ + struct group *groups; + /* The end of the GROUPS array. */ + struct group *egroup; + /* A vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */ + void **child_inputs; + + /* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then + remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is + cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user + moves the next argument pointer backwards. */ + int try_getopt; + + /* State block supplied to parsing routines. */ + struct argp_state state; + + /* Memory used by this parser. */ + void *storage; +}; + +/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by + convert_options. */ +struct parser_convert_state +{ + struct parser *parser; + char *short_end; + struct option *long_end; + void **child_inputs_end; +}; + +/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors + into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and + CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the + next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */ +static struct group * +convert_options (const struct argp *argp, + struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index, + struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt) +{ + /* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */ + const struct argp_option *real = argp->options; + const struct argp_child *children = argp->children; + + if (real || argp->parser) + { + const struct argp_option *opt; + + if (real) + for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++) + { + if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS)) + /* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */ + real = opt; + + if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC)) + /* A real option (not just documentation). */ + { + if (__option_is_short (opt)) + /* OPT can be used as a short option. */ + { + *cvt->short_end++ = opt->key; + if (real->arg) + { + *cvt->short_end++ = ':'; + if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL) + *cvt->short_end++ = ':'; + } + *cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */ + } + + if (opt->name + && find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0) + /* OPT can be used as a long option. */ + { + cvt->long_end->name = opt->name; + cvt->long_end->has_arg = + (real->arg + ? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL + ? optional_argument + : required_argument) + : no_argument); + cvt->long_end->flag = 0; + /* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's + values (which is removed before we actually call + the function to parse the value); this means that + the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his + values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved + however)... */ + cvt->long_end->val = + ((opt->key ? opt->key : real->key) & USER_MASK) + + (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS); + + /* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */ + (++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL; + } + } + } + + group->parser = argp->parser; + group->argp = argp; + group->short_end = cvt->short_end; + group->args_processed = 0; + group->parent = parent; + group->parent_index = parent_index; + group->input = 0; + group->hook = 0; + group->child_inputs = 0; + + if (children) + /* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from + CVT->child_inputs_end.*/ + { + unsigned num_children = 0; + while (children[num_children].argp) + num_children++; + group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end; + cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children; + } + + parent = group++; + } + else + parent = 0; + + if (children) + { + unsigned index = 0; + while (children->argp) + group = + convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt); + } + + return group; +} + +/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropriately prefixed. */ +static void +parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags) +{ + struct parser_convert_state cvt; + + cvt.parser = parser; + cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts; + cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts; + cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs; + + if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER) + *cvt.short_end++ = '-'; + else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) + *cvt.short_end++ = '+'; + *cvt.short_end = '\0'; + + cvt.long_end->name = NULL; + + parser->argp = argp; + + if (argp) + parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt); + else + parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */ +} + +/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */ +struct parser_sizes +{ + size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */ + size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */ + size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */ + size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */ +}; + +/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of + argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by + the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and + long-options array, respectively. */ +static void +calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs) +{ + const struct argp_child *child = argp->children; + const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options; + + if (opt || argp->parser) + { + szs->num_groups++; + if (opt) + { + int num_opts = 0; + while (!__option_is_end (opt++)) + num_opts++; + szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 ':'s */ + szs->long_len += num_opts; + } + } + + if (child) + while (child->argp) + { + calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs); + szs->num_child_inputs++; + } +} + +/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */ +static error_t +parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, + int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input) +{ + error_t err = 0; + struct group *group; + struct parser_sizes szs; + struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER; + char *storage; + size_t glen, gsum; + size_t clen, csum; + size_t llen, lsum; + size_t slen, ssum; + + szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1; + szs.long_len = 0; + szs.num_groups = 0; + szs.num_child_inputs = 0; + + if (argp) + calc_sizes (argp, &szs); + + /* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */ + glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group); + clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *); + llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option); + slen = szs.short_len + 1; + + /* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to + align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as + void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need + to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as + strictly as char. */ + gsum = glen; + csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option)); + lsum = csum + llen; + ssum = lsum + slen; + + parser->storage = malloc (ssum); + if (! parser->storage) + return ENOMEM; + + storage = parser->storage; + parser->groups = parser->storage; + parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum); + parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum); + parser->short_opts = storage + lsum; + parser->opt_data = opt_data; + + memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen); + parser_convert (parser, argp, flags); + + memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state)); + parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp; + parser->state.argc = argc; + parser->state.argv = argv; + parser->state.flags = flags; + parser->state.err_stream = stderr; + parser->state.out_stream = stdout; + parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */ + parser->state.pstate = parser; + + parser->try_getopt = 1; + + /* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate + values to child parsers. */ + if (parser->groups < parser->egroup) + parser->groups->input = input; + for (group = parser->groups; + group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY); + group++) + { + if (group->parent) + /* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */ + group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index]; + + if (!group->parser + && group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp) + /* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an + argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just + makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */ + group->child_inputs[0] = group->input; + + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0); + } + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */ + + if (err) + return err; + + if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS) + { + parser->opt_data.opterr = 0; + if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0) + /* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long + as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */ + parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++; + } + else + parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */ + + if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0]) + /* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */ + parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]); + else + parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name (); + + return 0; +} + +/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */ +static error_t +parser_finalize (struct parser *parser, + error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index) +{ + struct group *group; + + if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey) + /* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */ + err = 0; + + if (! err) + { + if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc) + /* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again, + just a few more times... */ + { + for (group = parser->groups; + group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY); + group++) + if (group->args_processed == 0) + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0); + for (group = parser->egroup - 1; + group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY); + group--) + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */ + + /* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */ + if (end_index) + *end_index = parser->state.next; + } + else if (end_index) + /* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */ + *end_index = parser->state.next; + else + /* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */ + { + if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS) + && parser->state.err_stream) + fprintf (parser->state.err_stream, + dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, + "%s: Too many arguments\n"), + parser->state.name); + err = EBADKEY; + } + } + + /* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers + to indicate which one. */ + + if (err) + { + /* Maybe print an error message. */ + if (err == EBADKEY) + /* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have + been printed earlier. */ + __argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream, + ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR); + + /* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */ + for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++) + group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0); + } + else + /* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */ + { + /* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are + given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to + the parent. */ + for (group = parser->egroup - 1 + ; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY) + ; group--) + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0); + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */ + } + + /* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */ + for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--) + group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + err = EINVAL; + + free (parser->storage); + + return err; +} + +/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current + position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have + been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will + adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being + consumed. */ +static error_t +parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val) +{ + /* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg + we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */ + int index = --parser->state.next; + error_t err = EBADKEY; + struct group *group; + int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */ + + /* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */ + for (group = parser->groups + ; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY + ; group++) + { + parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */ + key = ARGP_KEY_ARG; + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + /* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */ + { + parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */ + key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS; + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0); + } + } + + if (! err) + { + if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS) + /* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't + changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered + consumed. */ + parser->state.next = parser->state.argc; + + if (parser->state.next > index) + /* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option + argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set + the clock back. */ + (--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index); + else + /* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */ + parser->try_getopt = 1; + } + + return err; +} + +/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the + current position, returning any error. */ +static error_t +parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val) +{ + /* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or + group_number + 1 for long opts. */ + int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS; + error_t err = EBADKEY; + + if (group_key == 0) + /* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the + various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can + determine which group OPT came from. */ + { + struct group *group; + char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt); + + if (short_index) + for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++) + if (group->short_end > short_index) + { + err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt, + parser->opt_data.optarg); + break; + } + } + else + /* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting + the user value in order to preserve the sign. */ + err = + group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state, + (opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS, + parser->opt_data.optarg); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + /* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the + parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal + with each option. */ + { + static const char bad_key_err[] = + N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?"); + if (group_key == 0) + __argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt, + dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err)); + else + { + struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts; + while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name) + long_opt++; + __argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s", + long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???", + dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err)); + } + } + + return err; +} + +/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next). + Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates + whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is + generally not fatal). */ +static error_t +parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey) +{ + int opt; + error_t err = 0; + + if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted) + /* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted + region, so pretend we never saw the quoting "--", and give getopt + another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just + process it again. */ + parser->state.quoted = 0; + + if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted) + /* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */ + { + /* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */ + parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next; + /* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */ + parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END; + if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY) + opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv, + parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0, + &parser->opt_data); + else + opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv, + parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0, + &parser->opt_data); + /* And see what getopt did. */ + parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind; + + if (opt == KEY_END) + /* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using + getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */ + { + parser->try_getopt = 0; + if (parser->state.next > 1 + && strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE) + == 0) + /* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a + "quoted" region, which may have args that *look* like + options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past + here, whatever happens. */ + parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next; + } + else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END) + /* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short + option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT + to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */ + { + *arg_ebadkey = 0; + return EBADKEY; + } + } + else + opt = KEY_END; + + if (opt == KEY_END) + { + /* We're past what getopt considers the options. */ + if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc + || (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)) + /* Indicate that we're done. */ + { + *arg_ebadkey = 1; + return EBADKEY; + } + else + /* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */ + { + opt = KEY_ARG; + parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++]; + } + } + + if (opt == KEY_ARG) + /* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */ + err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg); + else + err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg); + + if (err == EBADKEY) + *arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG); + + return err; +} + +/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP. + FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the + index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an + unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine + returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */ +error_t +__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags, + int *end_index, void *input) +{ + error_t err; + struct parser parser; + + /* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing + to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */ + int arg_ebadkey = 0; + +#ifndef _LIBC + if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)) + { +#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME + if (!program_invocation_name) + program_invocation_name = argv[0]; +#endif +#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME + if (!program_invocation_short_name) + program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]); +#endif + } +#endif + + if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP)) + /* Add our own options. */ + { + struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child)); + struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp)); + + /* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default + argps. */ + memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp)); + top_argp->children = child; + + memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child)); + + if (argp) + (child++)->argp = argp; + (child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp; + if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook) + (child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp; + child->argp = 0; + + argp = top_argp; + } + + /* Construct a parser for these arguments. */ + err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input); + + if (! err) + /* Parse! */ + { + while (! err) + err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey); + err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index); + } + + return err; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse) +#endif + +/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used + by the help routines. */ +void * +__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state) +{ + if (state) + { + struct group *group; + struct parser *parser = state->pstate; + + for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++) + if (group->argp == argp) + return group->input; + } + + return 0; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/argp-pin.c b/libgnu/argp-pin.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64d831d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-pin.c @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Full and short program names for argp module + Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +char *program_invocation_short_name = 0; +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME +char *program_invocation_name = 0; +#endif + +#if (defined HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME \ + && defined HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME) +/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing + this file is never empty. */ +typedef int dummy; +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/argp-pv.c b/libgnu/argp-pv.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce132675 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-pv.c @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. + Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option + --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will + print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the + ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */ +const char *argp_program_version +/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into + BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html> + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */ +#if defined __ELF__ + /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */ +#else + = (const char *) 0 +#endif + ; diff --git a/libgnu/argp-pvh.c b/libgnu/argp-pvh.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f7e50f32 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-pvh.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. + Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "argp.h" + +/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option + --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls + this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the + current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is + used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */ +void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL; diff --git a/libgnu/argp-xinl.c b/libgnu/argp-xinl.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73dd62a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp-xinl.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h + Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H +# include <features.h> +#endif + +#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES +# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1 +#endif +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ARGP_EI +#else +# define ARGP_EI _GL_EXTERN_INLINE +#endif +#undef __OPTIMIZE__ +#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1 +#include "argp.h" + +/* Add weak aliases. */ +#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias) + +weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage) +weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short) +weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end) + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/argp.h b/libgnu/argp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a7bf5c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/argp.h @@ -0,0 +1,631 @@ +/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt. + Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _ARGP_H +#define _ARGP_H + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <getopt.h> +#include <limits.h> + +#define __need_error_t +#include <errno.h> + +#ifndef __THROW +# define __THROW +#endif +#ifndef __NTH +# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW +#endif + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are + accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. + We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because + gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override + the 'printf' function. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */ +#endif + +/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have + "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict". + Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and + 'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */ +#ifndef __restrict +# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) +# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ +# define __restrict restrict +# else +# define __restrict +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef __error_t_defined +typedef int error_t; +# define __error_t_defined +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of + these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option + entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more + names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option + array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */ +struct argp_option +{ + /* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you + can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */ + const char *name; + + /* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's + also accepted as a short option. */ + int key; + + /* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this + option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */ + const char *arg; + + /* OPTION_ flags. */ + int flags; + + /* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string + will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it + useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its + group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a ':'. + + Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect + it into a POT file. */ + const char *doc; + + /* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted + alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order + 0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with + if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or + zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both + 0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic + options such as --help are put into group -1. */ + int group; +}; + +/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */ +#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1 + +/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */ +#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2 + +/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This + means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit + fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */ +#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4 + +/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the + actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that + should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag + is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no '--' + prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally + be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME + field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see + below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is + ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not '-', this + entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading + '-') in the same group. */ +#define OPTION_DOC 0x8 + +/* This option shouldn't be included in "long" usage messages (but is still + included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are + completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including + the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance, + if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the '-x' option's purpose is to + distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked + OPTION_NO_USAGE. */ +#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10 + +/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation + of option name. */ +#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20 + +struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */ +struct argp_state; /* " */ +struct argp_child; /* " */ + +/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */ +typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int __key, char *__arg, + struct argp_state *__state); + +/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such + returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned + into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated + back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result + in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */ +#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */ + +/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function. + ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood. + + The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each + uppercased word should be prefixed by 'ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key): + + INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all + or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed + or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized + + The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an + argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the + unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping + with an error message if not). + + If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing + function returned an error value), then the parser is called with + ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */ + +/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a + parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the + ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the + argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's + passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to + actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it + processed again. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0 +/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found + starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but + STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume, + otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments + consumed. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006 +/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001 +/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't + any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't + successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before + ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed + arguments can take place). */ +#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002 +/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each + element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is + copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003 +/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007 +/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are + still arguments remaining). */ +#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004 +/* Passed in if an error occurs. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005 + +/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to + deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child + argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually + parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp + structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts + being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */ +struct argp +{ + /* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both + NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */ + const struct argp_option *options; + + /* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key + associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if + none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be + returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then + parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from + argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the + ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */ + argp_parser_t parser; + + /* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It + is only used by argp_usage to print the "Usage:" message. If it + contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered + alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after + the first are prefix by " or: " instead of "Usage:"). */ + const char *args_doc; + + /* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and + after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab + '\v' character). + Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if + you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */ + const char *doc; + + /* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0 + argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any + conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the + CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply + their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your + own. */ + const struct argp_child *children; + + /* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help + messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is + that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_ + defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function + should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement + string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL, + meaning "print nothing". The value for TEXT is *after* any translation + has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation, + that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input + supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */ + char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input); + + /* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using + the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed + default domain is used. */ + const char *argp_domain; +}; + +/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceding options. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation; + TEXT is NULL for this key. */ +/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been + suppressed. */ +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005 +#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */ + +/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of + argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */ +struct argp_child +{ + /* The child parser. */ + const struct argp *argp; + + /* Flags for this child. */ + int flags; + + /* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the + child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child + options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually + printing a header string, use a value of "". */ + const char *header; + + /* Where to group the child options relative to the other ("consolidated") + options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field + in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at + a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then + they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options + (merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */ + int group; +}; + +/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp, + which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */ +struct argp_state +{ + /* The top level ARGP being parsed. */ + const struct argp *root_argp; + + /* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */ + int argc; + char **argv; + + /* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */ + int next; + + /* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */ + unsigned flags; + + /* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the + number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each + such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such + arguments that have been processed. */ + unsigned arg_num; + + /* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special + '--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an + option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */ + int quoted; + + /* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */ + void *input; + /* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as + the number of children for the current parser. */ + void **child_inputs; + + /* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */ + void *hook; + + /* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0], + or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */ + char *name; + + /* Streams used when argp prints something. */ + FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */ + FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */ + + void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */ +}; + +/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are + convenient for program command line parsing): */ + +/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless + ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is + skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name + in a command line. */ +#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01 + +/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag + is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program + name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the + assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */ +#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02 + +/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by + calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg + as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to + handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error + other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the + argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all + args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one + last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set, + as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't + be handled. */ +#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04 + +/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command + line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */ +#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08 + +/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and + option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */ +#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10 + +/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */ +#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20 + +/* Use the gnu getopt "long-only" rules for parsing arguments. */ +#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40 + +/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */ +#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP) + +/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP. + FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the + index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an + unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser + routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is + returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag + is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */ +extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/, + unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index, + void *__restrict __input); +extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/, + unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index, + void *__restrict __input); + +/* Global variables. */ + +/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and + program_invocation_short_name are available */ +#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME +extern char *program_invocation_name; +# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME +# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1 +#endif + +#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +extern char *program_invocation_short_name; +# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME +# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1 +#endif + +/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default + option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which + will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the + ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */ +extern const char *argp_program_version; + +/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default + option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which + calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to + the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is + used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */ +extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream, + struct argp_state *__restrict + __state); + +/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is + the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by + argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various + standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like + "Report bugs to ADDR." */ +extern const char *argp_program_bug_address; + +/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error. + If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from + <sysexits.h>. */ +extern error_t argp_err_exit_status; + +/* Flags for argp_help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a "Try ... for more help" message. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC) +#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */ +#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to + reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */ + +/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */ + +/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an + error message has already been printed. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \ + (ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR) +/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no + more specific error message has been printed. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \ + (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR) +/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */ +#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \ + (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \ + | ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR) + +/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set + ARGP_HELP_*. */ +extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + FILE *__restrict __stream, + unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name); +extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags, + char *__name); + +/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp + parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first + argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending + on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for + them *not* to exit, and should return an appropriate error after calling + them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_..., + but they're used often enough that they should be short] */ + +/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are + from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */ +extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + FILE *__restrict __stream, + unsigned int __flags); +extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + FILE *__restrict __stream, + unsigned int __flags); + +#if _LIBC +/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */ +extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state); +extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state); +#endif + +/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded + by the program name and ':', to stderr, and followed by a "Try ... --help" + message, then exit (1). */ +extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3)); +extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3)); + +/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will + respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print + to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is + shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime + option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The + difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for + *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during + parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */ +extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + int __status, int __errnum, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5)); +extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state, + int __status, int __errnum, + const char *__restrict __fmt, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5)); + +#if _LIBC +/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */ +extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; +extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; + +/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an + options array. */ +extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; +extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW; +#endif + +/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used + by the help routines. */ +extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + const struct argp_state *__restrict __state) + __THROW; +extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp, + const struct argp_state *__restrict __state) + __THROW; + +#if !_LIBC || defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES + +# if !_LIBC +# define __argp_usage argp_usage +# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help +# define __option_is_short _option_is_short +# define __option_is_end _option_is_end +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN +# ifndef ARGP_EI +# define ARGP_EI _GL_INLINE +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef ARGP_EI +# define ARGP_EI __extern_inline +# endif + +ARGP_EI void +__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state) +{ + __argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE); +} + +ARGP_EI int +__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt)) +{ + if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC) + return 0; + else + { + int __key = __opt->key; + return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key); + } +} + +ARGP_EI int +__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt)) +{ + return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group; +} + +# if !_LIBC +# undef __argp_usage +# undef __argp_state_help +# undef __option_is_short +# undef __option_is_end +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END +# endif +#endif /* Use extern inlines. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* argp.h */ diff --git a/libgnu/asnprintf.c b/libgnu/asnprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14ab3e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/asnprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Formatted output to strings. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "vasnprintf.h" + +#include <stdarg.h> + +char * +asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + char *result; + + va_start (args, format); + result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args); + va_end (args); + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/assure.h b/libgnu/assure.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fc30432 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/assure.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* Run-time assert-like macros. + + Copyright (C) 2014-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#ifndef _GL_ASSURE_H +#define _GL_ASSURE_H + +#include <assert.h> + +/* Check E's value at runtime, and report an error and abort if not. + However, do nothng if NDEBUG is defined. + + Unlike standard 'assert', this macro always compiles E even when NDEBUG + is defined, so as to catch typos and avoid some GCC warnings. */ + +#ifdef NDEBUG +# define assure(E) ((void) (0 && (E))) +#else +# define assure(E) assert (E) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/at-func.c b/libgnu/at-func.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9eaa9932 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/at-func.c @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* Define at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc. + Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include "dosname.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */ + +#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD +# include <errno.h> +# ifndef ENOTSUP +# define ENOTSUP EINVAL +# endif +#else +# include "openat.h" +# include "openat-priv.h" +# include "save-cwd.h" +#endif + +#ifdef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND +# define CALL_FUNC(F) \ + (flag == AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND \ + ? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS) \ + : AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS)) +# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) \ + if (flag & ~AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND) \ + { \ + errno = EINVAL; \ + return FUNC_FAIL; \ + } +#else +# define CALL_FUNC(F) (AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS)) +# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) /* empty */ +#endif + +#ifdef AT_FUNC_RESULT +# define FUNC_RESULT AT_FUNC_RESULT +#else +# define FUNC_RESULT int +#endif + +#ifdef AT_FUNC_FAIL +# define FUNC_FAIL AT_FUNC_FAIL +#else +# define FUNC_FAIL -1 +#endif + +/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 to operate on FILE, which is in the directory + open on descriptor FD. If AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND is defined to a value, + AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS must include a parameter named flag; + call AT_FUNC_F2 if FLAG is 0 or fail if FLAG contains more bits than + AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND. Return int and fail with -1 unless AT_FUNC_RESULT + or AT_FUNC_FAIL are defined. If possible, do it without changing the + working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir, + then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd + fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. */ +FUNC_RESULT +AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS) +{ + VALIDATE_FLAG (flag); + + if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file)) + return CALL_FUNC (file); + +#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD + errno = ENOTSUP; + return FUNC_FAIL; +#else + { + /* Be careful to choose names unlikely to conflict with + AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS. */ + struct saved_cwd saved_cwd; + int saved_errno; + FUNC_RESULT err; + + { + char proc_buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE]; + char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (proc_buf, fd, file); + if (proc_file) + { + FUNC_RESULT proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file); + int proc_errno = errno; + if (proc_file != proc_buf) + free (proc_file); + /* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected + errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through + and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */ + if (FUNC_FAIL != proc_result) + return proc_result; + if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno)) + { + errno = proc_errno; + return proc_result; + } + } + } + + if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0) + openat_save_fail (errno); + if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc) + { + /* If saving the working directory collides with the user's + requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to + begin with. */ + free_cwd (&saved_cwd); + errno = EBADF; + return FUNC_FAIL; + } + + if (fchdir (fd) != 0) + { + saved_errno = errno; + free_cwd (&saved_cwd); + errno = saved_errno; + return FUNC_FAIL; + } + + err = CALL_FUNC (file); + saved_errno = (err == FUNC_FAIL ? errno : 0); + + if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0) + openat_restore_fail (errno); + + free_cwd (&saved_cwd); + + if (saved_errno) + errno = saved_errno; + return err; + } +#endif +} +#undef CALL_FUNC +#undef FUNC_RESULT +#undef FUNC_FAIL diff --git a/libgnu/basename-lgpl.c b/libgnu/basename-lgpl.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54d3cc0a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/basename-lgpl.c @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name + + Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "dirname.h" + +#include <string.h> + +/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If + NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file + system root, return the empty string. */ + +char * +last_component (char const *name) +{ + char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name); + char const *p; + bool saw_slash = false; + + while (ISSLASH (*base)) + base++; + + for (p = base; *p; p++) + { + if (ISSLASH (*p)) + saw_slash = true; + else if (saw_slash) + { + base = p; + saw_slash = false; + } + } + + return (char *) base; +} + +/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the + value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen + (NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */ + +size_t +base_len (char const *name) +{ + size_t len; + size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name); + + for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--) + continue; + + if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1 + && ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2]) + return 2; + + if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len + && len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len])) + return prefix_len + 1; + + return len; +} diff --git a/libgnu/basename.c b/libgnu/basename.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03536354 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/basename.c @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name + + Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "dirname.h" + +#include <string.h> +#include "xalloc.h" +#include "xstrndup.h" + +char * +base_name (char const *name) +{ + char const *base = last_component (name); + size_t length; + + /* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the + empty string. */ + if (! *base) + return xstrndup (name, base_len (name)); + + /* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one. */ + length = base_len (base); + if (ISSLASH (base[length])) + length++; + + /* On systems with drive letters, "a/b:c" must return "./b:c" rather + than "b:c" to avoid confusion with a drive letter. On systems + with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue. */ + if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base)) + { + char *p = xmalloc (length + 3); + p[0] = '.'; + p[1] = '/'; + memcpy (p + 2, base, length); + p[length + 2] = '\0'; + return p; + } + + /* Finally, copy the basename. */ + return xstrndup (base, length); +} diff --git a/libgnu/bitrotate.c b/libgnu/bitrotate.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8f60288 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/bitrotate.c @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +#include <config.h> +#define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE +#include "bitrotate.h" diff --git a/libgnu/bitrotate.h b/libgnu/bitrotate.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea14afbe --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/bitrotate.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* bitrotate.h - Rotate bits in integers + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>, 2008. */ + +#ifndef _GL_BITROTATE_H +#define _GL_BITROTATE_H + +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN +#ifndef BITROTATE_INLINE +# define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_INLINE +#endif + +#ifdef UINT64_MAX +/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and + 63 inclusive. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t +rotl64 (uint64_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x << n) | (x >> (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX; +} + +/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to + 63 inclusive.*/ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t +rotr64 (uint64_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x >> n) | (x << (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX; +} +#endif + +/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and + 31 inclusive. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t +rotl32 (uint32_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x << n) | (x >> (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX; +} + +/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to + 31 inclusive.*/ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t +rotr32 (uint32_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x >> n) | (x << (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX; +} + +/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and + (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE size_t +rotl_sz (size_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x << n) | (x >> ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX; +} + +/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to + (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE size_t +rotr_sz (size_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x >> n) | (x << ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX; +} + +/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to + 15 inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16 + because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen + before shifting. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t +rotl16 (uint16_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x << n) | (x >> (16 - n))) & UINT16_MAX; +} + +/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 15 + inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16 + because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen + before shifting. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t +rotr16 (uint16_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x >> n) | (x << (16 - n))) & UINT16_MAX; +} + +/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to 7 + inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8 + because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen + before shifting. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t +rotl8 (uint8_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x << n) | (x >> (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX; +} + +/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding + to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 7 + inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8 + because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen + before shifting. */ +BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t +rotr8 (uint8_t x, int n) +{ + return ((x >> n) | (x << (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX; +} + +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END + +#endif /* _GL_BITROTATE_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/c++defs.h b/libgnu/c++defs.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f03f3591 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/c++defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +/* C++ compatible function declaration macros. + Copyright (C) 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H +#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H + +/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE { +# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE } +#else +# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE +#endif + +/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are: + + * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some + platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which + it exists: + + #if @GNULIB_FOO@ + # if !@HAVE_FOO@ + _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...); + _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo); + #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK + ... + #endif + + * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms, + but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms: + + #if @GNULIB_FOO@ + # if @REPLACE_FOO@ + # if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) + # undef foo + # define foo rpl_foo + # endif + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...); + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...); + # else + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo); + #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK + ... + #endif + + * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms + but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and + is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms: + + #if @GNULIB_FOO@ + # if @REPLACE_FOO@ + # if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) + # undef foo + # define foo rpl_foo + # endif + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...); + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...); + # else + # if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@ + _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo); + #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK + ... + #endif +*/ + +/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration; + performs the declaration with C linkage. */ +#if defined __cplusplus +# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C" +#else +# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern +#endif + +/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes); + declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype, + consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes. + Example: + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); + */ +#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes) +#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes + +/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes); + declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype, + consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes. + Example: + _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); + */ +#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters); + declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func + that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined. + Example: + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)); + + Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator + avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is + actually used in the program. */ +#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters) +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \ + { \ + typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \ + \ + inline operator type () const \ + { \ + return ::rpl_func; \ + } \ + } func = {}; \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters); + is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters); + except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different + declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error + that would otherwise occur. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \ + { \ + typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \ + \ + inline operator type () const \ + { \ + return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \ + } \ + } func = {}; \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters); + declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func + that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE + is defined. + Example: + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)); + + Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator + avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is + actually used in the program. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \ + { \ + typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \ + \ + inline operator type () const \ + { \ + return ::func; \ + } \ + } func = {}; \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters); + is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters); + except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration. + A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would + otherwise occur. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \ + { \ + typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \ + \ + inline operator type () const \ + { \ + return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \ + } \ + } func = {}; \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2); + is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters); + except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions, + namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts + are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion" + errors that would otherwise occur. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE + /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast. + The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded + functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant. + When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a + reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */ +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \ + { \ + typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \ + \ + inline operator type () const \ + { \ + return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \ + } \ + } func = {}; \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func); + causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when + GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded + variants. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace) +/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>, + we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */ +# if !__OPTIMIZE__ +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \ + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \ + "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \ + "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.") +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \ + extern __typeof__ (func) func +# else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +# endif +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes); + causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func + is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \ + GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace) +/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>, + we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */ +# if !__OPTIMIZE__ +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \ + "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \ + "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.") +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + extern __typeof__ (func) func +# else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +# endif +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/canonicalize.c b/libgnu/canonicalize.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2f533ff --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/canonicalize.c @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file. + Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "canonicalize.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include "areadlink.h" +#include "file-set.h" +#include "hash-triple.h" +#include "pathmax.h" +#include "xalloc.h" +#include "xgetcwd.h" +#include "dosname.h" + +#define MULTIPLE_BITS_SET(i) (((i) & ((i) - 1)) != 0) + +/* In this file, we cannot handle file names longer than PATH_MAX. + On systems with no file name length limit, use a fallback. */ +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX 8192 +#endif + +#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT +# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0 +#endif + +#if ISSLASH ('\\') +# define SLASHES "/\\" +#else +# define SLASHES "/" +#endif + +#if !((HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME && FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS) \ + || GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_LGPL) +/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name + does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name + separators ('/') or symlinks. All components must exist. + The result is malloc'd. */ + +char * +canonicalize_file_name (const char *name) +{ + return canonicalize_filename_mode (name, CAN_EXISTING); +} +#endif /* !HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME */ + +/* Return true if we've already seen the triple, <FILENAME, dev, ino>. + If *HT is not initialized, initialize it. */ +static bool +seen_triple (Hash_table **ht, char const *filename, struct stat const *st) +{ + if (*ht == NULL) + { + size_t initial_capacity = 7; + *ht = hash_initialize (initial_capacity, + NULL, + triple_hash, + triple_compare_ino_str, + triple_free); + if (*ht == NULL) + xalloc_die (); + } + + if (seen_file (*ht, filename, st)) + return true; + + record_file (*ht, filename, st); + return false; +} + +/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating + missing elements according to CAN_MODE. A canonical name + does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name + separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks. + Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode. + The result is malloc'd. */ + +char * +canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *name, canonicalize_mode_t can_mode) +{ + char *rname, *dest, *extra_buf = NULL; + char const *start; + char const *end; + char const *rname_limit; + size_t extra_len = 0; + Hash_table *ht = NULL; + int saved_errno; + int can_flags = can_mode & ~CAN_MODE_MASK; + bool logical = can_flags & CAN_NOLINKS; + size_t prefix_len; + + can_mode &= CAN_MODE_MASK; + + if (MULTIPLE_BITS_SET (can_mode)) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + + if (name == NULL) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + + if (name[0] == '\0') + { + errno = ENOENT; + return NULL; + } + + /* This is always zero for Posix hosts, but can be 2 for MS-Windows + and MS-DOS X:/foo/bar file names. */ + prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name); + + if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (name)) + { + rname = xgetcwd (); + if (!rname) + return NULL; + dest = strchr (rname, '\0'); + if (dest - rname < PATH_MAX) + { + char *p = xrealloc (rname, PATH_MAX); + dest = p + (dest - rname); + rname = p; + rname_limit = rname + PATH_MAX; + } + else + { + rname_limit = dest; + } + start = name; + prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (rname); + } + else + { + rname = xmalloc (PATH_MAX); + rname_limit = rname + PATH_MAX; + dest = rname; + if (prefix_len) + { + memcpy (rname, name, prefix_len); + dest += prefix_len; + } + *dest++ = '/'; + if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT) + { + if (ISSLASH (name[1]) && !ISSLASH (name[2]) && !prefix_len) + *dest++ = '/'; + *dest = '\0'; + } + start = name + prefix_len; + } + + for ( ; *start; start = end) + { + /* Skip sequence of multiple file name separators. */ + while (ISSLASH (*start)) + ++start; + + /* Find end of component. */ + for (end = start; *end && !ISSLASH (*end); ++end) + /* Nothing. */; + + if (end - start == 0) + break; + else if (end - start == 1 && start[0] == '.') + /* nothing */; + else if (end - start == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.') + { + /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already. */ + if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1) + for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest) + continue; + if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 + && !prefix_len && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1])) + dest++; + } + else + { + struct stat st; + + if (!ISSLASH (dest[-1])) + *dest++ = '/'; + + if (dest + (end - start) >= rname_limit) + { + ptrdiff_t dest_offset = dest - rname; + size_t new_size = rname_limit - rname; + + if (end - start + 1 > PATH_MAX) + new_size += end - start + 1; + else + new_size += PATH_MAX; + rname = xrealloc (rname, new_size); + rname_limit = rname + new_size; + + dest = rname + dest_offset; + } + + dest = memcpy (dest, start, end - start); + dest += end - start; + *dest = '\0'; + + if (logical && (can_mode == CAN_MISSING)) + { + /* Avoid the stat in this case as it's inconsequential. + i.e. we're neither resolving symlinks or testing + component existence. */ + st.st_mode = 0; + } + else if ((logical ? stat (rname, &st) : lstat (rname, &st)) != 0) + { + saved_errno = errno; + if (can_mode == CAN_EXISTING) + goto error; + if (can_mode == CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST) + { + if (end[strspn (end, SLASHES)] || saved_errno != ENOENT) + goto error; + continue; + } + st.st_mode = 0; + } + + if (S_ISLNK (st.st_mode)) + { + char *buf; + size_t n, len; + + /* Detect loops. We cannot use the cycle-check module here, + since it's actually possible to encounter the same symlink + more than once in a given traversal. However, encountering + the same symlink,NAME pair twice does indicate a loop. */ + if (seen_triple (&ht, name, &st)) + { + if (can_mode == CAN_MISSING) + continue; + saved_errno = ELOOP; + goto error; + } + + buf = areadlink_with_size (rname, st.st_size); + if (!buf) + { + if (can_mode == CAN_MISSING && errno != ENOMEM) + continue; + saved_errno = errno; + goto error; + } + + n = strlen (buf); + len = strlen (end); + + if (!extra_len) + { + extra_len = + ((n + len + 1) > PATH_MAX) ? (n + len + 1) : PATH_MAX; + extra_buf = xmalloc (extra_len); + } + else if ((n + len + 1) > extra_len) + { + extra_len = n + len + 1; + extra_buf = xrealloc (extra_buf, extra_len); + } + + /* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */ + memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1); + name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n); + + if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (buf)) + { + size_t pfxlen = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (buf); + + if (pfxlen) + memcpy (rname, buf, pfxlen); + dest = rname + pfxlen; + *dest++ = '/'; /* It's an absolute symlink */ + if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT) + { + if (ISSLASH (buf[1]) && !ISSLASH (buf[2]) && !pfxlen) + *dest++ = '/'; + *dest = '\0'; + } + /* Install the new prefix to be in effect hereafter. */ + prefix_len = pfxlen; + } + else + { + /* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root + already: */ + if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1) + for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest) + continue; + if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 + && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]) && !prefix_len) + dest++; + } + + free (buf); + } + else + { + if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode) && *end && (can_mode != CAN_MISSING)) + { + saved_errno = ENOTDIR; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (dest[-1])) + --dest; + if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len + && ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1])) + dest++; + *dest = '\0'; + if (rname_limit != dest + 1) + rname = xrealloc (rname, dest - rname + 1); + + free (extra_buf); + if (ht) + hash_free (ht); + return rname; + +error: + free (extra_buf); + free (rname); + if (ht) + hash_free (ht); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; +} diff --git a/libgnu/canonicalize.h b/libgnu/canonicalize.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..772eeccf --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/canonicalize.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file. + Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef CANONICALIZE_H_ +# define CANONICALIZE_H_ + +#include <stdlib.h> /* for canonicalize_file_name */ + +#define CAN_MODE_MASK (CAN_EXISTING | CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST | CAN_MISSING) + +enum canonicalize_mode_t + { + /* All components must exist. */ + CAN_EXISTING = 0, + + /* All components excluding last one must exist. */ + CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST = 1, + + /* No requirements on components existence. */ + CAN_MISSING = 2, + + /* Don't expand symlinks. */ + CAN_NOLINKS = 4 + }; +typedef enum canonicalize_mode_t canonicalize_mode_t; + +/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating + missing elements according to CAN_MODE. A canonical name + does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated file name + separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks. + Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode. + The result is malloc'd. */ +char *canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *, canonicalize_mode_t); + +#endif /* !CANONICALIZE_H_ */ diff --git a/libgnu/chdir-long.c b/libgnu/chdir-long.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6c35c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/chdir-long.c @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG + Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "chdir-long.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdio.h> + +#include "assure.h" + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# error "compile this file only if your system defines PATH_MAX" +#endif + +/* The results of openat() in this file are not leaked to any + single-threaded code that could use stdio. + FIXME - if the kernel ever adds support for multi-thread safety for + avoiding standard fds, then we should use openat_safer. */ + +struct cd_buf +{ + int fd; +}; + +static void +cdb_init (struct cd_buf *cdb) +{ + cdb->fd = AT_FDCWD; +} + +static int +cdb_fchdir (struct cd_buf const *cdb) +{ + return fchdir (cdb->fd); +} + +static void +cdb_free (struct cd_buf const *cdb) +{ + if (0 <= cdb->fd) + { + bool close_fail = close (cdb->fd); + assure (! close_fail); + } +} + +/* Given a file descriptor of an open directory (or AT_FDCWD), CDB->fd, + try to open the CDB->fd-relative directory, DIR. If the open succeeds, + update CDB->fd with the resulting descriptor, close the incoming file + descriptor, and return zero. Upon failure, return -1 and set errno. */ +static int +cdb_advance_fd (struct cd_buf *cdb, char const *dir) +{ + int new_fd = openat (cdb->fd, dir, + O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK); + if (new_fd < 0) + return -1; + + cdb_free (cdb); + cdb->fd = new_fd; + + return 0; +} + +/* Return a pointer to the first non-slash in S. */ +static char * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE +find_non_slash (char const *s) +{ + size_t n_slash = strspn (s, "/"); + return (char *) s + n_slash; +} + +/* This is a function much like chdir, but without the PATH_MAX limitation + on the length of the directory name. A significant difference is that + it must be able to modify (albeit only temporarily) the directory + name. It handles an arbitrarily long directory name by operating + on manageable portions of the name. On systems without the openat + syscall, this means changing the working directory to more and more + "distant" points along the long directory name and then restoring + the working directory. If any of those attempts to save or restore + the working directory fails, this function exits nonzero. + + Note that this function may still fail with errno == ENAMETOOLONG, but + only if the specified directory name contains a component that is long + enough to provoke such a failure all by itself (e.g. if the component + has length PATH_MAX or greater on systems that define PATH_MAX). */ + +int +chdir_long (char *dir) +{ + int e = chdir (dir); + if (e == 0 || errno != ENAMETOOLONG) + return e; + + { + size_t len = strlen (dir); + char *dir_end = dir + len; + struct cd_buf cdb; + size_t n_leading_slash; + + cdb_init (&cdb); + + /* If DIR is the empty string, then the chdir above + must have failed and set errno to ENOENT. */ + assure (0 < len); + assure (PATH_MAX <= len); + + /* Count leading slashes. */ + n_leading_slash = strspn (dir, "/"); + + /* Handle any leading slashes as well as any name that matches + the regular expression, m!^//hostname[/]*! . Handling this + prefix separately usually results in a single additional + cdb_advance_fd call, but it's worthwhile, since it makes the + code in the following loop cleaner. */ + if (n_leading_slash == 2) + { + int err; + /* Find next slash. + We already know that dir[2] is neither a slash nor '\0'. */ + char *slash = memchr (dir + 3, '/', dir_end - (dir + 3)); + if (slash == NULL) + { + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return -1; + } + *slash = '\0'; + err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir); + *slash = '/'; + if (err != 0) + goto Fail; + dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1); + } + else if (n_leading_slash) + { + if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, "/") != 0) + goto Fail; + dir += n_leading_slash; + } + + assure (*dir != '/'); + assure (dir <= dir_end); + + while (PATH_MAX <= dir_end - dir) + { + int err; + /* Find a slash that is PATH_MAX or fewer bytes away from dir. + I.e. see if there is a slash that will give us a name of + length PATH_MAX-1 or less. */ + char *slash = memrchr (dir, '/', PATH_MAX); + if (slash == NULL) + { + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + return -1; + } + + *slash = '\0'; + assure (slash - dir < PATH_MAX); + err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir); + *slash = '/'; + if (err != 0) + goto Fail; + + dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1); + } + + if (dir < dir_end) + { + if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir) != 0) + goto Fail; + } + + if (cdb_fchdir (&cdb) != 0) + goto Fail; + + cdb_free (&cdb); + return 0; + + Fail: + { + int saved_errno = errno; + cdb_free (&cdb); + errno = saved_errno; + return -1; + } + } +} + +#if TEST_CHDIR + +# include "closeout.h" +# include "error.h" + +int +main (int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + char *line = NULL; + size_t n = 0; + int len; + + atexit (close_stdout); + + len = getline (&line, &n, stdin); + if (len < 0) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (feof (stdin)) + exit (0); + + error (EXIT_FAILURE, saved_errno, + "reading standard input"); + } + else if (len == 0) + exit (0); + + if (line[len-1] == '\n') + line[len-1] = '\0'; + + if (chdir_long (line) != 0) + error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, + "chdir_long failed: %s", line); + + if (argc <= 1) + { + /* Using 'pwd' here makes sense only if it is a robust implementation, + like the one in coreutils after the 2004-04-19 changes. */ + char const *cmd = "pwd"; + execlp (cmd, (char *) NULL); + error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "%s", cmd); + } + + fclose (stdin); + fclose (stderr); + + exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); +} +#endif + +/* +Local Variables: +compile-command: "gcc -DTEST_CHDIR=1 -g -O -W -Wall chdir-long.c libcoreutils.a" +End: +*/ diff --git a/libgnu/chdir-long.h b/libgnu/chdir-long.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f5d331e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/chdir-long.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG + Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <limits.h> + +#include "pathmax.h" + +/* On systems without PATH_MAX, presume that chdir accepts + arbitrarily long directory names. */ +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define chdir_long(Dir) chdir (Dir) +#else +int chdir_long (char *dir); +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/cloexec.c b/libgnu/cloexec.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5ad0b58 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/cloexec.c @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* closexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag + + Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "cloexec.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true, + or clear the flag if VALUE is false. + Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set. + + Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being + inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec + followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as + open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC + non-inheritable in the first place. */ + +int +set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value) +{ +#ifdef F_SETFD + + int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0); + + if (0 <= flags) + { + int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC); + + if (flags == newflags + || fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1) + return 0; + } + + return -1; + +#else /* !F_SETFD */ + + /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag + will be unaffected. */ + if (desc < 0) + { + errno = EBADF; + return -1; + } + if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0) + /* errno is EBADF here. */ + return -1; + + /* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform. Punt. */ + return 0; +#endif /* !F_SETFD */ +} + + +/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed + prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not + be duplicated. */ + +int +dup_cloexec (int fd) +{ + return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0); +} diff --git a/libgnu/cloexec.h b/libgnu/cloexec.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2990e828 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/cloexec.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* closexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag + + Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +*/ + +#include <stdbool.h> + +/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true, + or clear the flag if VALUE is false. + Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set. + + Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being + inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec + followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as + open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC + non-inheritable in the first place. */ + +int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value); + +/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed + prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not + be duplicated. */ + +int dup_cloexec (int fd); diff --git a/libgnu/close.c b/libgnu/close.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e451871 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/close.c @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* close replacement. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> + +#include "fd-hook.h" +#include "msvc-inval.h" + +#undef close + +#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +static int +close_nothrow (int fd) +{ + int result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = close (fd); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = -1; + errno = EBADF; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +#else +# define close_nothrow close +#endif + +/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules. */ + +int +rpl_close (int fd) +{ +#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS + int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd); +#else + int retval = close_nothrow (fd); +#endif + +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (retval >= 0) + _gl_unregister_fd (fd); +#endif + + return retval; +} diff --git a/libgnu/closedir.c b/libgnu/closedir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71fa0b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/closedir.c @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* Stop reading the entries of a directory. + Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <dirent.h> + +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR + +/* Override closedir(), to keep track of the open file descriptors. + Needed because there is a function dirfd(). */ + +#else + +# include <stdlib.h> + +# include "dirent-private.h" + +#endif + +int +closedir (DIR *dirp) +{ +# if REPLACE_FCHDIR || REPLACE_DIRFD + int fd = dirfd (dirp); +# endif + int retval; + +#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR +# undef closedir + + retval = closedir (dirp); + +# ifdef __KLIBC__ + if (!retval) + _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (fd); +# endif +#else + + if (dirp->current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + FindClose (dirp->current); + free (dirp); + + retval = 0; + +#endif + +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (retval >= 0) + _gl_unregister_fd (fd); +#endif + return retval; +} diff --git a/libgnu/config.charset b/libgnu/config.charset new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8bedbf36 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/config.charset @@ -0,0 +1,682 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +# with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# The table consists of lines of the form +# ALIAS CANONICAL +# +# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". +# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. +# +# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. +# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is +# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case +# MIME charset name is preferred. +# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. +# +# name MIME? used by which systems +# (darwin = Mac OS X, woe32 = native Windows) +# +# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin +# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin +# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin +# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris cygwin +# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin +# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris cygwin +# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin +# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin +# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin cygwin +# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin +# ISO-8859-14 glibc cygwin +# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin +# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin +# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin +# KOI8-T glibc +# CP437 dos +# CP775 dos +# CP850 aix osf dos +# CP852 dos +# CP855 dos +# CP856 aix +# CP857 dos +# CP861 dos +# CP862 dos +# CP864 dos +# CP865 dos +# CP866 freebsd netbsd openbsd darwin dos +# CP869 dos +# CP874 woe32 dos +# CP922 aix +# CP932 aix cygwin woe32 dos +# CP943 aix +# CP949 osf darwin woe32 dos +# CP950 woe32 dos +# CP1046 aix +# CP1124 aix +# CP1125 dos +# CP1129 aix +# CP1131 darwin +# CP1250 woe32 +# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd openbsd darwin cygwin woe32 +# CP1252 aix woe32 +# CP1253 woe32 +# CP1254 woe32 +# CP1255 glibc woe32 +# CP1256 woe32 +# CP1257 woe32 +# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin +# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd +# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin cygwin +# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris darwin +# GBK glibc aix osf solaris darwin cygwin woe32 dos +# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd darwin +# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 +# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris cygwin +# VISCII Y glibc +# TCVN5712-1 glibc +# ARMSCII-8 glibc darwin +# GEORGIAN-PS glibc cygwin +# PT154 glibc +# HP-ROMAN8 hpux +# HP-ARABIC8 hpux +# HP-GREEK8 hpux +# HP-HEBREW8 hpux +# HP-TURKISH8 hpux +# HP-KANA8 hpux +# DEC-KANJI osf +# DEC-HANYU osf +# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin cygwin +# +# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in +# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). +# +# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications +# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM + +host="$1" +os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," +echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." +echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." +# List of references, updated during installation: +echo "# Packages using this file: " +case "$os" in + linux-gnulibc1*) + # Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "POSIX ASCII" + for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \ + en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \ + en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \ + es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \ + et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \ + fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \ + it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \ + sv_FI sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.cp-437 CP437" + echo "$l.cp-850 CP850" + echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252" + echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252" + #echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \ + sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.cp-852 CP852" + echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "$l.cp-866 CP866" + echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in ar ar_SA; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.cp-864 CP864" + #echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.cp-869 CP869" + echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253" + echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.cp-862 CP862" + echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in tr tr_TR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.cp-857 CP857" + echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do + #echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l ISO-8859-13" + done + for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do + echo "$l KOI8-U" + done + for l in zh zh_CN; do + #echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l GB2312" + done + for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do + echo "$l EUC-JP" + done + for l in ko ko_KR; do + echo "$l EUC-KR" + done + for l in th th_TH; do + echo "$l TIS-620" + done + for l in fa fa_IR; do + #echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + ;; + linux* | *-gnu*) + # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, + # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all + # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not + # need to install the alias file at all. + # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. + echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" + ;; + aix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "IBM-850 CP850" + echo "IBM-856 CP856" + echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" + echo "IBM-922 CP922" + echo "IBM-932 CP932" + echo "IBM-943 CP943" + echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" + echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" + echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" + echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" + echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" + echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + hpux*) + echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" + echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" + echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" + echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" + echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" + echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" + echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" + echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" + echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" + echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" + echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" + echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" + echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" + echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" + echo "tis620 TIS-620" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "hp15CN GB2312" + #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "utf8 UTF-8" + ;; + irix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + ;; + osf*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "cp850 CP850" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" + echo "dechanzi GB2312" + echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" + echo "deckorean EUC-KR" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "KSC5601 CP949" + echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TACTIS TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + solaris*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" + echo "gb2312 GB2312" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "GB18030 GB18030" + echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" + echo "5601 EUC-KR" + echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" + #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + freebsd*) + # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "US-ASCII ASCII" + for l in la_LN lt_LN; do + echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ + lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + netbsd*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + ;; + openbsd*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + ;; + darwin[56]*) + # Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do + echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \ + nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in la_LN; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + for l in bg_BG; do + echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + darwin*) + # Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but sometimes its value is + # useless: + # - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the + # form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8 + # LC_CTYPE file. + # - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by + # the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case. + # - The documentation says: + # "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure + # that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8 + # encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string + # parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else." + # It also says + # "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files, + # paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical + # UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable + # characters are decomposed ..." + # but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings + # to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert + # them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system. + # - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default. + # - However, other applications are free to use different encodings: + # - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default. + # - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default. + # We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should + # minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the + # Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user + # space nevertheless. + # Then there are also the locales with encodings other than US-ASCII + # and UTF-8. These locales can be occasionally useful to users (e.g. + # when grepping through ISO-8859-1 encoded text files), when all their + # file names are in US-ASCII. + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "CP866 CP866" + echo "CP949 CP949" + echo "CP1131 CP1131" + echo "CP1251 CP1251" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "GB2312 GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "Big5 BIG5" + echo "Big5HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "GB18030 GB18030" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ARMSCII-8 ARMSCII-8" + echo "PT154 PT154" + #echo "ISCII-DEV ?" + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + beos* | haiku*) + # BeOS and Haiku have a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + msdosdjgpp*) + # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "#" + echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." + echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" + echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" + echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" + echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>" + echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>." + echo "#" + echo "C ASCII" + # ISO-8859-1 languages + echo "ca CP850" + echo "ca_ES CP850" + echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "de CP850" + echo "de_AT CP850" + echo "de_CH CP850" + echo "de_DE CP850" + echo "en CP850" + echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "en_CA CP850" + echo "en_GB CP850" + echo "en_NZ CP437" + echo "en_US CP437" + echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "es CP850" + echo "es_AR CP850" + echo "es_BO CP850" + echo "es_CL CP850" + echo "es_CO CP850" + echo "es_CR CP850" + echo "es_CU CP850" + echo "es_DO CP850" + echo "es_EC CP850" + echo "es_ES CP850" + echo "es_GT CP850" + echo "es_HN CP850" + echo "es_MX CP850" + echo "es_NI CP850" + echo "es_PA CP850" + echo "es_PY CP850" + echo "es_PE CP850" + echo "es_SV CP850" + echo "es_UY CP850" + echo "es_VE CP850" + echo "et CP850" + echo "et_EE CP850" + echo "eu CP850" + echo "eu_ES CP850" + echo "fi CP850" + echo "fi_FI CP850" + echo "fr CP850" + echo "fr_BE CP850" + echo "fr_CA CP850" + echo "fr_CH CP850" + echo "fr_FR CP850" + echo "ga CP850" + echo "ga_IE CP850" + echo "gd CP850" + echo "gd_GB CP850" + echo "gl CP850" + echo "gl_ES CP850" + echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "it CP850" + echo "it_CH CP850" + echo "it_IT CP850" + echo "lt CP775" + echo "lt_LT CP775" + echo "lv CP775" + echo "lv_LV CP775" + echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nl CP850" + echo "nl_BE CP850" + echo "nl_NL CP850" + echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "pt CP850" + echo "pt_BR CP850" + echo "pt_PT CP850" + echo "sv CP850" + echo "sv_SE CP850" + # ISO-8859-2 languages + echo "cs CP852" + echo "cs_CZ CP852" + echo "hr CP852" + echo "hr_HR CP852" + echo "hu CP852" + echo "hu_HU CP852" + echo "pl CP852" + echo "pl_PL CP852" + echo "ro CP852" + echo "ro_RO CP852" + echo "sk CP852" + echo "sk_SK CP852" + echo "sl CP852" + echo "sl_SI CP852" + echo "sq CP852" + echo "sq_AL CP852" + echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + # ISO-8859-3 languages + echo "mt CP850" + echo "mt_MT CP850" + # ISO-8859-5 languages + echo "be CP866" + echo "be_BE CP866" + echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "ru CP866" + echo "ru_RU CP866" + echo "uk CP1125" + echo "uk_UA CP1125" + # ISO-8859-6 languages + echo "ar CP864" + echo "ar_AE CP864" + echo "ar_DZ CP864" + echo "ar_EG CP864" + echo "ar_IQ CP864" + echo "ar_IR CP864" + echo "ar_JO CP864" + echo "ar_KW CP864" + echo "ar_MA CP864" + echo "ar_OM CP864" + echo "ar_QA CP864" + echo "ar_SA CP864" + echo "ar_SY CP864" + # ISO-8859-7 languages + echo "el CP869" + echo "el_GR CP869" + # ISO-8859-8 languages + echo "he CP862" + echo "he_IL CP862" + # ISO-8859-9 languages + echo "tr CP857" + echo "tr_TR CP857" + # Japanese + echo "ja CP932" + echo "ja_JP CP932" + # Chinese + echo "zh_CN GBK" + echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? + # Korean + echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? + echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? + # Thai + echo "th CP874" + echo "th_TH CP874" + # Other + echo "eo CP850" + echo "eo_EO CP850" + ;; +esac diff --git a/libgnu/creat-safer.c b/libgnu/creat-safer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e48cadc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/creat-safer.c @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* Invoke creat, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "fcntl-safer.h" + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +int +creat_safer (char const *file, mode_t mode) +{ + return fd_safer (creat (file, mode)); +} diff --git a/libgnu/cycle-check.c b/libgnu/cycle-check.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6add64b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/cycle-check.c @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* help detect directory cycles efficiently + + Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "cycle-check.h" + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdbool.h> + +#include "assure.h" + +#define CC_MAGIC 9827862 + +/* Return true if I is a power of 2, or is zero. */ + +static bool +is_zero_or_power_of_two (uintmax_t i) +{ + return (i & (i - 1)) == 0; +} + +void +cycle_check_init (struct cycle_check_state *state) +{ + state->chdir_counter = 0; + state->magic = CC_MAGIC; +} + +/* In traversing a directory hierarchy, call this function once for each + descending chdir call, with SB corresponding to the chdir operand. + If SB corresponds to a directory that has already been seen, + return true to indicate that there is a directory cycle. + Note that this is done "lazily", which means that some of + the directories in the cycle may be processed twice before + the cycle is detected. */ + +bool +cycle_check (struct cycle_check_state *state, struct stat const *sb) +{ + assure (state->magic == CC_MAGIC); + + /* If the current directory ever happens to be the same + as the one we last recorded for the cycle detection, + then it's obviously part of a cycle. */ + if (state->chdir_counter && SAME_INODE (*sb, state->dev_ino)) + return true; + + /* If the number of "descending" chdir calls is a power of two, + record the dev/ino of the current directory. */ + if (is_zero_or_power_of_two (++(state->chdir_counter))) + { + /* On all architectures that we know about, if the counter + overflows then there is a directory cycle here somewhere, + even if we haven't detected it yet. Typically this happens + only after the counter is incremented 2**64 times, so it's a + fairly theoretical point. */ + if (state->chdir_counter == 0) + return true; + + state->dev_ino.st_dev = sb->st_dev; + state->dev_ino.st_ino = sb->st_ino; + } + + return false; +} diff --git a/libgnu/cycle-check.h b/libgnu/cycle-check.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c9a68b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/cycle-check.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* help detect directory cycles efficiently + + Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering */ + +#ifndef CYCLE_CHECK_H +# define CYCLE_CHECK_H 1 + +# include <stdint.h> +# include <stdbool.h> +# include "dev-ino.h" +# include "same-inode.h" + +struct cycle_check_state +{ + struct dev_ino dev_ino; + uintmax_t chdir_counter; + int magic; +}; + +void cycle_check_init (struct cycle_check_state *state); +bool cycle_check (struct cycle_check_state *state, struct stat const *sb); + +# define CYCLE_CHECK_REFLECT_CHDIR_UP(State, SB_dir, SB_subdir) \ + do \ + { \ + /* You must call cycle_check at least once before using this macro. */ \ + if ((State)->chdir_counter == 0) \ + abort (); \ + if (SAME_INODE ((State)->dev_ino, SB_subdir)) \ + { \ + (State)->dev_ino.st_dev = (SB_dir).st_dev; \ + (State)->dev_ino.st_ino = (SB_dir).st_ino; \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/dev-ino.h b/libgnu/dev-ino.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..695d38c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dev-ino.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#ifndef DEV_INO_H +# define DEV_INO_H 1 + +# include <sys/types.h> +# include <sys/stat.h> + +struct dev_ino +{ + ino_t st_ino; + dev_t st_dev; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/dirent--.h b/libgnu/dirent--.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f477e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirent--.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* Like dirent.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake. */ + +#include "dirent-safer.h" + +#undef opendir +#define opendir opendir_safer +#define GNULIB_defined_opendir 1 diff --git a/libgnu/dirent-private.h b/libgnu/dirent-private.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a0b1c5b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirent-private.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* Private details of the DIR type. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H +#define _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H 1 + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> + +struct gl_directory +{ + /* Status, or error code to produce in next readdir() call. + -2 means the end of the directory is already reached, + -1 means the entry was already filled by FindFirstFile, + 0 means the entry needs to be filled using FindNextFile. + A positive value is an error code. */ + int status; + /* Handle, reading the directory, at current position. */ + HANDLE current; + /* Found directory entry. */ + WIN32_FIND_DATA entry; + /* Argument to pass to FindFirstFile. It consists of the absolutized + directory name, followed by a directory separator and the wildcards. */ + char dir_name_mask[1]; +}; + +#endif /* _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/dirent-safer.h b/libgnu/dirent-safer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5957974 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirent-safer.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* Invoke dirent-like functions, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake. */ + +#include <dirent.h> + +DIR *opendir_safer (const char *name); diff --git a/libgnu/dirent.in.h b/libgnu/dirent.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5917875 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirent.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +/* A GNU-like <dirent.h>. + Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_DIRENT_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_DIRENT_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H + +/* Get ino_t. Needed on some systems, including glibc 2.8. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + +#if !@HAVE_DIRENT_H@ +/* Define types DIR and 'struct dirent'. */ +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent +struct dirent +{ + char d_type; + char d_name[1]; +}; +/* Possible values for 'd_type'. */ +# define DT_UNKNOWN 0 +# define DT_FIFO 1 /* FIFO */ +# define DT_CHR 2 /* character device */ +# define DT_DIR 4 /* directory */ +# define DT_BLK 6 /* block device */ +# define DT_REG 8 /* regular file */ +# define DT_LNK 10 /* symbolic link */ +# define DT_SOCK 12 /* socket */ +# define DT_WHT 14 /* whiteout */ +typedef struct gl_directory DIR; +# define GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */ +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +/* Declare overridden functions. */ + +#if @GNULIB_OPENDIR@ +# if @REPLACE_OPENDIR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef opendir +# define opendir rpl_opendir +# define GNULIB_defined_opendir 1 +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_OPENDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (opendir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef opendir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (opendir, "opendir is not portable - " + "use gnulib module opendir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_READDIR@ +# if !@HAVE_READDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readdir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef readdir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readdir, "readdir is not portable - " + "use gnulib module readdir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_REWINDDIR@ +# if !@HAVE_REWINDDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rewinddir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef rewinddir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REWINDDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rewinddir, "rewinddir is not portable - " + "use gnulib module rewinddir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ +# if @REPLACE_CLOSEDIR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef closedir +# define closedir rpl_closedir +# define GNULIB_defined_closedir 1 +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_CLOSEDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (closedir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef closedir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CLOSEDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (closedir, "closedir is not portable - " + "use gnulib module closedir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_DIRFD@ +/* Return the file descriptor associated with the given directory stream, + or -1 if none exists. */ +# if @REPLACE_DIRFD@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef dirfd +# define dirfd rpl_dirfd +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *)); + +# ifdef __KLIBC__ +/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the dirfd metadata. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)); +_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd); +# endif +# else +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined dirfd + /* dirfd is defined as a macro and not as a function. + Turn it into a function and get rid of the macro. */ +static inline int (dirfd) (DIR *dp) { return dirfd (dp); } +# undef dirfd +# endif +# if !(@HAVE_DECL_DIRFD@ || defined dirfd) +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dirfd); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef dirfd +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DIRFD +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dirfd, "dirfd is unportable - " + "use gnulib module dirfd for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FDOPENDIR@ +/* Open a directory stream visiting the given directory file + descriptor. Return NULL and set errno if fd is not visiting a + directory. On success, this function consumes fd (it will be + implicitly closed either by this function or by a subsequent + closedir). */ +# if @REPLACE_FDOPENDIR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fdopendir +# define fdopendir rpl_fdopendir +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_FDOPENDIR@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopendir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fdopendir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDOPENDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdopendir, "fdopendir is unportable - " + "use gnulib module fdopendir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_SCANDIR@ +/* Scan the directory DIR, calling FILTER on each directory entry. + Entries for which FILTER returns nonzero are individually malloc'd, + sorted using qsort with CMP, and collected in a malloc'd array in + *NAMELIST. Returns the number of entries selected, or -1 on error. */ +# if !@HAVE_SCANDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (scandir, int, + (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist, + int (*filter) (const struct dirent *), + int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the fourth parameter is + int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *). */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (scandir, int, + (const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist, + int (*filter) (const struct dirent *), + int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **))); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (scandir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef scandir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SCANDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (scandir, "scandir is unportable - " + "use gnulib module scandir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_ALPHASORT@ +/* Compare two 'struct dirent' entries alphabetically. */ +# if !@HAVE_ALPHASORT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (alphasort, int, + (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the parameters are + (const void *, const void *). */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (alphasort, int, + (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (alphasort); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef alphasort +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ALPHASORT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (alphasort, "alphasort is unportable - " + "use gnulib module alphasort for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/dirfd.c b/libgnu/dirfd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b1a7b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirfd.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* dirfd.c -- return the file descriptor associated with an open DIR* + + Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#ifdef __KLIBC__ +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <io.h> + +static struct dirp_fd_list +{ + DIR *dirp; + int fd; + struct dirp_fd_list *next; +} *dirp_fd_start = NULL; + +/* Register fd associated with dirp to dirp_fd_list. */ +int +_gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp) +{ + struct dirp_fd_list *new_dirp_fd = malloc (sizeof *new_dirp_fd); + if (!new_dirp_fd) + return -1; + + new_dirp_fd->dirp = dirp; + new_dirp_fd->fd = fd; + new_dirp_fd->next = dirp_fd_start; + + dirp_fd_start = new_dirp_fd; + + return 0; +} + +/* Unregister fd from dirp_fd_list with closing it */ +void +_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd) +{ + struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd; + struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd_prev; + + for (dirp_fd_prev = NULL, dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd; + dirp_fd_prev = dirp_fd, dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next) + { + if (dirp_fd->fd == fd) + { + if (dirp_fd_prev) + dirp_fd_prev->next = dirp_fd->next; + else /* dirp_fd == dirp_fd_start */ + dirp_fd_start = dirp_fd_start->next; + + close (fd); + free (dirp_fd); + break; + } + } +} +#endif + +int +dirfd (DIR *dir_p) +{ + int fd = DIR_TO_FD (dir_p); + if (fd == -1) +#ifndef __KLIBC__ + errno = ENOTSUP; +#else + { + struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd; + + for (dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd; dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next) + if (dirp_fd->dirp == dir_p) + return dirp_fd->fd; + + errno = EINVAL; + } +#endif + + return fd; +} diff --git a/libgnu/dirname-lgpl.c b/libgnu/dirname-lgpl.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b549ca97 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirname-lgpl.c @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name + + Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "dirname.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by + dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero + even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even + if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */ + +size_t +dir_len (char const *file) +{ + size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file); + size_t length; + + /* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */ + prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0 + ? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE + && ISSLASH (file[prefix_length])) + : (ISSLASH (file[0]) + ? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT + && ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2]) + ? 2 : 1)) + : 0)); + + /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */ + for (length = last_component (file) - file; + prefix_length < length; length--) + if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1])) + break; + return length; +} + + +/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available, + since it has different meanings in different environments. + In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument. + + Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc. + Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively + ignoring them). Return NULL on failure. + + If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE)); + lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise, + if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE)); + rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE + to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */ + +char * +mdir_name (char const *file) +{ + size_t length = dir_len (file); + bool append_dot = (length == 0 + || (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE + && length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file) + && file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2]))); + char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1); + if (!dir) + return NULL; + memcpy (dir, file, length); + if (append_dot) + dir[length++] = '.'; + dir[length] = '\0'; + return dir; +} diff --git a/libgnu/dirname.c b/libgnu/dirname.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed575574 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirname.c @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name + + Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "dirname.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "xalloc.h" + +/* Just like mdir_name (dirname-lgpl.c), except, rather than + returning NULL upon malloc failure, here, we report the + "memory exhausted" condition and exit. */ + +char * +dir_name (char const *file) +{ + char *result = mdir_name (file); + if (!result) + xalloc_die (); + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/dirname.h b/libgnu/dirname.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dbf920b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dirname.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* Take file names apart into directory and base names. + + Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef DIRNAME_H_ +# define DIRNAME_H_ 1 + +# include <stdbool.h> +# include <stddef.h> +# include "dosname.h" + +# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR +# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' +# endif + +# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT +# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0 +# endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +# if GNULIB_DIRNAME +char *base_name (char const *file); +char *dir_name (char const *file); +# endif + +char *mdir_name (char const *file); +size_t base_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +char *last_component (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; + +bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */ diff --git a/libgnu/dosname.h b/libgnu/dosname.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd5c1777 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dosname.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* File names on MS-DOS/Windows systems. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */ + +#ifndef _DOSNAME_H +#define _DOSNAME_H + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || \ + defined __MSDOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || \ + defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__) + /* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive + letters use ASCII. */ +# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \ + <= 'z' - 'a') +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \ + (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0) +# ifndef __CYGWIN__ +# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1 +# endif +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +#else +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0 +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +#endif + +#ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE +# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0 +#endif + +#if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)]) +# else +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \ + (ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F) != 0) +#endif +#define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F)) + +#endif /* DOSNAME_H_ */ diff --git a/libgnu/dup-safer.c b/libgnu/dup-safer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d00997c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dup-safer.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or + STDERR_FILENO. */ + +int +dup_safer (int fd) +{ + return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1); +} diff --git a/libgnu/dup.c b/libgnu/dup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..819e9e37 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dup.c @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* Duplicate an open file descriptor. + + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> + +#include "msvc-inval.h" + +#undef dup + +#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +static int +dup_nothrow (int fd) +{ + int result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = dup (fd); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = -1; + errno = EBADF; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +#elif defined __KLIBC__ +# include <fcntl.h> +# include <sys/stat.h> + +# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h> + +static int +dup_nothrow (int fd) +{ + int dupfd; + struct stat sbuf; + + dupfd = dup (fd); + if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \ + && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode)) + { + char path[_MAX_PATH]; + + /* Get a path from fd */ + if (!__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path))) + dupfd = open (path, O_RDONLY); + } + + return dupfd; +} +#else +# define dup_nothrow dup +#endif + +int +rpl_dup (int fd) +{ + int result = dup_nothrow (fd); +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (result >= 0) + result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result); +#endif + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/dup2.c b/libgnu/dup2.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0c7cadf --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/dup2.c @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor. + + Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Paul Eggert */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> + +#if HAVE_DUP2 + +# undef dup2 + +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> + +# include "msvc-inval.h" + +/* Get _get_osfhandle. */ +# include "msvc-nothrow.h" + +static int +ms_windows_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd) +{ + int result; + + /* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd). If fd is open, + dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in + future dup2 calls will hang. */ + if (fd == desired_fd) + { + if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + errno = EBADF; + return -1; + } + return fd; + } + + /* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1: + http://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */ + if (desired_fd < 0) + { + errno = EBADF; + return -1; + } + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + errno = EBADF; + result = -1; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + if (result == 0) + result = desired_fd; + + return result; +} + +# define dup2 ms_windows_dup2 + +# elif defined __KLIBC__ + +# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h> + +static int +klibc_dup2dirfd (int fd, int desired_fd) +{ + int tempfd; + int dupfd; + + tempfd = open ("NUL", O_RDONLY); + if (tempfd == -1) + return -1; + + if (tempfd == desired_fd) + { + close (tempfd); + + char path[_MAX_PATH]; + if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path))) + return -1; + + return open(path, O_RDONLY); + } + + dupfd = klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd); + + close (tempfd); + + return dupfd; +} + +static int +klibc_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd) +{ + int dupfd; + struct stat sbuf; + + dupfd = dup2 (fd, desired_fd); + if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \ + && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode)) + { + close (desired_fd); + + return klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd); + } + + return dupfd; +} + +# define dup2 klibc_dup2 +# endif + +int +rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd) +{ + int result; + +# ifdef F_GETFL + /* On Linux kernels 2.6.26-2.6.29, dup2 (fd, fd) returns -EBADF. + On Cygwin 1.5.x, dup2 (1, 1) returns 0. + On Cygwin 1.7.17, dup2 (1, -1) dumps core. + On Cygwin 1.7.25, dup2 (1, 256) can dump core. + On Haiku, dup2 (fd, fd) mistakenly clears FD_CLOEXEC. */ +# if HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE + setdtablesize (desired_fd + 1); +# endif + if (desired_fd < 0) + fd = desired_fd; + if (fd == desired_fd) + return fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) == -1 ? -1 : fd; +# endif + + result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd); + + /* Correct an errno value on FreeBSD 6.1 and Cygwin 1.5.x. */ + if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE) + errno = EBADF; +# if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1) + result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result); +# endif + return result; +} + +#else /* !HAVE_DUP2 */ + +/* On older platforms, dup2 did not exist. */ + +# ifndef F_DUPFD +static int +dupfd (int fd, int desired_fd) +{ + int duplicated_fd = dup (fd); + if (duplicated_fd < 0 || duplicated_fd == desired_fd) + return duplicated_fd; + else + { + int r = dupfd (fd, desired_fd); + int e = errno; + close (duplicated_fd); + errno = e; + return r; + } +} +# endif + +int +dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd) +{ + int result = fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) < 0 ? -1 : fd; + if (result == -1 || fd == desired_fd) + return result; + close (desired_fd); +# ifdef F_DUPFD + result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, desired_fd); +# if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (0 <= result) + result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result); +# endif +# else + result = dupfd (fd, desired_fd); +# endif + if (result == -1 && (errno == EMFILE || errno == EINVAL)) + errno = EBADF; + return result; +} +#endif /* !HAVE_DUP2 */ diff --git a/libgnu/errno.in.h b/libgnu/errno.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13194f9d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/errno.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +/* A POSIX-like <errno.h>. + + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H + + +/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability. */ + +# ifndef ENOMSG +# define ENOMSG 122 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EIDRM +# define EIDRM 111 +# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ENOLINK +# define ENOLINK 121 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EPROTO +# define EPROTO 134 +# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EBADMSG +# define EBADMSG 104 +# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EOVERFLOW +# define EOVERFLOW 132 +# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ENOTSUP +# define ENOTSUP 129 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ENETRESET +# define ENETRESET 117 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ECONNABORTED +# define ECONNABORTED 106 +# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ECANCELED +# define ECANCELED 105 +# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EOWNERDEAD +# define EOWNERDEAD 133 +# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE +# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EINPROGRESS +# define EINPROGRESS 112 +# define EALREADY 103 +# define ENOTSOCK 128 +# define EDESTADDRREQ 109 +# define EMSGSIZE 115 +# define EPROTOTYPE 136 +# define ENOPROTOOPT 123 +# define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135 +# define EOPNOTSUPP 130 +# define EAFNOSUPPORT 102 +# define EADDRINUSE 100 +# define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101 +# define ENETDOWN 116 +# define ENETUNREACH 118 +# define ECONNRESET 108 +# define ENOBUFS 119 +# define EISCONN 113 +# define ENOTCONN 126 +# define ETIMEDOUT 138 +# define ECONNREFUSED 107 +# define ELOOP 114 +# define EHOSTUNREACH 110 +# define EWOULDBLOCK 140 +# define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ETXTBSY +# define ETXTBSY 139 +# define ENODATA 120 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define ENOSR 124 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define ENOSTR 125 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define ETIME 137 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define EOTHER 131 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1 +# endif + +/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined + in <winsock2.h>. */ +# define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define EPFNOSUPPORT 10046 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define ESHUTDOWN 10058 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define ETOOMANYREFS 10059 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define EHOSTDOWN 10064 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define EPROCLIM 10067 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define EUSERS 10068 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define EDQUOT 10069 +# define ESTALE 10070 +# define EREMOTE 10071 /* not required by POSIX */ +# define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1 + +# endif + + +/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros + EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined. */ +# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@ +# define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@ +# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1 +# endif +# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@ +# define ENOLINK @ENOLINK_VALUE@ +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1 +# endif +# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@ +# define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@ +# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1 +# endif + + +/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK, + EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined. + Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined. + Define them here. Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151, + HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133. + + Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day, + binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new + errno values from the system. */ + +# ifndef ENOMSG +# define ENOMSG 2000 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EIDRM +# define EIDRM 2001 +# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ENOLINK +# define ENOLINK 2002 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EPROTO +# define EPROTO 2003 +# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EMULTIHOP +# define EMULTIHOP 2004 +# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EBADMSG +# define EBADMSG 2005 +# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EOVERFLOW +# define EOVERFLOW 2006 +# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ENOTSUP +# define ENOTSUP 2007 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ENETRESET +# define ENETRESET 2011 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ECONNABORTED +# define ECONNABORTED 2012 +# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ESTALE +# define ESTALE 2009 +# define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EDQUOT +# define EDQUOT 2010 +# define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1 +# endif + +# ifndef ECANCELED +# define ECANCELED 2008 +# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1 +# endif + +/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not + defined. */ + +# ifndef EOWNERDEAD +# if defined __sun + /* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for + interoperability. */ +# define EOWNERDEAD 58 +# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59 +# elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + /* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values + differently than MSVC 10. It's hairy to decide which one to use. */ +# if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS + /* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for + interoperability. */ +# define EOWNERDEAD 43 +# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44 +# else + /* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for + interoperability. */ +# define EOWNERDEAD 133 +# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127 +# endif +# else +# define EOWNERDEAD 2013 +# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014 +# endif +# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1 +# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1 +# endif + +# ifndef EILSEQ +# define EILSEQ 2015 +# define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1 +# endif + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/error.c b/libgnu/error.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..535d8a2a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/error.c @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities + Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */ + +#if !_LIBC +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "error.h" + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS +# include "gettext.h" +# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +# include <stdbool.h> +# include <stdint.h> +# include <wchar.h> +# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs +# define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 0 +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF(a, b) +# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(a) +#else +# include "getprogname.h" +#endif + +#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO +# include "unlocked-io.h" +#endif + +#ifndef _ +# define _(String) String +#endif + +/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program + name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this + function without parameters instead. */ +void (*error_print_progname) (void); + +/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */ +unsigned int error_message_count; + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */ + +# define program_name program_invocation_name +# include <errno.h> +# include <limits.h> +# include <libio/libioP.h> + +/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name 'error' directly. + Instead make it a weak alias. */ +extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); +extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name, + unsigned int line_number, const char *message, + ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6))); +# define error __error +# define error_at_line __error_at_line + +# include <libio/iolibio.h> +# define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s) +# undef putc +# define putc(c, fp) _IO_putc (c, fp) + +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> + +#else /* not _LIBC */ + +# include <fcntl.h> +# include <unistd.h> + +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +/* Get _get_osfhandle. */ +# include "msvc-nothrow.h" +# endif + +/* The gnulib override of fcntl is not needed in this file. */ +# undef fcntl + +# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R +# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R +"this configure-time declaration test was not run" +# endif +# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P +char *strerror_r (); +# else +int strerror_r (); +# endif +# endif + +#define program_name getprogname () + +# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r +# define __strerror_r strerror_r +# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */ +#endif /* not _LIBC */ + +#if !_LIBC +/* Return non-zero if FD is open. */ +static int +is_open (int fd) +{ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + /* On native Windows: The initial state of unassigned standard file + descriptors is that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE. + There is no fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support + F_GETFL. */ + return (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; +# else +# ifndef F_GETFL +# error Please port fcntl to your platform +# endif + return 0 <= fcntl (fd, F_GETFL); +# endif +} +#endif + +static void +flush_stdout (void) +{ +#if !_LIBC + int stdout_fd; + +# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER + /* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that + fileno (stdout) == 1 + whenever stdout is open. */ + stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO; +# else + /* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified. But in + practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and + the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory. */ + stdout_fd = fileno (stdout); +# endif + /* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it + is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms. fflush (NULL) + is always defined, but too draconian. */ + if (0 <= stdout_fd && is_open (stdout_fd)) +#endif + fflush (stdout); +} + +static void +print_errno_message (int errnum) +{ + char const *s; + +#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC + char errbuf[1024]; +# if _LIBC || STRERROR_R_CHAR_P + s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf); +# else + if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0) + s = errbuf; + else + s = 0; +# endif +#else + s = strerror (errnum); +#endif + +#if !_LIBC + if (! s) + s = _("Unknown system error"); +#endif + +#if _LIBC + __fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s); +#else + fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s); +#endif +} + +static void _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (3, 0) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3)) +error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args) +{ +#if _LIBC + if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0) + { + size_t len = strlen (message) + 1; + wchar_t *wmessage = NULL; + mbstate_t st; + size_t res; + const char *tmp; + bool use_malloc = false; + + while (1) + { + if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t))) + wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + else + { + if (!use_malloc) + wmessage = NULL; + + wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage, + len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + if (p == NULL) + { + free (wmessage); + fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr); + return; + } + wmessage = p; + use_malloc = true; + } + + memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st)); + tmp = message; + + res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st); + if (res != len) + break; + + if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t) / 2, 0)) + { + /* This really should not happen if everything is fine. */ + res = (size_t) -1; + break; + } + + len *= 2; + } + + if (res == (size_t) -1) + { + /* The string cannot be converted. */ + if (use_malloc) + { + free (wmessage); + use_malloc = false; + } + wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???"; + } + + __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args); + + if (use_malloc) + free (wmessage); + } + else +#endif + vfprintf (stderr, message, args); + va_end (args); + + ++error_message_count; + if (errnum) + print_errno_message (errnum); +#if _LIBC + __fxprintf (NULL, "\n"); +#else + putc ('\n', stderr); +#endif + fflush (stderr); + if (status) + exit (status); +} + + +/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style + format string with optional args. + If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message. + Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */ +void +error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...) +{ + va_list args; + +#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call + /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread + cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */ + int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE; + __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state), + 0); +#endif + + flush_stdout (); +#ifdef _LIBC + _IO_flockfile (stderr); +#endif + if (error_print_progname) + (*error_print_progname) (); + else + { +#if _LIBC + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name); +#else + fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name); +#endif + } + + va_start (args, message); + error_tail (status, errnum, message, args); + +#ifdef _LIBC + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); +# ifdef __libc_ptf_call + __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0); +# endif +#endif +} + +/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This + variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ +int error_one_per_line; + +void +error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name, + unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...) +{ + va_list args; + + if (error_one_per_line) + { + static const char *old_file_name; + static unsigned int old_line_number; + + if (old_line_number == line_number + && (file_name == old_file_name + || (old_file_name != NULL + && file_name != NULL + && strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))) + + /* Simply return and print nothing. */ + return; + + old_file_name = file_name; + old_line_number = line_number; + } + +#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call + /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread + cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */ + int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE; + __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state), + 0); +#endif + + flush_stdout (); +#ifdef _LIBC + _IO_flockfile (stderr); +#endif + if (error_print_progname) + (*error_print_progname) (); + else + { +#if _LIBC + __fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name); +#else + fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name); +#endif + } + +#if _LIBC + __fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ", + file_name, line_number); +#else + fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ", + file_name, line_number); +#endif + + va_start (args, message); + error_tail (status, errnum, message, args); + +#ifdef _LIBC + _IO_funlockfile (stderr); +# ifdef __libc_ptf_call + __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0); +# endif +#endif +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Make the weak alias. */ +# undef error +# undef error_at_line +weak_alias (__error, error) +weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/error.h b/libgnu/error.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef024d9d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* Declaration for error-reporting function + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2003, 2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _ERROR_H +#define _ERROR_H 1 + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are + accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. + We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because + gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override + the 'printf' function. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */ +#endif + +/* On mingw, the flavor of printf depends on whether the extensions module + * is in use; the check for <stdio.h> determines the witness macro. */ +#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF +# if GNULIB_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE_FLAVOR_GNU +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF __gnu_printf__ +# else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF __printf__ +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Print a message with 'fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)'; + if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM). + If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'. */ + +extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF, 3, 4)); + +extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname, + unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF, 5, 6)); + +/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program + name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this + function without parameters instead. */ +extern void (*error_print_progname) (void); + +/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */ +extern unsigned int error_message_count; + +/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This + variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ +extern int error_one_per_line; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* error.h */ diff --git a/libgnu/exitfail.c b/libgnu/exitfail.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..524eb5c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/exitfail.c @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* Failure exit status + + Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "exitfail.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> + +int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE; diff --git a/libgnu/exitfail.h b/libgnu/exitfail.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..895511f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/exitfail.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +/* Failure exit status + + Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +extern int volatile exit_failure; diff --git a/libgnu/fchdir.c b/libgnu/fchdir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63a90f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fchdir.c @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* fchdir replacement. + Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <dirent.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#include "assure.h" +#include "dosname.h" +#include "filenamecat.h" + +#ifndef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY +# define REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY 0 +#endif + +/* This replacement assumes that a directory is not renamed while opened + through a file descriptor. + + FIXME: On mingw, this would be possible to enforce if we were to + also open a HANDLE to each directory currently visited by a file + descriptor, since mingw refuses to rename any in-use file system + object. */ + +/* Array of file descriptors opened. If REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY or if it points + to a directory, it stores info about this directory. */ +typedef struct +{ + char *name; /* Absolute name of the directory, or NULL. */ + /* FIXME - add a DIR* member to make dirfd possible on mingw? */ +} dir_info_t; +static dir_info_t *dirs; +static size_t dirs_allocated; + +/* Try to ensure dirs has enough room for a slot at index fd; free any + contents already in that slot. Return false and set errno to + ENOMEM on allocation failure. */ +static bool +ensure_dirs_slot (size_t fd) +{ + if (fd < dirs_allocated) + free (dirs[fd].name); + else + { + size_t new_allocated; + dir_info_t *new_dirs; + + new_allocated = 2 * dirs_allocated + 1; + if (new_allocated <= fd) + new_allocated = fd + 1; + new_dirs = + (dirs != NULL + ? (dir_info_t *) realloc (dirs, new_allocated * sizeof *dirs) + : (dir_info_t *) malloc (new_allocated * sizeof *dirs)); + if (new_dirs == NULL) + return false; + memset (new_dirs + dirs_allocated, 0, + (new_allocated - dirs_allocated) * sizeof *dirs); + dirs = new_dirs; + dirs_allocated = new_allocated; + } + return true; +} + +/* Return an absolute name of DIR in malloc'd storage. */ +static char * +get_name (char const *dir) +{ + char *cwd; + char *result; + int saved_errno; + + if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (dir)) + return strdup (dir); + + /* We often encounter "."; treat it as a special case. */ + cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0); + if (!cwd || (dir[0] == '.' && dir[1] == '\0')) + return cwd; + + result = mfile_name_concat (cwd, dir, NULL); + saved_errno = errno; + free (cwd); + errno = saved_errno; + return result; +} + +/* Hook into the gnulib replacements for open() and close() to keep track + of the open file descriptors. */ + +/* Close FD, cleaning up any fd to name mapping if fd was visiting a + directory. */ +void +_gl_unregister_fd (int fd) +{ + if (fd >= 0 && fd < dirs_allocated) + { + free (dirs[fd].name); + dirs[fd].name = NULL; + } +} + +/* Mark FD as visiting FILENAME. FD must be non-negative, and refer + to an open file descriptor. If REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY is non-zero, + this should only be called if FD is visiting a directory. Close FD + and return -1 if there is insufficient memory to track the + directory name; otherwise return FD. */ +int +_gl_register_fd (int fd, const char *filename) +{ + struct stat statbuf; + + assure (0 <= fd); + if (REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY + || (fstat (fd, &statbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))) + { + if (!ensure_dirs_slot (fd) + || (dirs[fd].name = get_name (filename)) == NULL) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + close (fd); + errno = saved_errno; + return -1; + } + } + return fd; +} + +/* Mark NEWFD as a duplicate of OLDFD; useful from dup, dup2, dup3, + and fcntl. Both arguments must be valid and distinct file + descriptors. Close NEWFD and return -1 if OLDFD is tracking a + directory, but there is insufficient memory to track the same + directory in NEWFD; otherwise return NEWFD. */ +int +_gl_register_dup (int oldfd, int newfd) +{ + assure (0 <= oldfd && 0 <= newfd && oldfd != newfd); + if (oldfd < dirs_allocated && dirs[oldfd].name) + { + /* Duplicated a directory; must ensure newfd is allocated. */ + if (!ensure_dirs_slot (newfd) + || (dirs[newfd].name = strdup (dirs[oldfd].name)) == NULL) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + close (newfd); + errno = saved_errno; + newfd = -1; + } + } + else if (newfd < dirs_allocated) + { + /* Duplicated a non-directory; ensure newfd is cleared. */ + free (dirs[newfd].name); + dirs[newfd].name = NULL; + } + return newfd; +} + +/* If FD is currently visiting a directory, then return the name of + that directory. Otherwise, return NULL and set errno. */ +const char * +_gl_directory_name (int fd) +{ + if (0 <= fd && fd < dirs_allocated && dirs[fd].name != NULL) + return dirs[fd].name; + /* At this point, fd is either invalid, or open but not a directory. + If dup2 fails, errno is correctly EBADF. */ + if (0 <= fd) + { + if (dup2 (fd, fd) == fd) + errno = ENOTDIR; + } + else + errno = EBADF; + return NULL; +} + + +/* Implement fchdir() in terms of chdir(). */ + +int +fchdir (int fd) +{ + const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd); + return name ? chdir (name) : -1; +} diff --git a/libgnu/fcntl--.h b/libgnu/fcntl--.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba87d797 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fcntl--.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* Like fcntl.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include "fcntl-safer.h" + +#undef open +#define open open_safer + +#undef creat +#define creat creat_safer + +#if GNULIB_OPENAT_SAFER +# undef openat +# define openat openat_safer +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/fcntl-safer.h b/libgnu/fcntl-safer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..252fe73c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fcntl-safer.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* Invoke fcntl-like functions, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <sys/types.h> + +int open_safer (char const *, int, ...); +int creat_safer (char const *, mode_t); + +#if GNULIB_OPENAT_SAFER +int openat_safer (int, char const *, int, ...); +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/fcntl.c b/libgnu/fcntl.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..afe15468 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fcntl.c @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +/* Provide file descriptor control. + + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <fcntl.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#if !HAVE_FCNTL +# define rpl_fcntl fcntl +#endif +#undef fcntl + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> + +/* Get _get_osfhandle. */ +# include "msvc-nothrow.h" + +/* Upper bound on getdtablesize(). See lib/getdtablesize.c. */ +# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000 + +/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD, + which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate + will be inheritable. */ +static int +dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags) +{ + /* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd. Iterate until all + file descriptors less than newfd are filled up. */ + HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess (); + HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd); + unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT]; + unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0; + int result; + BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE; + int mode; + + if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE + || (mode = setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1) + { + /* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file + descriptor. */ + errno = EBADF; + return -1; + } + setmode (oldfd, mode); + flags |= mode; + + for (;;) + { + HANDLE new_handle; + int duplicated_fd; + unsigned int index; + + if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process, /* SourceProcessHandle */ + old_handle, /* SourceHandle */ + curr_process, /* TargetProcessHandle */ + (PHANDLE) &new_handle, /* TargetHandle */ + (DWORD) 0, /* DesiredAccess */ + inherit, /* InheritHandle */ + DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */ + { + switch (GetLastError ()) + { + case ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES: + errno = EMFILE; + break; + case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE: + case ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_HANDLE: + case ERROR_DIRECT_ACCESS_HANDLE: + errno = EBADF; + break; + case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER: + case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION: + case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS: + errno = EINVAL; + break; + default: + errno = EACCES; + break; + } + result = -1; + break; + } + duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) new_handle, flags); + if (duplicated_fd < 0) + { + CloseHandle (new_handle); + result = -1; + break; + } + if (newfd <= duplicated_fd) + { + result = duplicated_fd; + break; + } + + /* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[]. */ + index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT; + if (fds_to_close_bound <= index) + { + if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index) + /* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX. */ + abort (); + memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0', + index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound); + fds_to_close_bound = index + 1; + } + fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT); + } + + /* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small. */ + { + int saved_errno = errno; + unsigned int duplicated_fd; + + for (duplicated_fd = 0; + duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT; + duplicated_fd++) + if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT] + >> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT)) + & 1) + close (duplicated_fd); + + errno = saved_errno; + } + +# if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (0 <= result) + result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result); +# endif + return result; +} +#endif /* W32 */ + +#ifdef __KLIBC__ + +# define INCL_DOS +# include <os2.h> + +static int +klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...) +{ + va_list arg_ptr; + int arg; + struct stat sbuf; + int result = -1; + + va_start (arg_ptr, action); + arg = va_arg (arg_ptr, int); + result = fcntl (fd, action, arg); + /* EPERM for F_DUPFD, ENOTSUP for others */ + if (result == -1 && (errno == EPERM || errno == ENOTSUP) + && !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode)) + { + ULONG ulMode; + + switch (action) + { + case F_DUPFD: + /* Find available fd */ + while (fcntl (arg, F_GETFL) != -1 || errno != EBADF) + arg++; + + result = dup2 (fd, arg); + break; + + /* Using underlying APIs is right ? */ + case F_GETFD: + if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode)) + break; + + result = (ulMode & OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT) ? FD_CLOEXEC : 0; + break; + + case F_SETFD: + if (arg & ~FD_CLOEXEC) + break; + + if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode)) + break; + + if (arg & FD_CLOEXEC) + ulMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT; + else + ulMode &= ~OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT; + + /* Filter supported flags. */ + ulMode &= (OPEN_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR + | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT); + + if (DosSetFHState (fd, ulMode)) + break; + + result = 0; + break; + + case F_GETFL: + result = 0; + break; + + case F_SETFL: + if (arg != 0) + break; + + result = 0; + break; + + default : + errno = EINVAL; + break; + } + } + + va_end (arg_ptr); + + return result; +} + +# define fcntl klibc_fcntl +#endif + +/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly + using the argument ARG further described below. This replacement + handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the + native fcntl. An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to + EINVAL. + + F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd. + If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable; + otherwise return -1 and set errno. + + F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum + target fd. If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be + inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno. + + F_GETFD - ARG need not be present. If successful, return a + non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only + FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise + return -1 and set errno. */ + +int +rpl_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...) +{ + va_list arg; + int result = -1; + va_start (arg, action); + switch (action) + { + +#if !HAVE_FCNTL + case F_DUPFD: + { + int target = va_arg (arg, int); + result = dupfd (fd, target, 0); + break; + } +#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR + case F_DUPFD: + { + int target = va_arg (arg, int); + /* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x. */ + if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target) + errno = EINVAL; + else + { + /* Haiku alpha 2 loses fd flags on original. */ + int flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFD); + if (flags < 0) + { + result = -1; + break; + } + result = fcntl (fd, action, target); + if (0 <= result && fcntl (fd, F_SETFD, flags) == -1) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + close (result); + result = -1; + errno = saved_errno; + } +# if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (0 <= result) + result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result); +# endif + } + break; + } /* F_DUPFD */ +#endif /* FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR */ + + case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC: + { + int target = va_arg (arg, int); + +#if !HAVE_FCNTL + result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC); + break; +#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */ + /* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists + (that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we + may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an + older kernel that does not support it. Cache the + information on whether the system call really works, but + avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails + for any reason. 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no. */ + static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0; + if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec) + { + result = fcntl (fd, action, target); + if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL) + { + have_dupfd_cloexec = 1; +# if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (0 <= result) + result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result); +# endif + } + else + { + result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target); + if (result < 0) + break; + have_dupfd_cloexec = -1; + } + } + else + result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target); + if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1) + { + int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD); + if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + close (result); + errno = saved_errno; + result = -1; + } + } + break; +#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */ + } /* F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC */ + +#if !HAVE_FCNTL + case F_GETFD: + { +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd); + DWORD flags; + if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE + || GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0) + errno = EBADF; + else + result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC; +# else /* !W32 */ + /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors. No way to + access this information, so punt. */ + if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd)) + result = 0; +# endif /* !W32 */ + break; + } /* F_GETFD */ +#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */ + + /* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no + API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely + changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle + can lead to odd state. It may be possible by duplicating the + handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then + using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that + is not supported for now. */ + + default: + { +#if HAVE_FCNTL + void *p = va_arg (arg, void *); + result = fcntl (fd, action, p); +#else + errno = EINVAL; +#endif + break; + } + } + va_end (arg); + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/fcntl.in.h b/libgnu/fcntl.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a1d40af --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fcntl.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0. + + Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Paul Eggert */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h +/* Special invocation convention. */ + +/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>. + May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of + <fcntl.h>. On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution. + But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an + extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the + overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone + with g++ version >= 4.3. */ +#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)))) +# include <sys/stat.h> +#endif +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H + +/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>. + May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of + <fcntl.h>. On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution. + But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an + extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the + overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone + with g++ version >= 4.3. */ +#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)))) +# include <sys/stat.h> +#endif +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H + +#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>. */ +#if (@GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) +# include <io.h> +#endif + + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +/* Declare overridden functions. */ + +#if @GNULIB_FCNTL@ +# if @REPLACE_FCNTL@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fcntl +# define fcntl rpl_fcntl +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_FCNTL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fcntl +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module fcntl for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_OPEN@ +# if @REPLACE_OPEN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef open +# define open rpl_open +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)); +# endif +/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a + default argument. _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case. */ +# if !defined __hpux +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef open +/* Assume open is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module open for portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_OPENAT@ +# if @REPLACE_OPENAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef openat +# define openat rpl_openat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_OPENAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef openat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module openat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw. */ + +#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC +# define FD_CLOEXEC 1 +#endif + +/* Fix up the supported F_* macros. Intentionally leave other F_* + macros undefined. Only known to be missing on mingw. */ + +#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC +# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000 +/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise. */ +# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1 +#else +# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef F_DUPFD +# define F_DUPFD 1 +#endif + +#ifndef F_GETFD +# define F_GETFD 2 +#endif + +/* Fix up the O_* macros. */ + +/* AIX 7.1 with XL C 12.1 defines O_CLOEXEC, O_NOFOLLOW, and O_TTY_INIT + to values outside 'int' range, so omit these misdefinitions. + But avoid namespace pollution on non-AIX systems. */ +#ifdef _AIX +# include <limits.h> +# if defined O_CLOEXEC && ! (INT_MIN <= O_CLOEXEC && O_CLOEXEC <= INT_MAX) +# undef O_CLOEXEC +# endif +# if defined O_NOFOLLOW && ! (INT_MIN <= O_NOFOLLOW && O_NOFOLLOW <= INT_MAX) +# undef O_NOFOLLOW +# endif +# if defined O_TTY_INIT && ! (INT_MIN <= O_TTY_INIT && O_TTY_INIT <= INT_MAX) +# undef O_TTY_INIT +# endif +#endif + +#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO +/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'. */ +# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO +#endif + +#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT +/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'. */ +# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT +#endif + +#ifndef O_CLOEXEC +# define O_CLOEXEC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_DIRECT +# define O_DIRECT 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_DIRECTORY +# define O_DIRECTORY 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_DSYNC +# define O_DSYNC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_EXEC +# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */ +#endif + +#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY +# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_NDELAY +# define O_NDELAY 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_NOATIME +# define O_NOATIME 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_NONBLOCK +# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY +#endif + +/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero + value of O_NONBLOCK. Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY + or to 0 as fallback. */ +#if @GNULIB_NONBLOCKING@ +# if O_NONBLOCK +# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0 +# else +# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1 +# undef O_NONBLOCK +# define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef O_NOCTTY +# define O_NOCTTY 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW +# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_NOLINK +# define O_NOLINK 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_NOLINKS +# define O_NOLINKS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_NOTRANS +# define O_NOTRANS 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_RSYNC +# define O_RSYNC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_SEARCH +# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */ +#endif + +#ifndef O_SYNC +# define O_SYNC 0 +#endif + +#ifndef O_TTY_INIT +# define O_TTY_INIT 0 +#endif + +#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH) +# undef O_ACCMODE +# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH) +#endif + +/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. + O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h */ +#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY + /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ +# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY +# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT +#endif + +#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__ + /* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ +# undef O_BINARY +# undef O_TEXT +#endif + +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +# define O_TEXT 0 +#endif + +/* Fix up the AT_* macros. */ + +/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive. Its + value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the + C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases. If the bug + is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below. */ +#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553 +# undef AT_FDCWD +#endif + +/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper + signedness. The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is + Solaris with the above workaround. */ +#ifndef AT_FDCWD +# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965) +#endif + +/* Use the same values as Solaris 9. This shouldn't matter, but + there's no real reason to differ. */ +#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW +# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096 +#endif + +#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR +# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1 +#endif + +/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values. */ +#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW +# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2 +#endif + +#ifndef AT_EACCESS +# define AT_EACCESS 4 +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/fd-hook.c b/libgnu/fd-hook.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab5847ac --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fd-hook.c @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible. + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "fd-hook.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets + on native Windows platforms. */ +#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS + +/* The first and last link in the doubly linked list. + Initially the list is empty. */ +static struct fd_hook anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, NULL, NULL }; + +int +execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_close_fn primary, + int fd) +{ + if (remaining_list == &anchor) + /* End of list reached. */ + return primary (fd); + else + return remaining_list->private_close_fn (remaining_list->private_next, + primary, fd); +} + +int +execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd) +{ + return execute_close_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd); +} + +int +execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_ioctl_fn primary, + int fd, int request, void *arg) +{ + if (remaining_list == &anchor) + /* End of list reached. */ + return primary (fd, request, arg); + else + return remaining_list->private_ioctl_fn (remaining_list->private_next, + primary, fd, request, arg); +} + +int +execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary, + int fd, int request, void *arg) +{ + return execute_ioctl_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd, request, arg); +} + +void +register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook, struct fd_hook *link) +{ + if (close_hook == NULL) + close_hook = execute_close_hooks; + if (ioctl_hook == NULL) + ioctl_hook = execute_ioctl_hooks; + + if (link->private_next == NULL && link->private_prev == NULL) + { + /* Add the link to the doubly linked list. */ + link->private_next = anchor.private_next; + link->private_prev = &anchor; + link->private_close_fn = close_hook; + link->private_ioctl_fn = ioctl_hook; + anchor.private_next->private_prev = link; + anchor.private_next = link; + } + else + { + /* The link is already in use. */ + if (link->private_close_fn != close_hook + || link->private_ioctl_fn != ioctl_hook) + abort (); + } +} + +void +unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link) +{ + struct fd_hook *next = link->private_next; + struct fd_hook *prev = link->private_prev; + + if (next != NULL && prev != NULL) + { + /* The link is in use. Remove it from the doubly linked list. */ + prev->private_next = next; + next->private_prev = prev; + /* Clear the link, to mark it unused. */ + link->private_next = NULL; + link->private_prev = NULL; + link->private_close_fn = NULL; + link->private_ioctl_fn = NULL; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/fd-hook.h b/libgnu/fd-hook.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe0d1b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fd-hook.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible. + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + + +#ifndef FD_HOOK_H +#define FD_HOOK_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets + on native Windows platforms. */ +#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS + + +/* Type of function that closes FD. */ +typedef int (*gl_close_fn) (int fd); + +/* Type of function that applies a control request to FD. */ +typedef int (*gl_ioctl_fn) (int fd, int request, void *arg); + +/* An element of the list of file descriptor hooks. + In CLOS (Common Lisp Object System) speak, it consists of an "around" + method for the close() function and an "around" method for the ioctl() + function. + The fields of this structure are considered private. */ +struct fd_hook +{ + /* Doubly linked list. */ + struct fd_hook *private_next; + struct fd_hook *private_prev; + /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls + execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD) as a fallback. */ + int (*private_close_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, + gl_close_fn primary, + int fd); + /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls + execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG) as a + fallback. */ + int (*private_ioctl_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, + gl_ioctl_fn primary, + int fd, int request, void *arg); +}; + +/* This type of function closes FD, applying special knowledge for the FD + types it knows about, and calls + execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD) + for the other FD types. + In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods, + and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for close(). */ +typedef int (*close_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, + gl_close_fn primary, + int fd); + +/* Execute the close hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method. + Return 0 or -1, like close() would do. */ +extern int execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, + gl_close_fn primary, + int fd); + +/* Execute all close hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method. + Return 0 or -1, like close() would do. */ +extern int execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd); + +/* This type of function applies a control request to FD, applying special + knowledge for the FD types it knows about, and calls + execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG) + for the other FD types. + In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods, + and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for ioctl(). */ +typedef int (*ioctl_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, + gl_ioctl_fn primary, + int fd, int request, void *arg); + +/* Execute the ioctl hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method. + Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do. */ +extern int execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, + gl_ioctl_fn primary, + int fd, int request, void *arg); + +/* Execute all ioctl hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method. + Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do. */ +extern int execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary, + int fd, int request, void *arg); + +/* Add a function pair to the list of file descriptor hooks. + CLOSE_HOOK and IOCTL_HOOK may be NULL, indicating no change. + The LINK variable points to a piece of memory which is guaranteed to be + accessible until the corresponding call to unregister_fd_hook. */ +extern void register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook, + struct fd_hook *link); + +/* Removes a hook from the list of file descriptor hooks. */ +extern void unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link); + + +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* FD_HOOK_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/fd-safer.c b/libgnu/fd-safer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da091285 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fd-safer.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* Return a safer copy of a file descriptor. + + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or + error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD. On + failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and return -1. Preserve + errno if FD is negative, so that the caller can always inspect + errno when the returned value is negative. + + This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file + descriptors, e.g., fd_safer (open ("file", O_RDONLY)). */ + +int +fd_safer (int fd) +{ + if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO) + { + int f = dup_safer (fd); + int e = errno; + close (fd); + errno = e; + fd = f; + } + + return fd; +} diff --git a/libgnu/fdopendir.c b/libgnu/fdopendir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03be92ad --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fdopendir.c @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/* provide a replacement fdopendir function + Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <dirent.h> + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#if !HAVE_FDOPENDIR + +# include "openat.h" +# include "openat-priv.h" +# include "save-cwd.h" + +# if GNULIB_DIRENT_SAFER +# include "dirent--.h" +# endif + +# ifndef REPLACE_FCHDIR +# define REPLACE_FCHDIR 0 +# endif + +static DIR *fdopendir_with_dup (int, int, struct saved_cwd const *); +static DIR *fd_clone_opendir (int, struct saved_cwd const *); + +/* Replacement for POSIX fdopendir. + + First, try to simulate it via opendir ("/proc/self/fd/..."). Failing + that, simulate it by using fchdir metadata, or by doing + save_cwd/fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd. + If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely), + then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. + + If successful, the resulting stream is based on FD in + implementations where streams are based on file descriptors and in + applications where no other thread or signal handler allocates or + frees file descriptors. In other cases, consult dirfd on the result + to find out whether FD is still being used. + + Otherwise, this function works just like POSIX fdopendir. + + W A R N I N G: + + Unlike other fd-related functions, this one places constraints on FD. + If this function returns successfully, FD is under control of the + dirent.h system, and the caller should not close or modify the state of + FD other than by the dirent.h functions. */ +# ifdef __KLIBC__ +# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h> + +DIR * +fdopendir (int fd) +{ + char path[_MAX_PATH]; + DIR *dirp; + + /* Get a path from fd */ + if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path))) + return NULL; + + dirp = opendir (path); + if (!dirp) + return NULL; + + /* Unregister fd registered by opendir() */ + _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (dirfd (dirp)); + + /* Register our fd */ + if (_gl_register_dirp_fd (fd, dirp)) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + + closedir (dirp); + + errno = saved_errno; + + dirp = NULL; + } + + return dirp; +} +# else +DIR * +fdopendir (int fd) +{ + DIR *dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, NULL); + + if (! REPLACE_FCHDIR && ! dir) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno)) + { + struct saved_cwd cwd; + if (save_cwd (&cwd) != 0) + openat_save_fail (errno); + dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, -1, &cwd); + saved_errno = errno; + free_cwd (&cwd); + errno = saved_errno; + } + } + + return dir; +} +# endif + +/* Like fdopendir, except that if OLDER_DUPFD is not -1, it is known + to be a dup of FD which is less than FD - 1 and which will be + closed by the caller and not otherwise used by the caller. This + function makes sure that FD is closed and all file descriptors less + than FD are open, and then calls fd_clone_opendir on a dup of FD. + That way, barring race conditions, fd_clone_opendir returns a + stream whose file descriptor is FD. + + If REPLACE_FCHDIR or CWD is null, use opendir ("/proc/self/fd/...", + falling back on fchdir metadata. Otherwise, CWD is a saved version + of the working directory; use fchdir/opendir(".")/restore_cwd(CWD). */ +static DIR * +fdopendir_with_dup (int fd, int older_dupfd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd) +{ + int dupfd = dup (fd); + if (dupfd < 0 && errno == EMFILE) + dupfd = older_dupfd; + if (dupfd < 0) + return NULL; + else + { + DIR *dir; + int saved_errno; + if (dupfd < fd - 1 && dupfd != older_dupfd) + { + dir = fdopendir_with_dup (fd, dupfd, cwd); + saved_errno = errno; + } + else + { + close (fd); + dir = fd_clone_opendir (dupfd, cwd); + saved_errno = errno; + if (! dir) + { + int fd1 = dup (dupfd); + if (fd1 != fd) + openat_save_fail (fd1 < 0 ? errno : EBADF); + } + } + + if (dupfd != older_dupfd) + close (dupfd); + errno = saved_errno; + return dir; + } +} + +/* Like fdopendir, except the result controls a clone of FD. It is + the caller's responsibility both to close FD and (if the result is + not null) to closedir the result. */ +static DIR * +fd_clone_opendir (int fd, struct saved_cwd const *cwd) +{ + if (REPLACE_FCHDIR || ! cwd) + { + DIR *dir = NULL; + int saved_errno = EOPNOTSUPP; + char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE]; + char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, "."); + if (proc_file) + { + dir = opendir (proc_file); + saved_errno = errno; + if (proc_file != buf) + free (proc_file); + } +# if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (! dir && EXPECTED_ERRNO (saved_errno)) + { + char const *name = _gl_directory_name (fd); + DIR *dp = name ? opendir (name) : NULL; + + /* The caller has done an elaborate dance to arrange for opendir to + consume just the right file descriptor. If dirfd returns -1, + though, we're on a system like mingw where opendir does not + consume a file descriptor. Consume it via 'dup' instead. */ + if (dp && dirfd (dp) < 0) + dup (fd); + + return dp; + } +# endif + errno = saved_errno; + return dir; + } + else + { + if (fchdir (fd) != 0) + return NULL; + else + { + DIR *dir = opendir ("."); + int saved_errno = errno; + if (restore_cwd (cwd) != 0) + openat_restore_fail (errno); + errno = saved_errno; + return dir; + } + } +} + +#else /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */ + +# include <errno.h> +# include <sys/stat.h> + +# undef fdopendir + +/* Like fdopendir, but work around GNU/Hurd bug by validating FD. */ + +DIR * +rpl_fdopendir (int fd) +{ + struct stat st; + if (fstat (fd, &st)) + return NULL; + if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode)) + { + errno = ENOTDIR; + return NULL; + } + return fdopendir (fd); +} + +#endif /* HAVE_FDOPENDIR */ diff --git a/libgnu/ffs.c b/libgnu/ffs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d10a7332 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/ffs.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* ffs.c -- find the first set bit in a word. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <strings.h> + +#include <limits.h> + +int +ffs (int i) +{ +#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) + return __builtin_ffs (i); +#else + /* http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html#ZerosOnRightMultLookup + gives this deBruijn constant for a branch-less computation, although + that table counted trailing zeros rather than bit position. This + requires 32-bit int, we fall back to a naive algorithm on the rare + platforms where that assumption is not true. */ + if (CHAR_BIT * sizeof i == 32) + { + static unsigned int table[] = { + 1, 2, 29, 3, 30, 15, 25, 4, 31, 23, 21, 16, 26, 18, 5, 9, + 32, 28, 14, 24, 22, 20, 17, 8, 27, 13, 19, 7, 12, 6, 11, 10 + }; + unsigned int u = i; + unsigned int bit = u & -u; + return table[(bit * 0x077cb531U) >> 27] - !i; + } + else + { + unsigned int j; + for (j = 0; j < CHAR_BIT * sizeof i; j++) + if (i & (1U << j)) + return j + 1; + return 0; + } +#endif +} diff --git a/libgnu/file-set.c b/libgnu/file-set.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d71006fa --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/file-set.c @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* Specialized functions to manipulate a set of files. + Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> +#include "file-set.h" + +#include "hash-triple.h" +#include "xalloc.h" + +/* Record file, FILE, and dev/ino from *STATS, in the hash table, HT. + If HT is NULL, return immediately. + If memory allocation fails, exit immediately. */ +void +record_file (Hash_table *ht, char const *file, struct stat const *stats) +{ + struct F_triple *ent; + + if (ht == NULL) + return; + + ent = xmalloc (sizeof *ent); + ent->name = xstrdup (file); + ent->st_ino = stats->st_ino; + ent->st_dev = stats->st_dev; + + { + struct F_triple *ent_from_table = hash_insert (ht, ent); + if (ent_from_table == NULL) + { + /* Insertion failed due to lack of memory. */ + xalloc_die (); + } + + if (ent_from_table != ent) + { + /* There was alread a matching entry in the table, so ENT was + not inserted. Free it. */ + triple_free (ent); + } + } +} + +/* Return true if there is an entry in hash table, HT, + for the file described by FILE and STATS. */ +bool +seen_file (Hash_table const *ht, char const *file, + struct stat const *stats) +{ + struct F_triple new_ent; + + if (ht == NULL) + return false; + + new_ent.name = (char *) file; + new_ent.st_ino = stats->st_ino; + new_ent.st_dev = stats->st_dev; + + return !!hash_lookup (ht, &new_ent); +} diff --git a/libgnu/file-set.h b/libgnu/file-set.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e47d95a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/file-set.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <stdbool.h> + +#include "hash.h" + +extern void record_file (Hash_table *ht, char const *file, + struct stat const *stats) +#if defined __GNUC__ && ((__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3) + __attribute__ ((nonnull (2, 3))) +#endif +; + +extern bool seen_file (Hash_table const *ht, char const *file, + struct stat const *stats); diff --git a/libgnu/filename.h b/libgnu/filename.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ea7e956 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/filename.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* Basic filename support macros. + Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _FILENAME_H +#define _FILENAME_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _FILENAME_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/filenamecat-lgpl.c b/libgnu/filenamecat-lgpl.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6dade120 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/filenamecat-lgpl.c @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names. + + Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "filenamecat.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "dirname.h" + +#if ! HAVE_MEMPCPY && ! defined mempcpy +# define mempcpy(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N))) +#endif + +/* Return the longest suffix of F that is a relative file name. + If it has no such suffix, return the empty string. */ + +static char const * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE +longest_relative_suffix (char const *f) +{ + for (f += FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (f); ISSLASH (*f); f++) + continue; + return f; +} + +/* Concatenate two file name components, DIR and ABASE, in + newly-allocated storage and return the result. + The resulting file name F is such that the commands "ls F" and "(cd + DIR; ls BASE)" refer to the same file, where BASE is ABASE with any + file system prefixes and leading separators removed. + Arrange for a directory separator if necessary between DIR and BASE + in the result, removing any redundant separators. + In any case, if BASE_IN_RESULT is non-NULL, set + *BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the copy of ABASE in the returned + concatenation. However, if ABASE begins with more than one slash, + set *BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the sole corresponding slash that + is copied into the result buffer. + + Return NULL if malloc fails. */ + +char * +mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *abase, char **base_in_result) +{ + char const *dirbase = last_component (dir); + size_t dirbaselen = base_len (dirbase); + size_t dirlen = dirbase - dir + dirbaselen; + size_t needs_separator = (dirbaselen && ! ISSLASH (dirbase[dirbaselen - 1])); + + char const *base = longest_relative_suffix (abase); + size_t baselen = strlen (base); + + char *p_concat = malloc (dirlen + needs_separator + baselen + 1); + char *p; + + if (p_concat == NULL) + return NULL; + + p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dirlen); + *p = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; + p += needs_separator; + + if (base_in_result) + *base_in_result = p - IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (abase); + + p = mempcpy (p, base, baselen); + *p = '\0'; + + return p_concat; +} diff --git a/libgnu/filenamecat.h b/libgnu/filenamecat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..feb906af --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/filenamecat.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names. + + Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#if GNULIB_FILENAMECAT +char *file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base, + char **base_in_result); +#endif + +char *mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base, + char **base_in_result); diff --git a/libgnu/flexmember.h b/libgnu/flexmember.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c71ea651 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/flexmember.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* Sizes of structs with flexible array members. + + Copyright 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Nonzero multiple of alignment of TYPE, suitable for FLEXSIZEOF below. + On older platforms without _Alignof, use a pessimistic bound that is + safe in practice even if FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER is 1. + On newer platforms, use _Alignof to get a tighter bound. */ + +#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112 +# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) (sizeof (type) & ~ (sizeof (type) - 1)) +#else +# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) _Alignof (type) +#endif + +/* Upper bound on the size of a struct of type TYPE with a flexible + array member named MEMBER that is followed by N bytes of other data. + This is not simply sizeof (TYPE) + N, since it may require + alignment on unusually picky C11 platforms, and + FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER may be 1 on pre-C11 platforms. + Yield a value less than N if and only if arithmetic overflow occurs. */ + +#define FLEXSIZEOF(type, member, n) \ + ((offsetof (type, member) + FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1 + (n)) \ + & ~ (FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1)) diff --git a/libgnu/float+.h b/libgnu/float+.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba8ecb7b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/float+.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats. + Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H +#define _FLOATPLUS_H + +#include <float.h> +#include <limits.h> + +/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the + "hidden bit". */ +#if FLT_RADIX == 2 +# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG +# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG +# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG +#elif FLT_RADIX == 4 +# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2) +# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2) +# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2) +#elif FLT_RADIX == 16 +# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4) +# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4) +# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4) +#endif + +/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number. */ +#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7) +#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7) +#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7) + +/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including + the exponent's sign. */ +#define FLT_EXP_BIT \ + (FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \ + FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \ + 32) +#define DBL_EXP_BIT \ + (DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \ + DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \ + 32) +#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \ + (LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \ + LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \ + 32) + +/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not + counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the + exponent, and the sign. */ +#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1) +#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1) +#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1) + +/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number. + This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'. For example, on i386 systems, + 'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence + LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but + sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16. */ +#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT) +#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT) +#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT) + +/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc. */ +typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1]; +typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1]; +typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1]; + +#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/float.c b/libgnu/float.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9103ecf --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/float.c @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <float.h> + +#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__ +const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX = + { { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } }; +#elif defined __i386__ +const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX = + { { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } }; +#else +/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing + this file is never empty. */ +typedef int dummy; +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/float.in.h b/libgnu/float.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e012003 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/float.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/* A correct <float.h>. + + Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H + +/* 'long double' properties. */ + +#if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__) +/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */ +# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG +# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64 +/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */ +# undef LDBL_DIG +# define LDBL_DIG 18 +/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */ +# undef LDBL_EPSILON +# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.0842021724855044340E-19L +/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */ +# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381) +/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */ +# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP +# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384 +/* Minimum positive normalized number. */ +# undef LDBL_MIN +# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935063E-4932L +/* Maximum representable finite number. */ +# undef LDBL_MAX +# define LDBL_MAX 1.1897314953572317650E+4932L +/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */ +# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931) +/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */ +# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP +# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932 +#endif + +/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of + precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime. See + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2008-07/msg00063.html>. */ +#if defined __i386__ && defined __FreeBSD__ +/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */ +# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG +# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64 +/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */ +# undef LDBL_DIG +# define LDBL_DIG 18 +/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */ +# undef LDBL_EPSILON +# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */ +/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */ +# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381) +/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */ +# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP +# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384 +/* Minimum positive normalized number. */ +# undef LDBL_MIN +# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */ +/* Maximum representable finite number. */ +# undef LDBL_MAX +/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }. + But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is + 0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }. + So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable + + const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }; + extern const long double LDBL_MAX; + + Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression. */ +union gl_long_double_union + { + struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd; + long double ld; + }; +extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX; +# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld) +/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */ +# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931) +/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */ +# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP +# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932 +#endif + +/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are + wrong. + On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong. */ +#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__ +# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP +# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP +# undef LDBL_MIN +# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */ +#endif +#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__ +# undef LDBL_MAX +/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }. + It is not easy to define: + #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L + is too small, whereas + #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L + is too large. Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion. + Also, I can't get values larger than + #define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63)) + #define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63) + #define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63) + #define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63) + #define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL) + which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }. + So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable + + const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL }; + extern const long double LDBL_MAX; + + or through a pointer cast + + #define LDBL_MAX \ + (*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL }) + + Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression + does not work well when GCC is optimizing.. */ +union gl_long_double_union + { + struct { double hi; double lo; } dd; + long double ld; + }; +extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX; +# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld) +#endif + +/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong. + On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON + are wrong. */ +#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106) +# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG +# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106 +# if defined __GNUC__ +# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP +# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP +# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP +# undef LDBL_MIN +# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */ +# undef LDBL_EPSILON +# define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */ +# endif +#endif + +#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@ +/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion + of glibc 2.7. */ +extern +# ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +# endif +void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int); +static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq; +#endif + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/fnmatch.c b/libgnu/fnmatch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..709d4ff1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fnmatch.c @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#include <fnmatch.h> + +#include <alloca.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT \ + (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_BTOWC && HAVE_ISWCTYPE \ + && HAVE_WMEMCHR && (HAVE_WMEMCPY || HAVE_WMEMPCPY)) + +/* For platform which support the ISO C amendment 1 functionality we + support user defined character classes. */ +#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT +# include <wctype.h> +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information) + but there is no interface to get this information in general. Therefore + we support a correct implementation only in glibc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# include "../locale/elem-hash.h" +# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h" +# include <shlib-compat.h> + +# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b) +# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs +# define fnmatch __fnmatch +extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags); +#endif + +#ifndef SIZE_MAX +# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1) +#endif + +#include "flexmember.h" + +/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set. */ +#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \ + ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself, and have not detected a bug + in the library. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand 'configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || !HAVE_FNMATCH_GNU + + +# if ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK)) +# define isblank(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t') +# endif + +# define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0) + +# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT +/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes + and the functions from ISO C amendment 1. */ +# ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX +# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX +# else +/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this + problem. Use a reasonable default value. */ +# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256 +# endif + +# ifdef _LIBC +# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string) +# else +# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string) +# endif + +# ifdef _LIBC +# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) __iswctype (WC, WT) +# else +# define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT) iswctype (WC, WT) +# endif + +# if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC +/* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling. */ +# define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE 1 +# endif + +# else +# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 6 /* Namely, 'xdigit'. */ + +# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \ + (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \ + || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \ + || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \ + || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \ + || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \ + || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank")) +# endif + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +/* Global variable. */ +static int posixly_correct; + +# ifndef internal_function +/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other + environments simply ignore the marking. */ +# define internal_function +# endif + +/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */ +# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c)) +# define CHAR char +# define UCHAR unsigned char +# define INT int +# define FCT internal_fnmatch +# define EXT ext_match +# define END end_pattern +# define L_(CS) CS +# ifdef _LIBC +# define BTOWC(C) __btowc (C) +# else +# define BTOWC(C) btowc (C) +# endif +# define STRLEN(S) strlen (S) +# define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S) +# ifdef _LIBC +# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __mempcpy (D, S, N) +# else +# if HAVE_MEMPCPY +# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N) +# else +# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N))) +# endif +# endif +# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N) +# include "fnmatch_loop.c" + + +# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE +# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c)) +# define CHAR wchar_t +# define UCHAR wint_t +# define INT wint_t +# define FCT internal_fnwmatch +# define EXT ext_wmatch +# define END end_wpattern +# define L_(CS) L##CS +# define BTOWC(C) (C) +# ifdef _LIBC +# define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S) +# define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S) +# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __wmempcpy (D, S, N) +# else +# define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S) +# define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S) +# if HAVE_WMEMPCPY +# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N) +# else +# define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) (wmemcpy (D, S, N) + (N)) +# endif +# endif +# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N) +# define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1 + +# undef IS_CHAR_CLASS +/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string. But + we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters + from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding + for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as + its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the + string to a multibyte character string. */ +static wctype_t +is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs) +{ + char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1]; + char *cp = s; + + do + { + /* Test for a printable character from the portable character set. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e + || *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60) + return (wctype_t) 0; +# else + switch (*wcs) + { + case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%': + case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*': + case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/': + case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4': + case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9': + case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>': + case L'?': + case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E': + case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J': + case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O': + case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T': + case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y': + case L'Z': + case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_': + case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e': + case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j': + case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o': + case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't': + case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y': + case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~': + break; + default: + return (wctype_t) 0; + } +# endif + + /* Avoid overrunning the buffer. */ + if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH) + return (wctype_t) 0; + + *cp++ = (char) *wcs++; + } + while (*wcs != L'\0'); + + *cp = '\0'; + +# ifdef _LIBC + return __wctype (s); +# else + return wctype (s); +# endif +} +# define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string) + +# include "fnmatch_loop.c" +# endif + + +int +fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags) +{ +# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE +# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000 + if (__builtin_expect (MB_CUR_MAX, 1) != 1) + { + mbstate_t ps; + size_t patsize; + size_t strsize; + size_t totsize; + wchar_t *wpattern; + wchar_t *wstring; + int res; + + /* Calculate the size needed to convert the strings to + wide characters. */ + memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps)); + patsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps) + 1; + if (__builtin_expect (patsize != 0, 1)) + { + assert (mbsinit (&ps)); + strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1; + if (__builtin_expect (strsize != 0, 1)) + { + assert (mbsinit (&ps)); + totsize = patsize + strsize; + if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize + && totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)), + 0)) + { + errno = ENOMEM; + return -1; + } + + /* Allocate room for the wide characters. */ + if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1)) + wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t)); + else + { + wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t)); + if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0)) + { + errno = ENOMEM; + return -1; + } + } + wstring = wpattern + patsize; + + /* Convert the strings into wide characters. */ + mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps); + assert (mbsinit (&ps)); + mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps); + + res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1, + flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags); + + if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0)) + free (wpattern); + return res; + } + } + } + +# endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */ + + return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string), + flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags); +} + +# ifdef _LIBC +# undef fnmatch +versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3); +# if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3) +strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old) +compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0); +# endif +libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch) +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ diff --git a/libgnu/fnmatch.in.h b/libgnu/fnmatch.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1782ad2d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fnmatch.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2017 Free + Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _FNMATCH_H +#define _FNMATCH_H 1 + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems + (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */ +#undef FNM_PATHNAME +#undef FNM_NOESCAPE +#undef FNM_PERIOD + +/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to 'fnmatch'. */ +#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match '/'. */ +#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */ +#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading '.' is matched only explicitly. */ + +#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE +# define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */ +# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore '/...' after a match. */ +# define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */ +# define FNM_EXTMATCH (1 << 5) /* Use ksh-like extended matching. */ +#endif + +/* Value returned by 'fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */ +#define FNM_NOMATCH 1 + +/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support + 'fnmatch'. Since this is not the case here it will never be + returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol + to be defined. */ +#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE +# define FNM_NOSYS (-1) +#endif + +/* Match NAME against the file name pattern PATTERN, + returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */ +extern int fnmatch (const char *__pattern, const char *__name, + int __flags) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* fnmatch.h */ diff --git a/libgnu/fnmatch_loop.c b/libgnu/fnmatch_loop.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97a1b9ae --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fnmatch_loop.c @@ -0,0 +1,1219 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Match STRING against the file name pattern PATTERN, returning zero if + it matches, nonzero if not. */ +static int EXT (INT opt, const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string, + const CHAR *string_end, bool no_leading_period, int flags) + internal_function; +static const CHAR *END (const CHAR *patternp) internal_function; + +static int +internal_function +FCT (const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string, const CHAR *string_end, + bool no_leading_period, int flags) +{ + register const CHAR *p = pattern, *n = string; + register UCHAR c; +#ifdef _LIBC +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + const char *collseq = (const char *) + _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC); +# else + const UCHAR *collseq = (const UCHAR *) + _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB); +# endif +#endif + + while ((c = *p++) != L_('\0')) + { + bool new_no_leading_period = false; + c = FOLD (c); + + switch (c) + { + case L_('?'): + if (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) && *p == '(') + { + int res; + + res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period, + flags); + if (res != -1) + return res; + } + + if (n == string_end) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if (*n == L_('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if (*n == L_('.') && no_leading_period) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + case L_('\\'): + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) + { + c = *p++; + if (c == L_('\0')) + /* Trailing \ loses. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + c = FOLD (c); + } + if (n == string_end || FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) != c) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + case L_('*'): + if (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) && *p == '(') + { + int res; + + res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period, + flags); + if (res != -1) + return res; + } + + if (n != string_end && *n == L_('.') && no_leading_period) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + for (c = *p++; c == L_('?') || c == L_('*'); c = *p++) + { + if (*p == L_('(') && (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) != 0) + { + const CHAR *endp = END (p); + if (endp != p) + { + /* This is a pattern. Skip over it. */ + p = endp; + continue; + } + } + + if (c == L_('?')) + { + /* A ? needs to match one character. */ + if (n == string_end) + /* There isn't another character; no match. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else if (*n == L_('/') + && __builtin_expect (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME, 0)) + /* A slash does not match a wildcard under + FNM_FILE_NAME. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + else + /* One character of the string is consumed in matching + this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are + less than three characters. */ + ++n; + } + } + + if (c == L_('\0')) + /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern. + If the name is a file name and contains another slash + this means it cannot match, unless the FNM_LEADING_DIR + flag is set. */ + { + int result = (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0 ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) + { + if (flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) + result = 0; + else + { + if (MEMCHR (n, L_('/'), string_end - n) == NULL) + result = 0; + } + } + + return result; + } + else + { + const CHAR *endp; + + endp = MEMCHR (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? L_('/') : L_('\0'), + string_end - n); + if (endp == NULL) + endp = string_end; + + if (c == L_('[') + || (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) != 0 + && (c == L_('@') || c == L_('+') || c == L_('!')) + && *p == L_('('))) + { + int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) + ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD)); + bool no_leading_period2 = no_leading_period; + + for (--p; n < endp; ++n, no_leading_period2 = false) + if (FCT (p, n, string_end, no_leading_period2, flags2) + == 0) + return 0; + } + else if (c == L_('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)) + { + while (n < string_end && *n != L_('/')) + ++n; + if (n < string_end && *n == L_('/') + && (FCT (p, n + 1, string_end, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags) + == 0)) + return 0; + } + else + { + int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) + ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD)); + int no_leading_period2 = no_leading_period; + + if (c == L_('\\') && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) + c = *p; + c = FOLD (c); + for (--p; n < endp; ++n, no_leading_period2 = false) + if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) == c + && (FCT (p, n, string_end, no_leading_period2, flags2) + == 0)) + return 0; + } + } + + /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + case L_('['): + { + /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */ + const CHAR *p_init = p; + const CHAR *n_init = n; + register bool not; + CHAR cold; + UCHAR fn; + + if (posixly_correct == 0) + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1; + + if (n == string_end) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (*n == L_('.') && no_leading_period) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (*n == L_('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)) + /* '/' cannot be matched. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + not = (*p == L_('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L_('^'))); + if (not) + ++p; + + fn = FOLD ((UCHAR) *n); + + c = *p++; + for (;;) + { + bool is_range = false; + + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L_('\\')) + { + if (*p == L_('\0')) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + c = FOLD ((UCHAR) *p); + ++p; + + goto normal_bracket; + } + else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_(':')) + { + /* Leave room for the null. */ + CHAR str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1]; + size_t c1 = 0; +#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT + wctype_t wt; +#endif + const CHAR *startp = p; + + for (;;) + { + if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH) + /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern + is ill-formed. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + c = *++p; + if (c == L_(':') && p[1] == L_(']')) + { + p += 2; + break; + } + if (c < L_('a') || c >= L_('z')) + { + /* This cannot possibly be a character class name. + Match it as a normal range. */ + p = startp; + c = L_('['); + goto normal_bracket; + } + str[c1++] = c; + } + str[c1] = L_('\0'); + +#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT + wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str); + if (wt == 0) + /* Invalid character class name. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + +# if defined _LIBC && ! WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* The following code is glibc specific but does + there a good job in speeding up the code since + we can avoid the btowc() call. */ + if (_ISCTYPE ((UCHAR) *n, wt)) + goto matched; +# else + if (ISWCTYPE (BTOWC ((UCHAR) *n), wt)) + goto matched; +# endif +#else + if ((STREQ (str, L_("alnum")) && isalnum ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("alpha")) && isalpha ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("blank")) && isblank ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("cntrl")) && iscntrl ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("digit")) && isdigit ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("graph")) && isgraph ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("lower")) && islower ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("print")) && isprint ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("punct")) && ispunct ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("space")) && isspace ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("upper")) && isupper ((UCHAR) *n)) + || (STREQ (str, L_("xdigit")) && isxdigit ((UCHAR) *n))) + goto matched; +#endif + c = *p++; + } +#ifdef _LIBC + else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('=')) + { + UCHAR str[1]; + uint32_t nrules = + _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + const CHAR *startp = p; + + c = *++p; + if (c == L_('\0')) + { + p = startp; + c = L_('['); + goto normal_bracket; + } + str[0] = c; + + c = *++p; + if (c != L_('=') || p[1] != L_(']')) + { + p = startp; + c = L_('['); + goto normal_bracket; + } + p += 2; + + if (nrules == 0) + { + if ((UCHAR) *n == str[0]) + goto matched; + } + else + { + const int32_t *table; +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + const int32_t *weights; + const int32_t *extra; +# else + const unsigned char *weights; + const unsigned char *extra; +# endif + const int32_t *indirect; + int32_t idx; + const UCHAR *cp = (const UCHAR *) str; + + /* This #include defines a local function! */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include <locale/weightwc.h> +# else +# include <locale/weight.h> +# endif + +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + table = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEWC); + weights = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTWC); + extra = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAWC); + indirect = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTWC); +# else + table = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB); + weights = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB); + extra = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB); + indirect = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB); +# endif + + idx = findidx (&cp); + if (idx != 0) + { + /* We found a table entry. Now see whether the + character we are currently at has the same + equivalence class value. */ + int len = weights[idx & 0xffffff]; + int32_t idx2; + const UCHAR *np = (const UCHAR *) n; + + idx2 = findidx (&np); + if (idx2 != 0 + && (idx >> 24) == (idx2 >> 24) + && len == weights[idx2 & 0xffffff]) + { + int cnt = 0; + + idx &= 0xffffff; + idx2 &= 0xffffff; + + while (cnt < len + && (weights[idx + 1 + cnt] + == weights[idx2 + 1 + cnt])) + ++cnt; + + if (cnt == len) + goto matched; + } + } + } + + c = *p++; + } +#endif + else if (c == L_('\0')) + { + /* [ unterminated, treat as normal character. */ + p = p_init; + n = n_init; + c = L_('['); + goto normal_match; + } + else + { +#ifdef _LIBC + bool is_seqval = false; + + if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('.')) + { + uint32_t nrules = + _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + const CHAR *startp = p; + size_t c1 = 0; + + while (1) + { + c = *++p; + if (c == L_('.') && p[1] == L_(']')) + { + p += 2; + break; + } + if (c == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + ++c1; + } + + /* We have to handling the symbols differently in + ranges since then the collation sequence is + important. */ + is_range = *p == L_('-') && p[1] != L_('\0'); + + if (nrules == 0) + { + /* There are no names defined in the collation + data. Therefore we only accept the trivial + names consisting of the character itself. */ + if (c1 != 1) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (!is_range && *n == startp[1]) + goto matched; + + cold = startp[1]; + c = *p++; + } + else + { + int32_t table_size; + const int32_t *symb_table; +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + char str[c1]; + size_t strcnt; +# else +# define str (startp + 1) +# endif + const unsigned char *extra; + int32_t idx; + int32_t elem; + int32_t second; + int32_t hash; + +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* We have to convert the name to a single-byte + string. This is possible since the names + consist of ASCII characters and the internal + representation is UCS4. */ + for (strcnt = 0; strcnt < c1; ++strcnt) + str[strcnt] = startp[1 + strcnt]; +# endif + + table_size = + _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB); + symb_table = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB); + extra = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB); + + /* Locate the character in the hashing table. */ + hash = elem_hash (str, c1); + + idx = 0; + elem = hash % table_size; + if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0) + { + second = hash % (table_size - 2) + 1; + + do + { + /* First compare the hashing value. */ + if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash + && (c1 + == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]]) + && memcmp (str, + &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + + 1] + + 1], c1) == 0) + { + /* Yep, this is the entry. */ + idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1]; + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + break; + } + + /* Next entry. */ + elem += second; + } + while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0); + } + + if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0) + { + /* Compare the byte sequence but only if + this is not part of a range. */ +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + int32_t *wextra; + + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + /* Adjust for the alignment. */ + idx = (idx + 3) & ~3; + + wextra = (int32_t *) &extra[idx + 4]; +# endif + + if (! is_range) + { +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + for (c1 = 0; + (int32_t) c1 < wextra[idx]; + ++c1) + if (n[c1] != wextra[1 + c1]) + break; + + if ((int32_t) c1 == wextra[idx]) + goto matched; +# else + for (c1 = 0; c1 < extra[idx]; ++c1) + if (n[c1] != extra[1 + c1]) + break; + + if (c1 == extra[idx]) + goto matched; +# endif + } + + /* Get the collation sequence value. */ + is_seqval = true; +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + cold = wextra[1 + wextra[idx]]; +# else + /* Adjust for the alignment. */ + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + idx = (idx + 3) & ~4; + cold = *((int32_t *) &extra[idx]); +# endif + + c = *p++; + } + else if (c1 == 1) + { + /* No valid character. Match it as a + single byte. */ + if (!is_range && *n == str[0]) + goto matched; + + cold = str[0]; + c = *p++; + } + else + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + } + else +# undef str +#endif + { + c = FOLD (c); + normal_bracket: + + /* We have to handling the symbols differently in + ranges since then the collation sequence is + important. */ + is_range = (*p == L_('-') && p[1] != L_('\0') + && p[1] != L_(']')); + + if (!is_range && c == fn) + goto matched; + +#if _LIBC + /* This is needed if we goto normal_bracket; from + outside of is_seqval's scope. */ + is_seqval = false; +#endif + + cold = c; + c = *p++; + } + + if (c == L_('-') && *p != L_(']')) + { +#if _LIBC + /* We have to find the collation sequence + value for C. Collation sequence is nothing + we can regularly access. The sequence + value is defined by the order in which the + definitions of the collation values for the + various characters appear in the source + file. A strange concept, nowhere + documented. */ + uint32_t fcollseq; + uint32_t lcollseq; + UCHAR cend = *p++; + +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* Search in the 'names' array for the characters. */ + fcollseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, fn); + if (fcollseq == ~((uint32_t) 0)) + /* XXX We don't know anything about the character + we are supposed to match. This means we are + failing. */ + goto range_not_matched; + + if (is_seqval) + lcollseq = cold; + else + lcollseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, cold); +# else + fcollseq = collseq[fn]; + lcollseq = is_seqval ? cold : collseq[(UCHAR) cold]; +# endif + + is_seqval = false; + if (cend == L_('[') && *p == L_('.')) + { + uint32_t nrules = + _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_NRULES); + const CHAR *startp = p; + size_t c1 = 0; + + while (1) + { + c = *++p; + if (c == L_('.') && p[1] == L_(']')) + { + p += 2; + break; + } + if (c == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + ++c1; + } + + if (nrules == 0) + { + /* There are no names defined in the + collation data. Therefore we only + accept the trivial names consisting + of the character itself. */ + if (c1 != 1) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + cend = startp[1]; + } + else + { + int32_t table_size; + const int32_t *symb_table; +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + char str[c1]; + size_t strcnt; +# else +# define str (startp + 1) +# endif + const unsigned char *extra; + int32_t idx; + int32_t elem; + int32_t second; + int32_t hash; + +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* We have to convert the name to a single-byte + string. This is possible since the names + consist of ASCII characters and the internal + representation is UCS4. */ + for (strcnt = 0; strcnt < c1; ++strcnt) + str[strcnt] = startp[1 + strcnt]; +# endif + + table_size = + _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB); + symb_table = (const int32_t *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB); + extra = (const unsigned char *) + _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, + _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB); + + /* Locate the character in the hashing + table. */ + hash = elem_hash (str, c1); + + idx = 0; + elem = hash % table_size; + if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0) + { + second = hash % (table_size - 2) + 1; + + do + { + /* First compare the hashing value. */ + if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash + && (c1 + == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]]) + && memcmp (str, + &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1] + + 1], c1) == 0) + { + /* Yep, this is the entry. */ + idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1]; + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + break; + } + + /* Next entry. */ + elem += second; + } + while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0); + } + + if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0) + { + /* Compare the byte sequence but only if + this is not part of a range. */ +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + int32_t *wextra; + + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + /* Adjust for the alignment. */ + idx = (idx + 3) & ~4; + + wextra = (int32_t *) &extra[idx + 4]; +# endif + /* Get the collation sequence value. */ + is_seqval = true; +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + cend = wextra[1 + wextra[idx]]; +# else + /* Adjust for the alignment. */ + idx += 1 + extra[idx]; + idx = (idx + 3) & ~4; + cend = *((int32_t *) &extra[idx]); +# endif + } + else if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0 && c1 == 1) + { + cend = str[0]; + c = *p++; + } + else + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } +# undef str + } + else + { + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L_('\\')) + cend = *p++; + if (cend == L_('\0')) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + cend = FOLD (cend); + } + + /* XXX It is not entirely clear to me how to handle + characters which are not mentioned in the + collation specification. */ + if ( +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + lcollseq == 0xffffffff || +# endif + lcollseq <= fcollseq) + { + /* We have to look at the upper bound. */ + uint32_t hcollseq; + + if (is_seqval) + hcollseq = cend; + else + { +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + hcollseq = + __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, cend); + if (hcollseq == ~((uint32_t) 0)) + { + /* Hum, no information about the upper + bound. The matching succeeds if the + lower bound is matched exactly. */ + if (lcollseq != fcollseq) + goto range_not_matched; + + goto matched; + } +# else + hcollseq = collseq[cend]; +# endif + } + + if (lcollseq <= hcollseq && fcollseq <= hcollseq) + goto matched; + } +# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + range_not_matched: +# endif +#else + /* We use a boring value comparison of the character + values. This is better than comparing using + 'strcoll' since the latter would have surprising + and sometimes fatal consequences. */ + UCHAR cend = *p++; + + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L_('\\')) + cend = *p++; + if (cend == L_('\0')) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + /* It is a range. */ + if (cold <= fn && fn <= cend) + goto matched; +#endif + + c = *p++; + } + } + + if (c == L_(']')) + break; + } + + if (!not) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + break; + + matched: + /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */ + do + { + ignore_next: + c = *p++; + + if (c == L_('\0')) + /* [... (unterminated) loses. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L_('\\')) + { + if (*p == L_('\0')) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */ + ++p; + } + else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_(':')) + { + int c1 = 0; + const CHAR *startp = p; + + while (1) + { + c = *++p; + if (++c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (*p == L_(':') && p[1] == L_(']')) + break; + + if (c < L_('a') || c >= L_('z')) + { + p = startp; + goto ignore_next; + } + } + p += 2; + c = *p++; + } + else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('=')) + { + c = *++p; + if (c == L_('\0')) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + c = *++p; + if (c != L_('=') || p[1] != L_(']')) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + p += 2; + c = *p++; + } + else if (c == L_('[') && *p == L_('.')) + { + ++p; + while (1) + { + c = *++p; + if (c == '\0') + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + if (*p == L_('.') && p[1] == L_(']')) + break; + } + p += 2; + c = *p++; + } + } + while (c != L_(']')); + if (not) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + break; + + case L_('+'): + case L_('@'): + case L_('!'): + if (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) && *p == '(') + { + int res; + + res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period, flags); + if (res != -1) + return res; + } + goto normal_match; + + case L_('/'): + if (NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags)) + { + if (n == string_end || c != (UCHAR) *n) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + new_no_leading_period = true; + break; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + normal_match: + if (n == string_end || c != FOLD ((UCHAR) *n)) + return FNM_NOMATCH; + } + + no_leading_period = new_no_leading_period; + ++n; + } + + if (n == string_end) + return 0; + + if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && n != string_end && *n == L_('/')) + /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz". */ + return 0; + + return FNM_NOMATCH; +} + + +static const CHAR * +internal_function +END (const CHAR *pattern) +{ + const CHAR *p = pattern; + + while (1) + if (*++p == L_('\0')) + /* This is an invalid pattern. */ + return pattern; + else if (*p == L_('[')) + { + /* Handle brackets special. */ + if (posixly_correct == 0) + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1; + + /* Skip the not sign. We have to recognize it because of a possibly + following ']'. */ + if (*++p == L_('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L_('^'))) + ++p; + /* A leading ']' is recognized as such. */ + if (*p == L_(']')) + ++p; + /* Skip over all characters of the list. */ + while (*p != L_(']')) + if (*p++ == L_('\0')) + /* This is no valid pattern. */ + return pattern; + } + else if ((*p == L_('?') || *p == L_('*') || *p == L_('+') || *p == L_('@') + || *p == L_('!')) && p[1] == L_('(')) + p = END (p + 1); + else if (*p == L_(')')) + break; + + return p + 1; +} + + +static int +internal_function +EXT (INT opt, const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string, const CHAR *string_end, + bool no_leading_period, int flags) +{ + const CHAR *startp; + size_t level; + struct patternlist + { + struct patternlist *next; + CHAR str[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; + } *list = NULL; + struct patternlist **lastp = &list; + size_t pattern_len = STRLEN (pattern); + const CHAR *p; + const CHAR *rs; + enum { ALLOCA_LIMIT = 8000 }; + + /* Parse the pattern. Store the individual parts in the list. */ + level = 0; + for (startp = p = pattern + 1; ; ++p) + if (*p == L_('\0')) + /* This is an invalid pattern. */ + return -1; + else if (*p == L_('[')) + { + /* Handle brackets special. */ + if (posixly_correct == 0) + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1; + + /* Skip the not sign. We have to recognize it because of a possibly + following ']'. */ + if (*++p == L_('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L_('^'))) + ++p; + /* A leading ']' is recognized as such. */ + if (*p == L_(']')) + ++p; + /* Skip over all characters of the list. */ + while (*p != L_(']')) + if (*p++ == L_('\0')) + /* This is no valid pattern. */ + return -1; + } + else if ((*p == L_('?') || *p == L_('*') || *p == L_('+') || *p == L_('@') + || *p == L_('!')) && p[1] == L_('(')) + /* Remember the nesting level. */ + ++level; + else if (*p == L_(')')) + { + if (level-- == 0) + { + /* This means we found the end of the pattern. */ +#define NEW_PATTERN \ + struct patternlist *newp; \ + size_t plen; \ + size_t plensize; \ + size_t newpsize; \ + \ + plen = (opt == L_('?') || opt == L_('@') \ + ? pattern_len \ + : p - startp + 1UL); \ + plensize = plen * sizeof (CHAR); \ + newpsize = FLEXSIZEOF (struct patternlist, str, plensize); \ + if ((size_t) -1 / sizeof (CHAR) < plen \ + || newpsize < offsetof (struct patternlist, str) \ + || ALLOCA_LIMIT <= newpsize) \ + return -1; \ + newp = (struct patternlist *) alloca (newpsize); \ + *((CHAR *) MEMPCPY (newp->str, startp, p - startp)) = L_('\0'); \ + newp->next = NULL; \ + *lastp = newp; \ + lastp = &newp->next + NEW_PATTERN; + break; + } + } + else if (*p == L_('|')) + { + if (level == 0) + { + NEW_PATTERN; + startp = p + 1; + } + } + assert (list != NULL); + assert (p[-1] == L_(')')); +#undef NEW_PATTERN + + switch (opt) + { + case L_('*'): + if (FCT (p, string, string_end, no_leading_period, flags) == 0) + return 0; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + + case L_('+'): + do + { + for (rs = string; rs <= string_end; ++rs) + /* First match the prefix with the current pattern with the + current pattern. */ + if (FCT (list->str, string, rs, no_leading_period, + flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0 + /* This was successful. Now match the rest with the rest + of the pattern. */ + && (FCT (p, rs, string_end, + rs == string + ? no_leading_period + : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags), + flags & FNM_FILE_NAME + ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0 + /* This didn't work. Try the whole pattern. */ + || (rs != string + && FCT (pattern - 1, rs, string_end, + rs == string + ? no_leading_period + : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags), + flags & FNM_FILE_NAME + ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0))) + /* It worked. Signal success. */ + return 0; + } + while ((list = list->next) != NULL); + + /* None of the patterns lead to a match. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + case L_('?'): + if (FCT (p, string, string_end, no_leading_period, flags) == 0) + return 0; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + + case L_('@'): + do + /* I cannot believe it but 'strcat' is actually acceptable + here. Match the entire string with the prefix from the + pattern list and the rest of the pattern following the + pattern list. */ + if (FCT (STRCAT (list->str, p), string, string_end, + no_leading_period, + flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0) + /* It worked. Signal success. */ + return 0; + while ((list = list->next) != NULL); + + /* None of the patterns lead to a match. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + case L_('!'): + for (rs = string; rs <= string_end; ++rs) + { + struct patternlist *runp; + + for (runp = list; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next) + if (FCT (runp->str, string, rs, no_leading_period, + flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0) + break; + + /* If none of the patterns matched see whether the rest does. */ + if (runp == NULL + && (FCT (p, rs, string_end, + rs == string + ? no_leading_period + : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags), + flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) + == 0)) + /* This is successful. */ + return 0; + } + + /* None of the patterns together with the rest of the pattern + lead to a match. */ + return FNM_NOMATCH; + + default: + assert (! "Invalid extended matching operator"); + break; + } + + return -1; +} + + +#undef FOLD +#undef CHAR +#undef UCHAR +#undef INT +#undef FCT +#undef EXT +#undef END +#undef MEMPCPY +#undef MEMCHR +#undef STRLEN +#undef STRCAT +#undef L_ +#undef BTOWC diff --git a/libgnu/fstat.c b/libgnu/fstat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5aabc56 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fstat.c @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* fstat() replacement. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only + the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstat doesn't recurse to + rpl_fstat. */ +#define __need_system_sys_stat_h +#include <config.h> + +/* Get the original definition of fstat. It might be defined as a macro. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE +# undef stat /* avoid warning on mingw64 with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 */ +# define stat _stati64 +# undef fstat /* avoid warning on mingw64 with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 */ +# define fstat _fstati64 +#endif +#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h + +static int +orig_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf) +{ + return fstat (fd, buf); +} + +/* Specification. */ +/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc + eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h> + above. */ +#include "sys/stat.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +# include "msvc-inval.h" +#endif + +#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +static int +fstat_nothrow (int fd, struct stat *buf) +{ + int result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = orig_fstat (fd, buf); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = -1; + errno = EBADF; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +#else +# define fstat_nothrow orig_fstat +#endif + +int +rpl_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf) +{ +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR && REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY + /* Handle the case when rpl_open() used a dummy file descriptor to work + around an open() that can't normally visit directories. */ + const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd); + if (name != NULL) + return stat (name, buf); +#endif + + return fstat_nothrow (fd, buf); +} diff --git a/libgnu/fstatat.c b/libgnu/fstatat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70799beb --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fstatat.c @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/* Work around an fstatat bug on Solaris 9. + + Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */ + +/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only + the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstatat doesn't recurse to + rpl_fstatat. */ +#define __need_system_sys_stat_h +#include <config.h> + +/* Get the original definition of fstatat. It might be defined as a macro. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h + +#if HAVE_FSTATAT +static int +orig_fstatat (int fd, char const *filename, struct stat *buf, int flags) +{ + return fstatat (fd, filename, buf, flags); +} +#endif + +/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc + eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h> + above. */ +#include "sys/stat.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG + +# ifndef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK +# define LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK 0 +# endif + +/* fstatat should always follow symbolic links that end in /, but on + Solaris 9 it doesn't if AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW is specified. + Likewise, trailing slash on a non-directory should be an error. + These are the same problems that lstat.c and stat.c address, so + solve it in a similar way. + + AIX 7.1 fstatat (AT_FDCWD, ..., 0) always fails, which is a bug. + Work around this bug if FSTATAT_AT_FDCWD_0_BROKEN is nonzero. */ + +int +rpl_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag) +{ + int result = orig_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag); + size_t len; + + if (LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK || result != 0) + return result; + len = strlen (file); + if (flag & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) + { + /* Fix lstat behavior. */ + if (file[len - 1] != '/' || S_ISDIR (st->st_mode)) + return 0; + if (!S_ISLNK (st->st_mode)) + { + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + result = orig_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW); + } + /* Fix stat behavior. */ + if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode) && file[len - 1] == '/') + { + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + return result; +} + +#else /* ! (HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG) */ + +/* On mingw, the gnulib <sys/stat.h> defines 'stat' as a function-like + macro; but using it in AT_FUNC_F2 causes compilation failure + because the preprocessor sees a use of a macro that requires two + arguments but is only given one. Hence, we need an inline + forwarder to get past the preprocessor. */ +static int +stat_func (char const *name, struct stat *st) +{ + return stat (name, st); +} + +/* Likewise, if there is no native 'lstat', then the gnulib + <sys/stat.h> defined it as stat, which also needs adjustment. */ +# if !HAVE_LSTAT +# undef lstat +# define lstat stat_func +# endif + +/* Replacement for Solaris' function by the same name. + <http://www.google.com/search?q=fstatat+site:docs.sun.com> + First, try to simulate it via l?stat ("/proc/self/fd/FD/FILE"). + Failing that, simulate it via save_cwd/fchdir/(stat|lstat)/restore_cwd. + If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely), + then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. + Otherwise, this function works just like Solaris' fstatat. */ + +# define AT_FUNC_NAME fstatat +# define AT_FUNC_F1 lstat +# define AT_FUNC_F2 stat_func +# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW +# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , struct stat *st, int flag +# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , st +# include "at-func.c" +# undef AT_FUNC_NAME +# undef AT_FUNC_F1 +# undef AT_FUNC_F2 +# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND +# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS +# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS + +#endif /* !HAVE_FSTATAT */ diff --git a/libgnu/fts-cycle.c b/libgnu/fts-cycle.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c6a1b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fts-cycle.c @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* Detect cycles in file tree walks. + + Copyright (C) 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Written by Jim Meyering. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include "cycle-check.h" +#include "hash.h" + +/* Use each of these to map a device/inode pair to an FTSENT. */ +struct Active_dir +{ + dev_t dev; + ino_t ino; + FTSENT *fts_ent; +}; + +static bool +AD_compare (void const *x, void const *y) +{ + struct Active_dir const *ax = x; + struct Active_dir const *ay = y; + return ax->ino == ay->ino + && ax->dev == ay->dev; +} + +static size_t +AD_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size) +{ + struct Active_dir const *ax = x; + return (uintmax_t) ax->ino % table_size; +} + +/* Set up the cycle-detection machinery. */ + +static bool +setup_dir (FTS *fts) +{ + if (fts->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL)) + { + enum { HT_INITIAL_SIZE = 31 }; + fts->fts_cycle.ht = hash_initialize (HT_INITIAL_SIZE, NULL, AD_hash, + AD_compare, free); + if (! fts->fts_cycle.ht) + return false; + } + else + { + fts->fts_cycle.state = malloc (sizeof *fts->fts_cycle.state); + if (! fts->fts_cycle.state) + return false; + cycle_check_init (fts->fts_cycle.state); + } + + return true; +} + +/* Enter a directory during a file tree walk. */ + +static bool +enter_dir (FTS *fts, FTSENT *ent) +{ + if (fts->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL)) + { + struct stat const *st = ent->fts_statp; + struct Active_dir *ad = malloc (sizeof *ad); + struct Active_dir *ad_from_table; + + if (!ad) + return false; + + ad->dev = st->st_dev; + ad->ino = st->st_ino; + ad->fts_ent = ent; + + /* See if we've already encountered this directory. + This can happen when following symlinks as well as + with a corrupted directory hierarchy. */ + ad_from_table = hash_insert (fts->fts_cycle.ht, ad); + + if (ad_from_table != ad) + { + free (ad); + if (!ad_from_table) + return false; + + /* There was an entry with matching dev/inode already in the table. + Record the fact that we've found a cycle. */ + ent->fts_cycle = ad_from_table->fts_ent; + ent->fts_info = FTS_DC; + } + } + else + { + if (cycle_check (fts->fts_cycle.state, ent->fts_statp)) + { + /* FIXME: setting fts_cycle like this isn't proper. + To do what the documentation requires, we'd have to + go around the cycle again and find the right entry. + But no callers in coreutils use the fts_cycle member. */ + ent->fts_cycle = ent; + ent->fts_info = FTS_DC; + } + } + + return true; +} + +/* Leave a directory during a file tree walk. */ + +static void +leave_dir (FTS *fts, FTSENT *ent) +{ + struct stat const *st = ent->fts_statp; + if (fts->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL)) + { + struct Active_dir obj; + void *found; + obj.dev = st->st_dev; + obj.ino = st->st_ino; + found = hash_delete (fts->fts_cycle.ht, &obj); + if (!found) + abort (); + free (found); + } + else + { + FTSENT *parent = ent->fts_parent; + if (parent != NULL && 0 <= parent->fts_level) + CYCLE_CHECK_REFLECT_CHDIR_UP (fts->fts_cycle.state, + *(parent->fts_statp), *st); + } +} + +/* Free any memory used for cycle detection. */ + +static void +free_dir (FTS *sp) +{ + if (sp->fts_options & (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK | FTS_LOGICAL)) + { + if (sp->fts_cycle.ht) + hash_free (sp->fts_cycle.ht); + } + else + free (sp->fts_cycle.state); +} diff --git a/libgnu/fts.c b/libgnu/fts.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fabaa97d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fts.c @@ -0,0 +1,2132 @@ +/* Traverse a file hierarchy. + + Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <config.h> + +#if defined LIBC_SCCS && !defined GCC_LINT && !defined lint +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fts.c 8.6 (Berkeley) 8/14/94"; +#endif + +#include "fts_.h" + +#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <include/sys/stat.h> +#else +# include <sys/stat.h> +#endif +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdalign.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#if ! _LIBC +# include "fcntl--.h" +# include "dirent--.h" +# include "unistd--.h" +/* FIXME - use fcntl(F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC)/openat(O_CLOEXEC) once they are + supported. */ +# include "cloexec.h" +# include "flexmember.h" +# include "openat.h" +# include "same-inode.h" +#endif + +#include <dirent.h> +#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN +# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name) +#endif + +#if HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE +/* True if the type of the directory entry D is known. */ +# define DT_IS_KNOWN(d) ((d)->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN) +/* True if the type of the directory entry D must be T. */ +# define DT_MUST_BE(d, t) ((d)->d_type == (t)) +# define D_TYPE(d) ((d)->d_type) +#else +# define DT_IS_KNOWN(d) false +# define DT_MUST_BE(d, t) false +# define D_TYPE(d) DT_UNKNOWN + +# undef DT_UNKNOWN +# define DT_UNKNOWN 0 + +/* Any nonzero values will do here, so long as they're distinct. + Undef any existing macros out of the way. */ +# undef DT_BLK +# undef DT_CHR +# undef DT_DIR +# undef DT_FIFO +# undef DT_LNK +# undef DT_REG +# undef DT_SOCK +# define DT_BLK 1 +# define DT_CHR 2 +# define DT_DIR 3 +# define DT_FIFO 4 +# define DT_LNK 5 +# define DT_REG 6 +# define DT_SOCK 7 +#endif + +#ifndef S_IFLNK +# define S_IFLNK 0 +#endif +#ifndef S_IFSOCK +# define S_IFSOCK 0 +#endif + +enum +{ + NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER = 0 +}; + +#ifdef D_INO_IN_DIRENT +# define D_INO(dp) (dp)->d_ino +#else +/* Some systems don't have inodes, so fake them to avoid lots of ifdefs. */ +# define D_INO(dp) NOT_AN_INODE_NUMBER +#endif + +/* If possible (see max_entries, below), read no more than this many directory + entries at a time. Without this limit (i.e., when using non-NULL + fts_compar), processing a directory with 4,000,000 entries requires ~1GiB + of memory, and handling 64M entries would require 16GiB of memory. */ +#ifndef FTS_MAX_READDIR_ENTRIES +# define FTS_MAX_READDIR_ENTRIES 100000 +#endif + +/* If there are more than this many entries in a directory, + and the conditions mentioned below are satisfied, then sort + the entries on inode number before any further processing. */ +#ifndef FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD +# define FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD 10000 +#endif + +enum +{ + _FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD = FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD +}; + +enum Fts_stat +{ + FTS_NO_STAT_REQUIRED = 1, + FTS_STAT_REQUIRED = 2 +}; + +#ifdef _LIBC +# undef close +# define close __close +# undef closedir +# define closedir __closedir +# undef fchdir +# define fchdir __fchdir +# undef open +# define open __open +# undef readdir +# define readdir __readdir +#else +# undef internal_function +# define internal_function /* empty */ +#endif + +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val) +#endif + +/* If this host provides the openat function, then we can avoid + attempting to open "." in some initialization code below. */ +#ifdef HAVE_OPENAT +# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 1 +#else +# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 0 +#endif + +#ifdef NDEBUG +# define fts_assert(expr) ((void) (0 && (expr))) +#else +# define fts_assert(expr) \ + do \ + { \ + if (!(expr)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (false) +#endif + +static FTSENT *fts_alloc (FTS *, const char *, size_t) internal_function; +static FTSENT *fts_build (FTS *, int) internal_function; +static void fts_lfree (FTSENT *) internal_function; +static void fts_load (FTS *, FTSENT *) internal_function; +static size_t fts_maxarglen (char * const *) internal_function; +static void fts_padjust (FTS *, FTSENT *) internal_function; +static bool fts_palloc (FTS *, size_t) internal_function; +static FTSENT *fts_sort (FTS *, FTSENT *, size_t) internal_function; +static unsigned short int fts_stat (FTS *, FTSENT *, bool) internal_function; +static int fts_safe_changedir (FTS *, FTSENT *, int, const char *) + internal_function; + +#include "fts-cycle.c" + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +#ifndef SIZE_MAX +# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1) +#endif + +#define ISDOT(a) (a[0] == '.' && (!a[1] || (a[1] == '.' && !a[2]))) +#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0) + +#define CLR(opt) (sp->fts_options &= ~(opt)) +#define ISSET(opt) (sp->fts_options & (opt)) +#define SET(opt) (sp->fts_options |= (opt)) + +/* FIXME: FTS_NOCHDIR is now misnamed. + Call it FTS_USE_FULL_RELATIVE_FILE_NAMES instead. */ +#define FCHDIR(sp, fd) \ + (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD) \ + ? (cwd_advance_fd ((sp), (fd), true), 0) \ + : fchdir (fd))) + + +/* fts_build flags */ +/* FIXME: make this an enum */ +#define BCHILD 1 /* fts_children */ +#define BNAMES 2 /* fts_children, names only */ +#define BREAD 3 /* fts_read */ + +#if FTS_DEBUG +# include <inttypes.h> +# include <stdint.h> +# include <stdio.h> +# include "getcwdat.h" +bool fts_debug = false; +# define Dprintf(x) do { if (fts_debug) printf x; } while (false) +#else +# define Dprintf(x) +# define fd_ring_check(x) +# define fd_ring_print(a, b, c) +#endif + +#define LEAVE_DIR(Fts, Ent, Tag) \ + do \ + { \ + Dprintf ((" %s-leaving: %s\n", Tag, (Ent)->fts_path)); \ + leave_dir (Fts, Ent); \ + fd_ring_check (Fts); \ + } \ + while (false) + +static void +fd_ring_clear (I_ring *fd_ring) +{ + while ( ! i_ring_empty (fd_ring)) + { + int fd = i_ring_pop (fd_ring); + if (0 <= fd) + close (fd); + } +} + +/* Overload the fts_statp->st_size member (otherwise unused, when + fts_info is FTS_NSOK) to indicate whether fts_read should stat + this entry or not. */ +static void +fts_set_stat_required (FTSENT *p, bool required) +{ + fts_assert (p->fts_info == FTS_NSOK); + p->fts_statp->st_size = (required + ? FTS_STAT_REQUIRED + : FTS_NO_STAT_REQUIRED); +} + +/* file-descriptor-relative opendir. */ +/* FIXME: if others need this function, move it into lib/openat.c */ +static DIR * +internal_function +opendirat (int fd, char const *dir, int extra_flags, int *pdir_fd) +{ + int new_fd = openat (fd, dir, + (O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK + | extra_flags)); + DIR *dirp; + + if (new_fd < 0) + return NULL; + set_cloexec_flag (new_fd, true); + dirp = fdopendir (new_fd); + if (dirp) + *pdir_fd = new_fd; + else + { + int saved_errno = errno; + close (new_fd); + errno = saved_errno; + } + return dirp; +} + +/* Virtual fchdir. Advance SP's working directory file descriptor, + SP->fts_cwd_fd, to FD, and push the previous value onto the fd_ring. + CHDIR_DOWN_ONE is true if FD corresponds to an entry in the directory + open on sp->fts_cwd_fd; i.e., to move the working directory one level + down. */ +static void +internal_function +cwd_advance_fd (FTS *sp, int fd, bool chdir_down_one) +{ + int old = sp->fts_cwd_fd; + fts_assert (old != fd || old == AT_FDCWD); + + if (chdir_down_one) + { + /* Push "old" onto the ring. + If the displaced file descriptor is non-negative, close it. */ + int prev_fd_in_slot = i_ring_push (&sp->fts_fd_ring, old); + fd_ring_print (sp, stderr, "post-push"); + if (0 <= prev_fd_in_slot) + close (prev_fd_in_slot); /* ignore any close failure */ + } + else if ( ! ISSET (FTS_NOCHDIR)) + { + if (0 <= old) + close (old); /* ignore any close failure */ + } + + sp->fts_cwd_fd = fd; +} + +/* Restore the initial, pre-traversal, "working directory". + In FTS_CWDFD mode, we merely call cwd_advance_fd, otherwise, + we may actually change the working directory. + Return 0 upon success. Upon failure, set errno and return nonzero. */ +static int +restore_initial_cwd (FTS *sp) +{ + int fail = FCHDIR (sp, ISSET (FTS_CWDFD) ? AT_FDCWD : sp->fts_rfd); + fd_ring_clear (&(sp->fts_fd_ring)); + return fail; +} + +/* Open the directory DIR if possible, and return a file + descriptor. Return -1 and set errno on failure. It doesn't matter + whether the file descriptor has read or write access. */ + +static int +internal_function +diropen (FTS const *sp, char const *dir) +{ + int open_flags = (O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK + | (ISSET (FTS_PHYSICAL) ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0) + | (ISSET (FTS_NOATIME) ? O_NOATIME : 0)); + + int fd = (ISSET (FTS_CWDFD) + ? openat (sp->fts_cwd_fd, dir, open_flags) + : open (dir, open_flags)); + if (0 <= fd) + set_cloexec_flag (fd, true); + return fd; +} + +FTS * +fts_open (char * const *argv, + register int options, + int (*compar) (FTSENT const **, FTSENT const **)) +{ + register FTS *sp; + register FTSENT *p, *root; + register size_t nitems; + FTSENT *parent = NULL; + FTSENT *tmp = NULL; /* pacify gcc */ + bool defer_stat; + + /* Options check. */ + if (options & ~FTS_OPTIONMASK) { + __set_errno (EINVAL); + return (NULL); + } + if ((options & FTS_NOCHDIR) && (options & FTS_CWDFD)) { + __set_errno (EINVAL); + return (NULL); + } + if ( ! (options & (FTS_LOGICAL | FTS_PHYSICAL))) { + __set_errno (EINVAL); + return (NULL); + } + + /* Allocate/initialize the stream */ + if ((sp = malloc(sizeof(FTS))) == NULL) + return (NULL); + memset(sp, 0, sizeof(FTS)); + sp->fts_compar = compar; + sp->fts_options = options; + + /* Logical walks turn on NOCHDIR; symbolic links are too hard. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL)) { + SET(FTS_NOCHDIR); + CLR(FTS_CWDFD); + } + + /* Initialize fts_cwd_fd. */ + sp->fts_cwd_fd = AT_FDCWD; + if ( ISSET(FTS_CWDFD) && ! HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT) + { + /* While it isn't technically necessary to open "." this + early, doing it here saves us the trouble of ensuring + later (where it'd be messier) that "." can in fact + be opened. If not, revert to FTS_NOCHDIR mode. */ + int fd = open (".", + O_SEARCH | (ISSET (FTS_NOATIME) ? O_NOATIME : 0)); + if (fd < 0) + { + /* Even if "." is unreadable, don't revert to FTS_NOCHDIR mode + on systems like Linux+PROC_FS, where our openat emulation + is good enough. Note: on a system that emulates + openat via /proc, this technique can still fail, but + only in extreme conditions, e.g., when the working + directory cannot be saved (i.e. save_cwd fails) -- + and that happens on Linux only when "." is unreadable + and the CWD would be longer than PATH_MAX. + FIXME: once Linux kernel openat support is well established, + replace the above open call and this entire if/else block + with the body of the if-block below. */ + if ( openat_needs_fchdir ()) + { + SET(FTS_NOCHDIR); + CLR(FTS_CWDFD); + } + } + else + { + close (fd); + } + } + + /* + * Start out with 1K of file name space, and enough, in any case, + * to hold the user's file names. + */ +#ifndef MAXPATHLEN +# define MAXPATHLEN 1024 +#endif + { + size_t maxarglen = fts_maxarglen(argv); + if (! fts_palloc(sp, MAX(maxarglen, MAXPATHLEN))) + goto mem1; + } + + /* Allocate/initialize root's parent. */ + if (*argv != NULL) { + if ((parent = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL) + goto mem2; + parent->fts_level = FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL; + } + + /* The classic fts implementation would call fts_stat with + a new entry for each iteration of the loop below. + If the comparison function is not specified or if the + FTS_DEFER_STAT option is in effect, don't stat any entry + in this loop. This is an attempt to minimize the interval + between the initial stat/lstat/fstatat and the point at which + a directory argument is first opened. This matters for any + directory command line argument that resides on a file system + without genuine i-nodes. If you specify FTS_DEFER_STAT along + with a comparison function, that function must not access any + data via the fts_statp pointer. */ + defer_stat = (compar == NULL || ISSET(FTS_DEFER_STAT)); + + /* Allocate/initialize root(s). */ + for (root = NULL, nitems = 0; *argv != NULL; ++argv, ++nitems) { + /* *Do* allow zero-length file names. */ + size_t len = strlen(*argv); + + if ( ! (options & FTS_VERBATIM)) + { + /* If there are two or more trailing slashes, trim all but one, + but don't change "//" to "/", and do map "///" to "/". */ + char const *v = *argv; + if (2 < len && v[len - 1] == '/') + while (1 < len && v[len - 2] == '/') + --len; + } + + if ((p = fts_alloc(sp, *argv, len)) == NULL) + goto mem3; + p->fts_level = FTS_ROOTLEVEL; + p->fts_parent = parent; + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name; + /* Even when defer_stat is true, be sure to stat the first + command line argument, since fts_read (at least with + FTS_XDEV) requires that. */ + if (defer_stat && root != NULL) { + p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK; + fts_set_stat_required(p, true); + } else { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false); + } + + /* + * If comparison routine supplied, traverse in sorted + * order; otherwise traverse in the order specified. + */ + if (compar) { + p->fts_link = root; + root = p; + } else { + p->fts_link = NULL; + if (root == NULL) + tmp = root = p; + else { + tmp->fts_link = p; + tmp = p; + } + } + } + if (compar && nitems > 1) + root = fts_sort(sp, root, nitems); + + /* + * Allocate a dummy pointer and make fts_read think that we've just + * finished the node before the root(s); set p->fts_info to FTS_INIT + * so that everything about the "current" node is ignored. + */ + if ((sp->fts_cur = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL) + goto mem3; + sp->fts_cur->fts_link = root; + sp->fts_cur->fts_info = FTS_INIT; + if (! setup_dir (sp)) + goto mem3; + + /* + * If using chdir(2), grab a file descriptor pointing to dot to ensure + * that we can get back here; this could be avoided for some file names, + * but almost certainly not worth the effort. Slashes, symbolic links, + * and ".." are all fairly nasty problems. Note, if we can't get the + * descriptor we run anyway, just more slowly. + */ + if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && !ISSET(FTS_CWDFD) + && (sp->fts_rfd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0) + SET(FTS_NOCHDIR); + + i_ring_init (&sp->fts_fd_ring, -1); + return (sp); + +mem3: fts_lfree(root); + free(parent); +mem2: free(sp->fts_path); +mem1: free(sp); + return (NULL); +} + +static void +internal_function +fts_load (FTS *sp, register FTSENT *p) +{ + register size_t len; + register char *cp; + + /* + * Load the stream structure for the next traversal. Since we don't + * actually enter the directory until after the preorder visit, set + * the fts_accpath field specially so the chdir gets done to the right + * place and the user can access the first node. From fts_open it's + * known that the file name will fit. + */ + len = p->fts_pathlen = p->fts_namelen; + memmove(sp->fts_path, p->fts_name, len + 1); + if ((cp = strrchr(p->fts_name, '/')) && (cp != p->fts_name || cp[1])) { + len = strlen(++cp); + memmove(p->fts_name, cp, len + 1); + p->fts_namelen = len; + } + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path = sp->fts_path; +} + +int +fts_close (FTS *sp) +{ + register FTSENT *freep, *p; + int saved_errno = 0; + + /* + * This still works if we haven't read anything -- the dummy structure + * points to the root list, so we step through to the end of the root + * list which has a valid parent pointer. + */ + if (sp->fts_cur) { + for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) { + freep = p; + p = p->fts_link != NULL ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent; + free(freep); + } + free(p); + } + + /* Free up child linked list, sort array, file name buffer. */ + if (sp->fts_child) + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + free(sp->fts_array); + free(sp->fts_path); + + if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)) + { + if (0 <= sp->fts_cwd_fd) + if (close (sp->fts_cwd_fd)) + saved_errno = errno; + } + else if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + { + /* Return to original directory, save errno if necessary. */ + if (fchdir(sp->fts_rfd)) + saved_errno = errno; + + /* If close fails, record errno only if saved_errno is zero, + so that we report the probably-more-meaningful fchdir errno. */ + if (close (sp->fts_rfd)) + if (saved_errno == 0) + saved_errno = errno; + } + + fd_ring_clear (&sp->fts_fd_ring); + + if (sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht) + hash_free (sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht); + + free_dir (sp); + + /* Free up the stream pointer. */ + free(sp); + + /* Set errno and return. */ + if (saved_errno) { + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (-1); + } + + return (0); +} + +#if defined __linux__ \ + && HAVE_SYS_VFS_H && HAVE_FSTATFS && HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_TYPE + +# include <sys/vfs.h> + +/* Linux-specific constants from coreutils' src/fs.h */ +# define S_MAGIC_TMPFS 0x1021994 +# define S_MAGIC_NFS 0x6969 +# define S_MAGIC_REISERFS 0x52654973 +# define S_MAGIC_XFS 0x58465342 +# define S_MAGIC_PROC 0x9FA0 + +/* Return false if it is easy to determine the file system type of + the directory on which DIR_FD is open, and sorting dirents on + inode numbers is known not to improve traversal performance with + that type of file system. Otherwise, return true. */ +static bool +dirent_inode_sort_may_be_useful (int dir_fd) +{ + /* Skip the sort only if we can determine efficiently + that skipping it is the right thing to do. + The cost of performing an unnecessary sort is negligible, + while the cost of *not* performing it can be O(N^2) with + a very large constant. */ + struct statfs fs_buf; + + /* If fstatfs fails, assume sorting would be useful. */ + if (fstatfs (dir_fd, &fs_buf) != 0) + return true; + + /* FIXME: what about when f_type is not an integral type? + deal with that if/when it's encountered. */ + switch (fs_buf.f_type) + { + case S_MAGIC_TMPFS: + case S_MAGIC_NFS: + /* On a file system of any of these types, sorting + is unnecessary, and hence wasteful. */ + return false; + + default: + return true; + } +} + +/* Given a file descriptor DIR_FD open on a directory D, + return true if it is valid to apply the leaf-optimization + technique of counting directories in D via stat.st_nlink. */ +static bool +leaf_optimization_applies (int dir_fd) +{ + struct statfs fs_buf; + + /* If fstatfs fails, assume we can't use the optimization. */ + if (fstatfs (dir_fd, &fs_buf) != 0) + return false; + + /* FIXME: do we need to detect AFS mount points? I doubt it, + unless fstatfs can report S_MAGIC_REISERFS for such a directory. */ + + switch (fs_buf.f_type) + { + /* List here the file system types that lack usable dirent.d_type + info, yet for which the optimization does apply. */ + case S_MAGIC_REISERFS: + case S_MAGIC_XFS: + return true; + + /* Explicitly list here any other file system type for which the + optimization is not applicable, but need documentation. */ + case S_MAGIC_NFS: + /* NFS provides usable dirent.d_type but not necessarily for all entries + of large directories, so as per <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/1252549> + NFS should return true. However st_nlink values are not accurate on + all implementations as per <https://bugzilla.redhat.com/1299169>. */ + /* fall through */ + case S_MAGIC_PROC: + /* Per <http://bugs.debian.org/143111> /proc may have + bogus stat.st_nlink values. */ + /* fall through */ + default: + return false; + } +} + +#else +static bool +dirent_inode_sort_may_be_useful (int dir_fd _GL_UNUSED) { return true; } +static bool +leaf_optimization_applies (int dir_fd _GL_UNUSED) { return false; } +#endif + +/* link-count-optimization entry: + map a stat.st_dev number to a boolean: leaf_optimization_works */ +struct LCO_ent +{ + dev_t st_dev; + bool opt_ok; +}; + +/* Use a tiny initial size. If a traversal encounters more than + a few devices, the cost of growing/rehashing this table will be + rendered negligible by the number of inodes processed. */ +enum { LCO_HT_INITIAL_SIZE = 13 }; + +static size_t +LCO_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size) +{ + struct LCO_ent const *ax = x; + return (uintmax_t) ax->st_dev % table_size; +} + +static bool +LCO_compare (void const *x, void const *y) +{ + struct LCO_ent const *ax = x; + struct LCO_ent const *ay = y; + return ax->st_dev == ay->st_dev; +} + +/* Ask the same question as leaf_optimization_applies, but query + the cache first (FTS.fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht), and if necessary, + update that cache. */ +static bool +link_count_optimize_ok (FTSENT const *p) +{ + FTS *sp = p->fts_fts; + Hash_table *h = sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht; + struct LCO_ent tmp; + struct LCO_ent *ent; + bool opt_ok; + struct LCO_ent *t2; + + /* If we're not in CWDFD mode, don't bother with this optimization, + since the caller is not serious about performance. */ + if (!ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)) + return false; + + /* map st_dev to the boolean, leaf_optimization_works */ + if (h == NULL) + { + h = sp->fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht + = hash_initialize (LCO_HT_INITIAL_SIZE, NULL, LCO_hash, + LCO_compare, free); + if (h == NULL) + return false; + } + tmp.st_dev = p->fts_statp->st_dev; + ent = hash_lookup (h, &tmp); + if (ent) + return ent->opt_ok; + + /* Look-up failed. Query directly and cache the result. */ + t2 = malloc (sizeof *t2); + if (t2 == NULL) + return false; + + /* Is it ok to perform the optimization in the dir, FTS_CWD_FD? */ + opt_ok = leaf_optimization_applies (sp->fts_cwd_fd); + t2->opt_ok = opt_ok; + t2->st_dev = p->fts_statp->st_dev; + + ent = hash_insert (h, t2); + if (ent == NULL) + { + /* insertion failed */ + free (t2); + return false; + } + fts_assert (ent == t2); + + return opt_ok; +} + +/* + * Special case of "/" at the end of the file name so that slashes aren't + * appended which would cause file names to be written as "....//foo". + */ +#define NAPPEND(p) \ + (p->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen - 1] == '/' \ + ? p->fts_pathlen - 1 : p->fts_pathlen) + +FTSENT * +fts_read (register FTS *sp) +{ + register FTSENT *p, *tmp; + register unsigned short int instr; + register char *t; + + /* If finished or unrecoverable error, return NULL. */ + if (sp->fts_cur == NULL || ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + p = sp->fts_cur; + + /* Save and zero out user instructions. */ + instr = p->fts_instr; + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + + /* Any type of file may be re-visited; re-stat and re-turn. */ + if (instr == FTS_AGAIN) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false); + return (p); + } + Dprintf (("fts_read: p=%s\n", + p->fts_info == FTS_INIT ? "" : p->fts_path)); + + /* + * Following a symlink -- SLNONE test allows application to see + * SLNONE and recover. If indirecting through a symlink, have + * keep a pointer to current location. If unable to get that + * pointer, follow fails. + */ + if (instr == FTS_FOLLOW && + (p->fts_info == FTS_SL || p->fts_info == FTS_SLNONE)) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, true); + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if ((p->fts_symfd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + } else + p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW; + } + goto check_for_dir; + } + + /* Directory in pre-order. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D) { + /* If skipped or crossed mount point, do post-order visit. */ + if (instr == FTS_SKIP || + (ISSET(FTS_XDEV) && p->fts_statp->st_dev != sp->fts_dev)) { + if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) + (void)close(p->fts_symfd); + if (sp->fts_child) { + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + sp->fts_child = NULL; + } + p->fts_info = FTS_DP; + LEAVE_DIR (sp, p, "1"); + return (p); + } + + /* Rebuild if only read the names and now traversing. */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL && ISSET(FTS_NAMEONLY)) { + CLR(FTS_NAMEONLY); + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + sp->fts_child = NULL; + } + + /* + * Cd to the subdirectory. + * + * If have already read and now fail to chdir, whack the list + * to make the names come out right, and set the parent errno + * so the application will eventually get an error condition. + * Set the FTS_DONTCHDIR flag so that when we logically change + * directories back to the parent we don't do a chdir. + * + * If haven't read do so. If the read fails, fts_build sets + * FTS_STOP or the fts_info field of the node. + */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL) { + if (fts_safe_changedir(sp, p, -1, p->fts_accpath)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR; + for (p = sp->fts_child; p != NULL; + p = p->fts_link) + p->fts_accpath = + p->fts_parent->fts_accpath; + } + } else if ((sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, BREAD)) == NULL) { + if (ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + /* If fts_build's call to fts_safe_changedir failed + because it was not able to fchdir into a + subdirectory, tell the caller. */ + if (p->fts_errno && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR) + p->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + LEAVE_DIR (sp, p, "2"); + return (p); + } + p = sp->fts_child; + sp->fts_child = NULL; + goto name; + } + + /* Move to the next node on this level. */ +next: tmp = p; + + /* If we have so many directory entries that we're reading them + in batches, and we've reached the end of the current batch, + read in a new batch. */ + if (p->fts_link == NULL && p->fts_parent->fts_dirp) + { + p = tmp->fts_parent; + sp->fts_cur = p; + sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0'; + + if ((p = fts_build (sp, BREAD)) == NULL) + { + if (ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return NULL; + goto cd_dot_dot; + } + + free(tmp); + goto name; + } + + if ((p = p->fts_link) != NULL) { + sp->fts_cur = p; + free(tmp); + + /* + * If reached the top, return to the original directory (or + * the root of the tree), and load the file names for the next + * root. + */ + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) { + if (restore_initial_cwd(sp)) { + SET(FTS_STOP); + return (NULL); + } + free_dir(sp); + fts_load(sp, p); + setup_dir(sp); + goto check_for_dir; + } + + /* + * User may have called fts_set on the node. If skipped, + * ignore. If followed, get a file descriptor so we can + * get back if necessary. + */ + if (p->fts_instr == FTS_SKIP) + goto next; + if (p->fts_instr == FTS_FOLLOW) { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, true); + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if ((p->fts_symfd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + p->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + } else + p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW; + } + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + } + +name: t = sp->fts_path + NAPPEND(p->fts_parent); + *t++ = '/'; + memmove(t, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1); +check_for_dir: + sp->fts_cur = p; + if (p->fts_info == FTS_NSOK) + { + if (p->fts_statp->st_size == FTS_STAT_REQUIRED) + { + FTSENT *parent = p->fts_parent; + if (FTS_ROOTLEVEL < p->fts_level + /* ->fts_n_dirs_remaining is not valid + for command-line-specified names. */ + && parent->fts_n_dirs_remaining == 0 + && ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) + && ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL) + && link_count_optimize_ok (parent)) + { + /* nothing more needed */ + } + else + { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false); + if (S_ISDIR(p->fts_statp->st_mode) + && p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL + && parent->fts_n_dirs_remaining) + parent->fts_n_dirs_remaining--; + } + } + else + fts_assert (p->fts_statp->st_size == FTS_NO_STAT_REQUIRED); + } + + if (p->fts_info == FTS_D) + { + /* Now that P->fts_statp is guaranteed to be valid, + if this is a command-line directory, record its + device number, to be used for FTS_XDEV. */ + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) + sp->fts_dev = p->fts_statp->st_dev; + Dprintf ((" entering: %s\n", p->fts_path)); + if (! enter_dir (sp, p)) + { + __set_errno (ENOMEM); + return NULL; + } + } + return p; + } +cd_dot_dot: + + /* Move up to the parent node. */ + p = tmp->fts_parent; + sp->fts_cur = p; + free(tmp); + + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL) { + /* + * Done; free everything up and set errno to 0 so the user + * can distinguish between error and EOF. + */ + free(p); + __set_errno (0); + return (sp->fts_cur = NULL); + } + + fts_assert (p->fts_info != FTS_NSOK); + + /* NUL terminate the file name. */ + sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0'; + + /* + * Return to the parent directory. If at a root node, restore + * the initial working directory. If we came through a symlink, + * go back through the file descriptor. Otherwise, move up + * one level, via "..". + */ + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) { + if (restore_initial_cwd(sp)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + SET(FTS_STOP); + } + } else if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) { + if (FCHDIR(sp, p->fts_symfd)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + SET(FTS_STOP); + } + (void)close(p->fts_symfd); + } else if (!(p->fts_flags & FTS_DONTCHDIR) && + fts_safe_changedir(sp, p->fts_parent, -1, "..")) { + p->fts_errno = errno; + SET(FTS_STOP); + } + + /* If the directory causes a cycle, preserve the FTS_DC flag and keep + the corresponding dev/ino pair in the hash table. It is going to be + removed when leaving the original directory. */ + if (p->fts_info != FTS_DC) { + p->fts_info = p->fts_errno ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DP; + if (p->fts_errno == 0) + LEAVE_DIR (sp, p, "3"); + } + return ISSET(FTS_STOP) ? NULL : p; +} + +/* + * Fts_set takes the stream as an argument although it's not used in this + * implementation; it would be necessary if anyone wanted to add global + * semantics to fts using fts_set. An error return is allowed for similar + * reasons. + */ +/* ARGSUSED */ +int +fts_set(FTS *sp _GL_UNUSED, FTSENT *p, int instr) +{ + if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_AGAIN && instr != FTS_FOLLOW && + instr != FTS_NOINSTR && instr != FTS_SKIP) { + __set_errno (EINVAL); + return (1); + } + p->fts_instr = instr; + return (0); +} + +FTSENT * +fts_children (register FTS *sp, int instr) +{ + register FTSENT *p; + int fd; + + if (instr != 0 && instr != FTS_NAMEONLY) { + __set_errno (EINVAL); + return (NULL); + } + + /* Set current node pointer. */ + p = sp->fts_cur; + + /* + * Errno set to 0 so user can distinguish empty directory from + * an error. + */ + __set_errno (0); + + /* Fatal errors stop here. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_STOP)) + return (NULL); + + /* Return logical hierarchy of user's arguments. */ + if (p->fts_info == FTS_INIT) + return (p->fts_link); + + /* + * If not a directory being visited in pre-order, stop here. Could + * allow FTS_DNR, assuming the user has fixed the problem, but the + * same effect is available with FTS_AGAIN. + */ + if (p->fts_info != FTS_D /* && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR */) + return (NULL); + + /* Free up any previous child list. */ + if (sp->fts_child != NULL) + fts_lfree(sp->fts_child); + + if (instr == FTS_NAMEONLY) { + SET(FTS_NAMEONLY); + instr = BNAMES; + } else + instr = BCHILD; + + /* + * If using chdir on a relative file name and called BEFORE fts_read + * does its chdir to the root of a traversal, we can lose -- we need to + * chdir into the subdirectory, and we don't know where the current + * directory is, so we can't get back so that the upcoming chdir by + * fts_read will work. + */ + if (p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL || p->fts_accpath[0] == '/' || + ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + return (sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr)); + + if ((fd = diropen (sp, ".")) < 0) + return (sp->fts_child = NULL); + sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr); + if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)) + { + cwd_advance_fd (sp, fd, true); + } + else + { + if (fchdir(fd)) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + close (fd); + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return NULL; + } + close (fd); + } + return (sp->fts_child); +} + +/* A comparison function to sort on increasing inode number. + For some file system types, sorting either way makes a huge + performance difference for a directory with very many entries, + but sorting on increasing values is slightly better than sorting + on decreasing values. The difference is in the 5% range. */ +static int +fts_compare_ino (struct _ftsent const **a, struct _ftsent const **b) +{ + return (a[0]->fts_statp->st_ino < b[0]->fts_statp->st_ino ? -1 + : b[0]->fts_statp->st_ino < a[0]->fts_statp->st_ino ? 1 : 0); +} + +/* Map the dirent.d_type value, DTYPE, to the corresponding stat.st_mode + S_IF* bit and set ST.st_mode, thus clearing all other bits in that field. */ +static void +set_stat_type (struct stat *st, unsigned int dtype) +{ + mode_t type; + switch (dtype) + { + case DT_BLK: + type = S_IFBLK; + break; + case DT_CHR: + type = S_IFCHR; + break; + case DT_DIR: + type = S_IFDIR; + break; + case DT_FIFO: + type = S_IFIFO; + break; + case DT_LNK: + type = S_IFLNK; + break; + case DT_REG: + type = S_IFREG; + break; + case DT_SOCK: + type = S_IFSOCK; + break; + default: + type = 0; + } + st->st_mode = type; +} + +#define closedir_and_clear(dirp) \ + do \ + { \ + closedir (dirp); \ + dirp = NULL; \ + } \ + while (0) + +#define fts_opendir(file, Pdir_fd) \ + opendirat((! ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && ISSET(FTS_CWDFD) \ + ? sp->fts_cwd_fd : AT_FDCWD), \ + file, \ + (((ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL) \ + && ! (ISSET(FTS_COMFOLLOW) \ + && cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL)) \ + ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0) \ + | (ISSET (FTS_NOATIME) ? O_NOATIME : 0)), \ + Pdir_fd) + +/* + * This is the tricky part -- do not casually change *anything* in here. The + * idea is to build the linked list of entries that are used by fts_children + * and fts_read. There are lots of special cases. + * + * The real slowdown in walking the tree is the stat calls. If FTS_NOSTAT is + * set and it's a physical walk (so that symbolic links can't be directories), + * we can do things quickly. First, if it's a 4.4BSD file system, the type + * of the file is in the directory entry. Otherwise, we assume that the number + * of subdirectories in a node is equal to the number of links to the parent. + * The former skips all stat calls. The latter skips stat calls in any leaf + * directories and for any files after the subdirectories in the directory have + * been found, cutting the stat calls by about 2/3. + */ +static FTSENT * +internal_function +fts_build (register FTS *sp, int type) +{ + register FTSENT *p, *head; + register size_t nitems; + FTSENT *tail; + void *oldaddr; + int saved_errno; + bool descend; + bool doadjust; + ptrdiff_t level; + nlink_t nlinks; + bool nostat; + size_t len, maxlen, new_len; + char *cp; + int dir_fd; + FTSENT *cur = sp->fts_cur; + bool continue_readdir = !!cur->fts_dirp; + size_t max_entries; + + /* When cur->fts_dirp is non-NULL, that means we should + continue calling readdir on that existing DIR* pointer + rather than opening a new one. */ + if (continue_readdir) + { + DIR *dp = cur->fts_dirp; + dir_fd = dirfd (dp); + if (dir_fd < 0) + { + closedir_and_clear (cur->fts_dirp); + if (type == BREAD) + { + cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR; + cur->fts_errno = errno; + } + return NULL; + } + } + else + { + /* Open the directory for reading. If this fails, we're done. + If being called from fts_read, set the fts_info field. */ + if ((cur->fts_dirp = fts_opendir(cur->fts_accpath, &dir_fd)) == NULL) + { + if (type == BREAD) + { + cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR; + cur->fts_errno = errno; + } + return NULL; + } + /* Rather than calling fts_stat for each and every entry encountered + in the readdir loop (below), stat each directory only right after + opening it. */ + if (cur->fts_info == FTS_NSOK) + cur->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, cur, false); + else if (sp->fts_options & FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK) + { + /* Now read the stat info again after opening a directory to + reveal eventual changes caused by a submount triggered by + the traversal. But do it only for utilities which use + FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK. Therefore, only find and du + benefit/suffer from this feature for now. */ + LEAVE_DIR (sp, cur, "4"); + fts_stat (sp, cur, false); + if (! enter_dir (sp, cur)) + { + __set_errno (ENOMEM); + return NULL; + } + } + } + + /* Maximum number of readdir entries to read at one time. This + limitation is to avoid reading millions of entries into memory + at once. When an fts_compar function is specified, we have no + choice: we must read all entries into memory before calling that + function. But when no such function is specified, we can read + entries in batches that are large enough to help us with inode- + sorting, yet not so large that we risk exhausting memory. */ + max_entries = sp->fts_compar ? SIZE_MAX : FTS_MAX_READDIR_ENTRIES; + + /* + * Nlinks is the number of possible entries of type directory in the + * directory if we're cheating on stat calls, 0 if we're not doing + * any stat calls at all, (nlink_t) -1 if we're statting everything. + */ + if (type == BNAMES) { + nlinks = 0; + /* Be quiet about nostat, GCC. */ + nostat = false; + } else if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) && ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL)) { + nlinks = (cur->fts_statp->st_nlink + - (ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) ? 0 : 2)); + nostat = true; + } else { + nlinks = -1; + nostat = false; + } + + /* + * If we're going to need to stat anything or we want to descend + * and stay in the directory, chdir. If this fails we keep going, + * but set a flag so we don't chdir after the post-order visit. + * We won't be able to stat anything, but we can still return the + * names themselves. Note, that since fts_read won't be able to + * chdir into the directory, it will have to return different file + * names than before, i.e. "a/b" instead of "b". Since the node + * has already been visited in pre-order, have to wait until the + * post-order visit to return the error. There is a special case + * here, if there was nothing to stat then it's not an error to + * not be able to stat. This is all fairly nasty. If a program + * needed sorted entries or stat information, they had better be + * checking FTS_NS on the returned nodes. + */ + if (continue_readdir) + { + /* When resuming a short readdir run, we already have + the required dirp and dir_fd. */ + descend = true; + } + else if (nlinks || type == BREAD) { + if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)) + { + dir_fd = dup (dir_fd); + if (0 <= dir_fd) + set_cloexec_flag (dir_fd, true); + } + if (dir_fd < 0 || fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur, dir_fd, NULL)) { + if (nlinks && type == BREAD) + cur->fts_errno = errno; + cur->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR; + descend = false; + closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp); + if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD) && 0 <= dir_fd) + close (dir_fd); + cur->fts_dirp = NULL; + } else + descend = true; + } else + descend = false; + + /* + * Figure out the max file name length that can be stored in the + * current buffer -- the inner loop allocates more space as necessary. + * We really wouldn't have to do the maxlen calculations here, we + * could do them in fts_read before returning the name, but it's a + * lot easier here since the length is part of the dirent structure. + * + * If not changing directories set a pointer so that can just append + * each new component into the file name. + */ + len = NAPPEND(cur); + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + cp = sp->fts_path + len; + *cp++ = '/'; + } else { + /* GCC, you're too verbose. */ + cp = NULL; + } + len++; + maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len; + + level = cur->fts_level + 1; + + /* Read the directory, attaching each entry to the "link" pointer. */ + doadjust = false; + head = NULL; + tail = NULL; + nitems = 0; + while (cur->fts_dirp) { + bool is_dir; + size_t d_namelen; + __set_errno (0); + struct dirent *dp = readdir(cur->fts_dirp); + if (dp == NULL) { + if (errno) { + cur->fts_errno = errno; + /* If we've not read any items yet, treat + the error as if we can't access the dir. */ + cur->fts_info = (continue_readdir || nitems) + ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DNR; + } + break; + } + if (!ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) && ISDOT(dp->d_name)) + continue; + + d_namelen = _D_EXACT_NAMLEN (dp); + p = fts_alloc (sp, dp->d_name, d_namelen); + if (!p) + goto mem1; + if (d_namelen >= maxlen) { + /* include space for NUL */ + oldaddr = sp->fts_path; + if (! fts_palloc(sp, d_namelen + len + 1)) { + /* + * No more memory. Save + * errno, free up the current structure and the + * structures already allocated. + */ +mem1: saved_errno = errno; + free(p); + fts_lfree(head); + closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp); + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (NULL); + } + /* Did realloc() change the pointer? */ + if (oldaddr != sp->fts_path) { + doadjust = true; + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) + cp = sp->fts_path + len; + } + maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - len; + } + + new_len = len + d_namelen; + if (new_len < len) { + /* + * In the unlikely event that we would end up + * with a file name longer than SIZE_MAX, free up + * the current structure and the structures already + * allocated, then error out with ENAMETOOLONG. + */ + free(p); + fts_lfree(head); + closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp); + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG); + return (NULL); + } + p->fts_level = level; + p->fts_parent = sp->fts_cur; + p->fts_pathlen = new_len; + + /* Store dirent.d_ino, in case we need to sort + entries before processing them. */ + p->fts_statp->st_ino = D_INO (dp); + + /* Build a file name for fts_stat to stat. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path; + memmove(cp, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1); + } else + p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name; + + if (sp->fts_compar == NULL || ISSET(FTS_DEFER_STAT)) { + /* Record what fts_read will have to do with this + entry. In many cases, it will simply fts_stat it, + but we can take advantage of any d_type information + to optimize away the unnecessary stat calls. I.e., + if FTS_NOSTAT is in effect and we're not following + symlinks (FTS_PHYSICAL) and d_type indicates this + is *not* a directory, then we won't have to stat it + at all. If it *is* a directory, then (currently) + we stat it regardless, in order to get device and + inode numbers. Some day we might optimize that + away, too, for directories where d_ino is known to + be valid. */ + bool skip_stat = (ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL) + && ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) + && DT_IS_KNOWN(dp) + && ! DT_MUST_BE(dp, DT_DIR)); + p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK; + /* Propagate dirent.d_type information back + to caller, when possible. */ + set_stat_type (p->fts_statp, D_TYPE (dp)); + fts_set_stat_required(p, !skip_stat); + is_dir = (ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL) + && DT_MUST_BE(dp, DT_DIR)); + } else { + p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, false); + is_dir = (p->fts_info == FTS_D + || p->fts_info == FTS_DC + || p->fts_info == FTS_DOT); + } + + /* Decrement link count if applicable. */ + if (nlinks > 0 && is_dir) + nlinks -= nostat; + + /* We walk in directory order so "ls -f" doesn't get upset. */ + p->fts_link = NULL; + if (head == NULL) + head = tail = p; + else { + tail->fts_link = p; + tail = p; + } + ++nitems; + if (max_entries <= nitems) { + /* When there are too many dir entries, leave + fts_dirp open, so that a subsequent fts_read + can take up where we leave off. */ + goto break_without_closedir; + } + } + + if (cur->fts_dirp) + closedir_and_clear(cur->fts_dirp); + + break_without_closedir: + + /* + * If realloc() changed the address of the file name, adjust the + * addresses for the rest of the tree and the dir list. + */ + if (doadjust) + fts_padjust(sp, head); + + /* + * If not changing directories, reset the file name back to original + * state. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) { + if (len == sp->fts_pathlen || nitems == 0) + --cp; + *cp = '\0'; + } + + /* + * If descended after called from fts_children or after called from + * fts_read and nothing found, get back. At the root level we use + * the saved fd; if one of fts_open()'s arguments is a relative name + * to an empty directory, we wind up here with no other way back. If + * can't get back, we're done. + */ + if (!continue_readdir && descend && (type == BCHILD || !nitems) && + (cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL + ? restore_initial_cwd(sp) + : fts_safe_changedir(sp, cur->fts_parent, -1, ".."))) { + cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR; + SET(FTS_STOP); + fts_lfree(head); + return (NULL); + } + + /* If didn't find anything, return NULL. */ + if (!nitems) { + if (type == BREAD + && cur->fts_info != FTS_DNR && cur->fts_info != FTS_ERR) + cur->fts_info = FTS_DP; + fts_lfree(head); + return (NULL); + } + + /* If there are many entries, no sorting function has been specified, + and this file system is of a type that may be slow with a large + number of entries, then sort the directory entries on increasing + inode numbers. */ + if (nitems > _FTS_INODE_SORT_DIR_ENTRIES_THRESHOLD + && !sp->fts_compar + && ISSET (FTS_CWDFD) + && dirent_inode_sort_may_be_useful (sp->fts_cwd_fd)) { + sp->fts_compar = fts_compare_ino; + head = fts_sort (sp, head, nitems); + sp->fts_compar = NULL; + } + + /* Sort the entries. */ + if (sp->fts_compar && nitems > 1) + head = fts_sort(sp, head, nitems); + return (head); +} + +#if FTS_DEBUG + +/* Walk ->fts_parent links starting at E_CURR, until the root of the + current hierarchy. There should be a directory with dev/inode + matching those of AD. If not, print a lot of diagnostics. */ +static void +find_matching_ancestor (FTSENT const *e_curr, struct Active_dir const *ad) +{ + FTSENT const *ent; + for (ent = e_curr; ent->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; ent = ent->fts_parent) + { + if (ad->ino == ent->fts_statp->st_ino + && ad->dev == ent->fts_statp->st_dev) + return; + } + printf ("ERROR: tree dir, %s, not active\n", ad->fts_ent->fts_accpath); + printf ("active dirs:\n"); + for (ent = e_curr; + ent->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; ent = ent->fts_parent) + printf (" %s(%"PRIuMAX"/%"PRIuMAX") to %s(%"PRIuMAX"/%"PRIuMAX")...\n", + ad->fts_ent->fts_accpath, + (uintmax_t) ad->dev, + (uintmax_t) ad->ino, + ent->fts_accpath, + (uintmax_t) ent->fts_statp->st_dev, + (uintmax_t) ent->fts_statp->st_ino); +} + +void +fts_cross_check (FTS const *sp) +{ + FTSENT const *ent = sp->fts_cur; + FTSENT const *t; + if ( ! ISSET (FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK)) + return; + + Dprintf (("fts-cross-check cur=%s\n", ent->fts_path)); + /* Make sure every parent dir is in the tree. */ + for (t = ent->fts_parent; t->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; t = t->fts_parent) + { + struct Active_dir ad; + ad.ino = t->fts_statp->st_ino; + ad.dev = t->fts_statp->st_dev; + if ( ! hash_lookup (sp->fts_cycle.ht, &ad)) + printf ("ERROR: active dir, %s, not in tree\n", t->fts_path); + } + + /* Make sure every dir in the tree is an active dir. + But ENT is not necessarily a directory. If so, just skip this part. */ + if (ent->fts_parent->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL + && (ent->fts_info == FTS_DP + || ent->fts_info == FTS_D)) + { + struct Active_dir *ad; + for (ad = hash_get_first (sp->fts_cycle.ht); ad != NULL; + ad = hash_get_next (sp->fts_cycle.ht, ad)) + { + find_matching_ancestor (ent, ad); + } + } +} + +static bool +same_fd (int fd1, int fd2) +{ + struct stat sb1, sb2; + return (fstat (fd1, &sb1) == 0 + && fstat (fd2, &sb2) == 0 + && SAME_INODE (sb1, sb2)); +} + +static void +fd_ring_print (FTS const *sp, FILE *stream, char const *msg) +{ + I_ring const *fd_ring = &sp->fts_fd_ring; + unsigned int i = fd_ring->fts_front; + char *cwd = getcwdat (sp->fts_cwd_fd, NULL, 0); + fprintf (stream, "=== %s ========== %s\n", msg, cwd); + free (cwd); + if (i_ring_empty (fd_ring)) + return; + + while (true) + { + int fd = fd_ring->fts_fd_ring[i]; + if (fd < 0) + fprintf (stream, "%d: %d:\n", i, fd); + else + { + char *wd = getcwdat (fd, NULL, 0); + fprintf (stream, "%d: %d: %s\n", i, fd, wd); + free (wd); + } + if (i == fd_ring->fts_back) + break; + i = (i + I_RING_SIZE - 1) % I_RING_SIZE; + } +} + +/* Ensure that each file descriptor on the fd_ring matches a + parent, grandparent, etc. of the current working directory. */ +static void +fd_ring_check (FTS const *sp) +{ + if (!fts_debug) + return; + + /* Make a writable copy. */ + I_ring fd_w = sp->fts_fd_ring; + + int cwd_fd = sp->fts_cwd_fd; + cwd_fd = dup (cwd_fd); + char *dot = getcwdat (cwd_fd, NULL, 0); + error (0, 0, "===== check ===== cwd: %s", dot); + free (dot); + while ( ! i_ring_empty (&fd_w)) + { + int fd = i_ring_pop (&fd_w); + if (0 <= fd) + { + int parent_fd = openat (cwd_fd, "..", O_SEARCH | O_NOATIME); + if (parent_fd < 0) + { + // Warn? + break; + } + if (!same_fd (fd, parent_fd)) + { + char *cwd = getcwdat (fd, NULL, 0); + error (0, errno, "ring : %s", cwd); + char *c2 = getcwdat (parent_fd, NULL, 0); + error (0, errno, "parent: %s", c2); + free (cwd); + free (c2); + fts_assert (0); + } + close (cwd_fd); + cwd_fd = parent_fd; + } + } + close (cwd_fd); +} +#endif + +static unsigned short int +internal_function +fts_stat(FTS *sp, register FTSENT *p, bool follow) +{ + struct stat *sbp = p->fts_statp; + int saved_errno; + + if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL && ISSET(FTS_COMFOLLOW)) + follow = true; + + /* + * If doing a logical walk, or application requested FTS_FOLLOW, do + * a stat(2). If that fails, check for a non-existent symlink. If + * fail, set the errno from the stat call. + */ + if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL) || follow) { + if (stat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) { + saved_errno = errno; + if (errno == ENOENT + && lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp) == 0) { + __set_errno (0); + return (FTS_SLNONE); + } + p->fts_errno = saved_errno; + goto err; + } + } else if (fstatat(sp->fts_cwd_fd, p->fts_accpath, sbp, + AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)) { + p->fts_errno = errno; +err: memset(sbp, 0, sizeof(struct stat)); + return (FTS_NS); + } + + if (S_ISDIR(sbp->st_mode)) { + p->fts_n_dirs_remaining = (sbp->st_nlink + - (ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) ? 0 : 2)); + if (ISDOT(p->fts_name)) { + /* Command-line "." and ".." are real directories. */ + return (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL ? FTS_D : FTS_DOT); + } + + return (FTS_D); + } + if (S_ISLNK(sbp->st_mode)) + return (FTS_SL); + if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode)) + return (FTS_F); + return (FTS_DEFAULT); +} + +static int +fts_compar (void const *a, void const *b) +{ + /* Convert A and B to the correct types, to pacify the compiler, and + for portability to bizarre hosts where "void const *" and "FTSENT + const **" differ in runtime representation. The comparison + function cannot modify *a and *b, but there is no compile-time + check for this. */ + FTSENT const **pa = (FTSENT const **) a; + FTSENT const **pb = (FTSENT const **) b; + return pa[0]->fts_fts->fts_compar (pa, pb); +} + +static FTSENT * +internal_function +fts_sort (FTS *sp, FTSENT *head, register size_t nitems) +{ + register FTSENT **ap, *p; + + /* On most modern hosts, void * and FTSENT ** have the same + run-time representation, and one can convert sp->fts_compar to + the type qsort expects without problem. Use the heuristic that + this is OK if the two pointer types are the same size, and if + converting FTSENT ** to long int is the same as converting + FTSENT ** to void * and then to long int. This heuristic isn't + valid in general but we don't know of any counterexamples. */ + FTSENT *dummy; + int (*compare) (void const *, void const *) = + ((sizeof &dummy == sizeof (void *) + && (long int) &dummy == (long int) (void *) &dummy) + ? (int (*) (void const *, void const *)) sp->fts_compar + : fts_compar); + + /* + * Construct an array of pointers to the structures and call qsort(3). + * Reassemble the array in the order returned by qsort. If unable to + * sort for memory reasons, return the directory entries in their + * current order. Allocate enough space for the current needs plus + * 40 so don't realloc one entry at a time. + */ + if (nitems > sp->fts_nitems) { + FTSENT **a; + + sp->fts_nitems = nitems + 40; + if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof *a < sp->fts_nitems + || ! (a = realloc (sp->fts_array, + sp->fts_nitems * sizeof *a))) { + free(sp->fts_array); + sp->fts_array = NULL; + sp->fts_nitems = 0; + return (head); + } + sp->fts_array = a; + } + for (ap = sp->fts_array, p = head; p; p = p->fts_link) + *ap++ = p; + qsort((void *)sp->fts_array, nitems, sizeof(FTSENT *), compare); + for (head = *(ap = sp->fts_array); --nitems; ++ap) + ap[0]->fts_link = ap[1]; + ap[0]->fts_link = NULL; + return (head); +} + +static FTSENT * +internal_function +fts_alloc (FTS *sp, const char *name, register size_t namelen) +{ + register FTSENT *p; + size_t len; + + /* + * The file name is a variable length array. Allocate the FTSENT + * structure and the file name in one chunk. + */ + len = FLEXSIZEOF(FTSENT, fts_name, namelen + 1); + if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL) + return (NULL); + + /* Copy the name and guarantee NUL termination. */ + memcpy(p->fts_name, name, namelen); + p->fts_name[namelen] = '\0'; + + p->fts_namelen = namelen; + p->fts_fts = sp; + p->fts_path = sp->fts_path; + p->fts_errno = 0; + p->fts_dirp = NULL; + p->fts_flags = 0; + p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR; + p->fts_number = 0; + p->fts_pointer = NULL; + return (p); +} + +static void +internal_function +fts_lfree (register FTSENT *head) +{ + register FTSENT *p; + + /* Free a linked list of structures. */ + while ((p = head)) { + head = head->fts_link; + if (p->fts_dirp) + closedir (p->fts_dirp); + free(p); + } +} + +/* + * Allow essentially unlimited file name lengths; find, rm, ls should + * all work on any tree. Most systems will allow creation of file + * names much longer than MAXPATHLEN, even though the kernel won't + * resolve them. Add the size (not just what's needed) plus 256 bytes + * so don't realloc the file name 2 bytes at a time. + */ +static bool +internal_function +fts_palloc (FTS *sp, size_t more) +{ + char *p; + size_t new_len = sp->fts_pathlen + more + 256; + + /* + * See if fts_pathlen would overflow. + */ + if (new_len < sp->fts_pathlen) { + free(sp->fts_path); + sp->fts_path = NULL; + __set_errno (ENAMETOOLONG); + return false; + } + sp->fts_pathlen = new_len; + p = realloc(sp->fts_path, sp->fts_pathlen); + if (p == NULL) { + free(sp->fts_path); + sp->fts_path = NULL; + return false; + } + sp->fts_path = p; + return true; +} + +/* + * When the file name is realloc'd, have to fix all of the pointers in + * structures already returned. + */ +static void +internal_function +fts_padjust (FTS *sp, FTSENT *head) +{ + FTSENT *p; + char *addr = sp->fts_path; + +#define ADJUST(p) do { \ + if ((p)->fts_accpath != (p)->fts_name) { \ + (p)->fts_accpath = \ + (char *)addr + ((p)->fts_accpath - (p)->fts_path); \ + } \ + (p)->fts_path = addr; \ +} while (0) + /* Adjust the current set of children. */ + for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link) + ADJUST(p); + + /* Adjust the rest of the tree, including the current level. */ + for (p = head; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) { + ADJUST(p); + p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent; + } +} + +static size_t +internal_function _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE +fts_maxarglen (char * const *argv) +{ + size_t len, max; + + for (max = 0; *argv; ++argv) + if ((len = strlen(*argv)) > max) + max = len; + return (max + 1); +} + +/* + * Change to dir specified by fd or file name without getting + * tricked by someone changing the world out from underneath us. + * Assumes p->fts_statp->st_dev and p->fts_statp->st_ino are filled in. + * If FD is non-negative, expect it to be used after this function returns, + * and to be closed eventually. So don't pass e.g., 'dirfd(dirp)' and then + * do closedir(dirp), because that would invalidate the saved FD. + * Upon failure, close FD immediately and return nonzero. + */ +static int +internal_function +fts_safe_changedir (FTS *sp, FTSENT *p, int fd, char const *dir) +{ + int ret; + bool is_dotdot = dir && STREQ (dir, ".."); + int newfd; + + /* This clause handles the unusual case in which FTS_NOCHDIR + is specified, along with FTS_CWDFD. In that case, there is + no need to change even the virtual cwd file descriptor. + However, if FD is non-negative, we do close it here. */ + if (ISSET (FTS_NOCHDIR)) + { + if (ISSET (FTS_CWDFD) && 0 <= fd) + close (fd); + return 0; + } + + if (fd < 0 && is_dotdot && ISSET (FTS_CWDFD)) + { + /* When possible, skip the diropen and subsequent fstat+dev/ino + comparison. I.e., when changing to parent directory + (chdir ("..")), use a file descriptor from the ring and + save the overhead of diropen+fstat, as well as avoiding + failure when we lack "x" access to the virtual cwd. */ + if ( ! i_ring_empty (&sp->fts_fd_ring)) + { + int parent_fd; + fd_ring_print (sp, stderr, "pre-pop"); + parent_fd = i_ring_pop (&sp->fts_fd_ring); + is_dotdot = true; + if (0 <= parent_fd) + { + fd = parent_fd; + dir = NULL; + } + } + } + + newfd = fd; + if (fd < 0 && (newfd = diropen (sp, dir)) < 0) + return -1; + + /* The following dev/inode check is necessary if we're doing a + "logical" traversal (through symlinks, a la chown -L), if the + system lacks O_NOFOLLOW support, or if we're changing to ".." + (but not via a popped file descriptor). When changing to the + name "..", O_NOFOLLOW can't help. In general, when the target is + not "..", diropen's use of O_NOFOLLOW ensures we don't mistakenly + follow a symlink, so we can avoid the expense of this fstat. */ + if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL) || ! HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW + || (dir && STREQ (dir, ".."))) + { + struct stat sb; + if (fstat(newfd, &sb)) + { + ret = -1; + goto bail; + } + if (p->fts_statp->st_dev != sb.st_dev + || p->fts_statp->st_ino != sb.st_ino) + { + __set_errno (ENOENT); /* disinformation */ + ret = -1; + goto bail; + } + } + + if (ISSET(FTS_CWDFD)) + { + cwd_advance_fd (sp, newfd, ! is_dotdot); + return 0; + } + + ret = fchdir(newfd); +bail: + if (fd < 0) + { + int oerrno = errno; + (void)close(newfd); + __set_errno (oerrno); + } + return ret; +} diff --git a/libgnu/fts_.h b/libgnu/fts_.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46fd0df5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/fts_.h @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +/* Traverse a file hierarchy. + + Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)fts.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 8/14/94 + */ + +#ifndef _FTS_H +# define _FTS_H 1 + +# ifdef _LIBC +# include <features.h> +# if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L +# define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER 1 +# else +# define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER +# endif +# else +# define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER +# undef __THROW +# define __THROW +# undef __BEGIN_DECLS +# undef __END_DECLS +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" { +# define __END_DECLS } +# else +# define __BEGIN_DECLS +# define __END_DECLS +# endif +# endif + +# include <stddef.h> +# include <sys/types.h> +# include <dirent.h> +# include <sys/stat.h> +# include "i-ring.h" + +typedef struct { + struct _ftsent *fts_cur; /* current node */ + struct _ftsent *fts_child; /* linked list of children */ + struct _ftsent **fts_array; /* sort array */ + dev_t fts_dev; /* starting device # */ + char *fts_path; /* file name for this descent */ + int fts_rfd; /* fd for root */ + int fts_cwd_fd; /* the file descriptor on which the + virtual cwd is open, or AT_FDCWD */ + size_t fts_pathlen; /* sizeof(path) */ + size_t fts_nitems; /* elements in the sort array */ + int (*fts_compar) (struct _ftsent const **, struct _ftsent const **); + /* compare fn */ + +# define FTS_COMFOLLOW 0x0001 /* follow command line symlinks */ +# define FTS_LOGICAL 0x0002 /* logical walk */ +# define FTS_NOCHDIR 0x0004 /* don't change directories */ +# define FTS_NOSTAT 0x0008 /* don't get stat info */ +# define FTS_PHYSICAL 0x0010 /* physical walk */ +# define FTS_SEEDOT 0x0020 /* return dot and dot-dot */ +# define FTS_XDEV 0x0040 /* don't cross devices */ +# define FTS_WHITEOUT 0x0080 /* return whiteout information */ + + /* There are two ways to detect cycles. + The lazy way (which works only with FTS_PHYSICAL), + with which one may process a directory that is a + part of the cycle several times before detecting the cycle. + The "tight" way, whereby fts uses more memory (proportional + to number of "active" directories, aka distance from root + of current tree to current directory -- see active_dir_ht) + to detect any cycle right away. For example, du must use + this option to avoid counting disk space in a cycle multiple + times, but chown -R need not. + The default is to use the constant-memory lazy way, when possible + (see below). + + However, with FTS_LOGICAL (when following symlinks, e.g., chown -L) + using lazy cycle detection is inadequate. For example, traversing + a directory containing a symbolic link to a peer directory, it is + possible to encounter the same directory twice even though there + is no cycle: + dir + ... + slink -> dir + So, when FTS_LOGICAL is selected, we have to use a different + mode of cycle detection: FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK. */ +# define FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK 0x0100 + + /* Use this flag to enable semantics with which the parent + application may be made both more efficient and more robust. + Whereas the default is to visit each directory in a recursive + traversal (via chdir), using this flag makes it so the initial + working directory is never changed. Instead, these functions + perform the traversal via a virtual working directory, maintained + through the file descriptor member, fts_cwd_fd. */ +# define FTS_CWDFD 0x0200 + + /* Historically, for each directory that fts initially encounters, it would + open it, read all entries, and stat each entry, storing the results, and + then it would process the first entry. But that behavior is bad for + locality of reference, and also causes trouble with inode-simulating + file systems like FAT, CIFS, FUSE-based ones, etc., when entries from + their name/inode cache are flushed too early. + Use this flag to make fts_open and fts_read defer the stat/lstat/fststat + of each entry until it is actually processed. However, note that if you + use this option and also specify a comparison function, that function may + not examine any data via fts_statp. However, when fts_statp->st_mode is + nonzero, the S_IFMT type bits are valid, with mapped dirent.d_type data. + Of course, that happens only on file systems that provide useful + dirent.d_type data. */ +# define FTS_DEFER_STAT 0x0400 + +# define FTS_NOATIME 0x0800 /* use O_NOATIME during traversal */ + + /* Use this flag to disable stripping of trailing slashes + from input path names during fts_open initialization. */ +# define FTS_VERBATIM 0x1000 + +# define FTS_OPTIONMASK 0x1fff /* valid user option mask */ + +# define FTS_NAMEONLY 0x2000 /* (private) child names only */ +# define FTS_STOP 0x4000 /* (private) unrecoverable error */ + int fts_options; /* fts_open options, global flags */ + + /* Map a directory's device number to a boolean. The boolean is + true if for that file system (type determined by a single fstatfs + call per FS) st_nlink can be used to calculate the number of + sub-directory entries in a directory. + Using this table is an optimization that permits us to look up + file system type on a per-inode basis at the minimal cost of + calling fstatfs only once per traversed device. */ + struct hash_table *fts_leaf_optimization_works_ht; + + union { + /* This data structure is used if FTS_TIGHT_CYCLE_CHECK is + specified. It records the directories between a starting + point and the current directory. I.e., a directory is + recorded here IFF we have visited it once, but we have not + yet completed processing of all its entries. Every time we + visit a new directory, we add that directory to this set. + When we finish with a directory (usually by visiting it a + second time), we remove it from this set. Each entry in + this data structure is a device/inode pair. This data + structure is used to detect directory cycles efficiently and + promptly even when the depth of a hierarchy is in the tens + of thousands. */ + struct hash_table *ht; + + /* FIXME: rename these two members to have the fts_ prefix */ + /* This data structure uses a lazy cycle-detection algorithm, + as done by rm via cycle-check.c. It's the default, + but it's not appropriate for programs like du. */ + struct cycle_check_state *state; + } fts_cycle; + + /* A stack of the file descriptors corresponding to the + most-recently traversed parent directories. + Currently used only in FTS_CWDFD mode. */ + I_ring fts_fd_ring; +} FTS; + +typedef struct _ftsent { + struct _ftsent *fts_cycle; /* cycle node */ + struct _ftsent *fts_parent; /* parent directory */ + struct _ftsent *fts_link; /* next file in directory */ + DIR *fts_dirp; /* Dir pointer for any directory + containing more entries than we + read at one time. */ + long fts_number; /* local numeric value */ + void *fts_pointer; /* local address value */ + char *fts_accpath; /* access file name */ + char *fts_path; /* root name; == fts_fts->fts_path */ + int fts_errno; /* errno for this node */ + int fts_symfd; /* fd for symlink */ + size_t fts_pathlen; /* strlen(fts_path) */ + + FTS *fts_fts; /* the file hierarchy itself */ + +# define FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL (-1) +# define FTS_ROOTLEVEL 0 + ptrdiff_t fts_level; /* depth (-1 to N) */ + + size_t fts_namelen; /* strlen(fts_name) */ + nlink_t fts_n_dirs_remaining; /* count down from st_nlink */ + +# define FTS_D 1 /* preorder directory */ +# define FTS_DC 2 /* directory that causes cycles */ +# define FTS_DEFAULT 3 /* none of the above */ +# define FTS_DNR 4 /* unreadable directory */ +# define FTS_DOT 5 /* dot or dot-dot */ +# define FTS_DP 6 /* postorder directory */ +# define FTS_ERR 7 /* error; errno is set */ +# define FTS_F 8 /* regular file */ +# define FTS_INIT 9 /* initialized only */ +# define FTS_NS 10 /* stat(2) failed */ +# define FTS_NSOK 11 /* no stat(2) requested */ +# define FTS_SL 12 /* symbolic link */ +# define FTS_SLNONE 13 /* symbolic link without target */ +# define FTS_W 14 /* whiteout object */ + unsigned short int fts_info; /* user flags for FTSENT structure */ + +# define FTS_DONTCHDIR 0x01 /* don't chdir .. to the parent */ +# define FTS_SYMFOLLOW 0x02 /* followed a symlink to get here */ + unsigned short int fts_flags; /* private flags for FTSENT structure */ + +# define FTS_AGAIN 1 /* read node again */ +# define FTS_FOLLOW 2 /* follow symbolic link */ +# define FTS_NOINSTR 3 /* no instructions */ +# define FTS_SKIP 4 /* discard node */ + unsigned short int fts_instr; /* fts_set() instructions */ + + struct stat fts_statp[1]; /* stat(2) information */ + char fts_name[__FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* file name */ +} FTSENT; + +#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ +# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__ +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \ + ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min)) +# else +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4) +# undef __attribute_warn_unused_result__ +# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \ + __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__)) +#else +# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */ +#endif + +__BEGIN_DECLS +FTSENT *fts_children (FTS *, int) __THROW __attribute_warn_unused_result__; +int fts_close (FTS *) __THROW __attribute_warn_unused_result__; +FTS *fts_open (char * const *, int, + int (*)(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **)) + __THROW __attribute_warn_unused_result__; +FTSENT *fts_read (FTS *) __THROW __attribute_warn_unused_result__; +int fts_set (FTS *, FTSENT *, int) __THROW; +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* fts.h */ diff --git a/libgnu/getcwd-lgpl.c b/libgnu/getcwd-lgpl.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34603c19 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getcwd-lgpl.c @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of gnulib. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if GNULIB_GETCWD +/* Favor GPL getcwd.c if both getcwd and getcwd-lgpl modules are in use. */ +typedef int dummy; +#else + +/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE + bytes of BUF. Returns NULL if the directory couldn't be determined + (perhaps because the absolute name was longer than PATH_MAX, or + because of missing read/search permissions on parent directories) + or SIZE was too small. If successful, returns BUF. If BUF is + NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array is SIZE bytes + long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as + necessary. */ + +# undef getcwd +char * +rpl_getcwd (char *buf, size_t size) +{ + char *ptr; + char *result; + + /* Handle single size operations. */ + if (buf) + { + if (!size) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + return getcwd (buf, size); + } + + if (size) + { + buf = malloc (size); + if (!buf) + { + errno = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } + result = getcwd (buf, size); + if (!result) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + free (buf); + errno = saved_errno; + } + return result; + } + + /* Flexible sizing requested. Avoid over-allocation for the common + case of a name that fits within a 4k page, minus some space for + local variables, to be sure we don't skip over a guard page. */ + { + char tmp[4032]; + size = sizeof tmp; + ptr = getcwd (tmp, size); + if (ptr) + { + result = strdup (ptr); + if (!result) + errno = ENOMEM; + return result; + } + if (errno != ERANGE) + return NULL; + } + + /* My what a large directory name we have. */ + do + { + size <<= 1; + ptr = realloc (buf, size); + if (ptr == NULL) + { + free (buf); + errno = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } + buf = ptr; + result = getcwd (buf, size); + } + while (!result && errno == ERANGE); + + if (!result) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + free (buf); + errno = saved_errno; + } + else + { + /* Trim to fit, if possible. */ + result = realloc (buf, strlen (buf) + 1); + if (!result) + result = buf; + } + return result; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/getcwd.c b/libgnu/getcwd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d91cf377 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getcwd.c @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if !_LIBC +# include <config.h> +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +#include <fcntl.h> /* For AT_FDCWD on Solaris 9. */ + +/* If this host provides the openat function or if we're using the + gnulib replacement function with a native fdopendir, then enable + code below to make getcwd more efficient and robust. */ +#if defined HAVE_OPENAT || (defined GNULIB_OPENAT && defined HAVE_FDOPENDIR) +# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 1 +#else +# define HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT 0 +#endif + +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(val) (errno = (val)) +#endif + +#include <dirent.h> +#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN +# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(d) strlen ((d)->d_name) +#endif +#ifndef _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN +# define _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN(d) (_D_EXACT_NAMLEN (d) + 1) +#endif + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if _LIBC +# ifndef mempcpy +# define mempcpy __mempcpy +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#endif +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +#include "pathmax.h" + +/* In this file, PATH_MAX only serves as a threshold for choosing among two + algorithms. */ +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX 8192 +#endif + +#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT +# define MATCHING_INO(dp, ino) ((dp)->d_ino == (ino)) +#else +# define MATCHING_INO(dp, ino) true +#endif + +#if !_LIBC +# define __getcwd rpl_getcwd +# define __lstat lstat +# define __closedir closedir +# define __opendir opendir +# define __readdir readdir +#endif + +/* The results of opendir() in this file are not used with dirfd and fchdir, + and we do not leak fds to any single-threaded code that could use stdio, + therefore save some unnecessary recursion in fchdir.c. + FIXME - if the kernel ever adds support for multi-thread safety for + avoiding standard fds, then we should use opendir_safer and + openat_safer. */ +#ifdef GNULIB_defined_opendir +# undef opendir +#endif +#ifdef GNULIB_defined_closedir +# undef closedir +#endif + +/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE + bytes of BUF. Returns NULL if the directory couldn't be determined or + SIZE was too small. If successful, returns BUF. In GNU, if BUF is + NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array is SIZE bytes long, + unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as necessary. */ + +char * +__getcwd (char *buf, size_t size) +{ + /* Lengths of big file name components and entire file names, and a + deep level of file name nesting. These numbers are not upper + bounds; they are merely large values suitable for initial + allocations, designed to be large enough for most real-world + uses. */ + enum + { + BIG_FILE_NAME_COMPONENT_LENGTH = 255, + BIG_FILE_NAME_LENGTH = MIN (4095, PATH_MAX - 1), + DEEP_NESTING = 100 + }; + +#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT + int fd = AT_FDCWD; + bool fd_needs_closing = false; +#else + char dots[DEEP_NESTING * sizeof ".." + BIG_FILE_NAME_COMPONENT_LENGTH + 1]; + char *dotlist = dots; + size_t dotsize = sizeof dots; + size_t dotlen = 0; +#endif + DIR *dirstream = NULL; + dev_t rootdev, thisdev; + ino_t rootino, thisino; + char *dir; + register char *dirp; + struct stat st; + size_t allocated = size; + size_t used; + +#if HAVE_MINIMALLY_WORKING_GETCWD + /* If AT_FDCWD is not defined, the algorithm below is O(N**2) and + this is much slower than the system getcwd (at least on + GNU/Linux). So trust the system getcwd's results unless they + look suspicious. + + Use the system getcwd even if we have openat support, since the + system getcwd works even when a parent is unreadable, while the + openat-based approach does not. + + But on AIX 5.1..7.1, the system getcwd is not even minimally + working: If the current directory name is slightly longer than + PATH_MAX, it omits the first directory component and returns + this wrong result with errno = 0. */ + +# undef getcwd + dir = getcwd (buf, size); + if (dir || (size && errno == ERANGE)) + return dir; + + /* Solaris getcwd (NULL, 0) fails with errno == EINVAL, but it has + internal magic that lets it work even if an ancestor directory is + inaccessible, which is better in many cases. So in this case try + again with a buffer that's almost always big enough. */ + if (errno == EINVAL && buf == NULL && size == 0) + { + char big_buffer[BIG_FILE_NAME_LENGTH + 1]; + dir = getcwd (big_buffer, sizeof big_buffer); + if (dir) + return strdup (dir); + } + +# if HAVE_PARTLY_WORKING_GETCWD + /* The system getcwd works, except it sometimes fails when it + shouldn't, setting errno to ERANGE, ENAMETOOLONG, or ENOENT. */ + if (errno != ERANGE && errno != ENAMETOOLONG && errno != ENOENT) + return NULL; +# endif +#endif + + if (size == 0) + { + if (buf != NULL) + { + __set_errno (EINVAL); + return NULL; + } + + allocated = BIG_FILE_NAME_LENGTH + 1; + } + + if (buf == NULL) + { + dir = malloc (allocated); + if (dir == NULL) + return NULL; + } + else + dir = buf; + + dirp = dir + allocated; + *--dirp = '\0'; + + if (__lstat (".", &st) < 0) + goto lose; + thisdev = st.st_dev; + thisino = st.st_ino; + + if (__lstat ("/", &st) < 0) + goto lose; + rootdev = st.st_dev; + rootino = st.st_ino; + + while (!(thisdev == rootdev && thisino == rootino)) + { + struct dirent *d; + dev_t dotdev; + ino_t dotino; + bool mount_point; + int parent_status; + size_t dirroom; + size_t namlen; + bool use_d_ino = true; + + /* Look at the parent directory. */ +#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT + fd = openat (fd, "..", O_RDONLY); + if (fd < 0) + goto lose; + fd_needs_closing = true; + parent_status = fstat (fd, &st); +#else + dotlist[dotlen++] = '.'; + dotlist[dotlen++] = '.'; + dotlist[dotlen] = '\0'; + parent_status = __lstat (dotlist, &st); +#endif + if (parent_status != 0) + goto lose; + + if (dirstream && __closedir (dirstream) != 0) + { + dirstream = NULL; + goto lose; + } + + /* Figure out if this directory is a mount point. */ + dotdev = st.st_dev; + dotino = st.st_ino; + mount_point = dotdev != thisdev; + + /* Search for the last directory. */ +#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT + dirstream = fdopendir (fd); + if (dirstream == NULL) + goto lose; + fd_needs_closing = false; +#else + dirstream = __opendir (dotlist); + if (dirstream == NULL) + goto lose; + dotlist[dotlen++] = '/'; +#endif + for (;;) + { + /* Clear errno to distinguish EOF from error if readdir returns + NULL. */ + __set_errno (0); + d = __readdir (dirstream); + + /* When we've iterated through all directory entries without finding + one with a matching d_ino, rewind the stream and consider each + name again, but this time, using lstat. This is necessary in a + chroot on at least one system (glibc-2.3.6 + linux 2.6.12), where + .., ../.., ../../.., etc. all had the same device number, yet the + d_ino values for entries in / did not match those obtained + via lstat. */ + if (d == NULL && errno == 0 && use_d_ino) + { + use_d_ino = false; + rewinddir (dirstream); + d = __readdir (dirstream); + } + + if (d == NULL) + { + if (errno == 0) + /* EOF on dirstream, which can mean e.g., that the current + directory has been removed. */ + __set_errno (ENOENT); + goto lose; + } + if (d->d_name[0] == '.' && + (d->d_name[1] == '\0' || + (d->d_name[1] == '.' && d->d_name[2] == '\0'))) + continue; + + if (use_d_ino) + { + bool match = (MATCHING_INO (d, thisino) || mount_point); + if (! match) + continue; + } + + { + int entry_status; +#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT + entry_status = fstatat (fd, d->d_name, &st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW); +#else + /* Compute size needed for this file name, or for the file + name ".." in the same directory, whichever is larger. + Room for ".." might be needed the next time through + the outer loop. */ + size_t name_alloc = _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN (d); + size_t filesize = dotlen + MAX (sizeof "..", name_alloc); + + if (filesize < dotlen) + goto memory_exhausted; + + if (dotsize < filesize) + { + /* My, what a deep directory tree you have, Grandma. */ + size_t newsize = MAX (filesize, dotsize * 2); + size_t i; + if (newsize < dotsize) + goto memory_exhausted; + if (dotlist != dots) + free (dotlist); + dotlist = malloc (newsize); + if (dotlist == NULL) + goto lose; + dotsize = newsize; + + i = 0; + do + { + dotlist[i++] = '.'; + dotlist[i++] = '.'; + dotlist[i++] = '/'; + } + while (i < dotlen); + } + + memcpy (dotlist + dotlen, d->d_name, _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN (d)); + entry_status = __lstat (dotlist, &st); +#endif + /* We don't fail here if we cannot stat() a directory entry. + This can happen when (network) file systems fail. If this + entry is in fact the one we are looking for we will find + out soon as we reach the end of the directory without + having found anything. */ + if (entry_status == 0 && S_ISDIR (st.st_mode) + && st.st_dev == thisdev && st.st_ino == thisino) + break; + } + } + + dirroom = dirp - dir; + namlen = _D_EXACT_NAMLEN (d); + + if (dirroom <= namlen) + { + if (size != 0) + { + __set_errno (ERANGE); + goto lose; + } + else + { + char *tmp; + size_t oldsize = allocated; + + allocated += MAX (allocated, namlen); + if (allocated < oldsize + || ! (tmp = realloc (dir, allocated))) + goto memory_exhausted; + + /* Move current contents up to the end of the buffer. + This is guaranteed to be non-overlapping. */ + dirp = memcpy (tmp + allocated - (oldsize - dirroom), + tmp + dirroom, + oldsize - dirroom); + dir = tmp; + } + } + dirp -= namlen; + memcpy (dirp, d->d_name, namlen); + *--dirp = '/'; + + thisdev = dotdev; + thisino = dotino; + } + + if (dirstream && __closedir (dirstream) != 0) + { + dirstream = NULL; + goto lose; + } + + if (dirp == &dir[allocated - 1]) + *--dirp = '/'; + +#if ! HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT + if (dotlist != dots) + free (dotlist); +#endif + + used = dir + allocated - dirp; + memmove (dir, dirp, used); + + if (size == 0) + /* Ensure that the buffer is only as large as necessary. */ + buf = realloc (dir, used); + + if (buf == NULL) + /* Either buf was NULL all along, or 'realloc' failed but + we still have the original string. */ + buf = dir; + + return buf; + + memory_exhausted: + __set_errno (ENOMEM); + lose: + { + int save = errno; + if (dirstream) + __closedir (dirstream); +#if HAVE_OPENAT_SUPPORT + if (fd_needs_closing) + close (fd); +#else + if (dotlist != dots) + free (dotlist); +#endif + if (buf == NULL) + free (dir); + __set_errno (save); + } + return NULL; +} + +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__getcwd, getcwd) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/getdelim.c b/libgnu/getdelim.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2e08853 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getdelim.c @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* getdelim.c --- Implementation of replacement getdelim function. + Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-1998, 2001, 2003, 2005-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at + your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Ported from glibc by Simon Josefsson. */ + +/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit. Otherwise gcc + optimizes away the lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL tests below. */ +#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) + +#include <config.h> + +#include <stdio.h> + +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#ifndef SSIZE_MAX +# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2)) +#endif + +#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO +# include "unlocked-io.h" +# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp) +#elif !HAVE_FLOCKFILE || !HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE || !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED +# undef flockfile +# undef funlockfile +# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0) +# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0) +# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp) +#else +# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc_unlocked(fp) +#endif + +static void +alloc_failed (void) +{ +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + /* Avoid errno problem without using the realloc module; see: + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2016-08/msg00025.html */ + errno = ENOMEM; +#endif +} + +/* Read up to (and including) a DELIMITER from FP into *LINEPTR (and + NUL-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or + NULL), pointing to *N characters of space. It is realloc'ed as + necessary. Returns the number of characters read (not including + the null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF. */ + +ssize_t +getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp) +{ + ssize_t result; + size_t cur_len = 0; + + if (lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + + flockfile (fp); + + if (*lineptr == NULL || *n == 0) + { + char *new_lineptr; + *n = 120; + new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, *n); + if (new_lineptr == NULL) + { + alloc_failed (); + result = -1; + goto unlock_return; + } + *lineptr = new_lineptr; + } + + for (;;) + { + int i; + + i = getc_maybe_unlocked (fp); + if (i == EOF) + { + result = -1; + break; + } + + /* Make enough space for len+1 (for final NUL) bytes. */ + if (cur_len + 1 >= *n) + { + size_t needed_max = + SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX; + size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1; /* Be generous. */ + char *new_lineptr; + + if (needed_max < needed) + needed = needed_max; + if (cur_len + 1 >= needed) + { + result = -1; + errno = EOVERFLOW; + goto unlock_return; + } + + new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed); + if (new_lineptr == NULL) + { + alloc_failed (); + result = -1; + goto unlock_return; + } + + *lineptr = new_lineptr; + *n = needed; + } + + (*lineptr)[cur_len] = i; + cur_len++; + + if (i == delimiter) + break; + } + (*lineptr)[cur_len] = '\0'; + result = cur_len ? cur_len : result; + + unlock_return: + funlockfile (fp); /* doesn't set errno */ + + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/getdtablesize.c b/libgnu/getdtablesize.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7fabb51e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getdtablesize.c @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* getdtablesize() function for platforms that don't have it. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +# include <stdio.h> + +# include "msvc-inval.h" + +# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +static int +_setmaxstdio_nothrow (int newmax) +{ + int result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = _setmaxstdio (newmax); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = -1; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +# define _setmaxstdio _setmaxstdio_nothrow +# endif + +/* Cache for the previous getdtablesize () result. Safe to cache because + Windows also lacks setrlimit. */ +static int dtablesize; + +int +getdtablesize (void) +{ + if (dtablesize == 0) + { + /* We are looking for the number N such that the valid file descriptors + are 0..N-1. It can be obtained through a loop as follows: + { + int fd; + for (fd = 3; fd < 65536; fd++) + if (dup2 (0, fd) == -1) + break; + return fd; + } + On Windows XP, the result is 2048. + The drawback of this loop is that it allocates memory for a libc + internal array that is never freed. + + The number N can also be obtained as the upper bound for + _getmaxstdio (). _getmaxstdio () returns the maximum number of open + FILE objects. The sanity check in _setmaxstdio reveals the maximum + number of file descriptors. This too allocates memory, but it is + freed when we call _setmaxstdio with the original value. */ + int orig_max_stdio = _getmaxstdio (); + unsigned int bound; + for (bound = 0x10000; _setmaxstdio (bound) < 0; bound = bound / 2) + ; + _setmaxstdio (orig_max_stdio); + dtablesize = bound; + } + return dtablesize; +} + +#else + +# include <limits.h> +# include <sys/resource.h> + +# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_CUR +# define RLIM_SAVED_CUR RLIM_INFINITY +# endif +# ifndef RLIM_SAVED_MAX +# define RLIM_SAVED_MAX RLIM_INFINITY +# endif + +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ + /* Cygwin 1.7.25 auto-increases the RLIMIT_NOFILE soft limit until it + hits the compile-time constant hard limit of 3200. We might as + well just report the hard limit. */ +# define rlim_cur rlim_max +# endif + +int +getdtablesize (void) +{ + struct rlimit lim; + + if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_NOFILE, &lim) == 0 + && 0 <= lim.rlim_cur && lim.rlim_cur <= INT_MAX + && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_INFINITY + && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_CUR + && lim.rlim_cur != RLIM_SAVED_MAX) + return lim.rlim_cur; + + return INT_MAX; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/getline.c b/libgnu/getline.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b7c9f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getline.c @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +/* getline.c --- Implementation of replacement getline function. + Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at + your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Simon Josefsson. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <stdio.h> + +ssize_t +getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream) +{ + return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream); +} diff --git a/libgnu/getopt-cdefs.in.h b/libgnu/getopt-cdefs.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c71a4f11 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt-cdefs.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* getopt-on-non-glibc compatibility macros. + Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of gnulib. + Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared + with the GNU C Library. + + gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with gnulib; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_CDEFS_H +#define _GETOPT_CDEFS_H 1 + +/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or + unistd.h instead. It does not have a protective #error, because + the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */ + +/* getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h are shared with GNU libc, and expect + a number of the internal macros supplied to GNU libc's headers by + sys/cdefs.h. Provide fallback definitions for all of them. */ +#if @HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H@ +# include <sys/cdefs.h> +#endif + +#ifndef __BEGIN_DECLS +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" { +# else +# define __BEGIN_DECLS /* nothing */ +# endif +#endif +#ifndef __END_DECLS +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define __END_DECLS } +# else +# define __END_DECLS /* nothing */ +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ +# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_VERSION__ +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \ + ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min)) +# else +# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef __THROW +# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) +# define __THROW throw () +# else +# define __THROW +# endif +#endif + +#endif /* _GETOPT_CDEFS_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt-core.h b/libgnu/getopt-core.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d315891a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt-core.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt (basic, portable features only). + Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib. + Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_CORE_H +#define _GETOPT_CORE_H 1 + +/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or + unistd.h instead. Unlike most bits headers, it does not have + a protective #error, because the guard macro for getopt.h in + gnulib is not fixed. */ + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller. + When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'. + + On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the + arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for + options given in OPTS. + + Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when + there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options + missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is + returned. + + The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option + letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter + takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'. + + If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is + optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'. + + The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument + scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more + options. + + If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as + arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU + 'getopt'. If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in + the environment, then do not permute arguments. + + For standards compliance, the 'argv' argument has the type + char *const *, but this is inaccurate; if argument permutation is + enabled, the argv array (not the strings it points to) must be + writable. */ + +extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts) + __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)); + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* _GETOPT_CORE_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt-ext.h b/libgnu/getopt-ext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4da22f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt-ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt (GNU extensions). + Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib. + Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_EXT_H +#define _GETOPT_EXT_H 1 + +/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead. + Unlike most bits headers, it does not have a protective #error, + because the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */ + +__BEGIN_DECLS + +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field 'has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the + option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt' + returns the contents of the 'val' field. */ + +struct option +{ + const char *name; + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'. */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind) + __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)); +extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind) + __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)); + +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* _GETOPT_EXT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt-pfx-core.h b/libgnu/getopt-pfx-core.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4dc427dc --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt-pfx-core.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* getopt (basic, portable features) gnulib wrapper header. + Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of gnulib. + Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared + with the GNU C Library. + + gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with gnulib; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H +#define _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H 1 + +/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h or + unistd.h instead. It does not have a protective #error, because + the guard macro for getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */ + +/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an + identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables + defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h. Systematically + rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system + functions and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some + compilers and linkers. */ +#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX +# ifndef __GETOPT_ID +# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y +# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y) +# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y) +# endif +# undef getopt +# undef optarg +# undef opterr +# undef optind +# undef optopt +# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt) +# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg) +# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr) +# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind) +# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt) +#endif + +#include <getopt-core.h> + +#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_CORE_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt-pfx-ext.h b/libgnu/getopt-pfx-ext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc6052a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt-pfx-ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* getopt (GNU extensions) gnulib wrapper header. + Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of gnulib. + Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared + with the GNU C Library. + + gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with gnulib; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H +#define _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H 1 + +/* This header should not be used directly; include getopt.h instead. + It does not have a protective #error, because the guard macro for + getopt.h in gnulib is not fixed. */ + +/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an + identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables + defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h. Systematically + rename identifiers so that they do not collide with the system + functions and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some + compilers and linkers. */ +#ifdef __GETOPT_PREFIX +# ifndef __GETOPT_ID +# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y +# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y) +# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y) +# endif +# undef getopt_long +# undef getopt_long_only +# undef option +# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long) +# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only) +# define option __GETOPT_ID (option) +#endif + +/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and + getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". For backward + compatibility with old applications, if __GETOPT_PREFIX is not + defined, we supply GNU-libc-compatible, but incorrect, prototypes + using "char *const *argv". (GNU libc is stuck with the incorrect + prototypes, as they are baked into older versions of LSB.) */ +#ifndef __getopt_argv_const +# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX +# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */ +# else +# define __getopt_argv_const const +# endif +#endif + +#include <getopt-ext.h> + +#endif /* _GETOPT_PFX_EXT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt.c b/libgnu/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7db39b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,810 @@ +/* Getopt for GNU. + Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib. + Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* When used as part of glibc, error printing must be done differently + for standards compliance. getopt is not a cancellation point, so + it must not call functions that are, and it is specified by an + older standard than stdio locking, so it must not refer to + functions in the "user namespace" related to stdio locking. + Finally, it must use glibc's internal message translation so that + the messages are looked up in the proper text domain. */ +# include <libintl.h> +# define fprintf __fxprintf_nocancel +# define flockfile(fp) _IO_flockfile (fp) +# define funlockfile(fp) _IO_funlockfile (fp) +#else +# include "gettext.h" +# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) +/* When used standalone, flockfile and funlockfile might not be + available. */ +# ifndef _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS +# define flockfile(fp) /* nop */ +# define funlockfile(fp) /* nop */ +# endif +/* When used standalone, do not attempt to use alloca. */ +# define __libc_use_alloca(size) 0 +# undef alloca +# define alloca(size) (abort (), (void *)0) +#endif + +/* This implementation of 'getopt' has three modes for handling + options interspersed with non-option arguments. It can stop + scanning for options at the first non-option argument encountered, + as POSIX specifies. It can continue scanning for options after the + first non-option argument, but permute 'argv' as it goes so that, + after 'getopt' is done, all the options precede all the non-option + arguments and 'optind' points to the first non-option argument. + Or, it can report non-option arguments as if they were arguments to + the option character '\x01'. + + The default behavior of 'getopt_long' is to permute the argument list. + When this implementation is used standalone, the default behavior of + 'getopt' is to stop at the first non-option argument, but when it is + used as part of GNU libc it also permutes the argument list. In both + cases, setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to any value + disables permutation. + + If the first character of the OPTSTRING argument to 'getopt' or + 'getopt_long' is '+', both functions will stop at the first + non-option argument. If it is '-', both functions will report + non-option arguments as arguments to the option character '\x01'. */ + +#include "getopt_int.h" + +/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller. + When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'. + + On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 1; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data. */ + +static struct _getopt_data getopt_data; + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + 'first_nonopt' and 'last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +static void +exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + int bottom = d->__first_nonopt; + int middle = d->__last_nonopt; + int top = d->optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt); + d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; +} + +/* Process the argument starting with d->__nextchar as a long option. + d->optind should *not* have been advanced over this argument. + + If the value returned is -1, it was not actually a long option, the + state is unchanged, and the argument should be processed as a set + of short options (this can only happen when long_only is true). + Otherwise, the option (and its argument, if any) have been consumed + and the return value is the value to return from _getopt_internal_r. */ +static int +process_long_option (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d, + int print_errors, const char *prefix) +{ + char *nameend; + size_t namelen; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int n_options; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + namelen = nameend - d->__nextchar; + + /* First look for an exact match, counting the options as a side + effect. */ + for (p = longopts, n_options = 0; p->name; p++, n_options++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen) + && namelen == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + option_index = n_options; + break; + } + + if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* Didn't find an exact match, so look for abbreviations. */ + unsigned char *ambig_set = NULL; + int ambig_malloced = 0; + int ambig_fallback = 0; + int indfound = -1; + + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen)) + { + if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else if (long_only + || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg + || pfound->flag != p->flag + || pfound->val != p->val) + { + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + if (!ambig_fallback) + { + if (!print_errors) + /* Don't waste effort tracking the ambig set if + we're not going to print it anyway. */ + ambig_fallback = 1; + else if (!ambig_set) + { + if (__libc_use_alloca (n_options)) + ambig_set = alloca (n_options); + else if ((ambig_set = malloc (n_options)) == NULL) + /* Fall back to simpler error message. */ + ambig_fallback = 1; + else + ambig_malloced = 1; + + if (ambig_set) + { + memset (ambig_set, 0, n_options); + ambig_set[indfound] = 1; + } + } + if (ambig_set) + ambig_set[option_index] = 1; + } + } + } + + if (ambig_set || ambig_fallback) + { + if (print_errors) + { + if (ambig_fallback) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar); + else + { + flockfile (stderr); + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"), + argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar); + + for (option_index = 0; option_index < n_options; option_index++) + if (ambig_set[option_index]) + fprintf (stderr, " '%s%s'", + prefix, longopts[option_index].name); + + /* This must use 'fprintf' even though it's only + printing a single character, so that it goes through + __fxprintf_nocancel when compiled as part of glibc. */ + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + funlockfile (stderr); + } + } + if (ambig_malloced) + free (ambig_set); + d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar); + d->optind++; + d->optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + + option_index = indfound; + } + + if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short option, + then it's an error. */ + if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-' + || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (print_errors) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '%s%s'\n"), + argv[0], prefix, d->__nextchar); + + d->__nextchar = NULL; + d->optind++; + d->optopt = 0; + return '?'; + } + + /* Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + return -1; + } + + /* We have found a matching long option. Consume it. */ + d->optind++; + d->__nextchar = NULL; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + d->optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (print_errors) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option '%s%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], prefix, pfound->name); + + d->optopt = pfound->val; + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (d->optind < argc) + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + else + { + if (print_errors) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option '%s%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], prefix, pfound->name); + + d->optopt = pfound->val; + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; +} + +/* Initialize internal data upon the first call to getopt. */ + +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (int argc _GL_UNUSED, + char **argv _GL_UNUSED, const char *optstring, + struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct) +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + if (d->optind == 0) + d->optind = 1; + + d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; + d->__nextchar = NULL; + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT")) + d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + d->__ordering = PERMUTE; + + d->__initialized = 1; + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If 'getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If 'getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating 'optind' and 'nextchar' so that the next call to 'getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, 'getopt' returns -1. + Then 'optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set 'opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in 'optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in 'optarg', otherwise 'optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with '-' or '+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with '--' instead of '-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a '=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When 'getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + 'flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's 'val' field + if the 'flag' field is zero. + + The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. + But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible + with other systems. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of 'struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. */ + +int +_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct) +{ + int print_errors = d->opterr; + + if (argc < 1) + return -1; + + d->optarg = NULL; + + if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized) + optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, d, posixly_correct); + else if (optstring[0] == '-' || optstring[0] == '+') + optstring++; + + if (optstring[0] == ':') + print_errors = 0; + + /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. */ +#define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0') + + if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been + moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ + if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind) + d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; + if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind) + d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; + + if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt + && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) + exchange (argv, d); + else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) + d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) + d->optind++; + d->__last_nonopt = d->optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element '--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--")) + { + d->optind++; + + if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt + && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind) + exchange (argv, d); + else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt) + d->__first_nonopt = d->optind; + d->__last_nonopt = argc; + + d->optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (d->optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt) + d->optind = d->__first_nonopt; + return -1; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if (NONOPTION_P) + { + if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return -1; + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Check whether it might be a long option. */ + if (longopts) + { + if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-') + { + /* "--foo" is always a long option. The special option + "--" was handled above. */ + d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 2; + return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, + longind, long_only, d, + print_errors, "--"); + } + + /* If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", + where f is a valid short option, don't consider it an + abbreviated form of a long option that starts with f. + Otherwise there would be no way to give the -f short + option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an + abbreviation of the long option, just like "--fu", and + not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + if (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2] + || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1]))) + { + int code; + d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1; + code = process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, + longind, long_only, d, + print_errors, "-"); + if (code != -1) + return code; + } + } + + /* It is not a long option. Skip the initial punctuation. */ + d->__nextchar = argv[d->optind] + 1; + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *d->__nextchar++; + const char *temp = strchr (optstring, c); + + /* Increment 'optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*d->__nextchar == '\0') + ++d->optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':' || c == ';') + { + if (print_errors) + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"), argv[0], c); + d->optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + + /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ + if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';' && longopts != NULL) + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') + d->optarg = d->__nextchar; + else if (d->optind == argc) + { + if (print_errors) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"), + argv[0], c); + + d->optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + return c; + } + else + d->optarg = argv[d->optind]; + + d->__nextchar = d->optarg; + d->optarg = NULL; + return process_long_option (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, + 0 /* long_only */, d, print_errors, "-W "); + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') + { + d->optarg = d->__nextchar; + d->optind++; + } + else + d->optarg = NULL; + d->__nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*d->__nextchar != '\0') + { + d->optarg = d->__nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + d->optind++; + } + else if (d->optind == argc) + { + if (print_errors) + fprintf (stderr, + _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"), + argv[0], c); + + d->optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented 'optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + d->optarg = argv[d->optind++]; + d->__nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only, + int posixly_correct) +{ + int result; + + getopt_data.optind = optind; + getopt_data.opterr = opterr; + + result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, + longind, long_only, &getopt_data, + posixly_correct); + + optind = getopt_data.optind; + optarg = getopt_data.optarg; + optopt = getopt_data.optopt; + + return result; +} + +/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt and a POSIX-complaint __posix_getopt. + Standalone applications just get a POSIX-compliant getopt. + POSIX and LSB both require these functions to take 'char *const *argv' + even though this is incorrect (because of the permutation). */ +#define GETOPT_ENTRY(NAME, POSIXLY_CORRECT) \ + int \ + NAME (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring) \ + { \ + return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **)argv, optstring, \ + 0, 0, 0, POSIXLY_CORRECT); \ + } + +#ifdef _LIBC +GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 0) +GETOPT_ENTRY(__posix_getopt, 1) +#else +GETOPT_ENTRY(getopt, 1) +#endif + + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of 'getopt'. */ + +int +main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt.in.h b/libgnu/getopt.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ce1eb48 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of gnulib. + Unlike most of the getopt implementation, it is NOT shared + with the GNU C Library, which supplies a different version of + this file. + + gnulib is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as + published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of + the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + gnulib is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with gnulib; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. We must + also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use + <getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough. */ +#if @HAVE_GETOPT_H@ +# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_GETOPT_H@ +# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT +#endif + +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1 + +/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an + identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables + defined in getopt-core.h and getopt-ext.h. When this happens, + include the headers that might declare getopt so that they will not + cause confusion if included after this file (if the system had + <getopt.h>, we have already included it). */ +#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX +# if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@ +# define __need_system_stdlib_h +# include <stdlib.h> +# undef __need_system_stdlib_h +# include <stdio.h> +# include <unistd.h> +# endif +#endif + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +#include <getopt-cdefs.h> +#include <getopt-pfx-core.h> +#include <getopt-pfx-ext.h> + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt1.c b/libgnu/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2bc59260 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib. + Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" +#include "getopt_int.h" + +int +getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options, + opt_index, 0, 0); +} + +int +_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index, + struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, + 0, d, 0); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, + const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index) +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options, + opt_index, 1, 0); +} + +int +_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options, + const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index, + struct _getopt_data *d) +{ + return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, + 1, d, 0); +} + + +#ifdef TEST + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +int +main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static const struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == -1) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/libgnu/getopt_int.h b/libgnu/getopt_int.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5562195 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getopt_int.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* Internal declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library and is also part of gnulib. + Patches to this file should be submitted to both projects. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H +#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1 + +#include <getopt.h> + +extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, + int __long_only, int __posixly_correct); + + +/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument + vectors at the same time. */ + +/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option + processing when the first non-option is seen. This is what POSIX + specifies should happen. + + PERMUTE means permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that + eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options + to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written + to expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were + written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order + and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each + non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option + with character code 1. + + The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of 'ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + '--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC. */ + +enum __ord + { + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER + }; + +/* Data type for reentrant functions. */ +struct _getopt_data +{ + /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global + variables, except that they are used for the reentrant + versions of getopt. */ + int optind; + int opterr; + int optopt; + char *optarg; + + /* Internal members. */ + + /* True if the internal members have been initialized. */ + int __initialized; + + /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + char *__nextchar; + + /* See __ord above. */ + enum __ord __ordering; + + /* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + + /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. 'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first + of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + + int __first_nonopt; + int __last_nonopt; +}; + +/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their + default values and to clear the initialization flag. */ +#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 } + +extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, + int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data, + int __posixly_correct); + +extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind, + struct _getopt_data *__data); + +extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv, + const char *__shortopts, + const struct option *__longopts, + int *__longind, + struct _getopt_data *__data); + +#endif /* getopt_int.h */ diff --git a/libgnu/getprogname.c b/libgnu/getprogname.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52954847 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getprogname.c @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +/* Program name management. + Copyright (C) 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "getprogname.h" + +#include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */ +#include <stdlib.h> /* get __argv declaration */ + +#ifdef _AIX +# include <unistd.h> +# include <procinfo.h> +# include <string.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __MVS__ +# ifndef _OPEN_SYS +# define _OPEN_SYS +# endif +# include <string.h> +# include <sys/ps.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __hpux +# include <unistd.h> +# include <sys/param.h> +# include <sys/pstat.h> +# include <string.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __sgi +# include <string.h> +# include <unistd.h> +# include <stdio.h> +# include <fcntl.h> +# include <sys/procfs.h> +#endif + +#include "dirname.h" + +#ifndef HAVE_GETPROGNAME /* not Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD >= 5.4, Cygwin */ +char const * +getprogname (void) +{ +# if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME /* glibc, BeOS */ + /* https://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Error-Messages.html */ + return program_invocation_short_name; +# elif HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME /* glibc, BeOS */ + /* https://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/Error-Messages.html */ + return last_component (program_invocation_name); +# elif HAVE_GETEXECNAME /* Solaris */ + /* http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19253-01/816-5168/6mbb3hrb1/index.html */ + const char *p = getexecname (); + if (!p) + p = "?"; + return last_component (p); +# elif HAVE_DECL___ARGV /* mingw, MSVC */ + /* https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dn727674.aspx */ + const char *p = __argv && __argv[0] ? __argv[0] : "?"; + return last_component (p); +# elif HAVE_VAR___PROGNAME /* OpenBSD, QNX */ + /* http://man.openbsd.org/style.9 */ + /* http://www.qnx.de/developers/docs/6.5.0/index.jsp?topic=%2Fcom.qnx.doc.neutrino_lib_ref%2Fp%2F__progname.html */ + /* Be careful to declare this only when we absolutely need it + (OpenBSD 5.1), rather than when it's available. Otherwise, + its mere declaration makes program_invocation_short_name + malfunction (have zero length) with Fedora 25's glibc. */ + extern char *__progname; + const char *p = __progname; + return p && p[0] ? p : "?"; +# elif _AIX /* AIX */ + /* Idea by Bastien ROUCARIÈS, + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2010-12/msg00095.html + Reference: http:// + ibm.biz/knowctr#ssw_aix_53/com.ibm.aix.basetechref/doc/basetrf1/getprocs.htm + */ + static char *p; + static int first = 1; + if (first) + { + first = 0; + pid_t pid = getpid (); + struct procentry64 procs; + p = (0 < getprocs64 (&procs, sizeof procs, NULL, 0, &pid, 1) + ? strdup (procs.pi_comm) + : NULL); + if (!p) + p = "?"; + } + return p; +# elif defined __hpux + static char *p; + static int first = 1; + if (first) + { + first = 0; + pid_t pid = getpid (); + struct pst_status status; + p = (0 < pstat_getproc (&status, sizeof status, 0, pid) + ? strdup (status.pst_ucomm) + : NULL); + if (!p) + p = "?"; + } + return p; +# elif __MVS__ /* z/OS */ + /* https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/SSLTBW_2.1.0/com.ibm.zos.v2r1.bpxbd00/rtwgetp.htm */ + static char *p = "?"; + static int first = 1; + if (first) + { + pid_t pid = getpid (); + int token; + W_PSPROC buf; + first = 0; + memset (&buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); + buf.ps_cmdptr = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_cmdlen = PS_CMDBLEN_LONG); + buf.ps_conttyptr = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_conttylen = PS_CONTTYBLEN); + buf.ps_pathptr = (char *) malloc (buf.ps_pathlen = PS_PATHBLEN); + if (buf.ps_cmdptr && buf.ps_conttyptr && buf.ps_pathptr) + { + for (token = 0; token >= 0; + token = w_getpsent (token, &buf, sizeof(buf))) + { + if (token > 0 && buf.ps_pid == pid) + { + char *s = strdup (last_component (buf.ps_pathptr)); + if (s) + p = s; + break; + } + } + } + free (buf.ps_cmdptr); + free (buf.ps_conttyptr); + free (buf.ps_pathptr); + } + return p; +# elif defined __sgi /* IRIX */ + char filename[50]; + int fd; + + sprintf (filename, "/proc/pinfo/%d", (int) getpid ()); + fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + if (0 <= fd) + { + prpsinfo_t buf; + int ioctl_ok = 0 <= ioctl (fd, PIOCPSINFO, &buf); + close (fd); + if (ioctl_ok) + { + char *name = buf.pr_fname; + char *namesize = sizeof buf.pr_fname; + char *namenul = memchr (name, '\0', namesize); + size_t namelen = namenul ? namenul - name : namesize; + char *namecopy = malloc (namelen + 1); + if (namecopy) + { + namecopy[namelen] = 0; + return memcpy (namecopy, name, namelen); + } + } + } + return NULL; +# else +# error "getprogname module not ported to this OS" +# endif +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/getprogname.h b/libgnu/getprogname.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ab924ca --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/getprogname.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* Program name management. + Copyright (C) 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GL_GETPROGNAME_H +#define _GL_GETPROGNAME_H + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Return the base name of the executing program. + On native Windows this will usually end in ".exe" or ".EXE". */ +#ifndef HAVE_GETPROGNAME +extern char const *getprogname (void) +# ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE +# endif + ; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/gettext.h b/libgnu/gettext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0465d7ad --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/gettext.h @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H +#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 + +/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */ +#if ENABLE_NLS + +/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */ +# include <libintl.h> + +/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by + the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling + textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */ +# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# undef gettext +# define gettext(Msgid) \ + dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid) +# undef ngettext +# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) +# endif + +#else + +/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which + chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make + later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h> + as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>, + and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h> + is OK. */ +#if defined(__sun) +# include <locale.h> +#endif + +/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include + <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include + it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */ +#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3) +# include <cstdlib> +# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H +# include <libintl.h> +# endif +#endif + +/* Disabled NLS. + The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings + for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions. + On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to + contain "#define const". */ +# undef gettext +# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid)) +# undef dgettext +# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid)) +# undef dcgettext +# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \ + ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid)) +# undef ngettext +# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((N) == 1 \ + ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \ + : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2))) +# undef dngettext +# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \ + ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N)) +# undef dcngettext +# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \ + ((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)) +# undef textdomain +# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname)) +# undef bindtextdomain +# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \ + ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname)) +# undef bind_textdomain_codeset +# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \ + ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset)) + +#endif + +/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override. */ +#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale +# undef setlocale +# define setlocale rpl_setlocale +#endif + +/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated + extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time + translation is done at a different place in the code. + The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings + and other string expressions won't work. + The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as + initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */ +#define gettext_noop(String) String + +/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */ +#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004" + +/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a + MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be + short and rarely need to change. + The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */ +#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#endif +#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \ + pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category) +#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN +# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#else +# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#endif +#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \ + npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +pgettext_aux (const char *domain, + const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, + int category) +{ + const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); + if (translation == msg_ctxt_id) + return msgid; + else + return translation; +} + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +npgettext_aux (const char *domain, + const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid, + const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + const char *translation = + dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); + if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural) + return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); + else + return translation; +} + +/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID + can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are + less efficient than those above. */ + +#include <string.h> + +#if (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \ + /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ ) +# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1 +#else +# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0 +#endif + +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \ + dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain, + const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, + int category) +{ + size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; + size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; + const char *translation; +#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; +#else + char buf[1024]; + char *msg_ctxt_id = + (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) + ? buf + : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); + if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) +#endif + { + int found_translation; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); + msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); + translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category); + found_translation = (translation != msg_ctxt_id); +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) + free (msg_ctxt_id); +#endif + if (found_translation) + return translation; + } + return msgid; +} + +#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) +#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \ + dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +__inline +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +inline +#endif +#endif +static const char * +dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain, + const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid, + const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1; + size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1; + const char *translation; +#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len]; +#else + char buf[1024]; + char *msg_ctxt_id = + (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf) + ? buf + : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len)); + if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL) +#endif + { + int found_translation; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1); + msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004'; + memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len); + translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category); + found_translation = !(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural); +#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS + if (msg_ctxt_id != buf) + free (msg_ctxt_id); +#endif + if (found_translation) + return translation; + } + return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural); +} + +#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/gettimeofday.c b/libgnu/gettimeofday.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18dcbda4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/gettimeofday.c @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* Provide gettimeofday for systems that don't have it or for which it's broken. + + Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <sys/time.h> + +#include <time.h> + +#if HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H +# include <sys/timeb.h> +#endif + +#if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME || TZSET_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME + +/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby gettimeofday clobbers + the static buffer that localtime uses for its return value. The + gettimeofday function from Mac OS X 10.0.4 (i.e., Darwin 1.3.7) has + this problem. The tzset replacement is necessary for at least + Solaris 2.5, 2.5.1, and 2.6. */ + +static struct tm tm_zero_buffer; +static struct tm *localtime_buffer_addr = &tm_zero_buffer; + +# undef localtime +extern struct tm *localtime (time_t const *); + +# undef gmtime +extern struct tm *gmtime (time_t const *); + +/* This is a wrapper for localtime. It is used only on systems for which + gettimeofday clobbers the static buffer used for localtime's result. + + On the first call, record the address of the static buffer that + localtime uses for its result. */ + +struct tm * +rpl_localtime (time_t const *timep) +{ + struct tm *tm = localtime (timep); + + if (localtime_buffer_addr == &tm_zero_buffer) + localtime_buffer_addr = tm; + + return tm; +} + +/* Same as above, since gmtime and localtime use the same buffer. */ +struct tm * +rpl_gmtime (time_t const *timep) +{ + struct tm *tm = gmtime (timep); + + if (localtime_buffer_addr == &tm_zero_buffer) + localtime_buffer_addr = tm; + + return tm; +} + +#endif /* GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME || TZSET_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME */ + +#if TZSET_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME + +# undef tzset +extern void tzset (void); + +/* This is a wrapper for tzset, for systems on which tzset may clobber + the static buffer used for localtime's result. */ +void +rpl_tzset (void) +{ + /* Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's + result around the call to tzset. */ + struct tm save = *localtime_buffer_addr; + tzset (); + *localtime_buffer_addr = save; +} +#endif + +/* This is a wrapper for gettimeofday. It is used only on systems + that lack this function, or whose implementation of this function + causes problems. */ + +int +gettimeofday (struct timeval *restrict tv, void *restrict tz) +{ +#undef gettimeofday +#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY +# if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME + /* Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's + result around the call to gettimeofday. */ + struct tm save = *localtime_buffer_addr; +# endif + +# if defined timeval /* 'struct timeval' overridden by gnulib? */ +# undef timeval + struct timeval otv; + int result = gettimeofday (&otv, (struct timezone *) tz); + if (result == 0) + { + tv->tv_sec = otv.tv_sec; + tv->tv_usec = otv.tv_usec; + } +# else + int result = gettimeofday (tv, (struct timezone *) tz); +# endif + +# if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME + *localtime_buffer_addr = save; +# endif + + return result; + +#else + +# if HAVE__FTIME + + struct _timeb timebuf; + _ftime (&timebuf); + tv->tv_sec = timebuf.time; + tv->tv_usec = timebuf.millitm * 1000; + +# else + +# if !defined OK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK +# error "Only 1-second nominal clock resolution found. Is that intended?" \ + "If so, compile with the -DOK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK option." +# endif + tv->tv_sec = time (NULL); + tv->tv_usec = 0; + +# endif + + return 0; + +#endif +} diff --git a/libgnu/gnulib.am b/libgnu/gnulib.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d371500 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/gnulib.am @@ -0,0 +1,2614 @@ +## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! +## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. +# Copyright (C) 2002-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this file. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, +# this file may be distributed as part of a program that +# contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +# +# Generated by gnulib-tool. +# Reproduce by: gnulib-tool --import --lib=libgnu --source-base=libgnu --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --tests-base=tests --aux-dir=config --makefile-name=gnulib.am --conditional-dependencies --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl --no-vc-files argp canonicalize error fcntl ffs fnmatch-gnu fts getline langinfo link mempcpy memrchr obstack obstack-printf pread pwrite qsort_r rawmemchr stpcpy stpncpy strsep sys_utsname sys_wait + + +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += core *.stackdump +# No GNU Make output. + +noinst_LIBRARIES += libgnu.a + +libgnu_a_SOURCES = +libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS) +libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS) +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES = + +## begin gnulib module absolute-header + +# Use this preprocessor expression to decide whether #include_next works. +# Do not rely on a 'configure'-time test for this, since the expression +# might appear in an installed header, which is used by some other compiler. +HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT = (__GNUC__ || 60000000 <= __DECC_VER) + +## end gnulib module absolute-header + +## begin gnulib module alignof + + +EXTRA_DIST += alignof.h + +## end gnulib module alignof + +## begin gnulib module alloca + + +libgnu_a_LIBADD += @ALLOCA@ +libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES += @ALLOCA@ +EXTRA_DIST += alloca.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += alloca.c + +## end gnulib module alloca + +## begin gnulib module alloca-opt + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(ALLOCA_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <alloca.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +if GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H +alloca.h: alloca.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + cat $(srcdir)/alloca.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv -f $@-t $@ +else +alloca.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += alloca.h alloca.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += alloca.in.h + +## end gnulib module alloca-opt + +## begin gnulib module areadlink-with-size + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += areadlink-with-size.c + +EXTRA_DIST += areadlink.h + +## end gnulib module areadlink-with-size + +## begin gnulib module argp + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += argp.h argp-ba.c argp-eexst.c argp-fmtstream.c argp-fmtstream.h argp-fs-xinl.c argp-help.c argp-namefrob.h argp-parse.c argp-pin.c argp-pv.c argp-pvh.c argp-xinl.c + +## end gnulib module argp + +## begin gnulib module assure + + +EXTRA_DIST += assure.h + +## end gnulib module assure + +## begin gnulib module at-internal + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_260941c0e5dc67ec9e87d1fb321c300b + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += openat-priv.h openat-proc.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += openat-proc.c + +## end gnulib module at-internal + +## begin gnulib module bitrotate + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += bitrotate.h bitrotate.c + +## end gnulib module bitrotate + +## begin gnulib module canonicalize + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += canonicalize.c + +EXTRA_DIST += canonicalize.h + +## end gnulib module canonicalize + +## begin gnulib module chdir-long + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_8198daae261b932d64a998f8586f5005 + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += chdir-long.c chdir-long.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += chdir-long.c + +## end gnulib module chdir-long + +## begin gnulib module cloexec + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += cloexec.c + +EXTRA_DIST += cloexec.h + +## end gnulib module cloexec + +## begin gnulib module close + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_close + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += close.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += close.c + +## end gnulib module close + +## begin gnulib module closedir + + +EXTRA_DIST += closedir.c dirent-private.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += closedir.c + +## end gnulib module closedir + +## begin gnulib module configmake + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_configmake +# Listed in the same order as the GNU makefile conventions, and +# provided by autoconf 2.59c+ or 2.70. +# The Automake-defined pkg* macros are appended, in the order +# listed in the Automake 1.10a+ documentation. +configmake.h: Makefile + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + echo '#define PREFIX "$(prefix)"'; \ + echo '#define EXEC_PREFIX "$(exec_prefix)"'; \ + echo '#define BINDIR "$(bindir)"'; \ + echo '#define SBINDIR "$(sbindir)"'; \ + echo '#define LIBEXECDIR "$(libexecdir)"'; \ + echo '#define DATAROOTDIR "$(datarootdir)"'; \ + echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"'; \ + echo '#define SYSCONFDIR "$(sysconfdir)"'; \ + echo '#define SHAREDSTATEDIR "$(sharedstatedir)"'; \ + echo '#define LOCALSTATEDIR "$(localstatedir)"'; \ + echo '#define RUNSTATEDIR "$(runstatedir)"'; \ + echo '#define INCLUDEDIR "$(includedir)"'; \ + echo '#define OLDINCLUDEDIR "$(oldincludedir)"'; \ + echo '#define DOCDIR "$(docdir)"'; \ + echo '#define INFODIR "$(infodir)"'; \ + echo '#define HTMLDIR "$(htmldir)"'; \ + echo '#define DVIDIR "$(dvidir)"'; \ + echo '#define PDFDIR "$(pdfdir)"'; \ + echo '#define PSDIR "$(psdir)"'; \ + echo '#define LIBDIR "$(libdir)"'; \ + echo '#define LISPDIR "$(lispdir)"'; \ + echo '#define LOCALEDIR "$(localedir)"'; \ + echo '#define MANDIR "$(mandir)"'; \ + echo '#define MANEXT "$(manext)"'; \ + echo '#define PKGDATADIR "$(pkgdatadir)"'; \ + echo '#define PKGINCLUDEDIR "$(pkgincludedir)"'; \ + echo '#define PKGLIBDIR "$(pkglibdir)"'; \ + echo '#define PKGLIBEXECDIR "$(pkglibexecdir)"'; \ + } | sed '/""/d' > $@-t && \ + mv -f $@-t $@ + +BUILT_SOURCES += configmake.h +CLEANFILES += configmake.h configmake.h-t + +endif +## end gnulib module configmake + +## begin gnulib module cycle-check + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += cycle-check.c + +EXTRA_DIST += cycle-check.h + +## end gnulib module cycle-check + +## begin gnulib module dev-ino + + +EXTRA_DIST += dev-ino.h + +## end gnulib module dev-ino + +## begin gnulib module dirent + +BUILT_SOURCES += dirent.h + +# We need the following in order to create <dirent.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +dirent.h: dirent.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DIRENT_H''@|$(HAVE_DIRENT_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_DIRENT_H''@|$(NEXT_DIRENT_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPENDIR''@/$(GNULIB_OPENDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_READDIR''@/$(GNULIB_READDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_REWINDDIR''@/$(GNULIB_REWINDDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSEDIR''@/$(GNULIB_CLOSEDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_DIRFD''@/$(GNULIB_DIRFD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDOPENDIR''@/$(GNULIB_FDOPENDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCANDIR''@/$(GNULIB_SCANDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_ALPHASORT''@/$(GNULIB_ALPHASORT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_OPENDIR''@/$(HAVE_OPENDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_READDIR''@/$(HAVE_READDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_REWINDDIR''@/$(HAVE_REWINDDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_CLOSEDIR''@/$(HAVE_CLOSEDIR)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_DIRFD''@|$(HAVE_DECL_DIRFD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FDOPENDIR''@|$(HAVE_FDOPENDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SCANDIR''@|$(HAVE_SCANDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_ALPHASORT''@|$(HAVE_ALPHASORT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPENDIR''@|$(REPLACE_OPENDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_CLOSEDIR''@|$(REPLACE_CLOSEDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_DIRFD''@|$(REPLACE_DIRFD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FDOPENDIR''@|$(REPLACE_FDOPENDIR)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/dirent.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += dirent.h dirent.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += dirent.in.h + +## end gnulib module dirent + +## begin gnulib module dirent-safer + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += opendir-safer.c + +EXTRA_DIST += dirent--.h dirent-safer.h + +## end gnulib module dirent-safer + +## begin gnulib module dirfd + + +EXTRA_DIST += dirfd.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += dirfd.c + +## end gnulib module dirfd + +## begin gnulib module dirname + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += dirname.c basename.c + +EXTRA_DIST += stripslash.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += stripslash.c + +## end gnulib module dirname + +## begin gnulib module dirname-lgpl + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += dirname-lgpl.c basename-lgpl.c stripslash.c + +EXTRA_DIST += dirname.h + +## end gnulib module dirname-lgpl + +## begin gnulib module dosname + + +EXTRA_DIST += dosname.h + +## end gnulib module dosname + +## begin gnulib module dup + + +EXTRA_DIST += dup.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += dup.c + +## end gnulib module dup + +## begin gnulib module dup2 + + +EXTRA_DIST += dup2.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += dup2.c + +## end gnulib module dup2 + +## begin gnulib module errno + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(ERRNO_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <errno.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that is POSIX compliant. +if GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H +errno.h: errno.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_ERRNO_H''@|$(NEXT_ERRNO_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN''@|$(EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_VALUE''@|$(EMULTIHOP_VALUE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''ENOLINK_HIDDEN''@|$(ENOLINK_HIDDEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''ENOLINK_VALUE''@|$(ENOLINK_VALUE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN''@|$(EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_VALUE''@|$(EOVERFLOW_VALUE)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/errno.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +else +errno.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += errno.h errno.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += errno.in.h + +## end gnulib module errno + +## begin gnulib module error + + +EXTRA_DIST += error.c error.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += error.c + +## end gnulib module error + +## begin gnulib module exitfail + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += exitfail.c + +EXTRA_DIST += exitfail.h + +## end gnulib module exitfail + +## begin gnulib module fchdir + + +EXTRA_DIST += fchdir.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += fchdir.c + +## end gnulib module fchdir + +## begin gnulib module fcntl + + +EXTRA_DIST += fcntl.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += fcntl.c + +## end gnulib module fcntl + +## begin gnulib module fcntl-h + +BUILT_SOURCES += fcntl.h + +# We need the following in order to create <fcntl.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +fcntl.h: fcntl.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_FCNTL_H''@|$(NEXT_FCNTL_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCNTL''@/$(GNULIB_FCNTL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GNULIB_NONBLOCKING)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPEN''@/$(GNULIB_OPEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OPENAT''@/$(GNULIB_OPENAT)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FCNTL''@|$(HAVE_FCNTL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_OPENAT''@|$(HAVE_OPENAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCNTL''@|$(REPLACE_FCNTL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPEN''@|$(REPLACE_OPEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_OPENAT''@|$(REPLACE_OPENAT)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/fcntl.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += fcntl.h fcntl.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += fcntl.in.h + +## end gnulib module fcntl-h + +## begin gnulib module fcntl-safer + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += creat-safer.c open-safer.c + +EXTRA_DIST += fcntl--.h fcntl-safer.h + +## end gnulib module fcntl-safer + +## begin gnulib module fd-hook + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_43fe87a341d9b4b93c47c3ad819a5239 +libgnu_a_SOURCES += fd-hook.c + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += fd-hook.h + +## end gnulib module fd-hook + +## begin gnulib module fdopendir + + +EXTRA_DIST += fdopendir.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += fdopendir.c + +## end gnulib module fdopendir + +## begin gnulib module ffs + + +EXTRA_DIST += ffs.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += ffs.c + +## end gnulib module ffs + +## begin gnulib module file-set + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += file-set.c + +EXTRA_DIST += file-set.h + +## end gnulib module file-set + +## begin gnulib module filename + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_filename + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += filename.h + +## end gnulib module filename + +## begin gnulib module filenamecat-lgpl + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_fca9852db2a43bb33f02f0fbdbc174f6 +libgnu_a_SOURCES += filenamecat-lgpl.c + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += filenamecat.h + +## end gnulib module filenamecat-lgpl + +## begin gnulib module flexmember + + +EXTRA_DIST += flexmember.h + +## end gnulib module flexmember + +## begin gnulib module float + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(FLOAT_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <float.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +if GL_GENERATE_FLOAT_H +float.h: float.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_FLOAT_H''@|$(NEXT_FLOAT_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_ITOLD''@|$(REPLACE_ITOLD)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/float.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +else +float.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += float.h float.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += float.c float.in.h itold.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += float.c itold.c + +## end gnulib module float + +## begin gnulib module fnmatch + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(FNMATCH_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <fnmatch.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that supports the required API. +if GL_GENERATE_FNMATCH_H +fnmatch.h: fnmatch.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(ARG_NONNULL_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/fnmatch.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv -f $@-t $@ +else +fnmatch.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += fnmatch.h fnmatch.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += fnmatch.c fnmatch.in.h fnmatch_loop.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += fnmatch.c fnmatch_loop.c + +## end gnulib module fnmatch + +## begin gnulib module fstat + + +EXTRA_DIST += fstat.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += fstat.c + +## end gnulib module fstat + +## begin gnulib module fstatat + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_fstatat + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += at-func.c fstatat.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += at-func.c fstatat.c + +## end gnulib module fstatat + +## begin gnulib module fts + + +EXTRA_DIST += fts-cycle.c fts.c fts_.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += fts-cycle.c fts.c + +## end gnulib module fts + +## begin gnulib module getcwd + + +EXTRA_DIST += getcwd.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getcwd.c + +## end gnulib module getcwd + +## begin gnulib module getcwd-lgpl + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_3d094ef542bfdd238a5194e172bfe5f6 + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += getcwd-lgpl.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getcwd-lgpl.c + +## end gnulib module getcwd-lgpl + +## begin gnulib module getdelim + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getdelim + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += getdelim.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getdelim.c + +## end gnulib module getdelim + +## begin gnulib module getdtablesize + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_getdtablesize + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += getdtablesize.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getdtablesize.c + +## end gnulib module getdtablesize + +## begin gnulib module getline + + +EXTRA_DIST += getline.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getline.c + +## end gnulib module getline + +## begin gnulib module getopt-posix + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H) $(GETOPT_CDEFS_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <getopt.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +getopt.h: getopt.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GETOPT_H''@|$(HAVE_GETOPT_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_GETOPT_H''@|$(NEXT_GETOPT_H)|g' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/getopt.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv -f $@-t $@ + +getopt-cdefs.h: getopt-cdefs.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/getopt-cdefs.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv -f $@-t $@ + +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += getopt.h getopt.h-t getopt-cdefs.h getopt-cdefs.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += getopt-cdefs.in.h getopt-core.h getopt-ext.h getopt-pfx-core.h getopt-pfx-ext.h getopt.c getopt.in.h getopt1.c getopt_int.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getopt.c getopt1.c + +## end gnulib module getopt-posix + +## begin gnulib module getprogname + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += getprogname.h getprogname.c + +## end gnulib module getprogname + +## begin gnulib module gettext-h + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettext.h + +## end gnulib module gettext-h + +## begin gnulib module gettimeofday + + +EXTRA_DIST += gettimeofday.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettimeofday.c + +## end gnulib module gettimeofday + +## begin gnulib module hard-locale + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_30838f5439487421042f2225bed3af76 +libgnu_a_SOURCES += hard-locale.c + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += hard-locale.h + +## end gnulib module hard-locale + +## begin gnulib module hash + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += hash.c + +EXTRA_DIST += hash.h + +## end gnulib module hash + +## begin gnulib module hash-pjw + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += hash-pjw.h hash-pjw.c + +## end gnulib module hash-pjw + +## begin gnulib module hash-triple + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += hash-triple.c + +EXTRA_DIST += hash-triple.h + +## end gnulib module hash-triple + +## begin gnulib module i-ring + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += i-ring.c + +EXTRA_DIST += i-ring.h + +## end gnulib module i-ring + +## begin gnulib module intprops + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_intprops + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += intprops.h + +## end gnulib module intprops + +## begin gnulib module langinfo + +BUILT_SOURCES += langinfo.h + +# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for +# <langinfo.h> when the system doesn't have one. +langinfo.h: langinfo.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_H''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_LANGINFO_H''@|$(NEXT_LANGINFO_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_NL_LANGINFO''@/$(GNULIB_NL_LANGINFO)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR''@|$(HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_NL_LANGINFO''@|$(HAVE_NL_LANGINFO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO''@|$(REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/langinfo.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += langinfo.h langinfo.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += langinfo.in.h + +## end gnulib module langinfo + +## begin gnulib module limits-h + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(LIMITS_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <limits.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that is compatible with GNU. +if GL_GENERATE_LIMITS_H +limits.h: limits.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_LIMITS_H''@|$(NEXT_LIMITS_H)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/limits.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +else +limits.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += limits.h limits.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += limits.in.h + +## end gnulib module limits-h + +## begin gnulib module link + + +EXTRA_DIST += link.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += link.c + +## end gnulib module link + +## begin gnulib module localcharset + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_localcharset +libgnu_a_SOURCES += localcharset.h localcharset.c + +# We need the following in order to install a simple file in $(libdir) +# which is shared with other installed packages. We use a list of referencing +# packages so that "make uninstall" will remove the file if and only if it +# is not used by another installed package. +# On systems with glibc-2.1 or newer, the file is redundant, therefore we +# avoid installing it. + +all-local: charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed + +charset_alias = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias +charset_tmp = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.tmp +install-exec-local: install-exec-localcharset +install-exec-localcharset: all-local + if test $(GLIBC21) = no; then \ + case '$(host_os)' in \ + darwin[56]*) \ + need_charset_alias=true ;; \ + darwin* | cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) \ + need_charset_alias=false ;; \ + *) \ + need_charset_alias=true ;; \ + esac ; \ + else \ + need_charset_alias=false ; \ + fi ; \ + if $$need_charset_alias; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) ; \ + fi ; \ + if test -f $(charset_alias); then \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp) ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \ + rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \ + else \ + if $$need_charset_alias; then \ + sed -f ref-add.sed charset.alias > $(charset_tmp) ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \ + rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \ + fi ; \ + fi + +uninstall-local: uninstall-localcharset +uninstall-localcharset: all-local + if test -f $(charset_alias); then \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp); \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $(charset_tmp) \ + > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $(charset_alias); \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias); \ + fi; \ + rm -f $(charset_tmp); \ + fi + +charset.alias: config.charset + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f t-$@ $@ && \ + $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '$(host)' > t-$@ && \ + mv t-$@ $@ + +SUFFIXES += .sed .sin +.sin.sed: + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f t-$@ $@ && \ + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/$(PACKAGE)/g' $< > t-$@ && \ + mv t-$@ $@ + +CLEANFILES += charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += config.charset ref-add.sin ref-del.sin + +## end gnulib module localcharset + +## begin gnulib module lseek + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_lseek + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += lseek.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += lseek.c + +## end gnulib module lseek + +## begin gnulib module lstat + + +EXTRA_DIST += lstat.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += lstat.c + +## end gnulib module lstat + +## begin gnulib module malloc-gnu + + +EXTRA_DIST += malloc.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc.c + +## end gnulib module malloc-gnu + +## begin gnulib module malloc-posix + + +EXTRA_DIST += malloc.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc.c + +## end gnulib module malloc-posix + +## begin gnulib module mbrtowc + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_mbrtowc + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += mbrtowc.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mbrtowc.c + +## end gnulib module mbrtowc + +## begin gnulib module mbsinit + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_mbsinit + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += mbsinit.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mbsinit.c + +## end gnulib module mbsinit + +## begin gnulib module mbsrtowcs + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_mbsrtowcs + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += mbsrtowcs-impl.h mbsrtowcs-state.c mbsrtowcs.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mbsrtowcs-state.c mbsrtowcs.c + +## end gnulib module mbsrtowcs + +## begin gnulib module memchr + + +EXTRA_DIST += memchr.c memchr.valgrind + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += memchr.c + +## end gnulib module memchr + +## begin gnulib module mempcpy + + +EXTRA_DIST += mempcpy.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mempcpy.c + +## end gnulib module mempcpy + +## begin gnulib module memrchr + + +EXTRA_DIST += memrchr.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += memrchr.c + +## end gnulib module memrchr + +## begin gnulib module msvc-inval + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_f691f076f650964c9f5598c3ee487616 + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += msvc-inval.c msvc-inval.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += msvc-inval.c + +## end gnulib module msvc-inval + +## begin gnulib module msvc-nothrow + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_676220fa4366efa9bdbfccf11a857c07 + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += msvc-nothrow.c msvc-nothrow.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += msvc-nothrow.c + +## end gnulib module msvc-nothrow + +## begin gnulib module obstack + + +EXTRA_DIST += obstack.c obstack.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += obstack.c + +## end gnulib module obstack + +## begin gnulib module obstack-printf + + +EXTRA_DIST += obstack_printf.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += obstack_printf.c + +## end gnulib module obstack-printf + +## begin gnulib module open + + +EXTRA_DIST += open.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += open.c + +## end gnulib module open + +## begin gnulib module openat + + +EXTRA_DIST += openat.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += openat.c + +## end gnulib module openat + +## begin gnulib module openat-die + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_1840129d490f3a00c8a098316d0fa345 +libgnu_a_SOURCES += openat-die.c + +endif +## end gnulib module openat-die + +## begin gnulib module openat-h + + +EXTRA_DIST += openat.h + +## end gnulib module openat-h + +## begin gnulib module openat-safer + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += openat-safer.c + +EXTRA_DIST += fcntl--.h fcntl-safer.h + +## end gnulib module openat-safer + +## begin gnulib module opendir + + +EXTRA_DIST += dirent-private.h opendir.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += opendir.c + +## end gnulib module opendir + +## begin gnulib module pathmax + + +EXTRA_DIST += pathmax.h + +## end gnulib module pathmax + +## begin gnulib module pread + + +EXTRA_DIST += pread.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += pread.c + +## end gnulib module pread + +## begin gnulib module pwrite + + +EXTRA_DIST += pwrite.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += pwrite.c + +## end gnulib module pwrite + +## begin gnulib module qsort_r + + +EXTRA_DIST += qsort.c qsort_r.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += qsort.c qsort_r.c + +## end gnulib module qsort_r + +## begin gnulib module raise + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_raise + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += raise.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += raise.c + +## end gnulib module raise + +## begin gnulib module rawmemchr + + +EXTRA_DIST += rawmemchr.c rawmemchr.valgrind + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += rawmemchr.c + +## end gnulib module rawmemchr + +## begin gnulib module read + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_read + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += read.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += read.c + +## end gnulib module read + +## begin gnulib module readdir + + +EXTRA_DIST += dirent-private.h readdir.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += readdir.c + +## end gnulib module readdir + +## begin gnulib module readlink + + +EXTRA_DIST += readlink.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += readlink.c + +## end gnulib module readlink + +## begin gnulib module realloc-posix + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_61bcaca76b3e6f9ae55d57a1c3193bc4 + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += realloc.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += realloc.c + +## end gnulib module realloc-posix + +## begin gnulib module rewinddir + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_rewinddir + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += dirent-private.h rewinddir.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += rewinddir.c + +## end gnulib module rewinddir + +## begin gnulib module same + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += same.c + +EXTRA_DIST += same.h + +## end gnulib module same + +## begin gnulib module same-inode + + +EXTRA_DIST += same-inode.h + +## end gnulib module same-inode + +## begin gnulib module save-cwd + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_d4850532688ba16d685f036076611f21 +libgnu_a_SOURCES += save-cwd.c + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += save-cwd.h + +## end gnulib module save-cwd + +## begin gnulib module signal-h + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_af7e3f0204832604ea56703236d065c9 +BUILT_SOURCES += signal.h + +# We need the following in order to create <signal.h> when the system +# doesn't have a complete one. +signal.h: signal.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_SIGNAL_H''@|$(NEXT_SIGNAL_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@|$(GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_RAISE''@|$(GNULIB_RAISE)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK''@/$(GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SIGACTION''@/$(GNULIB_SIGACTION)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@|$(HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_RAISE''@|$(HAVE_RAISE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGSET_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGSET_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGINFO_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGINFO_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGACTION''@|$(HAVE_SIGACTION)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@|$(HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T''@|$(HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK''@|$(REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_RAISE''@|$(REPLACE_RAISE)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/signal.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += signal.h signal.h-t + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += signal.in.h + +## end gnulib module signal-h + +## begin gnulib module size_max + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += size_max.h + +## end gnulib module size_max + +## begin gnulib module sleep + + +EXTRA_DIST += sleep.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += sleep.c + +## end gnulib module sleep + +## begin gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn + +# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other +# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that +# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above. + +_NORETURN_H=$(srcdir)/_Noreturn.h + +EXTRA_DIST += _Noreturn.h + +## end gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn + +## begin gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull + +# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other +# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that +# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above. + +ARG_NONNULL_H=$(srcdir)/arg-nonnull.h + +EXTRA_DIST += arg-nonnull.h + +## end gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull + +## begin gnulib module snippet/c++defs + +# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other +# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that +# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above. + +CXXDEFS_H=$(srcdir)/c++defs.h + +EXTRA_DIST += c++defs.h + +## end gnulib module snippet/c++defs + +## begin gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use + +# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other +# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all makefiles that +# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above. + +WARN_ON_USE_H=$(srcdir)/warn-on-use.h + +EXTRA_DIST += warn-on-use.h + +## end gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use + +## begin gnulib module stat + + +EXTRA_DIST += stat.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += stat.c + +## end gnulib module stat + +## begin gnulib module stdalign + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDALIGN_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <stdalign.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works. +if GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H +stdalign.h: stdalign.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + cat $(srcdir)/stdalign.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +else +stdalign.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdalign.h stdalign.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stdalign.in.h + +## end gnulib module stdalign + +## begin gnulib module stdbool + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDBOOL_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <stdbool.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works. +if GL_GENERATE_STDBOOL_H +stdbool.h: stdbool.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's/@''HAVE__BOOL''@/$(HAVE__BOOL)/g' < $(srcdir)/stdbool.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +else +stdbool.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdbool.h stdbool.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stdbool.in.h + +## end gnulib module stdbool + +## begin gnulib module stddef + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDDEF_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <stddef.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +if GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H +stddef.h: stddef.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_STDDEF_H''@|$(NEXT_STDDEF_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T''@|$(HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCHAR_T''@|$(HAVE_WCHAR_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_NULL''@|$(REPLACE_NULL)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/stddef.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +else +stddef.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stddef.h stddef.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stddef.in.h + +## end gnulib module stddef + +## begin gnulib module stdint + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDINT_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <stdint.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +if GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H +stdint.h: stdint.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_STDINT_H)/g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_STDINT_H''@|$(NEXT_STDINT_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_C99_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_C99_STDINT_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@/$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD''@/$(APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX''@/$(PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''SIZE_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIZE_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''WCHAR_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WCHAR_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WINT_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WINT_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''WINT_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WINT_T_SUFFIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T''@/$(GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T)/g' \ + < $(srcdir)/stdint.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +else +stdint.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdint.h stdint.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stdint.in.h + +## end gnulib module stdint + +## begin gnulib module stdio + +BUILT_SOURCES += stdio.h + +# We need the following in order to create <stdio.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +stdio.h: stdio.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_STDIO_H''@|$(NEXT_STDIO_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_DPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_DPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCLOSE''@/$(GNULIB_FCLOSE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDOPEN''@/$(GNULIB_FDOPEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFLUSH''@/$(GNULIB_FFLUSH)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETC''@/$(GNULIB_FGETC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETS''@/$(GNULIB_FGETS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FOPEN''@/$(GNULIB_FOPEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_FPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPURGE''@/$(GNULIB_FPURGE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTC''@/$(GNULIB_FPUTC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTS''@/$(GNULIB_FPUTS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREAD''@/$(GNULIB_FREAD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREOPEN''@/$(GNULIB_FREOPEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSCANF''@/$(GNULIB_FSCANF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEK''@/$(GNULIB_FSEEK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEKO''@/$(GNULIB_FSEEKO)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELL''@/$(GNULIB_FTELL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELLO''@/$(GNULIB_FTELLO)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FWRITE''@/$(GNULIB_FWRITE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETC''@/$(GNULIB_GETC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCHAR''@/$(GNULIB_GETCHAR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDELIM''@/$(GNULIB_GETDELIM)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLINE''@/$(GNULIB_GETLINE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PCLOSE''@/$(GNULIB_PCLOSE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PERROR''@/$(GNULIB_PERROR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_POPEN''@/$(GNULIB_POPEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_PRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTC''@/$(GNULIB_PUTC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTCHAR''@/$(GNULIB_PUTCHAR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTS''@/$(GNULIB_PUTS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_REMOVE''@/$(GNULIB_REMOVE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAME''@/$(GNULIB_RENAME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAMEAT''@/$(GNULIB_RENAMEAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCANF''@/$(GNULIB_SCANF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SNPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_SNPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_TMPFILE''@/$(GNULIB_TMPFILE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VASPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VASPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VDPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VDPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VFPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFSCANF''@/$(GNULIB_VFSCANF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSCANF''@/$(GNULIB_VSCANF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSNPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VSNPRINTF)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \ + < $(srcdir)/stdio.in.h | \ + sed -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FPURGE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FPURGE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FTELLO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLINE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLINE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_FSEEKO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_FTELLO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PCLOSE''@|$(HAVE_PCLOSE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_POPEN''@|$(HAVE_POPEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_RENAMEAT''@|$(HAVE_RENAMEAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_VASPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VASPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_VDPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VDPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_DPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_DPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_FCLOSE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FDOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FDOPEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FFLUSH''@|$(REPLACE_FFLUSH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FOPEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_FPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPURGE''@|$(REPLACE_FPURGE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FREOPEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEKO''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEKO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELL''@|$(REPLACE_FTELL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELLO''@|$(REPLACE_FTELLO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDELIM''@|$(REPLACE_GETDELIM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLINE''@|$(REPLACE_GETLINE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PERROR''@|$(REPLACE_PERROR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_POPEN''@|$(REPLACE_POPEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_PRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_REMOVE''@|$(REPLACE_REMOVE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAME''@|$(REPLACE_RENAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAMEAT''@|$(REPLACE_RENAMEAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_SNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SNPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_SPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_TMPFILE''@|$(REPLACE_TMPFILE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_VASPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VASPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_VDPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VDPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_VFPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VFPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_VPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSNPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSPRINTF)|g' \ + -e 's|@''ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX''@|$(ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdio.h stdio.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stdio.in.h + +## end gnulib module stdio + +## begin gnulib module stdlib + +BUILT_SOURCES += stdlib.h + +# We need the following in order to create <stdlib.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +stdlib.h: stdlib.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) \ + $(_NORETURN_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_STDLIB_H''@|$(NEXT_STDLIB_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB__EXIT''@/$(GNULIB__EXIT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_ATOLL''@/$(GNULIB_ATOLL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@/$(GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOADAVG''@/$(GNULIB_GETLOADAVG)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETSUBOPT''@/$(GNULIB_GETSUBOPT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GRANTPT''@/$(GNULIB_GRANTPT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBTOWC''@/$(GNULIB_MBTOWC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDTEMP''@/$(GNULIB_MKDTEMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMP''@/$(GNULIB_MKOSTEMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS''@/$(GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMP''@/$(GNULIB_MKSTEMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMPS''@/$(GNULIB_MKSTEMPS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT''@/$(GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME''@/$(GNULIB_PTSNAME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME_R''@/$(GNULIB_PTSNAME_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTENV''@/$(GNULIB_PUTENV)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_QSORT_R''@/$(GNULIB_QSORT_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM''@/$(GNULIB_RANDOM)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM_R''@/$(GNULIB_RANDOM_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALPATH''@/$(GNULIB_REALPATH)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_RPMATCH''@/$(GNULIB_RPMATCH)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV''@/$(GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETENV''@/$(GNULIB_SETENV)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOD''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOLL''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOLL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOULL''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOULL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLOCKPT''@/$(GNULIB_UNLOCKPT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNSETENV''@/$(GNULIB_UNSETENV)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTOMB''@/$(GNULIB_WCTOMB)/g' \ + < $(srcdir)/stdlib.in.h | \ + sed -e 's|@''HAVE__EXIT''@|$(HAVE__EXIT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_ATOLL''@|$(HAVE_ATOLL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GETSUBOPT''@|$(HAVE_GETSUBOPT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GRANTPT''@|$(HAVE_GRANTPT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKDTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKDTEMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMPS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMPS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_QSORT_R''@|$(HAVE_QSORT_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_H''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_R''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_REALPATH''@|$(HAVE_REALPATH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_RPMATCH''@|$(HAVE_RPMATCH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SECURE_GETENV''@|$(HAVE_SECURE_GETENV)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETENV)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOD''@|$(HAVE_STRTOD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOLL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOLL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOULL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOULL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLOCKPT''@|$(HAVE_UNLOCKPT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_CALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_CALLOC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_MALLOC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_MBTOWC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKSTEMP''@|$(REPLACE_MKSTEMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTSNAME''@|$(REPLACE_PTSNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PUTENV''@|$(REPLACE_PUTENV)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_QSORT_R''@|$(REPLACE_QSORT_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_RANDOM_R''@|$(REPLACE_RANDOM_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALPATH''@|$(REPLACE_REALPATH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_SETENV''@|$(REPLACE_SETENV)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOD''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNSETENV''@|$(REPLACE_UNSETENV)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCTOMB''@|$(REPLACE_WCTOMB)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _Noreturn/r $(_NORETURN_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdlib.h stdlib.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += stdlib.in.h + +## end gnulib module stdlib + +## begin gnulib module stpcpy + + +EXTRA_DIST += stpcpy.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += stpcpy.c + +## end gnulib module stpcpy + +## begin gnulib module stpncpy + + +EXTRA_DIST += stpncpy.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += stpncpy.c + +## end gnulib module stpncpy + +## begin gnulib module strcase + + +EXTRA_DIST += strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c + +## end gnulib module strcase + +## begin gnulib module strchrnul + + +EXTRA_DIST += strchrnul.c strchrnul.valgrind + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strchrnul.c + +## end gnulib module strchrnul + +## begin gnulib module strdup-posix + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_f9850631dca91859e9cddac9359921c0 + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += strdup.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strdup.c + +## end gnulib module strdup-posix + +## begin gnulib module streq + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_streq + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += streq.h + +## end gnulib module streq + +## begin gnulib module strerror + + +EXTRA_DIST += strerror.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strerror.c + +## end gnulib module strerror + +## begin gnulib module strerror-override + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_dbb57f49352be8fb86869629a254fb72 + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += strerror-override.c strerror-override.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strerror-override.c + +## end gnulib module strerror-override + +## begin gnulib module string + +BUILT_SOURCES += string.h + +# We need the following in order to create <string.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +string.h: string.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_STRING_H''@|$(NEXT_STRING_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSL''@/$(GNULIB_FFSL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSLL''@/$(GNULIB_FFSLL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSLEN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSLEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNLEN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSNLEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSRCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSRCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSTR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSSTR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCASECMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASESTR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCASESTR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCSPN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCSPN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPBRK''@/$(GNULIB_MBSPBRK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSPN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSSPN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSEP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSSEP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSTOK_R''@/$(GNULIB_MBSTOK_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MEMCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMMEM''@/$(GNULIB_MEMMEM)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMPCPY''@/$(GNULIB_MEMPCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMRCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MEMRCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR''@/$(GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPCPY''@/$(GNULIB_STPCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPNCPY''@/$(GNULIB_STPNCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCHRNUL''@/$(GNULIB_STRCHRNUL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRDUP''@/$(GNULIB_STRDUP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNCAT''@/$(GNULIB_STRNCAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNDUP''@/$(GNULIB_STRNDUP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNLEN''@/$(GNULIB_STRNLEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRPBRK''@/$(GNULIB_STRPBRK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSEP''@/$(GNULIB_STRSEP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSTR''@/$(GNULIB_STRSTR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCASESTR''@/$(GNULIB_STRCASESTR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOK_R''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOK_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR''@/$(GNULIB_STRERROR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR_R''@/$(GNULIB_STRERROR_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSIGNAL''@/$(GNULIB_STRSIGNAL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRVERSCMP''@/$(GNULIB_STRVERSCMP)/g' \ + < $(srcdir)/string.in.h | \ + sed -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSL''@|$(HAVE_FFSL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSLL''@|$(HAVE_FFSLL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSLEN''@|$(HAVE_MBSLEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_MEMCHR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MEMPCPY''@|$(HAVE_MEMPCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_RAWMEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_RAWMEMCHR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STPCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STPNCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPNCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(HAVE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRDUP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRPBRK''@|$(HAVE_STRPBRK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRSEP''@|$(HAVE_STRSEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCASESTR''@|$(HAVE_STRCASESTR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRVERSCMP''@|$(HAVE_STRVERSCMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STPNCPY''@|$(REPLACE_STPNCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMCHR''@|$(REPLACE_MEMCHR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMMEM''@|$(REPLACE_MEMMEM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCASESTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRCASESTR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(REPLACE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRDUP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRSTR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNCAT''@|$(REPLACE_STRNCAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRNDUP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNLEN''@|$(REPLACE_STRNLEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSIGNAL''@|$(REPLACE_STRSIGNAL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOK_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOK_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R''@|$(UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \ + < $(srcdir)/string.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += string.h string.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += string.in.h + +## end gnulib module string + +## begin gnulib module strings + +BUILT_SOURCES += strings.h + +# We need the following in order to create <strings.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +strings.h: strings.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRINGS_H''@|$(HAVE_STRINGS_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_STRINGS_H''@|$(NEXT_STRINGS_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''GNULIB_FFS''@|$(GNULIB_FFS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FFS''@|$(HAVE_FFS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_STRCASECMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/strings.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += strings.h strings.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += strings.in.h + +## end gnulib module strings + +## begin gnulib module strndup + + +EXTRA_DIST += strndup.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strndup.c + +## end gnulib module strndup + +## begin gnulib module strnlen + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_strnlen + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += strnlen.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strnlen.c + +## end gnulib module strnlen + +## begin gnulib module strnlen1 + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_strnlen1 +libgnu_a_SOURCES += strnlen1.h strnlen1.c + +endif +## end gnulib module strnlen1 + +## begin gnulib module strsep + + +EXTRA_DIST += strsep.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strsep.c + +## end gnulib module strsep + +## begin gnulib module sys_stat + +BUILT_SOURCES += sys/stat.h + +# We need the following in order to create <sys/stat.h> when the system +# has one that is incomplete. +sys/stat.h: sys_stat.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) sys + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_STAT_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_STAT_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHMODAT''@/$(GNULIB_FCHMODAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSTAT''@/$(GNULIB_FSTAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSTATAT''@/$(GNULIB_FSTATAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FUTIMENS''@/$(GNULIB_FUTIMENS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_LCHMOD''@/$(GNULIB_LCHMOD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_LSTAT''@/$(GNULIB_LSTAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDIRAT''@/$(GNULIB_MKDIRAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKFIFO''@/$(GNULIB_MKFIFO)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKFIFOAT''@/$(GNULIB_MKFIFOAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKNOD''@/$(GNULIB_MKNOD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKNODAT''@/$(GNULIB_MKNODAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STAT''@/$(GNULIB_STAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UTIMENSAT''@/$(GNULIB_UTIMENSAT)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHMODAT''@|$(HAVE_FCHMODAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FSTATAT''@|$(HAVE_FSTATAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FUTIMENS''@|$(HAVE_FUTIMENS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LCHMOD''@|$(HAVE_LCHMOD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LSTAT''@|$(HAVE_LSTAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKDIRAT''@|$(HAVE_MKDIRAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKFIFO''@|$(HAVE_MKFIFO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKFIFOAT''@|$(HAVE_MKFIFOAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKNOD''@|$(HAVE_MKNOD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MKNODAT''@|$(HAVE_MKNODAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_UTIMENSAT''@|$(HAVE_UTIMENSAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSTAT''@|$(REPLACE_FSTAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSTATAT''@|$(REPLACE_FSTATAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FUTIMENS''@|$(REPLACE_FUTIMENS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSTAT''@|$(REPLACE_LSTAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKDIR''@|$(REPLACE_MKDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKFIFO''@|$(REPLACE_MKFIFO)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKNOD''@|$(REPLACE_MKNOD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_STAT''@|$(REPLACE_STAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_UTIMENSAT''@|$(REPLACE_UTIMENSAT)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/sys_stat.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/stat.h sys/stat.h-t +MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += sys + +EXTRA_DIST += sys_stat.in.h + +## end gnulib module sys_stat + +## begin gnulib module sys_time + +BUILT_SOURCES += sys/time.h + +# We need the following in order to create <sys/time.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +sys/time.h: sys_time.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) sys + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TIME_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)/g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_TIME_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_TIME_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL''@/$(HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL''@/$(REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL)/g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/sys_time.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/time.h sys/time.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += sys_time.in.h + +## end gnulib module sys_time + +## begin gnulib module sys_types + +BUILT_SOURCES += sys/types.h + +# We need the following in order to create <sys/types.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +sys/types.h: sys_types.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) sys + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/sys_types.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/types.h sys/types.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += sys_types.in.h + +## end gnulib module sys_types + +## begin gnulib module sys_utsname + +BUILT_SOURCES += sys/utsname.h + +# We need the following in order to create <sys/utsname.h> when the system +# does not have one. +sys/utsname.h: sys_utsname.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) + $(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) sys + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H)/g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_UTSNAME_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_UTSNAME_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNAME''@/$(GNULIB_UNAME)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_UNAME''@|$(HAVE_UNAME)|g' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/sys_utsname.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/utsname.h sys/utsname.h-t +MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += sys + +EXTRA_DIST += sys_utsname.in.h + +## end gnulib module sys_utsname + +## begin gnulib module sys_wait + +BUILT_SOURCES += sys/wait.h + +# We need the following in order to create <sys/wait.h> when the system +# has one that is incomplete. +sys/wait.h: sys_wait.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) sys + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_WAIT_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_WAIT_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WAITPID''@/$(GNULIB_WAITPID)/g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/sys_wait.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/wait.h sys/wait.h-t +MOSTLYCLEANDIRS += sys + +EXTRA_DIST += sys_wait.in.h + +## end gnulib module sys_wait + +## begin gnulib module sysexits + +BUILT_SOURCES += $(SYSEXITS_H) + +# We need the following in order to create <sysexits.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +if GL_GENERATE_SYSEXITS_H +sysexits.h: sysexits.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SYSEXITS_H''@|$(HAVE_SYSEXITS_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_SYSEXITS_H''@|$(NEXT_SYSEXITS_H)|g' \ + < $(srcdir)/sysexits.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv -f $@-t $@ +else +sysexits.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status + rm -f $@ +endif +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sysexits.h sysexits.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += sysexits.in.h + +## end gnulib module sysexits + +## begin gnulib module time + +BUILT_SOURCES += time.h + +# We need the following in order to create <time.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +time.h: time.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_TIME_H''@|$(NEXT_TIME_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY''@/$(GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKTIME''@/$(GNULIB_MKTIME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_NANOSLEEP''@/$(GNULIB_NANOSLEEP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRPTIME''@/$(GNULIB_STRPTIME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIMEGM''@/$(GNULIB_TIMEGM)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIME_R''@/$(GNULIB_TIME_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_TIME_RZ''@/$(GNULIB_TIME_RZ)/g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_NANOSLEEP''@|$(HAVE_NANOSLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_STRPTIME''@|$(HAVE_STRPTIME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMEGM''@|$(HAVE_TIMEGM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_TIMEZONE_T''@|$(HAVE_TIMEZONE_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GMTIME''@|$(REPLACE_GMTIME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOCALTIME''@|$(REPLACE_LOCALTIME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R''@|$(REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKTIME''@|$(REPLACE_MKTIME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_NANOSLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_NANOSLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_TIMEGM''@|$(REPLACE_TIMEGM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC''@|$(UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/time.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += time.h time.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += time.in.h + +## end gnulib module time + +## begin gnulib module unistd + +BUILT_SOURCES += unistd.h +libgnu_a_SOURCES += unistd.c + +# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for +# <unistd.h> when the system doesn't have one. +unistd.h: unistd.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHDIR''@/$(GNULIB_CHDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@/$(GNULIB_CHOWN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSE''@/$(GNULIB_CLOSE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP''@/$(GNULIB_DUP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP2''@/$(GNULIB_DUP2)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP3''@/$(GNULIB_DUP3)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_ENVIRON''@/$(GNULIB_ENVIRON)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_EUIDACCESS''@/$(GNULIB_EUIDACCESS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FACCESSAT''@/$(GNULIB_FACCESSAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@/$(GNULIB_FCHDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHOWNAT''@/$(GNULIB_FCHOWNAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDATASYNC''@/$(GNULIB_FDATASYNC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSYNC''@/$(GNULIB_FSYNC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@/$(GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@/$(GNULIB_GETCWD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME''@/$(GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE''@/$(GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETGROUPS''@/$(GNULIB_GETGROUPS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME''@/$(GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN''@/$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@/$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE''@/$(GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL''@/$(GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER''@/$(GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISATTY''@/$(GNULIB_ISATTY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@/$(GNULIB_LCHOWN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINK''@/$(GNULIB_LINK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_LINKAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@/$(GNULIB_LSEEK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE''@/$(GNULIB_PIPE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE2''@/$(GNULIB_PIPE2)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PREAD''@/$(GNULIB_PREAD)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_PWRITE''@/$(GNULIB_PWRITE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_READ''@/$(GNULIB_READ)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINK''@/$(GNULIB_READLINK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_READLINKAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_RMDIR''@/$(GNULIB_RMDIR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME''@/$(GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@/$(GNULIB_SLEEP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINK''@/$(GNULIB_SYMLINK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_SYMLINKAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_TTYNAME_R''@/$(GNULIB_TTYNAME_R)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT''@/0$(GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINK''@/$(GNULIB_UNLINK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_UNLINKAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_USLEEP''@/$(GNULIB_USLEEP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WRITE''@/$(GNULIB_WRITE)/g' \ + < $(srcdir)/unistd.in.h | \ + sed -e 's|@''HAVE_CHOWN''@|$(HAVE_CHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP2''@|$(HAVE_DUP2)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP3''@|$(HAVE_DUP3)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_EUIDACCESS''@|$(HAVE_EUIDACCESS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FACCESSAT''@|$(HAVE_FACCESSAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_FCHDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(HAVE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_FDATASYNC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FSYNC''@|$(HAVE_FSYNC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GETGROUPS''@|$(HAVE_GETGROUPS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER''@|$(HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LCHOWN''@|$(HAVE_LCHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LINK''@|$(HAVE_LINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_LINKAT''@|$(HAVE_LINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE''@|$(HAVE_PIPE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE2''@|$(HAVE_PIPE2)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PREAD''@|$(HAVE_PREAD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_PWRITE''@|$(HAVE_PWRITE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_READLINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINK''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_UNLINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_USLEEP''@|$(HAVE_USLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_OS_H''@|$(HAVE_OS_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)|g' \ + | \ + sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_CLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_CLOSE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP''@|$(REPLACE_DUP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP2''@|$(REPLACE_DUP2)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(REPLACE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(REPLACE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETGROUPS''@|$(REPLACE_GETGROUPS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_ISATTY''@|$(REPLACE_ISATTY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINK''@|$(REPLACE_LINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_LINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PREAD''@|$(REPLACE_PREAD)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_PWRITE''@|$(REPLACE_PWRITE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_READ''@|$(REPLACE_READ)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_READLINK''@|$(REPLACE_READLINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_READLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_READLINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_RMDIR''@|$(REPLACE_RMDIR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_SLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_SLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_SYMLINK''@|$(REPLACE_SYMLINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_SYMLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_SYMLINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_TTYNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_TTYNAME_R)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINK''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINKAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_USLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_USLEEP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WRITE''@|$(REPLACE_WRITE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += unistd.h unistd.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += unistd.in.h + +## end gnulib module unistd + +## begin gnulib module unistd-safer + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += dup-safer.c fd-safer.c pipe-safer.c + +EXTRA_DIST += unistd--.h unistd-safer.h + +## end gnulib module unistd-safer + +## begin gnulib module vasnprintf + + +EXTRA_DIST += asnprintf.c float+.h printf-args.c printf-args.h printf-parse.c printf-parse.h vasnprintf.c vasnprintf.h + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += asnprintf.c printf-args.c printf-parse.c vasnprintf.c + +## end gnulib module vasnprintf + +## begin gnulib module verify + + +EXTRA_DIST += verify.h + +## end gnulib module verify + +## begin gnulib module vsnprintf + + +EXTRA_DIST += vsnprintf.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += vsnprintf.c + +## end gnulib module vsnprintf + +## begin gnulib module wchar + +BUILT_SOURCES += wchar.h + +# We need the following in order to create <wchar.h> when the system +# version does not work standalone. +wchar.h: wchar.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_FEATURES_H''@|$(HAVE_FEATURES_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_WCHAR_H''@|$(NEXT_WCHAR_H)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@|$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T''@/$(GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_BTOWC''@/$(GNULIB_BTOWC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTOB''@/$(GNULIB_WCTOB)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSINIT''@/$(GNULIB_MBSINIT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBRTOWC''@/$(GNULIB_MBRTOWC)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBRLEN''@/$(GNULIB_MBRLEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS''@/$(GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS''@/$(GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCRTOMB''@/$(GNULIB_WCRTOMB)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS''@/$(GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCWIDTH''@/$(GNULIB_WCWIDTH)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCHR''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCMP''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMCMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMMOVE''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMMOVE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMSET''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMSET)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSLEN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSLEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNLEN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNLEN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCPCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCPCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCPNCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCPNCPY)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCAT''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCAT''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCAT)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCASECMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCOLL''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCOLL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSXFRM''@/$(GNULIB_WCSXFRM)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSDUP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSDUP)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCHR''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSRCHR''@/$(GNULIB_WCSRCHR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCSPN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCSPN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSSPN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSSPN)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSPBRK''@/$(GNULIB_WCSPBRK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSSTR''@/$(GNULIB_WCSSTR)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSTOK''@/$(GNULIB_WCSTOK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSWIDTH''@/$(GNULIB_WCSWIDTH)/g' \ + < $(srcdir)/wchar.in.h | \ + sed -e 's|@''HAVE_WINT_T''@|$(HAVE_WINT_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_BTOWC''@|$(HAVE_BTOWC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSINIT''@|$(HAVE_MBSINIT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MBRTOWC''@|$(HAVE_MBRTOWC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MBRLEN''@|$(HAVE_MBRLEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSRTOWCS''@|$(HAVE_MBSRTOWCS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS''@|$(HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCRTOMB''@|$(HAVE_WCRTOMB)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSRTOMBS''@|$(HAVE_WCSRTOMBS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS''@|$(HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCHR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCMP''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCPY''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMMOVE''@|$(HAVE_WMEMMOVE)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMSET''@|$(HAVE_WMEMSET)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSLEN''@|$(HAVE_WCSLEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNLEN''@|$(HAVE_WCSNLEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCSCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCPCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCPCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCPNCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCPNCPY)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCAT''@|$(HAVE_WCSCAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCAT''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCAT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSCMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSCASECMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCASECMP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCOLL''@|$(HAVE_WCSCOLL)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSXFRM''@|$(HAVE_WCSXFRM)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSDUP''@|$(HAVE_WCSDUP)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCHR''@|$(HAVE_WCSCHR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSRCHR''@|$(HAVE_WCSRCHR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCSPN''@|$(HAVE_WCSCSPN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSSPN''@|$(HAVE_WCSSPN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSPBRK''@|$(HAVE_WCSPBRK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSSTR''@|$(HAVE_WCSSTR)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSTOK''@|$(HAVE_WCSTOK)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_WCSWIDTH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCTOB''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCTOB)|g' \ + -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH)|g' \ + | \ + sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSTATE_T''@|$(REPLACE_MBSTATE_T)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_BTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_BTOWC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCTOB''@|$(REPLACE_WCTOB)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSINIT''@|$(REPLACE_MBSINIT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBRTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_MBRTOWC)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBRLEN''@|$(REPLACE_MBRLEN)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS''@|$(REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS''@|$(REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCRTOMB''@|$(REPLACE_WCRTOMB)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS''@|$(REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS''@|$(REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCWIDTH)|g' \ + -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCSWIDTH)|g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += wchar.h wchar.h-t + +EXTRA_DIST += wchar.in.h + +## end gnulib module wchar + +## begin gnulib module wctype-h + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_3dcce957eadc896e63ab5f137947b410 +BUILT_SOURCES += wctype.h +libgnu_a_SOURCES += wctype-h.c + +# We need the following in order to create <wctype.h> when the system +# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler. +wctype.h: wctype.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) + $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \ + { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \ + sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTYPE_H''@/$(HAVE_WCTYPE_H)/g' \ + -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \ + -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \ + -e 's|@''NEXT_WCTYPE_H''@|$(NEXT_WCTYPE_H)|g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T''@/$(GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISWBLANK''@/$(GNULIB_ISWBLANK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTYPE''@/$(GNULIB_WCTYPE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISWCTYPE''@/$(GNULIB_ISWCTYPE)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTRANS''@/$(GNULIB_WCTRANS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''GNULIB_TOWCTRANS''@/$(GNULIB_TOWCTRANS)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_ISWBLANK''@/$(HAVE_ISWBLANK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_ISWCNTRL''@/$(HAVE_ISWCNTRL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTYPE_T''@/$(HAVE_WCTYPE_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_WCTRANS_T''@/$(HAVE_WCTRANS_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''HAVE_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_WINT_T)/g' \ + -e 's/@''REPLACE_ISWBLANK''@/$(REPLACE_ISWBLANK)/g' \ + -e 's/@''REPLACE_ISWCNTRL''@/$(REPLACE_ISWCNTRL)/g' \ + -e 's/@''REPLACE_TOWLOWER''@/$(REPLACE_TOWLOWER)/g' \ + -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \ + -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \ + < $(srcdir)/wctype.in.h; \ + } > $@-t && \ + mv $@-t $@ +MOSTLYCLEANFILES += wctype.h wctype.h-t + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += wctype.in.h + +## end gnulib module wctype-h + +## begin gnulib module write + +if gl_GNULIB_ENABLED_write + +endif +EXTRA_DIST += write.c + +EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += write.c + +## end gnulib module write + +## begin gnulib module xalloc + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += xmalloc.c + +EXTRA_DIST += xalloc.h + +## end gnulib module xalloc + +## begin gnulib module xalloc-die + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += xalloc-die.c + +## end gnulib module xalloc-die + +## begin gnulib module xalloc-oversized + + +EXTRA_DIST += xalloc-oversized.h + +## end gnulib module xalloc-oversized + +## begin gnulib module xgetcwd + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += xgetcwd.c + +EXTRA_DIST += xgetcwd.h + +## end gnulib module xgetcwd + +## begin gnulib module xsize + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += xsize.h xsize.c + +## end gnulib module xsize + +## begin gnulib module xstrndup + +libgnu_a_SOURCES += xstrndup.h xstrndup.c + +## end gnulib module xstrndup + + +mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic + @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \ + if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \ + echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + : diff --git a/libgnu/hard-locale.c b/libgnu/hard-locale.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57ed42bf --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hard-locale.c @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard. + + Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "hard-locale.h" + +#include <locale.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +# define GLIBC_VERSION __GLIBC__ +#elif defined __UCLIBC__ +# define GLIBC_VERSION 2 +#else +# define GLIBC_VERSION 0 +#endif + +/* Return true if the current CATEGORY locale is hard, i.e. if you + can't get away with assuming traditional C or POSIX behavior. */ +bool +hard_locale (int category) +{ + bool hard = true; + char const *p = setlocale (category, NULL); + + if (p) + { + if (2 <= GLIBC_VERSION) + { + if (strcmp (p, "C") == 0 || strcmp (p, "POSIX") == 0) + hard = false; + } + else + { + char *locale = strdup (p); + if (locale) + { + /* Temporarily set the locale to the "C" and "POSIX" locales + to find their names, so that we can determine whether one + or the other is the caller's locale. */ + if (((p = setlocale (category, "C")) + && strcmp (p, locale) == 0) + || ((p = setlocale (category, "POSIX")) + && strcmp (p, locale) == 0)) + hard = false; + + /* Restore the caller's locale. */ + setlocale (category, locale); + free (locale); + } + } + } + + return hard; +} diff --git a/libgnu/hard-locale.h b/libgnu/hard-locale.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba424afc --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hard-locale.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* Determine whether a locale is hard. + + Copyright (C) 1999, 2003-2004, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_ +# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1 + +# include <stdbool.h> + +bool hard_locale (int); + +#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */ diff --git a/libgnu/hash-pjw.c b/libgnu/hash-pjw.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a886b499 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hash-pjw.c @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* hash-pjw.c -- compute a hash value from a NUL-terminated string. + + Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "hash-pjw.h" + +#include <limits.h> + +#define SIZE_BITS (sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT) + +/* A hash function for NUL-terminated char* strings using + the method described by Bruno Haible. + See http://www.haible.de/bruno/hashfunc.html. */ + +size_t +hash_pjw (const void *x, size_t tablesize) +{ + const char *s; + size_t h = 0; + + for (s = x; *s; s++) + h = *s + ((h << 9) | (h >> (SIZE_BITS - 9))); + + return h % tablesize; +} diff --git a/libgnu/hash-pjw.h b/libgnu/hash-pjw.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e7d2307 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hash-pjw.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* hash-pjw.h -- declaration for a simple hash function + Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Compute a hash code for a NUL-terminated string starting at X, + and return the hash code modulo TABLESIZE. + The result is platform dependent: it depends on the size of the 'size_t' + type and on the signedness of the 'char' type. */ +extern size_t hash_pjw (void const *x, size_t tablesize) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; diff --git a/libgnu/hash-triple.c b/libgnu/hash-triple.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8921618 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hash-triple.c @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* Hash functions for file-related triples: name, device, inode. + Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "hash-triple.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "hash-pjw.h" +#include "same.h" +#include "same-inode.h" + +#define STREQ(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0) + +/* Hash an F_triple, and *do* consider the file name. */ +size_t +triple_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size) +{ + struct F_triple const *p = x; + size_t tmp = hash_pjw (p->name, table_size); + + /* Ignoring the device number here should be fine. */ + return (tmp ^ p->st_ino) % table_size; +} + +/* Hash an F_triple, without considering the file name. */ +size_t +triple_hash_no_name (void const *x, size_t table_size) +{ + struct F_triple const *p = x; + + /* Ignoring the device number here should be fine. */ + return p->st_ino % table_size; +} + +/* Compare two F_triple structs. */ +bool +triple_compare (void const *x, void const *y) +{ + struct F_triple const *a = x; + struct F_triple const *b = y; + return (SAME_INODE (*a, *b) && same_name (a->name, b->name)) ? true : false; +} + +bool +triple_compare_ino_str (void const *x, void const *y) +{ + struct F_triple const *a = x; + struct F_triple const *b = y; + return (SAME_INODE (*a, *b) && STREQ (a->name, b->name)) ? true : false; +} + +/* Free an F_triple. */ +void +triple_free (void *x) +{ + struct F_triple *a = x; + free (a->name); + free (a); +} diff --git a/libgnu/hash-triple.h b/libgnu/hash-triple.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0658d817 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hash-triple.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#ifndef HASH_TRIPLE_H +#define HASH_TRIPLE_H + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <stdbool.h> + +/* Describe a just-created or just-renamed destination file. */ +struct F_triple +{ + char *name; + ino_t st_ino; + dev_t st_dev; +}; + +extern size_t triple_hash (void const *x, size_t table_size) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +extern size_t triple_hash_no_name (void const *x, size_t table_size) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +extern bool triple_compare (void const *x, void const *y); +extern bool triple_compare_ino_str (void const *x, void const *y) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +extern void triple_free (void *x); + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/hash.c b/libgnu/hash.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04f64d15 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hash.c @@ -0,0 +1,1225 @@ +/* hash - hashing table processing. + + Copyright (C) 1998-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Written by Jim Meyering, 1992. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* A generic hash table package. */ + +/* Define USE_OBSTACK to 1 if you want the allocator to use obstacks instead + of malloc. If you change USE_OBSTACK, you have to recompile! */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "hash.h" + +#include "bitrotate.h" +#include "xalloc-oversized.h" + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#if USE_OBSTACK +# include "obstack.h" +# ifndef obstack_chunk_alloc +# define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc +# endif +# ifndef obstack_chunk_free +# define obstack_chunk_free free +# endif +#endif + +struct hash_entry + { + void *data; + struct hash_entry *next; + }; + +struct hash_table + { + /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1, + for a possibility of N_BUCKETS. Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets + are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table. */ + struct hash_entry *bucket; + struct hash_entry const *bucket_limit; + size_t n_buckets; + size_t n_buckets_used; + size_t n_entries; + + /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physically separate structure. */ + const Hash_tuning *tuning; + + /* Three functions are given to 'hash_initialize', see the documentation + block for this function. In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry + into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns + true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup + function for a user entry. */ + Hash_hasher hasher; + Hash_comparator comparator; + Hash_data_freer data_freer; + + /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs. */ + struct hash_entry *free_entry_list; + +#if USE_OBSTACK + /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed + entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single + operation. It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble. */ + struct obstack entry_stack; +#endif + }; + +/* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to + some user-provided data (also called a user entry). An entry indistinctly + refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry. A user + entry contents may be hashed by a randomization function (the hashing + function, or just "hasher" for short) into a number (or "slot") between 0 + and the current table size. At each slot position in the hash table, + starts a linked chain of entries for which the user data all hash to this + slot. A bucket is the collection of all entries hashing to the same slot. + + A good "hasher" function will distribute entries rather evenly in buckets. + In the ideal case, the length of each bucket is roughly the number of + entries divided by the table size. Finding the slot for a data is usually + done in constant time by the "hasher", and the later finding of a precise + entry is linear in time with the size of the bucket. Consequently, a + larger hash table size (that is, a larger number of buckets) is prone to + yielding shorter chains, *given* the "hasher" function behaves properly. + + Long buckets slow down the lookup algorithm. One might use big hash table + sizes in hope to reduce the average length of buckets, but this might + become inordinate, as unused slots in the hash table take some space. The + best bet is to make sure you are using a good "hasher" function (beware + that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size + larger than the actual number of entries. */ + +/* If an insertion makes the ratio of nonempty buckets to table size larger + than the growth threshold (a number between 0.0 and 1.0), then increase + the table size by multiplying by the growth factor (a number greater than + 1.0). The growth threshold defaults to 0.8, and the growth factor + defaults to 1.414, meaning that the table will have doubled its size + every second time 80% of the buckets get used. */ +#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD 0.8f +#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR 1.414f + +/* If a deletion empties a bucket and causes the ratio of used buckets to + table size to become smaller than the shrink threshold (a number between + 0.0 and 1.0), then shrink the table by multiplying by the shrink factor (a + number greater than the shrink threshold but smaller than 1.0). The shrink + threshold and factor default to 0.0 and 1.0, meaning that the table never + shrinks. */ +#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD 0.0f +#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR 1.0f + +/* Use this to initialize or reset a TUNING structure to + some sensible values. */ +static const Hash_tuning default_tuning = + { + DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD, + DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR, + DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD, + DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR, + false + }; + +/* Information and lookup. */ + +/* The following few functions provide information about the overall hash + table organization: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum + length of buckets. */ + +/* Return the number of buckets in the hash table. The table size, the total + number of buckets (used plus unused), or the maximum number of slots, are + the same quantity. */ + +size_t +hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table) +{ + return table->n_buckets; +} + +/* Return the number of slots in use (non-empty buckets). */ + +size_t +hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table) +{ + return table->n_buckets_used; +} + +/* Return the number of active entries. */ + +size_t +hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *table) +{ + return table->n_entries; +} + +/* Return the length of the longest chain (bucket). */ + +size_t +hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table) +{ + struct hash_entry const *bucket; + size_t max_bucket_length = 0; + + for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + if (bucket->data) + { + struct hash_entry const *cursor = bucket; + size_t bucket_length = 1; + + while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor) + bucket_length++; + + if (bucket_length > max_bucket_length) + max_bucket_length = bucket_length; + } + } + + return max_bucket_length; +} + +/* Do a mild validation of a hash table, by traversing it and checking two + statistics. */ + +bool +hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table) +{ + struct hash_entry const *bucket; + size_t n_buckets_used = 0; + size_t n_entries = 0; + + for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + if (bucket->data) + { + struct hash_entry const *cursor = bucket; + + /* Count bucket head. */ + n_buckets_used++; + n_entries++; + + /* Count bucket overflow. */ + while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor) + n_entries++; + } + } + + if (n_buckets_used == table->n_buckets_used && n_entries == table->n_entries) + return true; + + return false; +} + +void +hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream) +{ + size_t n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table); + size_t n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table); + size_t n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table); + size_t max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table); + + fprintf (stream, "# entries: %lu\n", (unsigned long int) n_entries); + fprintf (stream, "# buckets: %lu\n", (unsigned long int) n_buckets); + fprintf (stream, "# buckets used: %lu (%.2f%%)\n", + (unsigned long int) n_buckets_used, + (100.0 * n_buckets_used) / n_buckets); + fprintf (stream, "max bucket length: %lu\n", + (unsigned long int) max_bucket_length); +} + +/* Hash KEY and return a pointer to the selected bucket. + If TABLE->hasher misbehaves, abort. */ +static struct hash_entry * +safe_hasher (const Hash_table *table, const void *key) +{ + size_t n = table->hasher (key, table->n_buckets); + if (! (n < table->n_buckets)) + abort (); + return table->bucket + n; +} + +/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the + entry from the table. Otherwise, return NULL. */ + +void * +hash_lookup (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry) +{ + struct hash_entry const *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry); + struct hash_entry const *cursor; + + if (bucket->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next) + if (entry == cursor->data || table->comparator (entry, cursor->data)) + return cursor->data; + + return NULL; +} + +/* Walking. */ + +/* The functions in this page traverse the hash table and process the + contained entries. For the traversal to work properly, the hash table + should not be resized nor modified while any particular entry is being + processed. In particular, entries should not be added, and an entry + may be removed only if there is no shrink threshold and the entry being + removed has already been passed to hash_get_next. */ + +/* Return the first data in the table, or NULL if the table is empty. */ + +void * +hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table) +{ + struct hash_entry const *bucket; + + if (table->n_entries == 0) + return NULL; + + for (bucket = table->bucket; ; bucket++) + if (! (bucket < table->bucket_limit)) + abort (); + else if (bucket->data) + return bucket->data; +} + +/* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been + returned by a previous call to either 'hash_get_first' or 'hash_get_next'. + Return NULL if there are no more entries. */ + +void * +hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry) +{ + struct hash_entry const *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry); + struct hash_entry const *cursor; + + /* Find next entry in the same bucket. */ + cursor = bucket; + do + { + if (cursor->data == entry && cursor->next) + return cursor->next->data; + cursor = cursor->next; + } + while (cursor != NULL); + + /* Find first entry in any subsequent bucket. */ + while (++bucket < table->bucket_limit) + if (bucket->data) + return bucket->data; + + /* None found. */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Fill BUFFER with pointers to active user entries in the hash table, then + return the number of pointers copied. Do not copy more than BUFFER_SIZE + pointers. */ + +size_t +hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer, + size_t buffer_size) +{ + size_t counter = 0; + struct hash_entry const *bucket; + struct hash_entry const *cursor; + + for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + if (bucket->data) + { + for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next) + { + if (counter >= buffer_size) + return counter; + buffer[counter++] = cursor->data; + } + } + } + + return counter; +} + +/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of a hash table, and return the + number of entries for which the processor function returned success. A + pointer to some PROCESSOR_DATA which will be made available to each call to + the processor function. The PROCESSOR accepts two arguments: the first is + the user entry being walked into, the second is the value of PROCESSOR_DATA + as received. The walking continue for as long as the PROCESSOR function + returns nonzero. When it returns zero, the walking is interrupted. */ + +size_t +hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor, + void *processor_data) +{ + size_t counter = 0; + struct hash_entry const *bucket; + struct hash_entry const *cursor; + + for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + if (bucket->data) + { + for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next) + { + if (! processor (cursor->data, processor_data)) + return counter; + counter++; + } + } + } + + return counter; +} + +/* Allocation and clean-up. */ + +/* Return a hash index for a NUL-terminated STRING between 0 and N_BUCKETS-1. + This is a convenience routine for constructing other hashing functions. */ + +#if USE_DIFF_HASH + +/* About hashings, Paul Eggert writes to me (FP), on 1994-01-01: "Please see + B. J. McKenzie, R. Harries & T. Bell, Selecting a hashing algorithm, + Software--practice & experience 20, 2 (Feb 1990), 209-224. Good hash + algorithms tend to be domain-specific, so what's good for [diffutils'] io.c + may not be good for your application." */ + +size_t +hash_string (const char *string, size_t n_buckets) +{ +# define HASH_ONE_CHAR(Value, Byte) \ + ((Byte) + rotl_sz (Value, 7)) + + size_t value = 0; + unsigned char ch; + + for (; (ch = *string); string++) + value = HASH_ONE_CHAR (value, ch); + return value % n_buckets; + +# undef HASH_ONE_CHAR +} + +#else /* not USE_DIFF_HASH */ + +/* This one comes from 'recode', and performs a bit better than the above as + per a few experiments. It is inspired from a hashing routine found in the + very old Cyber 'snoop', itself written in typical Greg Mansfield style. + (By the way, what happened to this excellent man? Is he still alive?) */ + +size_t +hash_string (const char *string, size_t n_buckets) +{ + size_t value = 0; + unsigned char ch; + + for (; (ch = *string); string++) + value = (value * 31 + ch) % n_buckets; + return value; +} + +#endif /* not USE_DIFF_HASH */ + +/* Return true if CANDIDATE is a prime number. CANDIDATE should be an odd + number at least equal to 11. */ + +static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST +is_prime (size_t candidate) +{ + size_t divisor = 3; + size_t square = divisor * divisor; + + while (square < candidate && (candidate % divisor)) + { + divisor++; + square += 4 * divisor; + divisor++; + } + + return (candidate % divisor ? true : false); +} + +/* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that + prime. Primes lower than 10 are merely skipped. */ + +static size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST +next_prime (size_t candidate) +{ + /* Skip small primes. */ + if (candidate < 10) + candidate = 10; + + /* Make it definitely odd. */ + candidate |= 1; + + while (SIZE_MAX != candidate && !is_prime (candidate)) + candidate += 2; + + return candidate; +} + +void +hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning) +{ + *tuning = default_tuning; +} + +/* If the user passes a NULL hasher, we hash the raw pointer. */ +static size_t +raw_hasher (const void *data, size_t n) +{ + /* When hashing unique pointers, it is often the case that they were + generated by malloc and thus have the property that the low-order + bits are 0. As this tends to give poorer performance with small + tables, we rotate the pointer value before performing division, + in an attempt to improve hash quality. */ + size_t val = rotr_sz ((size_t) data, 3); + return val % n; +} + +/* If the user passes a NULL comparator, we use pointer comparison. */ +static bool +raw_comparator (const void *a, const void *b) +{ + return a == b; +} + + +/* For the given hash TABLE, check the user supplied tuning structure for + reasonable values, and return true if there is no gross error with it. + Otherwise, definitively reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default + in the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying + tuning arguments), and return false. */ + +static bool +check_tuning (Hash_table *table) +{ + const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning; + float epsilon; + if (tuning == &default_tuning) + return true; + + /* Be a bit stricter than mathematics would require, so that + rounding errors in size calculations do not cause allocations to + fail to grow or shrink as they should. The smallest allocation + is 11 (due to next_prime's algorithm), so an epsilon of 0.1 + should be good enough. */ + epsilon = 0.1f; + + if (epsilon < tuning->growth_threshold + && tuning->growth_threshold < 1 - epsilon + && 1 + epsilon < tuning->growth_factor + && 0 <= tuning->shrink_threshold + && tuning->shrink_threshold + epsilon < tuning->shrink_factor + && tuning->shrink_factor <= 1 + && tuning->shrink_threshold + epsilon < tuning->growth_threshold) + return true; + + table->tuning = &default_tuning; + return false; +} + +/* Compute the size of the bucket array for the given CANDIDATE and + TUNING, or return 0 if there is no possible way to allocate that + many entries. */ + +static size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE +compute_bucket_size (size_t candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning) +{ + if (!tuning->is_n_buckets) + { + float new_candidate = candidate / tuning->growth_threshold; + if (SIZE_MAX <= new_candidate) + return 0; + candidate = new_candidate; + } + candidate = next_prime (candidate); + if (xalloc_oversized (candidate, sizeof (struct hash_entry *))) + return 0; + return candidate; +} + +/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure. The initial + number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that you + may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth of + the hash table size occurs. So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori upper + bound on the number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you + may save some table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here. If + the IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE + argument has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets. + + TUNING points to a structure of user-supplied values, in case some fine + tuning is wanted over the default behavior of the hasher. If TUNING is + NULL, the default tuning parameters are used instead. If TUNING is + provided but the values requested are out of bounds or might cause + rounding errors, return NULL. + + The user-supplied HASHER function, when not NULL, accepts two + arguments ENTRY and TABLE_SIZE. It computes, by hashing ENTRY contents, a + slot number for that entry which should be in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1. + This slot number is then returned. + + The user-supplied COMPARATOR function, when not NULL, accepts two + arguments pointing to user data, it then returns true for a pair of entries + that compare equal, or false otherwise. This function is internally called + on entries which are already known to hash to the same bucket index, + but which are distinct pointers. + + The user-supplied DATA_FREER function, when not NULL, may be later called + with the user data as an argument, just before the entry containing the + data gets freed. This happens from within 'hash_free' or 'hash_clear'. + You should specify this function only if you want these functions to free + all of your 'data' data. This is typically the case when your data is + simply an auxiliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several + values. */ + +Hash_table * +hash_initialize (size_t candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning, + Hash_hasher hasher, Hash_comparator comparator, + Hash_data_freer data_freer) +{ + Hash_table *table; + + if (hasher == NULL) + hasher = raw_hasher; + if (comparator == NULL) + comparator = raw_comparator; + + table = malloc (sizeof *table); + if (table == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (!tuning) + tuning = &default_tuning; + table->tuning = tuning; + if (!check_tuning (table)) + { + /* Fail if the tuning options are invalid. This is the only occasion + when the user gets some feedback about it. Once the table is created, + if the user provides invalid tuning options, we silently revert to + using the defaults, and ignore further request to change the tuning + options. */ + goto fail; + } + + table->n_buckets = compute_bucket_size (candidate, tuning); + if (!table->n_buckets) + goto fail; + + table->bucket = calloc (table->n_buckets, sizeof *table->bucket); + if (table->bucket == NULL) + goto fail; + table->bucket_limit = table->bucket + table->n_buckets; + table->n_buckets_used = 0; + table->n_entries = 0; + + table->hasher = hasher; + table->comparator = comparator; + table->data_freer = data_freer; + + table->free_entry_list = NULL; +#if USE_OBSTACK + obstack_init (&table->entry_stack); +#endif + return table; + + fail: + free (table); + return NULL; +} + +/* Make all buckets empty, placing any chained entries on the free list. + Apply the user-specified function data_freer (if any) to the datas of any + affected entries. */ + +void +hash_clear (Hash_table *table) +{ + struct hash_entry *bucket; + + for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + if (bucket->data) + { + struct hash_entry *cursor; + struct hash_entry *next; + + /* Free the bucket overflow. */ + for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next) + { + if (table->data_freer) + table->data_freer (cursor->data); + cursor->data = NULL; + + next = cursor->next; + /* Relinking is done one entry at a time, as it is to be expected + that overflows are either rare or short. */ + cursor->next = table->free_entry_list; + table->free_entry_list = cursor; + } + + /* Free the bucket head. */ + if (table->data_freer) + table->data_freer (bucket->data); + bucket->data = NULL; + bucket->next = NULL; + } + } + + table->n_buckets_used = 0; + table->n_entries = 0; +} + +/* Reclaim all storage associated with a hash table. If a data_freer + function has been supplied by the user when the hash table was created, + this function applies it to the data of each entry before freeing that + entry. */ + +void +hash_free (Hash_table *table) +{ + struct hash_entry *bucket; + struct hash_entry *cursor; + struct hash_entry *next; + + /* Call the user data_freer function. */ + if (table->data_freer && table->n_entries) + { + for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + if (bucket->data) + { + for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next) + table->data_freer (cursor->data); + } + } + } + +#if USE_OBSTACK + + obstack_free (&table->entry_stack, NULL); + +#else + + /* Free all bucket overflowed entries. */ + for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next) + { + next = cursor->next; + free (cursor); + } + } + + /* Also reclaim the internal list of previously freed entries. */ + for (cursor = table->free_entry_list; cursor; cursor = next) + { + next = cursor->next; + free (cursor); + } + +#endif + + /* Free the remainder of the hash table structure. */ + free (table->bucket); + free (table); +} + +/* Insertion and deletion. */ + +/* Get a new hash entry for a bucket overflow, possibly by recycling a + previously freed one. If this is not possible, allocate a new one. */ + +static struct hash_entry * +allocate_entry (Hash_table *table) +{ + struct hash_entry *new; + + if (table->free_entry_list) + { + new = table->free_entry_list; + table->free_entry_list = new->next; + } + else + { +#if USE_OBSTACK + new = obstack_alloc (&table->entry_stack, sizeof *new); +#else + new = malloc (sizeof *new); +#endif + } + + return new; +} + +/* Free a hash entry which was part of some bucket overflow, + saving it for later recycling. */ + +static void +free_entry (Hash_table *table, struct hash_entry *entry) +{ + entry->data = NULL; + entry->next = table->free_entry_list; + table->free_entry_list = entry; +} + +/* This private function is used to help with insertion and deletion. When + ENTRY matches an entry in the table, return a pointer to the corresponding + user data and set *BUCKET_HEAD to the head of the selected bucket. + Otherwise, return NULL. When DELETE is true and ENTRY matches an entry in + the table, unlink the matching entry. */ + +static void * +hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry, + struct hash_entry **bucket_head, bool delete) +{ + struct hash_entry *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry); + struct hash_entry *cursor; + + *bucket_head = bucket; + + /* Test for empty bucket. */ + if (bucket->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* See if the entry is the first in the bucket. */ + if (entry == bucket->data || table->comparator (entry, bucket->data)) + { + void *data = bucket->data; + + if (delete) + { + if (bucket->next) + { + struct hash_entry *next = bucket->next; + + /* Bump the first overflow entry into the bucket head, then save + the previous first overflow entry for later recycling. */ + *bucket = *next; + free_entry (table, next); + } + else + { + bucket->data = NULL; + } + } + + return data; + } + + /* Scan the bucket overflow. */ + for (cursor = bucket; cursor->next; cursor = cursor->next) + { + if (entry == cursor->next->data + || table->comparator (entry, cursor->next->data)) + { + void *data = cursor->next->data; + + if (delete) + { + struct hash_entry *next = cursor->next; + + /* Unlink the entry to delete, then save the freed entry for later + recycling. */ + cursor->next = next->next; + free_entry (table, next); + } + + return data; + } + } + + /* No entry found. */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Internal helper, to move entries from SRC to DST. Both tables must + share the same free entry list. If SAFE, only move overflow + entries, saving bucket heads for later, so that no allocations will + occur. Return false if the free entry list is exhausted and an + allocation fails. */ + +static bool +transfer_entries (Hash_table *dst, Hash_table *src, bool safe) +{ + struct hash_entry *bucket; + struct hash_entry *cursor; + struct hash_entry *next; + for (bucket = src->bucket; bucket < src->bucket_limit; bucket++) + if (bucket->data) + { + void *data; + struct hash_entry *new_bucket; + + /* Within each bucket, transfer overflow entries first and + then the bucket head, to minimize memory pressure. After + all, the only time we might allocate is when moving the + bucket head, but moving overflow entries first may create + free entries that can be recycled by the time we finally + get to the bucket head. */ + for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next) + { + data = cursor->data; + new_bucket = safe_hasher (dst, data); + + next = cursor->next; + + if (new_bucket->data) + { + /* Merely relink an existing entry, when moving from a + bucket overflow into a bucket overflow. */ + cursor->next = new_bucket->next; + new_bucket->next = cursor; + } + else + { + /* Free an existing entry, when moving from a bucket + overflow into a bucket header. */ + new_bucket->data = data; + dst->n_buckets_used++; + free_entry (dst, cursor); + } + } + /* Now move the bucket head. Be sure that if we fail due to + allocation failure that the src table is in a consistent + state. */ + data = bucket->data; + bucket->next = NULL; + if (safe) + continue; + new_bucket = safe_hasher (dst, data); + + if (new_bucket->data) + { + /* Allocate or recycle an entry, when moving from a bucket + header into a bucket overflow. */ + struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (dst); + + if (new_entry == NULL) + return false; + + new_entry->data = data; + new_entry->next = new_bucket->next; + new_bucket->next = new_entry; + } + else + { + /* Move from one bucket header to another. */ + new_bucket->data = data; + dst->n_buckets_used++; + } + bucket->data = NULL; + src->n_buckets_used--; + } + return true; +} + +/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets through + specifying CANDIDATE. The contents of the hash table are preserved. The + new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that + the table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including + those already in the table, before any other growth of the hash table size + occurs. If TUNING->IS_N_BUCKETS is true, then CANDIDATE specifies the + exact number of buckets desired. Return true iff the rehash succeeded. */ + +bool +hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, size_t candidate) +{ + Hash_table storage; + Hash_table *new_table; + size_t new_size = compute_bucket_size (candidate, table->tuning); + + if (!new_size) + return false; + if (new_size == table->n_buckets) + return true; + new_table = &storage; + new_table->bucket = calloc (new_size, sizeof *new_table->bucket); + if (new_table->bucket == NULL) + return false; + new_table->n_buckets = new_size; + new_table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket + new_size; + new_table->n_buckets_used = 0; + new_table->n_entries = 0; + new_table->tuning = table->tuning; + new_table->hasher = table->hasher; + new_table->comparator = table->comparator; + new_table->data_freer = table->data_freer; + + /* In order for the transfer to successfully complete, we need + additional overflow entries when distinct buckets in the old + table collide into a common bucket in the new table. The worst + case possible is a hasher that gives a good spread with the old + size, but returns a constant with the new size; if we were to + guarantee table->n_buckets_used-1 free entries in advance, then + the transfer would be guaranteed to not allocate memory. + However, for large tables, a guarantee of no further allocation + introduces a lot of extra memory pressure, all for an unlikely + corner case (most rehashes reduce, rather than increase, the + number of overflow entries needed). So, we instead ensure that + the transfer process can be reversed if we hit a memory + allocation failure mid-transfer. */ + + /* Merely reuse the extra old space into the new table. */ +#if USE_OBSTACK + new_table->entry_stack = table->entry_stack; +#endif + new_table->free_entry_list = table->free_entry_list; + + if (transfer_entries (new_table, table, false)) + { + /* Entries transferred successfully; tie up the loose ends. */ + free (table->bucket); + table->bucket = new_table->bucket; + table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket_limit; + table->n_buckets = new_table->n_buckets; + table->n_buckets_used = new_table->n_buckets_used; + table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list; + /* table->n_entries and table->entry_stack already hold their value. */ + return true; + } + + /* We've allocated new_table->bucket (and possibly some entries), + exhausted the free list, and moved some but not all entries into + new_table. We must undo the partial move before returning + failure. The only way to get into this situation is if new_table + uses fewer buckets than the old table, so we will reclaim some + free entries as overflows in the new table are put back into + distinct buckets in the old table. + + There are some pathological cases where a single pass through the + table requires more intermediate overflow entries than using two + passes. Two passes give worse cache performance and takes + longer, but at this point, we're already out of memory, so slow + and safe is better than failure. */ + table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list; + if (! (transfer_entries (table, new_table, true) + && transfer_entries (table, new_table, false))) + abort (); + /* table->n_entries already holds its value. */ + free (new_table->bucket); + return false; +} + +/* Insert ENTRY into hash TABLE if there is not already a matching entry. + + Return -1 upon memory allocation failure. + Return 1 if insertion succeeded. + Return 0 if there is already a matching entry in the table, + and in that case, if MATCHED_ENT is non-NULL, set *MATCHED_ENT + to that entry. + + This interface is easier to use than hash_insert when you must + distinguish between the latter two cases. More importantly, + hash_insert is unusable for some types of ENTRY values. When using + hash_insert, the only way to distinguish those cases is to compare + the return value and ENTRY. That works only when you can have two + different ENTRY values that point to data that compares "equal". Thus, + when the ENTRY value is a simple scalar, you must use + hash_insert_if_absent. ENTRY must not be NULL. */ +int +hash_insert_if_absent (Hash_table *table, void const *entry, + void const **matched_ent) +{ + void *data; + struct hash_entry *bucket; + + /* The caller cannot insert a NULL entry, since hash_lookup returns NULL + to indicate "not found", and hash_find_entry uses "bucket->data == NULL" + to indicate an empty bucket. */ + if (! entry) + abort (); + + /* If there's a matching entry already in the table, return that. */ + if ((data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false)) != NULL) + { + if (matched_ent) + *matched_ent = data; + return 0; + } + + /* If the growth threshold of the buckets in use has been reached, increase + the table size and rehash. There's no point in checking the number of + entries: if the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not + likely to improve it. */ + + if (table->n_buckets_used + > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets) + { + /* Check more fully, before starting real work. If tuning arguments + became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults. */ + check_tuning (table); + if (table->n_buckets_used + > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets) + { + const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning; + float candidate = + (tuning->is_n_buckets + ? (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor) + : (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor + * tuning->growth_threshold)); + + if (SIZE_MAX <= candidate) + return -1; + + /* If the rehash fails, arrange to return NULL. */ + if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate)) + return -1; + + /* Update the bucket we are interested in. */ + if (hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false) != NULL) + abort (); + } + } + + /* ENTRY is not matched, it should be inserted. */ + + if (bucket->data) + { + struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (table); + + if (new_entry == NULL) + return -1; + + /* Add ENTRY in the overflow of the bucket. */ + + new_entry->data = (void *) entry; + new_entry->next = bucket->next; + bucket->next = new_entry; + table->n_entries++; + return 1; + } + + /* Add ENTRY right in the bucket head. */ + + bucket->data = (void *) entry; + table->n_entries++; + table->n_buckets_used++; + + return 1; +} + +/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the pointer + to the entry from the table. Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return ENTRY. + Return NULL if the storage required for insertion cannot be allocated. + This implementation does not support duplicate entries or insertion of + NULL. */ + +void * +hash_insert (Hash_table *table, void const *entry) +{ + void const *matched_ent; + int err = hash_insert_if_absent (table, entry, &matched_ent); + return (err == -1 + ? NULL + : (void *) (err == 0 ? matched_ent : entry)); +} + +/* If ENTRY is already in the table, remove it and return the just-deleted + data (the user may want to deallocate its storage). If ENTRY is not in the + table, don't modify the table and return NULL. */ + +void * +hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry) +{ + void *data; + struct hash_entry *bucket; + + data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true); + if (!data) + return NULL; + + table->n_entries--; + if (!bucket->data) + { + table->n_buckets_used--; + + /* If the shrink threshold of the buckets in use has been reached, + rehash into a smaller table. */ + + if (table->n_buckets_used + < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets) + { + /* Check more fully, before starting real work. If tuning arguments + became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults. */ + check_tuning (table); + if (table->n_buckets_used + < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets) + { + const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning; + size_t candidate = + (tuning->is_n_buckets + ? table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor + : (table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor + * tuning->growth_threshold)); + + if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate)) + { + /* Failure to allocate memory in an attempt to + shrink the table is not fatal. But since memory + is low, we can at least be kind and free any + spare entries, rather than keeping them tied up + in the free entry list. */ +#if ! USE_OBSTACK + struct hash_entry *cursor = table->free_entry_list; + struct hash_entry *next; + while (cursor) + { + next = cursor->next; + free (cursor); + cursor = next; + } + table->free_entry_list = NULL; +#endif + } + } + } + } + + return data; +} + +/* Testing. */ + +#if TESTING + +void +hash_print (const Hash_table *table) +{ + struct hash_entry *bucket = (struct hash_entry *) table->bucket; + + for ( ; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++) + { + struct hash_entry *cursor; + + if (bucket) + printf ("%lu:\n", (unsigned long int) (bucket - table->bucket)); + + for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next) + { + char const *s = cursor->data; + /* FIXME */ + if (s) + printf (" %s\n", s); + } + } +} + +#endif /* TESTING */ diff --git a/libgnu/hash.h b/libgnu/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc5e2b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* hash - hashing table processing. + Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2003, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* A generic hash table package. */ + +/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use + obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile 'hash.c' with same setting. */ + +#ifndef HASH_H_ +# define HASH_H_ + +# include <stdio.h> +# include <stdbool.h> + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The warn_unused_result attribute appeared first in gcc-3.4.0. */ +# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__)) +# else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR /* empty */ +# endif + +# ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED +/* The __attribute__((__deprecated__)) feature + is available in gcc versions 3.1 and newer. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 1) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED /* empty */ +# else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# endif + +typedef size_t (*Hash_hasher) (const void *, size_t); +typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) (const void *, const void *); +typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) (void *); +typedef bool (*Hash_processor) (void *, void *); + +struct hash_tuning + { + /* This structure is mainly used for 'hash_initialize', see the block + documentation of 'hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments. */ + + float shrink_threshold; /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */ + float shrink_factor; /* ratio of new smaller size to original size */ + float growth_threshold; /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */ + float growth_factor; /* ratio of new bigger size to original size */ + bool is_n_buckets; /* if CANDIDATE really means table size */ + }; + +typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning; + +struct hash_table; + +typedef struct hash_table Hash_table; + +/* Information and lookup. */ +size_t hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +size_t hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +size_t hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +size_t hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +bool hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +void hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *, FILE *); +void *hash_lookup (const Hash_table *, const void *); + +/* Walking. */ +void *hash_get_first (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +void *hash_get_next (const Hash_table *, const void *); +size_t hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *, void **, size_t); +size_t hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *); + +/* Allocation and clean-up. */ +size_t hash_string (const char *, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; +void hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *); +Hash_table *hash_initialize (size_t, const Hash_tuning *, + Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator, + Hash_data_freer) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR; +void hash_clear (Hash_table *); +void hash_free (Hash_table *); + +/* Insertion and deletion. */ +bool hash_rehash (Hash_table *, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR; +void *hash_insert (Hash_table *, const void *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR; + +int hash_insert_if_absent (Hash_table *table, const void *entry, + const void **matched_ent); +void *hash_delete (Hash_table *, const void *); + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/i-ring.c b/libgnu/i-ring.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b69a0c2c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/i-ring.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* a simple ring buffer + Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> +#include "i-ring.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> + +void +i_ring_init (I_ring *ir, int default_val) +{ + int i; + ir->ir_empty = true; + ir->ir_front = 0; + ir->ir_back = 0; + for (i = 0; i < I_RING_SIZE; i++) + ir->ir_data[i] = default_val; + ir->ir_default_val = default_val; +} + +bool +i_ring_empty (I_ring const *ir) +{ + return ir->ir_empty; +} + +int +i_ring_push (I_ring *ir, int val) +{ + unsigned int dest_idx = (ir->ir_front + !ir->ir_empty) % I_RING_SIZE; + int old_val = ir->ir_data[dest_idx]; + ir->ir_data[dest_idx] = val; + ir->ir_front = dest_idx; + if (dest_idx == ir->ir_back) + ir->ir_back = (ir->ir_back + !ir->ir_empty) % I_RING_SIZE; + ir->ir_empty = false; + return old_val; +} + +int +i_ring_pop (I_ring *ir) +{ + int top_val; + if (i_ring_empty (ir)) + abort (); + top_val = ir->ir_data[ir->ir_front]; + ir->ir_data[ir->ir_front] = ir->ir_default_val; + if (ir->ir_front == ir->ir_back) + ir->ir_empty = true; + else + ir->ir_front = ((ir->ir_front + I_RING_SIZE - 1) % I_RING_SIZE); + return top_val; +} diff --git a/libgnu/i-ring.h b/libgnu/i-ring.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38ad9cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/i-ring.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* definitions for a simple ring buffer + Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <stdbool.h> +#include "verify.h" + +enum { I_RING_SIZE = 4 }; +verify (1 <= I_RING_SIZE); + +/* When ir_empty is true, the ring is empty. + Otherwise, ir_data[B..F] are defined, where B..F is the contiguous + range of indices, modulo I_RING_SIZE, from back to front, inclusive. + Undefined elements of ir_data are always set to ir_default_val. + Popping from an empty ring aborts. + Pushing onto a full ring returns the displaced value. + An empty ring has F==B and ir_empty == true. + A ring with one entry still has F==B, but now ir_empty == false. */ +struct I_ring +{ + int ir_data[I_RING_SIZE]; + int ir_default_val; + unsigned int ir_front; + unsigned int ir_back; + bool ir_empty; +}; +typedef struct I_ring I_ring; + +void i_ring_init (I_ring *ir, int ir_default_val); +int i_ring_push (I_ring *ir, int val); +int i_ring_pop (I_ring *ir); +bool i_ring_empty (I_ring const *ir) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; diff --git a/libgnu/intprops.h b/libgnu/intprops.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ea9647e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/intprops.h @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types + + Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_H +#define _GL_INTPROPS_H + +#include <limits.h> +#include <verify.h> + +/* Return a value with the common real type of E and V and the value of V. */ +#define _GL_INT_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) + (v)) + +/* Act like _GL_INT_CONVERT (E, -V) but work around a bug in IRIX 6.5 cc; see + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00406.html>. */ +#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) - (v)) + +/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs, + e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0. */ + +/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type. bool counts as + an integer. */ +#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1) + +/* True if the real type T is signed. */ +#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1)) + +/* Return 1 if the real expression E, after promotion, has a + signed or floating type. */ +#define EXPR_SIGNED(e) (_GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1) < 0) + + +/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions. */ + +/* The width in bits of the integer type or expression T. + Padding bits are not supported; this is checked at compile-time below. */ +#define TYPE_WIDTH(t) (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT) + +/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T. */ +#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t)) +#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \ + ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \ + ? (t) -1 \ + : ((((t) 1 << (TYPE_WIDTH (t) - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1))) + +/* The maximum and minimum values for the type of the expression E, + after integer promotion. E should not have side effects. */ +#define _GL_INT_MINIMUM(e) \ + (EXPR_SIGNED (e) \ + ? ~ _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \ + : _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0)) +#define _GL_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \ + (EXPR_SIGNED (e) \ + ? _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \ + : _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1)) +#define _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \ + (((_GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 1) << (TYPE_WIDTH ((e) + 0) - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1) + +/* Work around OpenVMS incompatibility with C99. */ +#if !defined LLONG_MAX && defined __INT64_MAX +# define LLONG_MAX __INT64_MAX +# define LLONG_MIN __INT64_MIN +#endif + +/* This include file assumes that signed types are two's complement without + padding bits; the above macros have undefined behavior otherwise. + If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for your host. + As a sanity check, test the assumption for some signed types that + <limits.h> bounds. */ +verify (TYPE_MINIMUM (signed char) == SCHAR_MIN); +verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (signed char) == SCHAR_MAX); +verify (TYPE_MINIMUM (short int) == SHRT_MIN); +verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (short int) == SHRT_MAX); +verify (TYPE_MINIMUM (int) == INT_MIN); +verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (int) == INT_MAX); +verify (TYPE_MINIMUM (long int) == LONG_MIN); +verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (long int) == LONG_MAX); +#ifdef LLONG_MAX +verify (TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int) == LLONG_MIN); +verify (TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int) == LLONG_MAX); +#endif +/* Similarly, sanity-check one ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014 macro if defined. */ +#ifdef UINT_WIDTH +verify (TYPE_WIDTH (unsigned int) == UINT_WIDTH); +#endif + +/* Does the __typeof__ keyword work? This could be done by + 'configure', but for now it's easier to do it by hand. */ +#if (2 <= __GNUC__ \ + || (1210 <= __IBMC__ && defined __IBM__TYPEOF__) \ + || (0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C && !__STDC__)) +# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 1 +#else +# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 0 +#endif + +/* Return 1 if the integer type or expression T might be signed. Return 0 + if it is definitely unsigned. This macro does not evaluate its argument, + and expands to an integer constant expression. */ +#if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ +# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t)) +#else +# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) 1 +#endif + +/* Bound on length of the string representing an unsigned integer + value representable in B bits. log10 (2.0) < 146/485. The + smallest value of B where this bound is not tight is 2621. */ +#define INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND(b) (((b) * 146 + 484) / 485) + +/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T. + Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed, and then add 1 more for + a minus sign if needed. + + Because _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR sometimes returns 0 when its argument is + signed, this macro may overestimate the true bound by one byte when + applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes. */ +#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \ + (INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND (TYPE_WIDTH (t) - _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t)) \ + + _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t)) + +/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T, + including the terminating null. */ +#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1) + + +/* Range overflow checks. + + The INT_<op>_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C + operators might not yield numerically correct answers due to + arithmetic overflow. They do not rely on undefined or + implementation-defined behavior. Their implementations are simple + and straightforward, but they are a bit harder to use than the + INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros described below. + + Example usage: + + long int i = ...; + long int j = ...; + if (INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (i, j, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX)) + printf ("multiply would overflow"); + else + printf ("product is %ld", i * j); + + Restrictions on *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros: + + These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or + undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division + by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers. + + These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, + so the arguments should not have side effects. The arithmetic + arguments (including the MIN and MAX arguments) must be of the same + integer type after the usual arithmetic conversions, and the type + must have minimum value MIN and maximum MAX. Unsigned types should + use a zero MIN of the proper type. + + These macros are tuned for constant MIN and MAX. For commutative + operations such as A + B, they are also tuned for constant B. */ + +/* Return 1 if A + B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic. + See above for restrictions. */ +#define INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((b) < 0 \ + ? (a) < (min) - (b) \ + : (max) - (b) < (a)) + +/* Return 1 if A - B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic. + See above for restrictions. */ +#define INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((b) < 0 \ + ? (max) + (b) < (a) \ + : (a) < (min) + (b)) + +/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic. + See above for restrictions. */ +#define INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max) \ + ((min) < 0 \ + ? (a) < - (max) \ + : 0 < (a)) + +/* Return 1 if A * B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic. + See above for restrictions. Avoid && and || as they tickle + bugs in Sun C 5.11 2010/08/13 and other compilers; see + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00401.html>. */ +#define INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((b) < 0 \ + ? ((a) < 0 \ + ? (a) < (max) / (b) \ + : (b) == -1 \ + ? 0 \ + : (min) / (b) < (a)) \ + : (b) == 0 \ + ? 0 \ + : ((a) < 0 \ + ? (a) < (min) / (b) \ + : (max) / (b) < (a))) + +/* Return 1 if A / B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic. + See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero. */ +#define INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((min) < 0 && (b) == -1 && (a) < - (max)) + +/* Return 1 if A % B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic. + See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero. + Mathematically, % should never overflow, but on x86-like hosts + INT_MIN % -1 traps, and the C standard permits this, so treat this + as an overflow too. */ +#define INT_REMAINDER_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) + +/* Return 1 if A << B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic. + See above for restrictions. Here, MIN and MAX are for A only, and B need + not be of the same type as the other arguments. The C standard says that + behavior is undefined for shifts unless 0 <= B < wordwidth, and that when + A is negative then A << B has undefined behavior and A >> B has + implementation-defined behavior, but do not check these other + restrictions. */ +#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((a) < 0 \ + ? (a) < (min) >> (b) \ + : (max) >> (b) < (a)) + +/* True if __builtin_add_overflow (A, B, P) works when P is non-null. */ +#define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW (5 <= __GNUC__) + +/* True if __builtin_add_overflow_p (A, B, C) works. */ +#define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P (7 <= __GNUC__) + +/* The _GL*_OVERFLOW macros have the same restrictions as the + *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros, except that they do not assume that operands + (e.g., A and B) have the same type as MIN and MAX. Instead, they assume + that the result (e.g., A + B) has that type. */ +#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P +# define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + __builtin_add_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) + (b))) 0) +# define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + __builtin_sub_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) - (b))) 0) +# define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + __builtin_mul_overflow_p (a, b, (__typeof__ ((a) * (b))) 0) +#else +# define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((min) < 0 ? INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \ + : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) \ + : (b) < 0 ? (a) <= (a) + (b) \ + : (a) + (b) < (b)) +# define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((min) < 0 ? INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \ + : (a) < 0 ? 1 \ + : (b) < 0 ? (a) - (b) <= (a) \ + : (a) < (b)) +# define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + (((min) == 0 && (((a) < 0 && 0 < (b)) || ((b) < 0 && 0 < (a)))) \ + || INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)) +#endif +#define _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \ + : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) - 1 \ + : (b) < 0 && (a) + (b) <= (a)) +#define _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \ + ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \ + : (a) < 0 ? (a) % (b) != ((max) - (b) + 1) % (b) \ + : (b) < 0 && ! _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE (a, b, max)) + +/* Return a nonzero value if A is a mathematical multiple of B, where + A is unsigned, B is negative, and MAX is the maximum value of A's + type. A's type must be the same as (A % B)'s type. Normally (A % + -B == 0) suffices, but things get tricky if -B would overflow. */ +#define _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE(a, b, max) \ + (((b) < -_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) \ + ? (_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) == (max) \ + ? (a) \ + : (a) % (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)) + 1)) \ + : (a) % - (b)) \ + == 0) + +/* Check for integer overflow, and report low order bits of answer. + + The INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C operators + might not yield numerically correct answers due to arithmetic overflow. + The INT_<op>_WRAPV macros also store the low-order bits of the answer. + These macros work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely + on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow. + + Example usage, assuming A and B are long int: + + if (INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW (a, b)) + printf ("result would overflow\n"); + else + printf ("result is %ld (no overflow)\n", a * b); + + Example usage with WRAPV flavor: + + long int result; + bool overflow = INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV (a, b, &result); + printf ("result is %ld (%s)\n", result, + overflow ? "after overflow" : "no overflow"); + + Restrictions on these macros: + + These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or + undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division + by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers. + + These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the + arguments should not have side effects. + + The WRAPV macros are not constant expressions. They support only + +, binary -, and *. The result type must be signed. + + These macros are tuned for their last argument being a constant. + + Return 1 if the integer expressions A * B, A - B, -A, A * B, A / B, + A % B, and A << B would overflow, respectively. */ + +#define INT_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b) \ + _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW) +#define INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \ + _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW) +#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW_P +# define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW (0, a) +#else +# define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \ + INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a)) +#endif +#define INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b) \ + _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW) +#define INT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b) \ + _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW) +#define INT_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b) \ + _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW) +#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \ + INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, \ + _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a)) + +/* Return 1 if the expression A <op> B would overflow, + where OP_RESULT_OVERFLOW (A, B, MIN, MAX) does the actual test, + assuming MIN and MAX are the minimum and maximum for the result type. + Arguments should be free of side effects. */ +#define _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW(a, b, op_result_overflow) \ + op_result_overflow (a, b, \ + _GL_INT_MINIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)), \ + _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (0 * (b) + (a))) + +/* Store the low-order bits of A + B, A - B, A * B, respectively, into *R. + Return 1 if the result overflows. See above for restrictions. */ +#define INT_ADD_WRAPV(a, b, r) \ + _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, +, __builtin_add_overflow, INT_ADD_OVERFLOW) +#define INT_SUBTRACT_WRAPV(a, b, r) \ + _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, -, __builtin_sub_overflow, INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW) +#define INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV(a, b, r) \ + _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV (a, b, r, *, __builtin_mul_overflow, INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW) + +/* Nonzero if this compiler has GCC bug 68193 or Clang bug 25390. See: + https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=68193 + https://llvm.org/bugs/show_bug.cgi?id=25390 + For now, assume all versions of GCC-like compilers generate bogus + warnings for _Generic. This matters only for older compilers that + lack __builtin_add_overflow. */ +#if __GNUC__ +# define _GL__GENERIC_BOGUS 1 +#else +# define _GL__GENERIC_BOGUS 0 +#endif + +/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where OP specifies + the operation. BUILTIN is the builtin operation, and OVERFLOW the + overflow predicate. Return 1 if the result overflows. See above + for restrictions. */ +#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_OVERFLOW +# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV(a, b, r, op, builtin, overflow) builtin (a, b, r) +#elif 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__ && !_GL__GENERIC_BOGUS +# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV(a, b, r, op, builtin, overflow) \ + (_Generic \ + (*(r), \ + signed char: \ + _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \ + signed char, SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX), \ + short int: \ + _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \ + short int, SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX), \ + int: \ + _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \ + int, INT_MIN, INT_MAX), \ + long int: \ + _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \ + long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX), \ + long long int: \ + _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \ + long long int, LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX))) +#else +# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV(a, b, r, op, builtin, overflow) \ + (sizeof *(r) == sizeof (signed char) \ + ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \ + signed char, SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX) \ + : sizeof *(r) == sizeof (short int) \ + ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \ + short int, SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX) \ + : sizeof *(r) == sizeof (int) \ + ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned int, \ + int, INT_MIN, INT_MAX) \ + : _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow)) +# ifdef LLONG_MAX +# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow) \ + (sizeof *(r) == sizeof (long int) \ + ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \ + long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX) \ + : _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long long int, \ + long long int, LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX)) +# else +# define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_LONGISH(a, b, r, op, overflow) \ + _GL_INT_OP_CALC (a, b, r, op, overflow, unsigned long int, \ + long int, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX) +# endif +#endif + +/* Store the low-order bits of A <op> B into *R, where the operation + is given by OP. Use the unsigned type UT for calculation to avoid + overflow problems. *R's type is T, with extrema TMIN and TMAX. + T must be a signed integer type. Return 1 if the result overflows. */ +#define _GL_INT_OP_CALC(a, b, r, op, overflow, ut, t, tmin, tmax) \ + (sizeof ((a) op (b)) < sizeof (t) \ + ? _GL_INT_OP_CALC1 ((t) (a), (t) (b), r, op, overflow, ut, t, tmin, tmax) \ + : _GL_INT_OP_CALC1 (a, b, r, op, overflow, ut, t, tmin, tmax)) +#define _GL_INT_OP_CALC1(a, b, r, op, overflow, ut, t, tmin, tmax) \ + ((overflow (a, b) \ + || (EXPR_SIGNED ((a) op (b)) && ((a) op (b)) < (tmin)) \ + || (tmax) < ((a) op (b))) \ + ? (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a, b, op, ut, t), 1) \ + : (*(r) = _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED (a, b, op, ut, t), 0)) + +/* Return the low-order bits of A <op> B, where the operation is given + by OP. Use the unsigned type UT for calculation to avoid undefined + behavior on signed integer overflow, and convert the result to type T. + UT is at least as wide as T and is no narrower than unsigned int, + T is two's complement, and there is no padding or trap representations. + Assume that converting UT to T yields the low-order bits, as is + done in all known two's-complement C compilers. E.g., see: + https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Integers-implementation.html + + According to the C standard, converting UT to T yields an + implementation-defined result or signal for values outside T's + range. However, code that works around this theoretical problem + runs afoul of a compiler bug in Oracle Studio 12.3 x86. See: + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2017-04/msg00049.html + As the compiler bug is real, don't try to work around the + theoretical problem. */ + +#define _GL_INT_OP_WRAPV_VIA_UNSIGNED(a, b, op, ut, t) \ + ((t) ((ut) (a) op (ut) (b))) + +#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/itold.c b/libgnu/itold.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9eb9507f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/itold.c @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* Replacement for 'int' to 'long double' conversion routine. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <float.h> + +void +_Qp_itoq (long double *result, int a) +{ + /* Convert from 'int' to 'double', then from 'double' to 'long double'. */ + *result = (double) a; +} diff --git a/libgnu/langinfo.in.h b/libgnu/langinfo.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7981cbf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/langinfo.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/* Substitute for and wrapper around <langinfo.h>. + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* + * POSIX <langinfo.h> for platforms that lack it or have an incomplete one. + * <http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/langinfo.h.html> + */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_LANGINFO_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LANGINFO_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H + + +#if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_H@ + +/* A platform that lacks <langinfo.h>. */ + +/* Assume that it also lacks <nl_types.h> and the nl_item type. */ +# if !GNULIB_defined_nl_item +typedef int nl_item; +# define GNULIB_defined_nl_item 1 +# endif + +/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */ +# define CODESET 10000 +/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_NUMERIC category */ +# define RADIXCHAR 10001 +# define DECIMAL_POINT RADIXCHAR +# define THOUSEP 10002 +# define THOUSANDS_SEP THOUSEP +# define GROUPING 10114 +/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_TIME category */ +# define D_T_FMT 10003 +# define D_FMT 10004 +# define T_FMT 10005 +# define T_FMT_AMPM 10006 +# define AM_STR 10007 +# define PM_STR 10008 +# define DAY_1 10009 +# define DAY_2 (DAY_1 + 1) +# define DAY_3 (DAY_1 + 2) +# define DAY_4 (DAY_1 + 3) +# define DAY_5 (DAY_1 + 4) +# define DAY_6 (DAY_1 + 5) +# define DAY_7 (DAY_1 + 6) +# define ABDAY_1 10016 +# define ABDAY_2 (ABDAY_1 + 1) +# define ABDAY_3 (ABDAY_1 + 2) +# define ABDAY_4 (ABDAY_1 + 3) +# define ABDAY_5 (ABDAY_1 + 4) +# define ABDAY_6 (ABDAY_1 + 5) +# define ABDAY_7 (ABDAY_1 + 6) +# define MON_1 10023 +# define MON_2 (MON_1 + 1) +# define MON_3 (MON_1 + 2) +# define MON_4 (MON_1 + 3) +# define MON_5 (MON_1 + 4) +# define MON_6 (MON_1 + 5) +# define MON_7 (MON_1 + 6) +# define MON_8 (MON_1 + 7) +# define MON_9 (MON_1 + 8) +# define MON_10 (MON_1 + 9) +# define MON_11 (MON_1 + 10) +# define MON_12 (MON_1 + 11) +# define ABMON_1 10035 +# define ABMON_2 (ABMON_1 + 1) +# define ABMON_3 (ABMON_1 + 2) +# define ABMON_4 (ABMON_1 + 3) +# define ABMON_5 (ABMON_1 + 4) +# define ABMON_6 (ABMON_1 + 5) +# define ABMON_7 (ABMON_1 + 6) +# define ABMON_8 (ABMON_1 + 7) +# define ABMON_9 (ABMON_1 + 8) +# define ABMON_10 (ABMON_1 + 9) +# define ABMON_11 (ABMON_1 + 10) +# define ABMON_12 (ABMON_1 + 11) +# define ERA 10047 +# define ERA_D_FMT 10048 +# define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049 +# define ERA_T_FMT 10050 +# define ALT_DIGITS 10051 +/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MONETARY category */ +# define CRNCYSTR 10052 +# define CURRENCY_SYMBOL CRNCYSTR +# define INT_CURR_SYMBOL 10100 +# define MON_DECIMAL_POINT 10101 +# define MON_THOUSANDS_SEP 10102 +# define MON_GROUPING 10103 +# define POSITIVE_SIGN 10104 +# define NEGATIVE_SIGN 10105 +# define FRAC_DIGITS 10106 +# define INT_FRAC_DIGITS 10107 +# define P_CS_PRECEDES 10108 +# define N_CS_PRECEDES 10109 +# define P_SEP_BY_SPACE 10110 +# define N_SEP_BY_SPACE 10111 +# define P_SIGN_POSN 10112 +# define N_SIGN_POSN 10113 +/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MESSAGES category */ +# define YESEXPR 10053 +# define NOEXPR 10054 + +#else + +/* A platform that has <langinfo.h>. */ + +# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET@ +# define CODESET 10000 +# define GNULIB_defined_CODESET 1 +# endif + +# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_T_FMT_AMPM@ +# define T_FMT_AMPM 10006 +# define GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM 1 +# endif + +# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_ERA@ +# define ERA 10047 +# define ERA_D_FMT 10048 +# define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049 +# define ERA_T_FMT 10050 +# define ALT_DIGITS 10051 +# define GNULIB_defined_ERA 1 +# endif + +# if !@HAVE_LANGINFO_YESEXPR@ +# define YESEXPR 10053 +# define NOEXPR 10054 +# define GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR 1 +# endif + +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +/* Declare overridden functions. */ + + +/* Return a piece of locale dependent information. + Note: The difference between nl_langinfo (CODESET) and locale_charset () + is that the latter normalizes the encoding names to GNU conventions. */ + +#if @GNULIB_NL_LANGINFO@ +# if @REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef nl_langinfo +# define nl_langinfo rpl_nl_langinfo +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_NL_LANGINFO@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (nl_langinfo); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef nl_langinfo +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_NL_LANGINFO +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (nl_langinfo, "nl_langinfo is not portable - " + "use gnulib module nl_langinfo for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LANGINFO_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/limits.in.h b/libgnu/limits.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08d3c328 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/limits.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* A GNU-like <limits.h>. + + Copyright 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_LIMITS_H@ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H + +/* For HP-UX 11.31. */ +#if defined LONG_LONG_MIN && !defined LLONG_MIN +# define LLONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN +#endif +#if defined LONG_LONG_MAX && !defined LLONG_MAX +# define LLONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX +#endif +#if defined ULONG_LONG_MAX && !defined ULLONG_MAX +# define ULLONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX +#endif + +/* The number of usable bits in an unsigned or signed integer type + with minimum value MIN and maximum value MAX, as an int expression + suitable in #if. Cover all known practical hosts. This + implementation exploits the fact that MAX is 1 less than a power of + 2, and merely counts the number of 1 bits in MAX; "COBn" means + "count the number of 1 bits in the low-order n bits"). */ +#define _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH(min, max) (((min) < 0) + _GL_COB128 (max)) +#define _GL_COB128(n) (_GL_COB64 ((n) >> 31 >> 31 >> 2) + _GL_COB64 (n)) +#define _GL_COB64(n) (_GL_COB32 ((n) >> 31 >> 1) + _GL_COB32 (n)) +#define _GL_COB32(n) (_GL_COB16 ((n) >> 16) + _GL_COB16 (n)) +#define _GL_COB16(n) (_GL_COB8 ((n) >> 8) + _GL_COB8 (n)) +#define _GL_COB8(n) (_GL_COB4 ((n) >> 4) + _GL_COB4 (n)) +#define _GL_COB4(n) (!!((n) & 8) + !!((n) & 4) + !!((n) & 2) + !!((n) & 1)) + +/* Macros specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014. */ + +#if (! defined ULLONG_WIDTH \ + && (defined _GNU_SOURCE || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__)) +# define CHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (CHAR_MIN, CHAR_MAX) +# define SCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX) +# define UCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UCHAR_MAX) +# define SHRT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SHRT_MIN, SHRT_MAX) +# define USHRT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, USHRT_MAX) +# define INT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_MIN, INT_MAX) +# define UINT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_MAX) +# define LONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX) +# define ULONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, ULONG_MAX) +# define LLONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (LLONG_MIN, LLONG_MAX) +# define ULLONG_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, ULLONG_MAX) +#endif /* !ULLONG_WIDTH && (_GNU_SOURCE || __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__) */ + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_LIMITS_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/link.c b/libgnu/link.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e821e2df --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/link.c @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +/* Emulate link on platforms that lack it, namely native Windows platforms. + + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#if !HAVE_LINK +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> + +/* CreateHardLink was introduced only in Windows 2000. */ +typedef BOOL (WINAPI * CreateHardLinkFuncType) (LPCTSTR lpFileName, + LPCTSTR lpExistingFileName, + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpSecurityAttributes); +static CreateHardLinkFuncType CreateHardLinkFunc = NULL; +static BOOL initialized = FALSE; + +static void +initialize (void) +{ + HMODULE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32.dll"); + if (kernel32 != NULL) + { + CreateHardLinkFunc = + (CreateHardLinkFuncType) GetProcAddress (kernel32, "CreateHardLinkA"); + } + initialized = TRUE; +} + +int +link (const char *file1, const char *file2) +{ + char *dir; + size_t len1 = strlen (file1); + size_t len2 = strlen (file2); + if (!initialized) + initialize (); + if (CreateHardLinkFunc == NULL) + { + /* System does not support hard links. */ + errno = EPERM; + return -1; + } + /* Reject trailing slashes on non-directories; mingw does not + support hard-linking directories. */ + if ((len1 && (file1[len1 - 1] == '/' || file1[len1 - 1] == '\\')) + || (len2 && (file2[len2 - 1] == '/' || file2[len2 - 1] == '\\'))) + { + struct stat st; + if (stat (file1, &st) == 0 && S_ISDIR (st.st_mode)) + errno = EPERM; + else + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + /* CreateHardLink("b/.","a",NULL) creates file "b", so we must check + that dirname(file2) exists. */ + dir = strdup (file2); + if (!dir) + return -1; + { + struct stat st; + char *p = strchr (dir, '\0'); + while (dir < p && (*--p != '/' && *p != '\\')); + *p = '\0'; + if (p != dir && stat (dir, &st) == -1) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + free (dir); + errno = saved_errno; + return -1; + } + free (dir); + } + /* Now create the link. */ + if (CreateHardLinkFunc (file2, file1, NULL) == 0) + { + /* It is not documented which errors CreateHardLink() can produce. + * The following conversions are based on tests on a Windows XP SP2 + * system. */ + DWORD err = GetLastError (); + switch (err) + { + case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED: + errno = EACCES; + break; + + case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION: /* fs does not support hard links */ + errno = EPERM; + break; + + case ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE: + errno = EXDEV; + break; + + case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND: + case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND: + errno = ENOENT; + break; + + case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER: + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + break; + + case ERROR_TOO_MANY_LINKS: + errno = EMLINK; + break; + + case ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS: + errno = EEXIST; + break; + + default: + errno = EIO; + } + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} + +# else /* !Windows */ + +# error "This platform lacks a link function, and Gnulib doesn't provide a replacement. This is a bug in Gnulib." + +# endif /* !Windows */ +#else /* HAVE_LINK */ + +# undef link + +/* Create a hard link from FILE1 to FILE2, working around platform bugs. */ +int +rpl_link (char const *file1, char const *file2) +{ + size_t len1; + size_t len2; + struct stat st; + + /* Don't allow IRIX to dereference dangling file2 symlink. */ + if (!lstat (file2, &st)) + { + errno = EEXIST; + return -1; + } + + /* Reject trailing slashes on non-directories. */ + len1 = strlen (file1); + len2 = strlen (file2); + if ((len1 && file1[len1 - 1] == '/') + || (len2 && file2[len2 - 1] == '/')) + { + /* Let link() decide whether hard-linking directories is legal. + If stat() fails, then link() should fail for the same reason + (although on Solaris 9, link("file/","oops") mistakenly + succeeds); if stat() succeeds, require a directory. */ + if (stat (file1, &st)) + return -1; + if (!S_ISDIR (st.st_mode)) + { + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + } + else + { + /* Fix Cygwin 1.5.x bug where link("a","b/.") creates file "b". */ + char *dir = strdup (file2); + char *p; + if (!dir) + return -1; + /* We already know file2 does not end in slash. Strip off the + basename, then check that the dirname exists. */ + p = strrchr (dir, '/'); + if (p) + { + *p = '\0'; + if (stat (dir, &st) == -1) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + free (dir); + errno = saved_errno; + return -1; + } + } + free (dir); + } + return link (file1, file2); +} +#endif /* HAVE_LINK */ diff --git a/libgnu/localcharset.c b/libgnu/localcharset.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d0a1b82 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/localcharset.c @@ -0,0 +1,613 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "localcharset.h" + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET +# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. Mac OS X 10.3 or newer */ +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# define WINDOWS_NATIVE +# include <locale.h> +#endif + +#if defined __EMX__ +/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ +# ifndef OS2 +# define OS2 +# endif +#endif + +#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE +# include <unistd.h> +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET +# include <langinfo.h> +# else +# if 0 /* see comment below */ +# include <locale.h> +# endif +# endif +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +# endif +#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +#endif +#if defined OS2 +# define INCL_DOS +# include <os2.h> +#endif + +/* For MB_CUR_MAX_L */ +#if defined DARWIN7 +# include <xlocale.h> +#endif + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +/* Get LIBDIR. */ +#ifndef LIBDIR +# include "configmake.h" +#endif + +/* Define O_NOFOLLOW to 0 on platforms where it does not exist. */ +#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW +# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +#endif + +#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR +# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' +#endif + +#ifndef ISSLASH +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) +#endif + +#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED +# undef getc +# define getc getc_unlocked +#endif + +/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a + possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we + are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize + 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, + and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' + are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ +#if __STDC__ != 1 +# define volatile /* empty */ +#endif +/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been + read, else NULL. Its format is: + ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ +static const char * volatile charset_aliases; + +/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ +static const char * +get_charset_aliases (void) +{ + const char *cp; + + cp = charset_aliases; + if (cp == NULL) + { +#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined OS2) + const char *dir; + const char *base = "charset.alias"; + char *file_name; + + /* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is + necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */ + dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR"); + if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0') + dir = relocate (LIBDIR); + + /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ + { + size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); + size_t base_len = strlen (base); + int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); + file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); + if (file_name != NULL) + { + memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); + if (add_slash) + file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; + memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); + } + } + + if (file_name == NULL) + /* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */ + cp = ""; + else + { + int fd; + + /* Open the file. Reject symbolic links on platforms that support + O_NOFOLLOW. This is a security feature. Without it, an attacker + could retrieve parts of the contents (namely, the tail of the + first line that starts with "* ") of an arbitrary file by placing + a symbolic link to that file under the name "charset.alias" in + some writable directory and defining the environment variable + CHARSETALIASDIR to point to that directory. */ + fd = open (file_name, + O_RDONLY | (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0)); + if (fd < 0) + /* File not found. Treat it as empty. */ + cp = ""; + else + { + FILE *fp; + + fp = fdopen (fd, "r"); + if (fp == NULL) + { + /* Out of memory. Treat the file as empty. */ + close (fd); + cp = ""; + } + else + { + /* Parse the file's contents. */ + char *res_ptr = NULL; + size_t res_size = 0; + + for (;;) + { + int c; + char buf1[50+1]; + char buf2[50+1]; + size_t l1, l2; + char *old_res_ptr; + + c = getc (fp); + if (c == EOF) + break; + if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') + continue; + if (c == '#') + { + /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ + do + c = getc (fp); + while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); + if (c == EOF) + break; + continue; + } + ungetc (c, fp); + if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) + break; + l1 = strlen (buf1); + l2 = strlen (buf2); + old_res_ptr = res_ptr; + if (res_size == 0) + { + res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); + } + else + { + res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); + } + if (res_ptr == NULL) + { + /* Out of memory. */ + res_size = 0; + free (old_res_ptr); + break; + } + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); + } + fclose (fp); + if (res_size == 0) + cp = ""; + else + { + *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; + cp = res_ptr; + } + } + } + + free (file_name); + } + +#else + +# if defined DARWIN7 + /* To avoid the trouble of installing a file that is shared by many + GNU packages -- many packaging systems have problems with this --, + simply inline the aliases here. */ + cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "ISO8859-4" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" + "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + "ISO8859-13" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0" + "ISO8859-15" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0" + "KOI8-R" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" + "KOI8-U" "\0" "KOI8-U" "\0" + "CP866" "\0" "CP866" "\0" + "CP949" "\0" "CP949" "\0" + "CP1131" "\0" "CP1131" "\0" + "CP1251" "\0" "CP1251" "\0" + "eucCN" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "GB2312" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "eucKR" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0" + "Big5" "\0" "BIG5" "\0" + "Big5HKSCS" "\0" "BIG5-HKSCS" "\0" + "GBK" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "GB18030" "\0" "GB18030" "\0" + "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" + "ARMSCII-8" "\0" "ARMSCII-8" "\0" + "PT154" "\0" "PT154" "\0" + /*"ISCII-DEV" "\0" "?" "\0"*/ + "*" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0"; +# endif + +# if defined VMS + /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the + sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ + /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation + "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" + section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ + cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + /* Japanese */ + "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" + "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" + "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + /* Chinese */ + "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" + "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + /* Korean */ + "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; +# endif + +# if defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__ + /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same + directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at + runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ + + cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" + "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" + "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" + "CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" + "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" + "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" + "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" + "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0" + "CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0" + "CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0" + "CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0"; +# endif +# if defined OS2 + /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same + directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at + runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ + + /* The list of encodings is taken from "List of OS/2 Codepages" + by Alex Taylor: + <http://altsan.org/os2/toolkits/uls/index.html#codepages>. + See also "IBM Globalization - Code page identifiers": + <http://www-01.ibm.com/software/globalization/cp/cp_cpgid.html>. */ + cp = "CP813" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "CP878" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" + "CP819" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "CP912" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "CP913" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" + "CP914" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" + "CP915" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "CP916" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP920" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + "CP921" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0" + "CP923" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0" + "CP954" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "CP964" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "CP970" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0" + "CP1089" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" + "CP1208" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0" + "CP1381" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "CP1386" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "CP3372" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"; +# endif +#endif + + charset_aliases = cp; + } + + return cp; +} + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +const char * +locale_charset (void) +{ + const char *codeset; + const char *aliases; + +#if !(defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined OS2) + +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET + + /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ + codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); + +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ + /* Cygwin < 1.7 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always + returns "US-ASCII". Return the suffix of the locale name from the + environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number. */ + if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0) + { + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return + it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + } + + /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a + number: GetACP(). This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user + has set the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few + people do). + Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to + GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to + GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font). Cygwin does + this conversion transparently (see winsup/cygwin/fhandler_console.cc), + converting to GetConsoleOutputCP(). This leads to correct results, + except when SetConsoleOutputCP has been called and a raster font is + in use. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + } +# endif + +# else + + /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ + const char *locale = NULL; + + /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some + (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't + use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the + locale name the user has set. */ +# if 0 + locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); +# endif + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + } + + /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, + you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it + through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + +# endif + +#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE + + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as + a number, but the value doesn't change according to what the + 'setlocale' call specified. So we use it as a last resort, in + case the string returned by 'setlocale' doesn't specify the + codepage. */ + char *current_locale = setlocale (LC_ALL, NULL); + char *pdot; + + /* If they set different locales for different categories, + 'setlocale' will return a semi-colon separated list of locale + values. To make sure we use the correct one, we choose LC_CTYPE. */ + if (strchr (current_locale, ';')) + current_locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); + + pdot = strrchr (current_locale, '.'); + if (pdot && 2 + strlen (pdot + 1) + 1 <= sizeof (buf)) + sprintf (buf, "CP%s", pdot + 1); + else + { + /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a + number: GetACP(). + When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in + GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in + GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font. + But in GUI programs and for output sent to files and pipes, GetACP() + encoding is the best bet. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + } + codeset = buf; + +#elif defined OS2 + + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + ULONG cp[3]; + ULONG cplen; + + codeset = NULL; + + /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, + with standard language environment variables. */ + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + + /* For the POSIX locale, don't use the system's codepage. */ + if (strcmp (locale, "C") == 0 || strcmp (locale, "POSIX") == 0) + codeset = ""; + } + + if (codeset == NULL) + { + /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) + codeset = ""; + else + { + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); + codeset = buf; + } + } + +#endif + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ + codeset = ""; + + /* Resolve alias. */ + for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); + *aliases != '\0'; + aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) + if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 + || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) + { + codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; + break; + } + + /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret + the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", + thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ + if (codeset[0] == '\0') + codeset = "ASCII"; + +#ifdef DARWIN7 + /* Mac OS X sets MB_CUR_MAX to 1 when LC_ALL=C, and "UTF-8" + (the default codeset) does not work when MB_CUR_MAX is 1. */ + if (strcmp (codeset, "UTF-8") == 0 && MB_CUR_MAX_L (uselocale (NULL)) <= 1) + codeset = "ASCII"; +#endif + + return codeset; +} diff --git a/libgnu/localcharset.h b/libgnu/localcharset.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2e2a7be --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/localcharset.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H +#define _LOCALCHARSET_H + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ +extern const char * locale_charset (void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/lseek.c b/libgnu/lseek.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b2fdf2e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/lseek.c @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* An lseek() function that detects pipes. + Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +/* Windows platforms. */ +/* Get GetFileType. */ +# include <windows.h> +/* Get _get_osfhandle. */ +# include "msvc-nothrow.h" +#else +# include <sys/stat.h> +#endif +#include <errno.h> + +#undef lseek + +off_t +rpl_lseek (int fd, off_t offset, int whence) +{ +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + /* mingw lseek mistakenly succeeds on pipes, sockets, and terminals. */ + HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd); + if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + errno = EBADF; + return -1; + } + if (GetFileType (h) != FILE_TYPE_DISK) + { + errno = ESPIPE; + return -1; + } +#else + /* BeOS lseek mistakenly succeeds on pipes... */ + struct stat statbuf; + if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) < 0) + return -1; + if (!S_ISREG (statbuf.st_mode)) + { + errno = ESPIPE; + return -1; + } +#endif +#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T + return _lseeki64 (fd, offset, whence); +#else + return lseek (fd, offset, whence); +#endif +} diff --git a/libgnu/lstat.c b/libgnu/lstat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4dc43ec --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/lstat.c @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* Work around a bug of lstat on some systems + + Copyright (C) 1997-2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only + the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_lstat doesn't recurse to + rpl_lstat. */ +#define __need_system_sys_stat_h +#include <config.h> + +#if !HAVE_LSTAT +/* On systems that lack symlinks, our replacement <sys/stat.h> already + defined lstat as stat, so there is nothing further to do other than + avoid an empty file. */ +typedef int dummy; +#else /* HAVE_LSTAT */ + +/* Get the original definition of lstat. It might be defined as a macro. */ +# include <sys/types.h> +# include <sys/stat.h> +# undef __need_system_sys_stat_h + +static int +orig_lstat (const char *filename, struct stat *buf) +{ + return lstat (filename, buf); +} + +/* Specification. */ +/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc + eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h> + above. */ +# include "sys/stat.h" + +# include <string.h> +# include <errno.h> + +/* lstat works differently on Linux and Solaris systems. POSIX (see + "pathname resolution" in the glossary) requires that programs like + 'ls' take into consideration the fact that FILE has a trailing slash + when FILE is a symbolic link. On Linux and Solaris 10 systems, the + lstat function already has the desired semantics (in treating + 'lstat ("symlink/", sbuf)' just like 'lstat ("symlink/.", sbuf)', + but on Solaris 9 and earlier it does not. + + If FILE has a trailing slash and specifies a symbolic link, + then use stat() to get more info on the referent of FILE. + If the referent is a non-directory, then set errno to ENOTDIR + and return -1. Otherwise, return stat's result. */ + +int +rpl_lstat (const char *file, struct stat *sbuf) +{ + size_t len; + int lstat_result = orig_lstat (file, sbuf); + + if (lstat_result != 0) + return lstat_result; + + /* This replacement file can blindly check against '/' rather than + using the ISSLASH macro, because all platforms with '\\' either + lack symlinks (mingw) or have working lstat (cygwin) and thus do + not compile this file. 0 len should have already been filtered + out above, with a failure return of ENOENT. */ + len = strlen (file); + if (file[len - 1] != '/' || S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode)) + return 0; + + /* At this point, a trailing slash is only permitted on + symlink-to-dir; but it should have found information on the + directory, not the symlink. Call stat() to get info about the + link's referent. Our replacement stat guarantees valid results, + even if the symlink is not pointing to a directory. */ + if (!S_ISLNK (sbuf->st_mode)) + { + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + return stat (file, sbuf); +} + +#endif /* HAVE_LSTAT */ diff --git a/libgnu/malloc.c b/libgnu/malloc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eeaf12ba --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/malloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible. + + Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */ + +#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1 +#include <config.h> +/* Only the AC_FUNC_MALLOC macro defines 'malloc' already in config.h. */ +#ifdef malloc +# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1 +# undef malloc +/* Whereas the gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU. */ +#elif GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_MALLOC_GNU +# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1 +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <errno.h> + +/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap. + If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */ + +void * +rpl_malloc (size_t n) +{ + void *result; + +#if NEED_MALLOC_GNU + if (n == 0) + n = 1; +#endif + + result = malloc (n); + +#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX + if (result == NULL) + errno = ENOMEM; +#endif + + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/mbrtowc.c b/libgnu/mbrtowc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4809f6b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/mbrtowc.c @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +/* Convert multibyte character to wide character. + Copyright (C) 1999-2002, 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <wchar.h> + +#if C_LOCALE_MAYBE_EILSEQ +# include "hard-locale.h" +# include <locale.h> +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t +/* Implement mbrtowc() on top of mbtowc(). */ + +# include <errno.h> +# include <stdlib.h> + +# include "localcharset.h" +# include "streq.h" +# include "verify.h" + + +verify (sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4); + +static char internal_state[4]; + +size_t +mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps) +{ + char *pstate = (char *)ps; + + if (s == NULL) + { + pwc = NULL; + s = ""; + n = 1; + } + + if (n == 0) + return (size_t)(-2); + + /* Here n > 0. */ + + if (pstate == NULL) + pstate = internal_state; + + { + size_t nstate = pstate[0]; + char buf[4]; + const char *p; + size_t m; + + switch (nstate) + { + case 0: + p = s; + m = n; + break; + case 3: + buf[2] = pstate[3]; + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + case 2: + buf[1] = pstate[2]; + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + case 1: + buf[0] = pstate[1]; + p = buf; + m = nstate; + buf[m++] = s[0]; + if (n >= 2 && m < 4) + { + buf[m++] = s[1]; + if (n >= 3 && m < 4) + buf[m++] = s[2]; + } + break; + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return (size_t)(-1); + } + + /* Here m > 0. */ + +# if __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ + /* Work around bug <http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9674> */ + mbtowc (NULL, NULL, 0); +# endif + { + int res = mbtowc (pwc, p, m); + + if (res >= 0) + { + if (pwc != NULL && ((*pwc == 0) != (res == 0))) + abort (); + if (nstate >= (res > 0 ? res : 1)) + abort (); + res -= nstate; + pstate[0] = 0; + return res; + } + + /* mbtowc does not distinguish between invalid and incomplete multibyte + sequences. But mbrtowc needs to make this distinction. + There are two possible approaches: + - Use iconv() and its return value. + - Use built-in knowledge about the possible encodings. + Given the low quality of implementation of iconv() on the systems that + lack mbrtowc(), we use the second approach. + The possible encodings are: + - 8-bit encodings, + - EUC-JP, EUC-KR, GB2312, EUC-TW, BIG5, GB18030, SJIS, + - UTF-8. + Use specialized code for each. */ + if (m >= 4 || m >= MB_CUR_MAX) + goto invalid; + /* Here MB_CUR_MAX > 1 and 0 < m < 4. */ + { + const char *encoding = locale_charset (); + + if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "UTF-8", 'U', 'T', 'F', '-', '8', 0, 0, 0, 0)) + { + /* Cf. unistr/u8-mblen.c. */ + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if (c >= 0xc2) + { + if (c < 0xe0) + { + if (m == 1) + goto incomplete; + } + else if (c < 0xf0) + { + if (m == 1) + goto incomplete; + if (m == 2) + { + unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1]; + + if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40 + && (c >= 0xe1 || c2 >= 0xa0) + && (c != 0xed || c2 < 0xa0)) + goto incomplete; + } + } + else if (c <= 0xf4) + { + if (m == 1) + goto incomplete; + else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */ + { + unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1]; + + if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40 + && (c >= 0xf1 || c2 >= 0x90) + && (c < 0xf4 || (c == 0xf4 && c2 < 0x90))) + { + if (m == 2) + goto incomplete; + else /* m == 3 */ + { + unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2]; + + if ((c3 ^ 0x80) < 0x40) + goto incomplete; + } + } + } + } + } + goto invalid; + } + + /* As a reference for this code, you can use the GNU libiconv + implementation. Look for uses of the RET_TOOFEW macro. */ + + if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, + "EUC-JP", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'J', 'P', 0, 0, 0)) + { + if (m == 1) + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e || c == 0x8f) + goto incomplete; + } + if (m == 2) + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if (c == 0x8f) + { + unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1]; + + if (c2 >= 0xa1 && c2 < 0xff) + goto incomplete; + } + } + goto invalid; + } + if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, + "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0) + || STREQ_OPT (encoding, + "GB2312", 'G', 'B', '2', '3', '1', '2', 0, 0, 0) + || STREQ_OPT (encoding, + "BIG5", 'B', 'I', 'G', '5', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)) + { + if (m == 1) + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if (c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) + goto incomplete; + } + goto invalid; + } + if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, + "EUC-TW", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'T', 'W', 0, 0, 0)) + { + if (m == 1) + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e) + goto incomplete; + } + else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */ + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if (c == 0x8e) + goto incomplete; + } + goto invalid; + } + if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, + "GB18030", 'G', 'B', '1', '8', '0', '3', '0', 0, 0)) + { + if (m == 1) + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if ((c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3) || (c >= 0xf8 && c <= 0xfe)) + goto incomplete; + } + else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */ + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if (c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3) + { + unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1]; + + if (c2 >= 0x30 && c2 <= 0x39) + { + if (m == 2) + goto incomplete; + else /* m == 3 */ + { + unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2]; + + if (c3 >= 0x81 && c3 <= 0xfe) + goto incomplete; + } + } + } + } + goto invalid; + } + if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "SJIS", 'S', 'J', 'I', 'S', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)) + { + if (m == 1) + { + unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0]; + + if ((c >= 0x81 && c <= 0x9f) || (c >= 0xe0 && c <= 0xea) + || (c >= 0xf0 && c <= 0xf9)) + goto incomplete; + } + goto invalid; + } + + /* An unknown multibyte encoding. */ + goto incomplete; + } + + incomplete: + { + size_t k = nstate; + /* Here 0 <= k < m < 4. */ + pstate[++k] = s[0]; + if (k < m) + { + pstate[++k] = s[1]; + if (k < m) + pstate[++k] = s[2]; + } + if (k != m) + abort (); + } + pstate[0] = m; + return (size_t)(-2); + + invalid: + errno = EILSEQ; + /* The conversion state is undefined, says POSIX. */ + return (size_t)(-1); + } + } +} + +#else +/* Override the system's mbrtowc() function. */ + +# undef mbrtowc + +size_t +rpl_mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps) +{ + size_t ret; + wchar_t wc; + +# if MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG2_BUG || MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG || MBRTOWC_EMPTY_INPUT_BUG + if (s == NULL) + { + pwc = NULL; + s = ""; + n = 1; + } +# endif + +# if MBRTOWC_EMPTY_INPUT_BUG + if (n == 0) + return (size_t) -2; +# endif + + if (! pwc) + pwc = &wc; + +# if MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG + { + static mbstate_t internal_state; + + /* Override mbrtowc's internal state. We cannot call mbsinit() on the + hidden internal state, but we can call it on our variable. */ + if (ps == NULL) + ps = &internal_state; + + if (!mbsinit (ps)) + { + /* Parse the rest of the multibyte character byte for byte. */ + size_t count = 0; + for (; n > 0; s++, n--) + { + ret = mbrtowc (&wc, s, 1, ps); + + if (ret == (size_t)(-1)) + return (size_t)(-1); + count++; + if (ret != (size_t)(-2)) + { + /* The multibyte character has been completed. */ + *pwc = wc; + return (wc == 0 ? 0 : count); + } + } + return (size_t)(-2); + } + } +# endif + + ret = mbrtowc (pwc, s, n, ps); + +# if MBRTOWC_NUL_RETVAL_BUG + if (ret < (size_t) -2 && !*pwc) + return 0; +# endif + +# if C_LOCALE_MAYBE_EILSEQ + if ((size_t) -2 <= ret && n != 0 && ! hard_locale (LC_CTYPE)) + { + unsigned char uc = *s; + *pwc = uc; + return 1; + } +# endif + + return ret; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/mbsinit.c b/libgnu/mbsinit.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58e0441a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/mbsinit.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* Test for initial conversion state. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <wchar.h> + +#include "verify.h" + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__ + +/* On native Windows, 'mbstate_t' is defined as 'int'. */ + +int +mbsinit (const mbstate_t *ps) +{ + return ps == NULL || *ps == 0; +} + +#else + +/* Platforms that lack mbsinit() also lack mbrlen(), mbrtowc(), mbsrtowcs() + and wcrtomb(), wcsrtombs(). + We assume that + - sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4, + - only stateless encodings are supported (such as UTF-8 and EUC-JP, but + not ISO-2022 variants), + - for each encoding, the number of bytes for a wide character is <= 4. + (This maximum is attained for UTF-8, GB18030, EUC-TW.) + We define the meaning of mbstate_t as follows: + - In mb -> wc direction, mbstate_t's first byte contains the number of + buffered bytes (in the range 0..3), followed by up to 3 buffered bytes. + - In wc -> mb direction, mbstate_t contains no information. In other + words, it is always in the initial state. */ + +verify (sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4); + +int +mbsinit (const mbstate_t *ps) +{ + const char *pstate = (const char *)ps; + + return pstate == NULL || pstate[0] == 0; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/mbsrtowcs-impl.h b/libgnu/mbsrtowcs-impl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d787c07e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/mbsrtowcs-impl.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* Convert string to wide string. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +size_t +mbsrtowcs (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) +{ + if (ps == NULL) + ps = &_gl_mbsrtowcs_state; + { + const char *src = *srcp; + + if (dest != NULL) + { + wchar_t *destptr = dest; + + for (; len > 0; destptr++, len--) + { + size_t src_avail; + size_t ret; + + /* An optimized variant of + src_avail = strnlen1 (src, MB_LEN_MAX); */ + if (src[0] == '\0') + src_avail = 1; + else if (src[1] == '\0') + src_avail = 2; + else if (src[2] == '\0') + src_avail = 3; + else if (MB_LEN_MAX <= 4 || src[3] == '\0') + src_avail = 4; + else + src_avail = 4 + strnlen1 (src + 4, MB_LEN_MAX - 4); + + /* Parse the next multibyte character. */ + ret = mbrtowc (destptr, src, src_avail, ps); + + if (ret == (size_t)(-2)) + /* Encountered a multibyte character that extends past a '\0' byte + or that is longer than MB_LEN_MAX bytes. Cannot happen. */ + abort (); + + if (ret == (size_t)(-1)) + goto bad_input; + if (ret == 0) + { + src = NULL; + /* Here mbsinit (ps). */ + break; + } + src += ret; + } + + *srcp = src; + return destptr - dest; + } + else + { + /* Ignore dest and len, don't store *srcp at the end, and + don't clobber *ps. */ + mbstate_t state = *ps; + size_t totalcount = 0; + + for (;; totalcount++) + { + size_t src_avail; + size_t ret; + + /* An optimized variant of + src_avail = strnlen1 (src, MB_LEN_MAX); */ + if (src[0] == '\0') + src_avail = 1; + else if (src[1] == '\0') + src_avail = 2; + else if (src[2] == '\0') + src_avail = 3; + else if (MB_LEN_MAX <= 4 || src[3] == '\0') + src_avail = 4; + else + src_avail = 4 + strnlen1 (src + 4, MB_LEN_MAX - 4); + + /* Parse the next multibyte character. */ + ret = mbrtowc (NULL, src, src_avail, &state); + + if (ret == (size_t)(-2)) + /* Encountered a multibyte character that extends past a '\0' byte + or that is longer than MB_LEN_MAX bytes. Cannot happen. */ + abort (); + + if (ret == (size_t)(-1)) + goto bad_input2; + if (ret == 0) + { + /* Here mbsinit (&state). */ + break; + } + src += ret; + } + + return totalcount; + } + + bad_input: + *srcp = src; + bad_input2: + errno = EILSEQ; + return (size_t)(-1); + } +} diff --git a/libgnu/mbsrtowcs-state.c b/libgnu/mbsrtowcs-state.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c213e45 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/mbsrtowcs-state.c @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* Convert string to wide string. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <wchar.h> + +/* Internal state used by the functions mbsrtowcs() and mbsnrtowcs(). */ +mbstate_t _gl_mbsrtowcs_state +/* The state must initially be in the "initial state"; so, zero-initialize it. + On most systems, putting it into BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3, + see <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>. + When it needs an initializer, use 0 or {0} as initializer? 0 only works + when mbstate_t is a scalar type (such as when gnulib defines it, or on + AIX, IRIX, mingw). {0} works as an initializer in all cases: for a struct + or union type, but also for a scalar type (ISO C 99, 6.7.8.(11)). */ +#if defined __ELF__ + /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */ +#else + /* Use braces, to be on the safe side. */ + = { 0 } +#endif + ; diff --git a/libgnu/mbsrtowcs.c b/libgnu/mbsrtowcs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7896e948 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/mbsrtowcs.c @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* Convert string to wide string. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <wchar.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "strnlen1.h" + + +extern mbstate_t _gl_mbsrtowcs_state; + +#include "mbsrtowcs-impl.h" diff --git a/libgnu/memchr.c b/libgnu/memchr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34812609 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/memchr.c @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2017 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se), + with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and + commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu); + adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu), + and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu). + +NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. +Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the +Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any +later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <string.h> + +#include <stddef.h> + +#if defined _LIBC +# include <memcopy.h> +#else +# define reg_char char +#endif + +#include <limits.h> + +#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC +# include <bp-sym.h> +#else +# define BP_SYM(sym) sym +#endif + +#undef __memchr +#ifdef _LIBC +# undef memchr +#endif + +#ifndef weak_alias +# define __memchr memchr +#endif + +/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */ +void * +__memchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n) +{ + /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned + long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better + performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64 + bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with + performance. */ + typedef unsigned long int longword; + + const unsigned char *char_ptr; + const longword *longword_ptr; + longword repeated_one; + longword repeated_c; + unsigned reg_char c; + + c = (unsigned char) c_in; + + /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time. + Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */ + for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s; + n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0; + --n, ++char_ptr) + if (*char_ptr == c) + return (void *) char_ptr; + + longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr; + + /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords, + but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */ + + /* Compute auxiliary longword values: + repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte. + repeated_c has c in every byte. */ + repeated_one = 0x01010101; + repeated_c = c | (c << 8); + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16; + if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1; + if (8 < sizeof (longword)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << i; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << i; + } + } + } + + /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a + longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of the four* + bytes in the longword in question are equal to c. We first use an xor + with repeated_c. This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the + four* bytes in longword1 is zero. + + We compute tmp = + ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7). + That is, we perform the following operations: + 1. Subtract repeated_one. + 2. & ~longword1. + 3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte. + Consider what happens in each byte: + - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff, + and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated + to more significant bytes. + - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at + position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1, + the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1. + After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After + step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced. + So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero. + Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least + significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ..., + j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more + significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we + already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7. + + So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to + testing whether tmp is nonzero. */ + + while (n >= sizeof (longword)) + { + longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c; + + if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) + & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0) + break; + longword_ptr++; + n -= sizeof (longword); + } + + char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr; + + /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the + sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian + machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further + memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop + iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines. Choose code + that works in both cases. */ + + for (; n > 0; --n, ++char_ptr) + { + if (*char_ptr == c) + return (void *) char_ptr; + } + + return NULL; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr)) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/memchr.valgrind b/libgnu/memchr.valgrind new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60f247e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/memchr.valgrind @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in memchr(). +# POSIX states that when the character is found, memchr must not read extra +# bytes in an overestimated length (for example, where memchr is used to +# implement strnlen). However, we use a safe word read to provide a speedup. +{ + memchr-value4 + Memcheck:Value4 + fun:rpl_memchr +} +{ + memchr-value8 + Memcheck:Value8 + fun:rpl_memchr +} diff --git a/libgnu/mempcpy.c b/libgnu/mempcpy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9a0678a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/mempcpy.c @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the + last written byte. */ +void * +mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) +{ + return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n; +} diff --git a/libgnu/memrchr.c b/libgnu/memrchr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fefe16cc --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/memrchr.c @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block + + Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se), + with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and + commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu); + adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu), + and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu). + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if defined _LIBC +# include <memcopy.h> +#else +# include <config.h> +# define reg_char char +#endif + +#include <string.h> +#include <limits.h> + +#undef __memrchr +#ifdef _LIBC +# undef memrchr +#endif + +#ifndef weak_alias +# define __memrchr memrchr +#endif + +/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */ +void * +__memrchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n) +{ + /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned + long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better + performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64 + bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with + performance. */ + typedef unsigned long int longword; + + const unsigned char *char_ptr; + const longword *longword_ptr; + longword repeated_one; + longword repeated_c; + unsigned reg_char c; + + c = (unsigned char) c_in; + + /* Handle the last few bytes by reading one byte at a time. + Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */ + for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n; + n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0; + --n) + if (*--char_ptr == c) + return (void *) char_ptr; + + longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr; + + /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords, + but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */ + + /* Compute auxiliary longword values: + repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte. + repeated_c has c in every byte. */ + repeated_one = 0x01010101; + repeated_c = c | (c << 8); + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16; + if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1; + if (8 < sizeof (longword)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << i; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << i; + } + } + } + + /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a + longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of the four* + bytes in the longword in question are equal to c. We first use an xor + with repeated_c. This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the + four* bytes in longword1 is zero. + + We compute tmp = + ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7). + That is, we perform the following operations: + 1. Subtract repeated_one. + 2. & ~longword1. + 3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte. + Consider what happens in each byte: + - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff, + and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated + to more significant bytes. + - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at + position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1, + the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1. + After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After + step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced. + So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero. + Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least + significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ..., + j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more + significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we + already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7. + + So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to + testing whether tmp is nonzero. */ + + while (n >= sizeof (longword)) + { + longword longword1 = *--longword_ptr ^ repeated_c; + + if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) + & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0) + { + longword_ptr++; + break; + } + n -= sizeof (longword); + } + + char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr; + + /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the + sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian + machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further + memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop + iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines. Choose code + that works in both cases. */ + + while (n-- > 0) + { + if (*--char_ptr == c) + return (void *) char_ptr; + } + + return NULL; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/msvc-inval.c b/libgnu/msvc-inval.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7139e93f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/msvc-inval.c @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "msvc-inval.h" + +#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \ + && !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING) + +/* Get _invalid_parameter_handler type and _set_invalid_parameter_handler + declaration. */ +# include <stdlib.h> + +# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING + +static void __cdecl +gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression, + const wchar_t *function, + const wchar_t *file, + unsigned int line, + uintptr_t dummy) +{ +} + +# else + +/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> + +# if defined _MSC_VER + +static void __cdecl +gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression, + const wchar_t *function, + const wchar_t *file, + unsigned int line, + uintptr_t dummy) +{ + RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL); +} + +# else + +/* An index to thread-local storage. */ +static DWORD tls_index; +static int tls_initialized /* = 0 */; + +/* Used as a fallback only. */ +static struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread not_per_thread; + +struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread * +gl_msvc_inval_current (void) +{ + if (!tls_initialized) + { + tls_index = TlsAlloc (); + tls_initialized = 1; + } + if (tls_index == TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES) + /* TlsAlloc had failed. */ + return ¬_per_thread; + else + { + struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *pointer = + (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *) TlsGetValue (tls_index); + if (pointer == NULL) + { + /* First call. Allocate a new 'struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread'. */ + pointer = + (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *) + malloc (sizeof (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread)); + if (pointer == NULL) + /* Could not allocate memory. Use the global storage. */ + pointer = ¬_per_thread; + TlsSetValue (tls_index, pointer); + } + return pointer; + } +} + +static void __cdecl +gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression, + const wchar_t *function, + const wchar_t *file, + unsigned int line, + uintptr_t dummy) +{ + struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *current = gl_msvc_inval_current (); + if (current->restart_valid) + longjmp (current->restart, 1); + else + /* An invalid parameter notification from outside the gnulib code. + Give the caller a chance to intervene. */ + RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL); +} + +# endif + +# endif + +static int gl_msvc_inval_initialized /* = 0 */; + +void +gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void) +{ + if (gl_msvc_inval_initialized == 0) + { + _set_invalid_parameter_handler (gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler); + gl_msvc_inval_initialized = 1; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/msvc-inval.h b/libgnu/msvc-inval.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e216d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/msvc-inval.h @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _MSVC_INVAL_H +#define _MSVC_INVAL_H + +/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept, + functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes + an invalid argument. But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF) + instead. + This file defines macros that turn such an invalid parameter notification + into a non-local exit. An error code can then be produced at the target + of this exit. You can thus write code like + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + <Code that can trigger an invalid parameter notification + but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.> + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + <Code that handles an invalid parameter notification + but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.> + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + This entire block expands to a single statement. + + The handling of invalid parameters can be done in three ways: + + * The default way, which is reasonable for programs (not libraries): + AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [DEFAULT_HANDLING]) + + * The way for libraries that make "hairy" calls (like close(-1), or + fclose(fp) where fileno(fp) is closed, or simply getdtablesize()): + AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING]) + + * The way for libraries that make no "hairy" calls: + AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING]) + */ + +#define DEFAULT_HANDLING 0 +#define HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING 1 +#define SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING 2 + +#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \ + && !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING) +/* A native Windows platform with the "invalid parameter handler" concept, + and either DEFAULT_HANDLING or HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING. */ + +# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING +/* Default handling. */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that just returns. + Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different + invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe. */ +extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \ + do \ + { \ + gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (); \ + if (1) +# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \ + else +# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \ + } \ + while (0) + +# else +/* Handling for hairy libraries. */ + +# include <excpt.h> + +/* Gnulib can define its own status codes, as described in the page + "Raising Software Exceptions" on microsoft.com + <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/het71c37.aspx>. + Our status codes are composed of + - 0xE0000000, mandatory for all user-defined status codes, + - 0x474E550, a API identifier ("GNU"), + - 0, 1, 2, ..., used to distinguish different status codes from the + same API. */ +# define STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER (0xE0000000 + 0x474E550 + 0) + +# if defined _MSC_VER +/* A compiler that supports __try/__except, as described in the page + "try-except statement" on microsoft.com + <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/s58ftw19.aspx>. + With __try/__except, we can use the multithread-safe exception handling. */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that raises a + software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER. + Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different + invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe. */ +extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \ + do \ + { \ + gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (); \ + __try +# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \ + __except (GetExceptionCode () == STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER \ + ? EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER \ + : EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH) +# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \ + } \ + while (0) + +# else +/* Any compiler. + We can only use setjmp/longjmp. */ + +# include <setjmp.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread +{ + /* The restart that will resume execution at the code between + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL and DONE_MSVC_INVAL. It is enabled only between + TRY_MSVC_INVAL and CATCH_MSVC_INVAL. */ + jmp_buf restart; + + /* Tells whether the contents of restart is valid. */ + int restart_valid; +}; + +/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that passes + control to the gl_msvc_inval_restart if it is valid, or raises a + software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER otherwise. + Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different + invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe. */ +extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void); + +/* Return a pointer to the per-thread data for the current thread. */ +extern struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *gl_msvc_inval_current (void); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \ + do \ + { \ + struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *msvc_inval_current; \ + gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (); \ + msvc_inval_current = gl_msvc_inval_current (); \ + /* First, initialize gl_msvc_inval_restart. */ \ + if (setjmp (msvc_inval_current->restart) == 0) \ + { \ + /* Then, mark it as valid. */ \ + msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 1; +# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \ + /* Execution completed. \ + Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid. */ \ + msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + /* Execution triggered an invalid parameter notification. \ + Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid. */ \ + msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0; +# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) + +# endif + +# endif + +#else +/* A platform that does not need to the invalid parameter handler, + or when SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING is desired. */ + +/* The braces here avoid GCC warnings like + "warning: suggest explicit braces to avoid ambiguous 'else'". */ +# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \ + do \ + { \ + if (1) +# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \ + else +# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \ + } \ + while (0) + +#endif + +#endif /* _MSVC_INVAL_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/msvc-nothrow.c b/libgnu/msvc-nothrow.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d127eb47 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/msvc-nothrow.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications + with MSVC runtime libraries. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "msvc-nothrow.h" + +/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */ +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> + +#include "msvc-inval.h" + +#undef _get_osfhandle + +#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +intptr_t +_gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd) +{ + intptr_t result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = _get_osfhandle (fd); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = (intptr_t) INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/msvc-nothrow.h b/libgnu/msvc-nothrow.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c70efc79 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/msvc-nothrow.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications + with MSVC runtime libraries. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _MSVC_NOTHROW_H +#define _MSVC_NOTHROW_H + +/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept, + functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes + an invalid argument. But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF) + instead. + This file defines wrappers that turn such an invalid parameter notification + into an error code. */ + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +/* Get original declaration of _get_osfhandle. */ +# include <io.h> + +# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER + +/* Override _get_osfhandle. */ +extern intptr_t _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd); +# define _get_osfhandle _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle + +# endif + +#endif + +#endif /* _MSVC_NOTHROW_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/obstack.c b/libgnu/obstack.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54b675d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/obstack.c @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros + Copyright (C) 1988-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <obstack.h> +#else +# include <config.h> +# include "obstack.h" +#endif + +/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION in + obstack.h must be incremented whenever callers compiled using an old + obstack.h can no longer properly call the functions in this file. */ + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library + supports the same library interface we do. This code is part of the GNU + C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand 'configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object + files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ +#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1 +# include <gnu-versions.h> +# if (_GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION \ + || (_GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == 1 \ + && _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == 2 \ + && defined SIZEOF_INT && defined SIZEOF_SIZE_T \ + && SIZEOF_INT == SIZEOF_SIZE_T)) +# define _OBSTACK_ELIDE_CODE +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef _OBSTACK_ELIDE_CODE +/* If GCC, or if an oddball (testing?) host that #defines __alignof__, + use the already-supplied __alignof__. Otherwise, this must be Gnulib + (as glibc assumes GCC); defer to Gnulib's alignof_type. */ +# if !defined __GNUC__ && !defined __alignof__ +# include <alignof.h> +# define __alignof__(type) alignof_type (type) +# endif +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <stdint.h> + +# ifndef MAX +# define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +# endif + +/* Determine default alignment. */ + +/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT. + But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as + DEFAULT_ROUNDING. So we prepare for it to do that. + + DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT cannot be an enum constant; see gnulib's alignof.h. */ +#define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT MAX (__alignof__ (long double), \ + MAX (__alignof__ (uintmax_t), \ + __alignof__ (void *))) +#define DEFAULT_ROUNDING MAX (sizeof (long double), \ + MAX (sizeof (uintmax_t), \ + sizeof (void *))) + +/* Call functions with either the traditional malloc/free calling + interface, or the mmalloc/mfree interface (that adds an extra first + argument), based on the value of use_extra_arg. */ + +static void * +call_chunkfun (struct obstack *h, size_t size) +{ + if (h->use_extra_arg) + return h->chunkfun.extra (h->extra_arg, size); + else + return h->chunkfun.plain (size); +} + +static void +call_freefun (struct obstack *h, void *old_chunk) +{ + if (h->use_extra_arg) + h->freefun.extra (h->extra_arg, old_chunk); + else + h->freefun.plain (old_chunk); +} + + +/* Initialize an obstack H for use. Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default). + Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default). + + Return nonzero if successful, calls obstack_alloc_failed_handler if + allocation fails. */ + +static int +_obstack_begin_worker (struct obstack *h, + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment) +{ + struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */ + + if (alignment == 0) + alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT; + if (size == 0) + /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block. */ + { + /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc. + Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off, + the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on + and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be + allocated. + + These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc. I suspect it is + less sensitive to the size of the request. */ + int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)) + + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) + & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)); + size = 4096 - extra; + } + + h->chunk_size = size; + h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1; + + chunk = h->chunk = call_chunkfun (h, h->chunk_size); + if (!chunk) + (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (); + h->next_free = h->object_base = __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) chunk, chunk->contents, + alignment - 1); + h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size; + chunk->prev = 0; + /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 0; + h->alloc_failed = 0; + return 1; +} + +int +_obstack_begin (struct obstack *h, + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment, + void *(*chunkfun) (size_t), + void (*freefun) (void *)) +{ + h->chunkfun.plain = chunkfun; + h->freefun.plain = freefun; + h->use_extra_arg = 0; + return _obstack_begin_worker (h, size, alignment); +} + +int +_obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *h, + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment, + void *(*chunkfun) (void *, size_t), + void (*freefun) (void *, void *), + void *arg) +{ + h->chunkfun.extra = chunkfun; + h->freefun.extra = freefun; + h->extra_arg = arg; + h->use_extra_arg = 1; + return _obstack_begin_worker (h, size, alignment); +} + +/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H + on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added + to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated. + Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk + to the beginning of the new one. */ + +void +_obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *h, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T length) +{ + struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk; + struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk = 0; + size_t obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base; + char *object_base; + + /* Compute size for new chunk. */ + size_t sum1 = obj_size + length; + size_t sum2 = sum1 + h->alignment_mask; + size_t new_size = sum2 + (obj_size >> 3) + 100; + if (new_size < sum2) + new_size = sum2; + if (new_size < h->chunk_size) + new_size = h->chunk_size; + + /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk. */ + if (obj_size <= sum1 && sum1 <= sum2) + new_chunk = call_chunkfun (h, new_size); + if (!new_chunk) + (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler)(); + h->chunk = new_chunk; + new_chunk->prev = old_chunk; + new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size; + + /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */ + object_base = + __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) new_chunk, new_chunk->contents, h->alignment_mask); + + /* Move the existing object to the new chunk. */ + memcpy (object_base, h->object_base, obj_size); + + /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK, + free that chunk and remove it from the chain. + But not if that chunk might contain an empty object. */ + if (!h->maybe_empty_object + && (h->object_base + == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) old_chunk, old_chunk->contents, + h->alignment_mask))) + { + new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev; + call_freefun (h, old_chunk); + } + + h->object_base = object_base; + h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size; + /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 0; +} + +/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H. + This is here for debugging. + If you use it in a program, you are probably losing. */ + +/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning. We don't want to declare this in + obstack.h because it is just for debugging. */ +int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, void *obj) __attribute_pure__; + +int +_obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, void *obj) +{ + struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ + struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ + + lp = (h)->chunk; + /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at + the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly + at the end of an adjacent chunk. */ + while (lp != 0 && ((void *) lp >= obj || (void *) (lp)->limit < obj)) + { + plp = lp->prev; + lp = plp; + } + return lp != 0; +} + +/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate + more recently than OBJ. If OBJ is zero, free everything in H. */ + +void +_obstack_free (struct obstack *h, void *obj) +{ + struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ + struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ + + lp = h->chunk; + /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk. + But there can be an empty object at that address + at the end of another chunk. */ + while (lp != 0 && ((void *) lp >= obj || (void *) (lp)->limit < obj)) + { + plp = lp->prev; + call_freefun (h, lp); + lp = plp; + /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current + chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may. */ + h->maybe_empty_object = 1; + } + if (lp) + { + h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj); + h->chunk_limit = lp->limit; + h->chunk = lp; + } + else if (obj != 0) + /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */ + abort (); +} + +_OBSTACK_SIZE_T +_obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *h) +{ + struct _obstack_chunk *lp; + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T nbytes = 0; + + for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev) + { + nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp; + } + return nbytes; +} + +# ifndef _OBSTACK_NO_ERROR_HANDLER +/* Define the error handler. */ +# include <stdio.h> + +/* Exit value used when 'print_and_abort' is used. */ +# ifdef _LIBC +int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE; +# else +# include "exitfail.h" +# define obstack_exit_failure exit_failure +# endif + +# ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +# else +# include "gettext.h" +# endif +# ifndef _ +# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) +# endif + +# ifdef _LIBC +# include <libio/iolibio.h> +# endif + +static _Noreturn void +print_and_abort (void) +{ + /* Don't change any of these strings. Yes, it would be possible to add + the newline to the string and use fputs or so. But this must not + happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places + like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating + a very similar string which requires a separate translation. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + (void) __fxprintf (NULL, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted")); +# else + fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted")); +# endif + exit (obstack_exit_failure); +} + +/* The functions allocating more room by calling 'obstack_chunk_alloc' + jump to the handler pointed to by 'obstack_alloc_failed_handler'. + This can be set to a user defined function which should either + abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return. This + variable by default points to the internal function + 'print_and_abort'. */ +__attribute_noreturn__ void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) + = print_and_abort; +# endif /* !_OBSTACK_NO_ERROR_HANDLER */ +#endif /* !_OBSTACK_ELIDE_CODE */ diff --git a/libgnu/obstack.h b/libgnu/obstack.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd29019a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/obstack.h @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +/* obstack.h - object stack macros + Copyright (C) 1988-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Summary: + + All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea + is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a + very specific set of problems, and they would run fast. + Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be + evaluated MANY times!! + + These macros operate a stack of objects. Each object starts life + small, and may grow to maturity. (Consider building a word syllable + by syllable.) An object can move while it is growing. Once it has + been "finished" it never changes address again. So the "top of the + stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the + stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects. + + These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you + supply, called 'obstack_chunk_alloc'. On occasion, they free chunks, + by calling 'obstack_chunk_free'. You must define them and declare + them before using any obstack macros. + + Each independent stack is represented by a 'struct obstack'. + Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure + as the first argument. + + One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings + in symbol tables. Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind" + --Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you + would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your + symbols. + + In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a + few long symbols. At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know + how long it is. One traditional method is to read a symbol into a + buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol + that is longer than the buffer. This is beaut, but you still will + want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent + symbol-table entry say about half the time. + + With obstacks, you can work differently. Use one obstack for all symbol + names. As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually. + When the name is complete, finalize it. Then, if the symbol exists already, + free the newly read name. + + The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from + low addresses. When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just + add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk. When you + have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol, + you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object. + Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk, + because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as + long as an average object. + + In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up + the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed) + so we just point to it where it lies. No moving of chars is + needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need + never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not + change its address during its lifetime. + + When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger + chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old + chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk. We then carry on + accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would. + + A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a + growing object. This allows the use of register variables, which + break the ordinary 'growth' macro. + + Summary: + We allocate large chunks. + We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk. + Once carved, an object never moves. + We are free to append data of any size to the currently + growing object. + Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time. + You can run one obstack per control block. + You may have as many control blocks as you dare. + Because of the way we do it, you can "unwind" an obstack + back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much + as you would with a stack.) + */ + + +/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once. */ + +#ifndef _OBSTACK_H +#define _OBSTACK_H 1 + +#ifndef _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION +# define _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> /* For size_t and ptrdiff_t. */ +#include <string.h> /* For __GNU_LIBRARY__, and memcpy. */ + +#if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L +# define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER 1 +#else +# define __FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER +#endif + +#if _OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == 1 +/* For binary compatibility with obstack version 1, which used "int" + and "long" for these two types. */ +# define _OBSTACK_SIZE_T unsigned int +# define _CHUNK_SIZE_T unsigned long +# define _OBSTACK_CAST(type, expr) ((type) (expr)) +#else +/* Version 2 with sane types, especially for 64-bit hosts. */ +# define _OBSTACK_SIZE_T size_t +# define _CHUNK_SIZE_T size_t +# define _OBSTACK_CAST(type, expr) (expr) +#endif + +/* If B is the base of an object addressed by P, return the result of + aligning P to the next multiple of A + 1. B and P must be of type + char *. A + 1 must be a power of 2. */ + +#define __BPTR_ALIGN(B, P, A) ((B) + (((P) - (B) + (A)) & ~(A))) + +/* Similar to __BPTR_ALIGN (B, P, A), except optimize the common case + where pointers can be converted to integers, aligned as integers, + and converted back again. If ptrdiff_t is narrower than a + pointer (e.g., the AS/400), play it safe and compute the alignment + relative to B. Otherwise, use the faster strategy of computing the + alignment relative to 0. */ + +#define __PTR_ALIGN(B, P, A) \ + __BPTR_ALIGN (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) < sizeof (void *) ? (B) : (char *) 0, \ + P, A) + +#ifndef __attribute_pure__ +# define __attribute_pure__ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE +#endif + +/* Not the same as _Noreturn, since it also works with function pointers. */ +#ifndef __attribute_noreturn__ +# if 2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C +# define __attribute_noreturn__ __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)) +# else +# define __attribute_noreturn__ +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct _obstack_chunk /* Lives at front of each chunk. */ +{ + char *limit; /* 1 past end of this chunk */ + struct _obstack_chunk *prev; /* address of prior chunk or NULL */ + char contents[__FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* objects begin here */ +}; + +struct obstack /* control current object in current chunk */ +{ + _CHUNK_SIZE_T chunk_size; /* preferred size to allocate chunks in */ + struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* address of current struct obstack_chunk */ + char *object_base; /* address of object we are building */ + char *next_free; /* where to add next char to current object */ + char *chunk_limit; /* address of char after current chunk */ + union + { + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T i; + void *p; + } temp; /* Temporary for some macros. */ + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T alignment_mask; /* Mask of alignment for each object. */ + + /* These prototypes vary based on 'use_extra_arg'. */ + union + { + void *(*plain) (size_t); + void *(*extra) (void *, size_t); + } chunkfun; + union + { + void (*plain) (void *); + void (*extra) (void *, void *); + } freefun; + + void *extra_arg; /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */ + unsigned use_extra_arg : 1; /* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */ + unsigned maybe_empty_object : 1; /* There is a possibility that the current + chunk contains a zero-length object. This + prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate + a bigger chunk to replace it. */ + unsigned alloc_failed : 1; /* No longer used, as we now call the failed + handler on error, but retained for binary + compatibility. */ +}; + +/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c. */ + +extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T); +extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *); +extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T, + void *(*) (size_t), void (*) (void *)); +extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T, _OBSTACK_SIZE_T, + void *(*) (void *, size_t), + void (*) (void *, void *), void *); +extern _OBSTACK_SIZE_T _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *) + __attribute_pure__; + + +/* Error handler called when 'obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate + more memory. This can be set to a user defined function which + should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't + return. The default action is to print a message and abort. */ +extern __attribute_noreturn__ void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void); + +/* Exit value used when 'print_and_abort' is used. */ +extern int obstack_exit_failure; + +/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next. + Note that this might not be the final address of the object + because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size. */ + +#define obstack_base(h) ((void *) (h)->object_base) + +/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks. */ + +#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size) + +/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk. */ + +#define obstack_next_free(h) ((void *) (h)->next_free) + +/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object. */ + +#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask) + +/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list. */ +#define obstack_init(h) \ + _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (size_t), obstack_chunk_alloc), \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *), obstack_chunk_free)) + +#define obstack_begin(h, size) \ + _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (size_t), obstack_chunk_alloc), \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *), obstack_chunk_free)) + +#define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \ + _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (size_t), chunkfun), \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *), freefun)) + +#define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \ + _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void *(*) (void *, size_t), chunkfun), \ + _OBSTACK_CAST (void (*) (void *, void *), freefun), arg) + +#define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \ + ((void) ((h)->chunkfun.extra = (void *(*) (void *, size_t)) (newchunkfun))) + +#define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \ + ((void) ((h)->freefun.extra = (void *(*) (void *, void *)) (newfreefun))) + +#define obstack_1grow_fast(h, achar) ((void) (*((h)->next_free)++ = (achar))) + +#define obstack_blank_fast(h, n) ((void) ((h)->next_free += (n))) + +#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h) + +#if defined __GNUC__ +# if !defined __GNUC_MINOR__ || __GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ < 2008 +# define __extension__ +# endif + +/* For GNU C, if not -traditional, + we can define these macros to compute all args only once + without using a global variable. + Also, we can avoid using the 'temp' slot, to make faster code. */ + +# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack const *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + (_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); }) + +/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a shadowed variable + warning when invoked from other obstack macros. */ +# define obstack_room(OBSTACK) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack const *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ + (_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) (__o1->chunk_limit - __o1->next_free); }) + +# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK, length) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length); \ + if (obstack_room (__o) < __len) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack const *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + (__o->chunk->prev == 0 \ + && __o->next_free == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) __o->chunk, \ + __o->chunk->contents, \ + __o->alignment_mask)); }) + +# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK, where, length) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length); \ + if (obstack_room (__o) < __len) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ + memcpy (__o->next_free, where, __len); \ + __o->next_free += __len; \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK, where, length) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length); \ + if (obstack_room (__o) < __len + 1) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1); \ + memcpy (__o->next_free, where, __len); \ + __o->next_free += __len; \ + *(__o->next_free)++ = 0; \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK, datum) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + if (obstack_room (__o) < 1) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1); \ + obstack_1grow_fast (__o, datum); }) + +/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers + or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object + shares that much alignment. */ + +# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK, datum) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + if (obstack_room (__o) < sizeof (void *)) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *)); \ + obstack_ptr_grow_fast (__o, datum); }) + +# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK, datum) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + if (obstack_room (__o) < sizeof (int)) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int)); \ + obstack_int_grow_fast (__o, datum); }) + +# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(OBSTACK, aptr) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ + void *__p1 = __o1->next_free; \ + *(const void **) __p1 = (aptr); \ + __o1->next_free += sizeof (const void *); \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_int_grow_fast(OBSTACK, aint) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ + void *__p1 = __o1->next_free; \ + *(int *) __p1 = (aint); \ + __o1->next_free += sizeof (int); \ + (void) 0; }) + +# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK, length) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + _OBSTACK_SIZE_T __len = (length); \ + if (obstack_room (__o) < __len) \ + _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ + obstack_blank_fast (__o, __len); }) + +# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK, length) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ + obstack_blank (__h, (length)); \ + obstack_finish (__h); }) + +# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK, where, length) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ + obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length)); \ + obstack_finish (__h); }) + +# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK, where, length) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ + obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length)); \ + obstack_finish (__h); }) + +/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a shadowed variable + warning when invoked from other obstack macros, typically obstack_free. */ +# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ + void *__value = (void *) __o1->object_base; \ + if (__o1->next_free == __value) \ + __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1; \ + __o1->next_free \ + = __PTR_ALIGN (__o1->object_base, __o1->next_free, \ + __o1->alignment_mask); \ + if ((size_t) (__o1->next_free - (char *) __o1->chunk) \ + > (size_t) (__o1->chunk_limit - (char *) __o1->chunk)) \ + __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit; \ + __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free; \ + __value; }) + +# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ) \ + __extension__ \ + ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ + void *__obj = (void *) (OBJ); \ + if (__obj > (void *) __o->chunk && __obj < (void *) __o->chunk_limit) \ + __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *) __obj; \ + else \ + _obstack_free (__o, __obj); }) + +#else /* not __GNUC__ */ + +# define obstack_object_size(h) \ + ((_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)) + +# define obstack_room(h) \ + ((_OBSTACK_SIZE_T) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)) + +# define obstack_empty_p(h) \ + ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 \ + && (h)->next_free == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) (h)->chunk, \ + (h)->chunk->contents, \ + (h)->alignment_mask)) + +/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0) + so that we can avoid having void expressions + in the arms of the conditional expression. + Casting the third operand to void was tried before, + but some compilers won't accept it. */ + +# define obstack_make_room(h, length) \ + ((h)->temp.i = (length), \ + ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk (h, (h)->temp.i), 0) : 0), \ + (void) 0) + +# define obstack_grow(h, where, length) \ + ((h)->temp.i = (length), \ + ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.i), 0) : 0), \ + memcpy ((h)->next_free, where, (h)->temp.i), \ + (h)->next_free += (h)->temp.i, \ + (void) 0) + +# define obstack_grow0(h, where, length) \ + ((h)->temp.i = (length), \ + ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i + 1) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.i + 1), 0) : 0), \ + memcpy ((h)->next_free, where, (h)->temp.i), \ + (h)->next_free += (h)->temp.i, \ + *((h)->next_free)++ = 0, \ + (void) 0) + +# define obstack_1grow(h, datum) \ + (((obstack_room (h) < 1) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_1grow_fast (h, datum)) + +# define obstack_ptr_grow(h, datum) \ + (((obstack_room (h) < sizeof (char *)) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_ptr_grow_fast (h, datum)) + +# define obstack_int_grow(h, datum) \ + (((obstack_room (h) < sizeof (int)) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_int_grow_fast (h, datum)) + +# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h, aptr) \ + (((const void **) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (void *)))[-1] = (aptr), \ + (void) 0) + +# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h, aint) \ + (((int *) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (int)))[-1] = (aint), \ + (void) 0) + +# define obstack_blank(h, length) \ + ((h)->temp.i = (length), \ + ((obstack_room (h) < (h)->temp.i) \ + ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.i), 0) : 0), \ + obstack_blank_fast (h, (h)->temp.i)) + +# define obstack_alloc(h, length) \ + (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) + +# define obstack_copy(h, where, length) \ + (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) + +# define obstack_copy0(h, where, length) \ + (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) + +# define obstack_finish(h) \ + (((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base \ + ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0) \ + : 0), \ + (h)->temp.p = (h)->object_base, \ + (h)->next_free \ + = __PTR_ALIGN ((h)->object_base, (h)->next_free, \ + (h)->alignment_mask), \ + (((size_t) ((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk) \ + > (size_t) ((h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)) \ + ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0), \ + (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free, \ + (h)->temp.p) + +# define obstack_free(h, obj) \ + ((h)->temp.p = (void *) (obj), \ + (((h)->temp.p > (void *) (h)->chunk \ + && (h)->temp.p < (void *) (h)->chunk_limit) \ + ? (void) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base = (char *) (h)->temp.p) \ + : _obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp.p))) + +#endif /* not __GNUC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* C++ */ +#endif + +#endif /* _OBSTACK_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/obstack_printf.c b/libgnu/obstack_printf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85a0a059 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/obstack_printf.c @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* Formatted output to obstacks. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <stdio.h> + +#include "obstack.h" +#include "vasnprintf.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* Grow an obstack with formatted output. Return the number of bytes + added to OBS. No trailing nul byte is added, and the object should + be closed with obstack_finish before use. + + Upon memory allocation error, call obstack_alloc_failed_handler. + Upon other error, return -1. */ +int +obstack_printf (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int result; + + va_start (args, format); + result = obstack_vprintf (obs, format, args); + va_end (args); + return result; +} + +/* Grow an obstack with formatted output. Return the number of bytes + added to OBS. No trailing nul byte is added, and the object should + be closed with obstack_finish before use. + + Upon memory allocation error, call obstack_alloc_failed_handler. + Upon other error, return -1. */ +int +obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + /* If we are close to the end of the current obstack chunk, use a + stack-allocated buffer and copy, to reduce the likelihood of a + small-size malloc. Otherwise, print directly into the + obstack. */ + enum { CUTOFF = 1024 }; + char buf[CUTOFF]; + char *base = obstack_next_free (obs); + size_t len = obstack_room (obs); + char *str; + + if (len < CUTOFF) + { + base = buf; + len = CUTOFF; + } + str = vasnprintf (base, &len, format, args); + if (!str) + { + if (errno == ENOMEM) + obstack_alloc_failed_handler (); + return -1; + } + if (str == base && str != buf) + /* The output was already computed in place, but we need to + account for its size. */ + obstack_blank_fast (obs, len); + else + { + /* The output exceeded available obstack space or we used buf; + copy the resulting string. */ + obstack_grow (obs, str, len); + if (str != buf) + free (str); + } + return len; +} diff --git a/libgnu/open-safer.c b/libgnu/open-safer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ac06a8c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/open-safer.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* Invoke open, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "fcntl-safer.h" + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +int +open_safer (char const *file, int flags, ...) +{ + mode_t mode = 0; + + if (flags & O_CREAT) + { + va_list ap; + va_start (ap, flags); + + /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4 + creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'. */ + mode = va_arg (ap, PROMOTED_MODE_T); + + va_end (ap); + } + + return fd_safer (open (file, flags, mode)); +} diff --git a/libgnu/open.c b/libgnu/open.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..193dc45f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/open.c @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/* Open a descriptor to a file. + Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007. */ + +/* If the user's config.h happens to include <fcntl.h>, let it include only + the system's <fcntl.h> here, so that orig_open doesn't recurse to + rpl_open. */ +#define __need_system_fcntl_h +#include <config.h> + +/* Get the original definition of open. It might be defined as a macro. */ +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#undef __need_system_fcntl_h + +static int +orig_open (const char *filename, int flags, mode_t mode) +{ + return open (filename, flags, mode); +} + +/* Specification. */ +/* Write "fcntl.h" here, not <fcntl.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates + this include because of the preliminary #include <fcntl.h> above. */ +#include "fcntl.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifndef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY +# define REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY 0 +#endif + +int +open (const char *filename, int flags, ...) +{ + mode_t mode; + int fd; + + mode = 0; + if (flags & O_CREAT) + { + va_list arg; + va_start (arg, flags); + + /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4 + creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'. */ + mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T); + + va_end (arg); + } + +#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK + /* The only known platform that lacks O_NONBLOCK is mingw, but it + also lacks named pipes and Unix sockets, which are the only two + file types that require non-blocking handling in open(). + Therefore, it is safe to ignore O_NONBLOCK here. It is handy + that mingw also lacks openat(), so that is also covered here. */ + flags &= ~O_NONBLOCK; +#endif + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + if (strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0) + filename = "NUL"; +#endif + +#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG + /* If the filename ends in a slash and one of O_CREAT, O_WRONLY, O_RDWR + is specified, then fail. + Rationale: POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/basedefs/xbd_chap04.html> + says that + "A pathname that contains at least one non-slash character and that + ends with one or more trailing slashes shall be resolved as if a + single dot character ( '.' ) were appended to the pathname." + and + "The special filename dot shall refer to the directory specified by + its predecessor." + If the named file already exists as a directory, then + - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail because of the semantics + of O_CREAT, + - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because POSIX + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/functions/open.html> says that it + fails with errno = EISDIR in this case. + If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then + - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail since open() cannot create + directories, + - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because the + file does not contain a '.' directory. */ + if (flags & (O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR)) + { + size_t len = strlen (filename); + if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/') + { + errno = EISDIR; + return -1; + } + } +#endif + + fd = orig_open (filename, flags, mode); + +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR + /* Implementing fchdir and fdopendir requires the ability to open a + directory file descriptor. If open doesn't support that (as on + mingw), we use a dummy file that behaves the same as directories + on Linux (ie. always reports EOF on attempts to read()), and + override fstat() in fchdir.c to hide the fact that we have a + dummy. */ + if (REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && fd < 0 && errno == EACCES + && ((flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDONLY + || (O_SEARCH != O_RDONLY && (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_SEARCH))) + { + struct stat statbuf; + if (stat (filename, &statbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode)) + { + /* Maximum recursion depth of 1. */ + fd = open ("/dev/null", flags, mode); + if (0 <= fd) + fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename); + } + else + errno = EACCES; + } +#endif + +#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG + /* If the filename ends in a slash and fd does not refer to a directory, + then fail. + Rationale: POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/basedefs/xbd_chap04.html> + says that + "A pathname that contains at least one non-slash character and that + ends with one or more trailing slashes shall be resolved as if a + single dot character ( '.' ) were appended to the pathname." + and + "The special filename dot shall refer to the directory specified by + its predecessor." + If the named file without the slash is not a directory, open() must fail + with ENOTDIR. */ + if (fd >= 0) + { + /* We know len is positive, since open did not fail with ENOENT. */ + size_t len = strlen (filename); + if (filename[len - 1] == '/') + { + struct stat statbuf; + + if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode)) + { + close (fd); + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + } + } +#endif + +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR + if (!REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && 0 <= fd) + fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename); +#endif + + return fd; +} diff --git a/libgnu/openat-die.c b/libgnu/openat-die.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20d970af --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/openat-die.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* Report a save- or restore-cwd failure in our openat replacement and then exit. + + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "openat.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#ifndef GNULIB_LIBPOSIX +# include "error.h" +#endif + +#include "exitfail.h" + +#include "gettext.h" +#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) + +_Noreturn void +openat_save_fail (int errnum) +{ +#ifndef GNULIB_LIBPOSIX + error (exit_failure, errnum, + _("unable to record current working directory")); +#endif + /* _Noreturn cannot be applied to error, since it returns + when its first argument is 0. To help compilers understand that this + function does not return, call abort. Also, the abort is a + safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen). */ + abort (); +} + + +/* Exit with an error about failure to restore the working directory + during an openat emulation. The caller must ensure that fd 2 is + not a just-opened fd, even when openat_safer is not in use. */ + +_Noreturn void +openat_restore_fail (int errnum) +{ +#ifndef GNULIB_LIBPOSIX + error (exit_failure, errnum, + _("failed to return to initial working directory")); +#endif + + /* As above. */ + abort (); +} diff --git a/libgnu/openat-priv.h b/libgnu/openat-priv.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2598719e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/openat-priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* Internals for openat-like functions. + + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#ifndef _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV +#define _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* Maximum number of bytes that it is safe to allocate as a single + array on the stack, and that is known as a compile-time constant. + The assumption is that we'll touch the array very quickly, or a + temporary very near the array, provoking an out-of-memory trap. On + some operating systems, there is only one guard page for the stack, + and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. Subtract 64 in the + hope that this will let the compiler touch a nearby temporary and + provoke a trap. */ +#define SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX (4096 - 64) + +#define SAFER_ALLOCA(m) ((m) < SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX ? (m) : SAFER_ALLOCA_MAX) + +#if defined PATH_MAX +# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (PATH_MAX) +#elif defined _XOPEN_PATH_MAX +# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (_XOPEN_PATH_MAX) +#else +# define OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE SAFER_ALLOCA (1024) +#endif + +char *openat_proc_name (char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE], int fd, char const *file); + +/* Trying to access a BUILD_PROC_NAME file will fail on systems without + /proc support, and even on systems *with* ProcFS support. Return + nonzero if the failure may be legitimate, e.g., because /proc is not + readable, or the particular .../fd/N directory is not present. */ +#define EXPECTED_ERRNO(Errno) \ + ((Errno) == ENOTDIR || (Errno) == ENOENT \ + || (Errno) == EPERM || (Errno) == EACCES \ + || (Errno) == ENOSYS /* Solaris 8 */ \ + || (Errno) == EOPNOTSUPP /* FreeBSD */) + +/* Wrapper function shared among linkat and renameat. */ +int at_func2 (int fd1, char const *file1, + int fd2, char const *file2, + int (*func) (char const *file1, char const *file2)); + +#endif /* _GL_HEADER_OPENAT_PRIV */ diff --git a/libgnu/openat-proc.c b/libgnu/openat-proc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..101449bb --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/openat-proc.c @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* Create /proc/self/fd-related names for subfiles of open directories. + + Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "openat-priv.h" + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <fcntl.h> + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#ifdef __KLIBC__ +# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h> +#endif + +#include "intprops.h" + +/* Set BUF to the name of the subfile of the directory identified by + FD, where the subfile is named FILE. If successful, return BUF if + the result fits in BUF, dynamically allocated memory otherwise. + Return NULL (setting errno) on error. */ +char * +openat_proc_name (char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE], int fd, char const *file) +{ + char *result = buf; + int dirlen; + + /* Make sure the caller gets ENOENT when appropriate. */ + if (!*file) + { + buf[0] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + +#ifndef __KLIBC__ +# define PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT "/proc/self/fd/%d/" + { + enum { + PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND + = (sizeof PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT - (sizeof "%d" - 1) + + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)) + }; + + static int proc_status = 0; + if (! proc_status) + { + /* Set PROC_STATUS to a positive value if /proc/self/fd is + reliable, and a negative value otherwise. Solaris 10 + /proc/self/fd mishandles "..", and any file name might expand + to ".." after symbolic link expansion, so avoid /proc/self/fd + if it mishandles "..". Solaris 10 has openat, but this + problem is exhibited on code that built on Solaris 8 and + running on Solaris 10. */ + + int proc_self_fd = open ("/proc/self/fd", + O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK); + if (proc_self_fd < 0) + proc_status = -1; + else + { + /* Detect whether /proc/self/fd/%i/../fd exists, where %i is the + number of a file descriptor open on /proc/self/fd. On Linux, + that name resolves to /proc/self/fd, which was opened above. + However, on Solaris, it may resolve to /proc/self/fd/fd, which + cannot exist, since all names in /proc/self/fd are numeric. */ + char dotdot_buf[PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND + sizeof "../fd" - 1]; + sprintf (dotdot_buf, PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT "../fd", proc_self_fd); + proc_status = access (dotdot_buf, F_OK) ? -1 : 1; + close (proc_self_fd); + } + } + + if (proc_status < 0) + return NULL; + else + { + size_t bufsize = PROC_SELF_FD_DIR_SIZE_BOUND + strlen (file); + if (OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE < bufsize) + { + result = malloc (bufsize); + if (! result) + return NULL; + } + + dirlen = sprintf (result, PROC_SELF_FD_FORMAT, fd); + } + } +#else + /* OS/2 kLIBC provides a function to retrieve a path from a fd. */ + { + char dir[_MAX_PATH]; + size_t bufsize; + + if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, dir, sizeof dir)) + return NULL; + + dirlen = strlen (dir); + bufsize = dirlen + 1 + strlen (file) + 1; /* 1 for '/', 1 for null */ + if (OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE < bufsize) + { + result = malloc (bufsize); + if (! result) + return NULL; + } + + strcpy (result, dir); + result[dirlen++] = '/'; + } +#endif + + strcpy (result + dirlen, file); + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/openat-safer.c b/libgnu/openat-safer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5dc4554 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/openat-safer.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* Invoke openat, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert for open, ported by Eric Blake for openat. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "fcntl-safer.h" + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +int +openat_safer (int fd, char const *file, int flags, ...) +{ + mode_t mode = 0; + + if (flags & O_CREAT) + { + va_list ap; + va_start (ap, flags); + + /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4 + creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'. */ + mode = va_arg (ap, PROMOTED_MODE_T); + + va_end (ap); + } + + return fd_safer (openat (fd, file, flags, mode)); +} diff --git a/libgnu/openat.c b/libgnu/openat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e739b714 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/openat.c @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ +/* provide a replacement openat function + Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +/* If the user's config.h happens to include <fcntl.h>, let it include only + the system's <fcntl.h> here, so that orig_openat doesn't recurse to + rpl_openat. */ +#define __need_system_fcntl_h +#include <config.h> + +/* Get the original definition of open. It might be defined as a macro. */ +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#undef __need_system_fcntl_h + +#if HAVE_OPENAT +static int +orig_openat (int fd, char const *filename, int flags, mode_t mode) +{ + return openat (fd, filename, flags, mode); +} +#endif + +/* Write "fcntl.h" here, not <fcntl.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates + this include because of the preliminary #include <fcntl.h> above. */ +#include "fcntl.h" + +#include "openat.h" + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#if HAVE_OPENAT + +/* Like openat, but work around Solaris 9 bugs with trailing slash. */ +int +rpl_openat (int dfd, char const *filename, int flags, ...) +{ + mode_t mode; + int fd; + + mode = 0; + if (flags & O_CREAT) + { + va_list arg; + va_start (arg, flags); + + /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4 + creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'. */ + mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T); + + va_end (arg); + } + +# if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG + /* If the filename ends in a slash and one of O_CREAT, O_WRONLY, O_RDWR + is specified, then fail. + Rationale: POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/basedefs/xbd_chap04.html> + says that + "A pathname that contains at least one non-slash character and that + ends with one or more trailing slashes shall be resolved as if a + single dot character ( '.' ) were appended to the pathname." + and + "The special filename dot shall refer to the directory specified by + its predecessor." + If the named file already exists as a directory, then + - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail because of the semantics + of O_CREAT, + - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because POSIX + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/functions/open.html> says that it + fails with errno = EISDIR in this case. + If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then + - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail since open() cannot create + directories, + - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because the + file does not contain a '.' directory. */ + if (flags & (O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR)) + { + size_t len = strlen (filename); + if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/') + { + errno = EISDIR; + return -1; + } + } +# endif + + fd = orig_openat (dfd, filename, flags, mode); + +# if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG + /* If the filename ends in a slash and fd does not refer to a directory, + then fail. + Rationale: POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/basedefs/xbd_chap04.html> + says that + "A pathname that contains at least one non-slash character and that + ends with one or more trailing slashes shall be resolved as if a + single dot character ( '.' ) were appended to the pathname." + and + "The special filename dot shall refer to the directory specified by + its predecessor." + If the named file without the slash is not a directory, open() must fail + with ENOTDIR. */ + if (fd >= 0) + { + /* We know len is positive, since open did not fail with ENOENT. */ + size_t len = strlen (filename); + if (filename[len - 1] == '/') + { + struct stat statbuf; + + if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode)) + { + close (fd); + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + } + } +# endif + + return fd; +} + +#else /* !HAVE_OPENAT */ + +# include "dosname.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */ +# include "openat-priv.h" +# include "save-cwd.h" + +/* Replacement for Solaris' openat function. + <http://www.google.com/search?q=openat+site:docs.sun.com> + First, try to simulate it via open ("/proc/self/fd/FD/FILE"). + Failing that, simulate it by doing save_cwd/fchdir/open/restore_cwd. + If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely), + then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. + Otherwise, upon failure, set errno and return -1, as openat does. + Upon successful completion, return a file descriptor. */ +int +openat (int fd, char const *file, int flags, ...) +{ + mode_t mode = 0; + + if (flags & O_CREAT) + { + va_list arg; + va_start (arg, flags); + + /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4 + creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'. */ + mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T); + + va_end (arg); + } + + return openat_permissive (fd, file, flags, mode, NULL); +} + +/* Like openat (FD, FILE, FLAGS, MODE), but if CWD_ERRNO is + nonnull, set *CWD_ERRNO to an errno value if unable to save + or restore the initial working directory. This is needed only + the first time remove.c's remove_dir opens a command-line + directory argument. + + If a previous attempt to restore the current working directory + failed, then we must not even try to access a '.'-relative name. + It is the caller's responsibility not to call this function + in that case. */ + +int +openat_permissive (int fd, char const *file, int flags, mode_t mode, + int *cwd_errno) +{ + struct saved_cwd saved_cwd; + int saved_errno; + int err; + bool save_ok; + + if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file)) + return open (file, flags, mode); + + { + char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE]; + char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, file); + if (proc_file) + { + int open_result = open (proc_file, flags, mode); + int open_errno = errno; + if (proc_file != buf) + free (proc_file); + /* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected + errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through + and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */ + if (0 <= open_result || ! EXPECTED_ERRNO (open_errno)) + { + errno = open_errno; + return open_result; + } + } + } + + save_ok = (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) == 0); + if (! save_ok) + { + if (! cwd_errno) + openat_save_fail (errno); + *cwd_errno = errno; + } + if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc) + { + /* If saving the working directory collides with the user's + requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to + begin with. */ + free_cwd (&saved_cwd); + errno = EBADF; + return -1; + } + + err = fchdir (fd); + saved_errno = errno; + + if (! err) + { + err = open (file, flags, mode); + saved_errno = errno; + if (save_ok && restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0) + { + if (! cwd_errno) + { + /* Don't write a message to just-created fd 2. */ + saved_errno = errno; + if (err == STDERR_FILENO) + close (err); + openat_restore_fail (saved_errno); + } + *cwd_errno = errno; + } + } + + free_cwd (&saved_cwd); + errno = saved_errno; + return err; +} + +/* Return true if our openat implementation must resort to + using save_cwd and restore_cwd. */ +bool +openat_needs_fchdir (void) +{ + bool needs_fchdir = true; + int fd = open ("/", O_SEARCH); + + if (0 <= fd) + { + char buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE]; + char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (buf, fd, "."); + if (proc_file) + { + needs_fchdir = false; + if (proc_file != buf) + free (proc_file); + } + close (fd); + } + + return needs_fchdir; +} + +#endif /* !HAVE_OPENAT */ diff --git a/libgnu/openat.h b/libgnu/openat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a036081e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/openat.h @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/* provide a replacement openat function + Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#ifndef _GL_HEADER_OPENAT +#define _GL_HEADER_OPENAT + +#include <fcntl.h> + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdbool.h> + +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + +#if !HAVE_OPENAT + +int openat_permissive (int fd, char const *file, int flags, mode_t mode, + int *cwd_errno); +bool openat_needs_fchdir (void); + +#else + +# define openat_permissive(Fd, File, Flags, Mode, Cwd_errno) \ + openat (Fd, File, Flags, Mode) +# define openat_needs_fchdir() false + +#endif + +_Noreturn void openat_restore_fail (int); +_Noreturn void openat_save_fail (int); + +/* Using these function names makes application code + slightly more readable than it would be with + fchownat (..., 0) or fchownat (..., AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW). */ + +#if GNULIB_FCHOWNAT + +# ifndef FCHOWNAT_INLINE +# define FCHOWNAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE +# endif + +FCHOWNAT_INLINE int +chownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group) +{ + return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, 0); +} + +FCHOWNAT_INLINE int +lchownat (int fd, char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group) +{ + return fchownat (fd, file, owner, group, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW); +} + +#endif + +#if GNULIB_FCHMODAT + +# ifndef FCHMODAT_INLINE +# define FCHMODAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE +# endif + +FCHMODAT_INLINE int +chmodat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode) +{ + return fchmodat (fd, file, mode, 0); +} + +FCHMODAT_INLINE int +lchmodat (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode) +{ + return fchmodat (fd, file, mode, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW); +} + +#endif + +#if GNULIB_STATAT + +# ifndef STATAT_INLINE +# define STATAT_INLINE _GL_INLINE +# endif + +STATAT_INLINE int +statat (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st) +{ + return fstatat (fd, name, st, 0); +} + +STATAT_INLINE int +lstatat (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st) +{ + return fstatat (fd, name, st, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW); +} + +#endif + +/* For now, there are no wrappers named laccessat or leuidaccessat, + since gnulib doesn't support faccessat(,AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) and + since access rights on symlinks are of limited utility. Likewise, + wrappers are not provided for accessat or euidaccessat, so as to + avoid dragging in -lgen on some platforms. */ + +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END + +#endif /* _GL_HEADER_OPENAT */ diff --git a/libgnu/opendir-safer.c b/libgnu/opendir-safer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b05ff549 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/opendir-safer.c @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* Invoke opendir, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "dirent-safer.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +/* Like opendir, but do not clobber stdin, stdout, or stderr. */ + +DIR * +opendir_safer (char const *name) +{ + DIR *dp = opendir (name); + + if (dp) + { + int fd = dirfd (dp); + + if (0 <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO) + { + /* If fdopendir is native (as on Linux), then it is safe to + assume dirfd(fdopendir(n))==n. If we are using the + gnulib module fdopendir, then this guarantee is not met, + but fdopendir recursively calls opendir_safer up to 3 + times to at least get a safe fd. If fdopendir is not + present but dirfd is accurate (as on cygwin 1.5.x), then + we recurse up to 3 times ourselves. Finally, if dirfd + always fails (as on mingw), then we are already safe. */ + DIR *newdp; + int e; +#if HAVE_FDOPENDIR || GNULIB_FDOPENDIR + int f = dup_safer (fd); + if (f < 0) + { + e = errno; + newdp = NULL; + } + else + { + newdp = fdopendir (f); + e = errno; + if (! newdp) + close (f); + } +#else /* !FDOPENDIR */ + newdp = opendir_safer (name); + e = errno; +#endif + closedir (dp); + errno = e; + dp = newdp; + } + } + + return dp; +} diff --git a/libgnu/opendir.c b/libgnu/opendir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..694a7828 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/opendir.c @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* Start reading the entries of a directory. + Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <dirent.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +#if HAVE_OPENDIR + +/* Override opendir(), to keep track of the open file descriptors. + Needed because there is a function dirfd(). */ + +#else + +# include <stdlib.h> + +# include "dirent-private.h" +# include "filename.h" + +#endif + +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __KLIBC__ +# include <io.h> +# include <fcntl.h> +#endif + +DIR * +opendir (const char *dir_name) +{ +#if HAVE_OPENDIR +# undef opendir + DIR *dirp; + + dirp = opendir (dir_name); + if (dirp == NULL) + return NULL; + +# ifdef __KLIBC__ + { + int fd = open (dir_name, O_RDONLY); + if (fd == -1 || _gl_register_dirp_fd (fd, dirp)) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + + close (fd); + closedir (dirp); + + errno = saved_errno; + + return NULL; + } + } +# endif +#else + + char dir_name_mask[MAX_PATH + 1 + 1 + 1]; + int status; + HANDLE current; + WIN32_FIND_DATA entry; + struct gl_directory *dirp; + + if (dir_name[0] == '\0') + { + errno = ENOENT; + return NULL; + } + + /* Make the dir_name absolute, so that we continue reading the same + directory if the current directory changed between this opendir() + call and a subsequent rewinddir() call. */ + if (!GetFullPathName (dir_name, MAX_PATH, dir_name_mask, NULL)) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + + /* Append the mask. + "*" and "*.*" appear to be equivalent. */ + { + char *p; + + p = dir_name_mask + strlen (dir_name_mask); + if (p > dir_name_mask && !ISSLASH (p[-1])) + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = '*'; + *p = '\0'; + } + + /* Start searching the directory. */ + status = -1; + current = FindFirstFile (dir_name_mask, &entry); + if (current == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + switch (GetLastError ()) + { + case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND: + status = -2; + break; + case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND: + errno = ENOENT; + return NULL; + case ERROR_DIRECTORY: + errno = ENOTDIR; + return NULL; + case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED: + errno = EACCES; + return NULL; + default: + errno = EIO; + return NULL; + } + } + + /* Allocate the result. */ + dirp = + (struct gl_directory *) + malloc (offsetof (struct gl_directory, dir_name_mask[0]) + + strlen (dir_name_mask) + 1); + if (dirp == NULL) + { + if (current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + FindClose (current); + errno = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } + dirp->status = status; + dirp->current = current; + if (status == -1) + memcpy (&dirp->entry, &entry, sizeof (WIN32_FIND_DATA)); + strcpy (dirp->dir_name_mask, dir_name_mask); + +#endif + +#if REPLACE_FCHDIR + { + int fd = dirfd (dirp); + if (0 <= fd && _gl_register_fd (fd, dir_name) != fd) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + closedir (dirp); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + } +#endif + + return dirp; +} diff --git a/libgnu/pathmax.h b/libgnu/pathmax.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa0730e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/pathmax.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* Define PATH_MAX somehow. Requires sys/types.h. + Copyright (C) 1992, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _PATHMAX_H +# define _PATHMAX_H + +/* POSIX:2008 defines PATH_MAX to be the maximum number of bytes in a filename, + including the terminating NUL byte. + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/limits.h.html> + PATH_MAX is not defined on systems which have no limit on filename length, + such as GNU/Hurd. + + This file does *not* define PATH_MAX always. Programs that use this file + can handle the GNU/Hurd case in several ways: + - Either with a package-wide handling, or with a per-file handling, + - Either through a + #ifdef PATH_MAX + or through a fallback like + #ifndef PATH_MAX + # define PATH_MAX 8192 + #endif + or through a fallback like + #ifndef PATH_MAX + # define PATH_MAX pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) + #endif + */ + +# include <unistd.h> + +# include <limits.h> + +# ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 256 +# endif + +/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +# if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN +# include <sys/param.h> +# endif + +# if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +# endif + +# ifdef __hpux +/* On HP-UX, PATH_MAX designates the maximum number of bytes in a filename, + *not* including the terminating NUL byte, and is set to 1023. + Additionally, when _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500 or more, PATH_MAX is + not defined at all any more. */ +# undef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX 1024 +# endif + +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +/* The page "Naming Files, Paths, and Namespaces" on msdn.microsoft.com, + section "Maximum Path Length Limitation", + <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath> + explains that the maximum size of a filename, including the terminating + NUL byte, is 260 = 3 + 256 + 1. + This is the same value as + - FILENAME_MAX in <stdio.h>, + - _MAX_PATH in <stdlib.h>, + - MAX_PATH in <windef.h>. + Undefine the original value, because mingw's <limits.h> gets it wrong. */ +# undef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX 260 +# endif + +#endif /* _PATHMAX_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/pipe-safer.c b/libgnu/pipe-safer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d24a1ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/pipe-safer.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* Invoke pipe, but avoid some glitches. + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> + +/* Like pipe, but ensure that neither of the file descriptors is + STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or STDERR_FILENO. Fail with ENOSYS on + platforms that lack pipe. */ + +int +pipe_safer (int fd[2]) +{ +#if HAVE_PIPE + if (pipe (fd) == 0) + { + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) + { + fd[i] = fd_safer (fd[i]); + if (fd[i] < 0) + { + int e = errno; + close (fd[1 - i]); + errno = e; + return -1; + } + } + + return 0; + } +#else + errno = ENOSYS; +#endif + + return -1; +} diff --git a/libgnu/pread.c b/libgnu/pread.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42b9b53f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/pread.c @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* replacement pread function + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> + +#define __libc_lseek(f,o,w) lseek (f, o, w) +#define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val) +#define __libc_read(f,b,n) read (f, b, n) + +/* pread substitute for systems that the function, such as mingw32 and BeOS. */ +/* The following is identical to the function from glibc's + sysdeps/posix/pread.c */ + +/* Note: This implementation of pread is not multithread-safe. */ + +ssize_t +pread (int fd, void *buf, size_t nbyte, off_t offset) +{ + /* Since we must not change the file pointer preserve the value so that + we can restore it later. */ + int save_errno; + ssize_t result; + off_t old_offset = __libc_lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR); + if (old_offset == (off_t) -1) + return -1; + + /* Set to wanted position. */ + if (__libc_lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) == (off_t) -1) + return -1; + + /* Write out the data. */ + result = __libc_read (fd, buf, nbyte); + + /* Now we have to restore the position. If this fails we have to + return this as an error. But if the writing also failed we + return this error. */ + save_errno = errno; + if (__libc_lseek (fd, old_offset, SEEK_SET) == (off_t) -1) + { + if (result == -1) + __set_errno (save_errno); + return -1; + } + __set_errno (save_errno); + + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/printf-args.c b/libgnu/printf-args.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fec7e621 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/printf-args.c @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* Decomposed printf argument list. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. + PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined. + STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */ + +#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS +# include "printf-args.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +int +PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a) +{ + size_t i; + argument *ap; + + for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++) + switch (ap->type) + { + case TYPE_SCHAR: + ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_UCHAR: + ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_SHORT: + ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_USHORT: + ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_INT: + ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int); + break; + case TYPE_UINT: + ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int); + break; + case TYPE_LONGINT: + ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int); + break; + case TYPE_ULONGINT: + ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int); + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int); + break; + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: + ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int); + break; +#endif + case TYPE_DOUBLE: + ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double); + break; + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double); + break; + case TYPE_CHAR: + ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int); + break; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: + /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by + default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32, + where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */ + ap->a.a_wide_char = + (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int) + ? (wint_t) va_arg (args, int) + : va_arg (args, wint_t)); + break; +#endif + case TYPE_STRING: + ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_string == NULL) + ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)"; + break; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: + ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL) + { + static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] = + { + (wchar_t)'(', + (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L', + (wchar_t)')', + (wchar_t)0 + }; + ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string; + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_POINTER: + ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *); + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *); + break; +#endif +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + case TYPE_U8_STRING: + ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL) + { + static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] = + { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 }; + ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string; + } + break; + case TYPE_U16_STRING: + ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL) + { + static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] = + { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 }; + ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string; + } + break; + case TYPE_U32_STRING: + ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL) + { + static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] = + { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 }; + ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string; + } + break; +#endif + default: + /* Unknown type. */ + return -1; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/libgnu/printf-args.h b/libgnu/printf-args.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36cab2af --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/printf-args.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +/* Decomposed printf argument list. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H +#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. + PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared. + STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */ + +/* Default parameters. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS +# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs +#endif + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get wchar_t. */ +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + +/* Get wint_t. */ +#if HAVE_WINT_T +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + + +/* Argument types */ +typedef enum +{ + TYPE_NONE, + TYPE_SCHAR, + TYPE_UCHAR, + TYPE_SHORT, + TYPE_USHORT, + TYPE_INT, + TYPE_UINT, + TYPE_LONGINT, + TYPE_ULONGINT, +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + TYPE_LONGLONGINT, + TYPE_ULONGLONGINT, +#endif + TYPE_DOUBLE, + TYPE_LONGDOUBLE, + TYPE_CHAR, +#if HAVE_WINT_T + TYPE_WIDE_CHAR, +#endif + TYPE_STRING, +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + TYPE_WIDE_STRING, +#endif + TYPE_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT +, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER +#endif +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ +, TYPE_U8_STRING +, TYPE_U16_STRING +, TYPE_U32_STRING +#endif +} arg_type; + +/* Polymorphic argument */ +typedef struct +{ + arg_type type; + union + { + signed char a_schar; + unsigned char a_uchar; + short a_short; + unsigned short a_ushort; + int a_int; + unsigned int a_uint; + long int a_longint; + unsigned long int a_ulongint; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + long long int a_longlongint; + unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint; +#endif + float a_float; + double a_double; + long double a_longdouble; + int a_char; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + wint_t a_wide_char; +#endif + const char* a_string; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + const wchar_t* a_wide_string; +#endif + void* a_pointer; + signed char * a_count_schar_pointer; + short * a_count_short_pointer; + int * a_count_int_pointer; + long int * a_count_longint_pointer; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer; +#endif +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + const uint8_t * a_u8_string; + const uint16_t * a_u16_string; + const uint32_t * a_u32_string; +#endif + } + a; +} +argument; + +/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed). */ +#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7 + +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + argument *arg; + argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS]; +} +arguments; + + +/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */ +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#else +extern +#endif +int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a); + +#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/printf-parse.c b/libgnu/printf-parse.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9e04aef --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/printf-parse.c @@ -0,0 +1,638 @@ +/* Formatted output to strings. + Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + CHAR_T The element type of the format string. + CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters + in the format string are ASCII. + DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive. + Depends on CHAR_T. + DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a + format string. Depends on CHAR_T. + PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string. + Depends on CHAR_T. + STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. + ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */ + +#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE +# include "printf-parse.h" +#endif + +/* Default parameters. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE +# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse +# define CHAR_T char +# define DIRECTIVE char_directive +# define DIRECTIVES char_directives +#endif + +/* Get size_t, NULL. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get intmax_t. */ +#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF +# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX +# include <stdint.h> +# endif +# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX +# include <inttypes.h> +# endif +#else +# include <stdint.h> +#endif + +/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */ +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* memcpy(). */ +#include <string.h> + +/* errno. */ +#include <errno.h> + +/* Checked size_t computations. */ +#include "xsize.h" + +#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII +/* c_isascii(). */ +# include "c-ctype.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +int +PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a) +{ + const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */ + size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */ + size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */ + size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */ + size_t max_width_length = 0; + size_t max_precision_length = 0; + + d->count = 0; + d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES; + d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir; + + a->count = 0; + a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS; + a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg; + +#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \ + { \ + size_t n = (_index_); \ + if (n >= a_allocated) \ + { \ + size_t memory_size; \ + argument *memory; \ + \ + a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \ + if (a_allocated <= n) \ + a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \ + memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \ + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg \ + ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \ + : malloc (memory_size)); \ + if (memory == NULL) \ + /* Out of memory. */ \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg) \ + memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument)); \ + a->arg = memory; \ + } \ + while (a->count <= n) \ + a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \ + if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \ + a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \ + else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \ + /* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \ + goto error; \ + } + + while (*cp != '\0') + { + CHAR_T c = *cp++; + if (c == '%') + { + size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE; + DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */ + + /* Initialize the next directive. */ + dp->dir_start = cp - 1; + dp->flags = 0; + dp->width_start = NULL; + dp->width_end = NULL; + dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE; + dp->precision_start = NULL; + dp->precision_end = NULL; + dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE; + dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ + goto error; + arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + + /* Read the flags. */ + for (;;) + { + if (*cp == '\'') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '-') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '+') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == ' ') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '#') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '0') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO; + cp++; + } +#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__ + else if (*cp == 'I') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED; + cp++; + } +#endif + else + break; + } + + /* Parse the field width. */ + if (*cp == '*') + { + dp->width_start = cp; + cp++; + dp->width_end = cp; + if (max_width_length < 1) + max_width_length = 1; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ + goto error; + dp->width_arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT); + } + else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + size_t width_length; + + dp->width_start = cp; + for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) + ; + dp->width_end = cp; + width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; + if (max_width_length < width_length) + max_width_length = width_length; + } + + /* Parse the precision. */ + if (*cp == '.') + { + cp++; + if (*cp == '*') + { + dp->precision_start = cp - 1; + cp++; + dp->precision_end = cp; + if (max_precision_length < 2) + max_precision_length = 2; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory + later. */ + goto error; + dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT); + } + else + { + size_t precision_length; + + dp->precision_start = cp - 1; + for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) + ; + dp->precision_end = cp; + precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; + if (max_precision_length < precision_length) + max_precision_length = precision_length; + } + } + + { + arg_type type; + + /* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */ + { + int flags = 0; + + for (;;) + { + if (*cp == 'h') + { + flags |= (1 << (flags & 1)); + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'L') + { + flags |= 4; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'l') + { + flags += 8; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'j') + { + if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* intmax_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* intmax_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z') + { + /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z' + because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands + only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */ + if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* size_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* size_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 't') + { + if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* ptrdiff_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* ptrdiff_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } +#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ + /* On Mac OS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd". + We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also + be understood by the system's printf routines. */ + else if (*cp == 'q') + { + if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long)) + { + /* int64_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else + { + /* int64_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } +#endif +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + /* On native Windows, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d". + We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also + be understood by the system's printf routines. */ + else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4') + { + if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long)) + { + /* __int64 = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else + { + /* __int64 = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp += 3; + } +#endif + else + break; + } + + /* Read the conversion character. */ + c = *cp++; + switch (c) + { + case 'd': case 'i': +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT; + else +#endif + /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse + "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */ + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_LONGINT; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_SCHAR; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_SHORT; + else + type = TYPE_INT; + break; + case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X': +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT; + else +#endif + /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as + 'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */ + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_ULONGINT; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_UCHAR; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_USHORT; + else + type = TYPE_UINT; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + case 'a': case 'A': + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE; + else + type = TYPE_DOUBLE; + break; + case 'c': + if (flags >= 8) +#if HAVE_WINT_T + type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; +#else + goto error; +#endif + else + type = TYPE_CHAR; + break; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case 'C': + type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; + c = 'c'; + break; +#endif + case 's': + if (flags >= 8) +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; +#else + goto error; +#endif + else + type = TYPE_STRING; + break; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case 'S': + type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; + c = 's'; + break; +#endif + case 'p': + type = TYPE_POINTER; + break; + case 'n': +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER; + else +#endif + /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse + "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */ + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER; + else + type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER; + break; +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + case 'U': + if (flags >= 16) + type = TYPE_U32_STRING; + else if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_U16_STRING; + else + type = TYPE_U8_STRING; + break; +#endif + case '%': + type = TYPE_NONE; + break; + default: + /* Unknown conversion character. */ + goto error; + } + } + + if (type != TYPE_NONE) + { + dp->arg_index = arg_index; + if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type); + } + dp->conversion = c; + dp->dir_end = cp; + } + + d->count++; + if (d->count >= d_allocated) + { + size_t memory_size; + DIRECTIVE *memory; + + d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2); + memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir + ? realloc (d->dir, memory_size) + : malloc (memory_size)); + if (memory == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir) + memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); + d->dir = memory; + } + } +#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII + else if (!c_isascii (c)) + { + /* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */ + goto error; + } +#endif + } + d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp; + + d->max_width_length = max_width_length; + d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length; + return 0; + +error: + if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg) + free (a->arg); + if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir) + free (d->dir); + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + +out_of_memory: + if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg) + free (a->arg); + if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir) + free (d->dir); + errno = ENOMEM; + return -1; +} + +#undef PRINTF_PARSE +#undef DIRECTIVES +#undef DIRECTIVE +#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII +#undef CHAR_T diff --git a/libgnu/printf-parse.h b/libgnu/printf-parse.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9bfa85b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/printf-parse.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* Parse printf format string. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H +#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. + STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */ + +#if HAVE_FEATURES_H +# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */ +#endif + +#include "printf-args.h" + + +/* Flags */ +#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ +#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ +#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ +#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ +#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ +#define FLAG_ZERO 32 +#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__ +# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */ +#endif + +/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ +#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) + +/* xxx_directive: A parsed directive. + xxx_directives: A parsed format string. */ + +/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */ +#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7 + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const char* dir_start; + const char* dir_end; + int flags; + const char* width_start; + const char* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const char* precision_start; + const char* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + char conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +char_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + char_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; + char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES]; +} +char_directives; + +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const uint8_t* dir_start; + const uint8_t* dir_end; + int flags; + const uint8_t* width_start; + const uint8_t* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const uint8_t* precision_start; + const uint8_t* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + uint8_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +u8_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + u8_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; + u8_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES]; +} +u8_directives; + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const uint16_t* dir_start; + const uint16_t* dir_end; + int flags; + const uint16_t* width_start; + const uint16_t* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const uint16_t* precision_start; + const uint16_t* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + uint16_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +u16_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + u16_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; + u16_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES]; +} +u16_directives; + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const uint32_t* dir_start; + const uint32_t* dir_end; + int flags; + const uint32_t* width_start; + const uint32_t* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const uint32_t* precision_start; + const uint32_t* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + uint32_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +u32_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + u32_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; + u32_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES]; +} +u32_directives; + +#endif + + +/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills + in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start + to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the + arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO +extern int + ulc_printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a); +extern int + u8_printf_parse (const uint8_t *format, u8_directives *d, arguments *a); +extern int + u16_printf_parse (const uint16_t *format, u16_directives *d, + arguments *a); +extern int + u32_printf_parse (const uint32_t *format, u32_directives *d, + arguments *a); +#else +# ifdef STATIC +STATIC +# else +extern +# endif +int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a); +#endif + +#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/pwrite.c b/libgnu/pwrite.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d12bfe19 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/pwrite.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* Write block to given position in file without changing file pointer. + POSIX version. + Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2002, 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1997. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> + +#define __libc_lseek(f,o,w) lseek (f, o, w) +#define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val) +#define __libc_write(f,b,n) write (f, b, n) + +/* Note: This implementation of pwrite is not multithread-safe. */ + +ssize_t +pwrite (int fd, const void *buf, size_t nbyte, off_t offset) +{ + /* Since we must not change the file pointer preserve the value so that + we can restore it later. */ + int save_errno; + ssize_t result; + off_t old_offset = __libc_lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR); + if (old_offset == (off_t) -1) + return -1; + + /* Set to wanted position. */ + if (__libc_lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) == (off_t) -1) + return -1; + + /* Write out the data. */ + result = __libc_write (fd, buf, nbyte); + + /* Now we have to restore the position. If this fails we have to + return this as an error. But if the writing also failed we + return this error. */ + save_errno = errno; + if (__libc_lseek (fd, old_offset, SEEK_SET) == (off_t) -1) + { + if (result == -1) + __set_errno (save_errno); + return -1; + } + __set_errno (save_errno); + + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/qsort.c b/libgnu/qsort.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cfe67f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/qsort.c @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Written by Douglas C. Schmidt (schmidt@ics.uci.edu). + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see + <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* If you consider tuning this algorithm, you should consult first: + Engineering a sort function; Jon Bentley and M. Douglas McIlroy; + Software - Practice and Experience; Vol. 23 (11), 1249-1265, 1993. */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifndef _LIBC +# define _quicksort qsort_r +# define __compar_d_fn_t compar_d_fn_t +typedef int (*compar_d_fn_t) (const void *, const void *, void *); +#endif + +/* Byte-wise swap two items of size SIZE. */ +#define SWAP(a, b, size) \ + do \ + { \ + size_t __size = (size); \ + char *__a = (a), *__b = (b); \ + do \ + { \ + char __tmp = *__a; \ + *__a++ = *__b; \ + *__b++ = __tmp; \ + } while (--__size > 0); \ + } while (0) + +/* Discontinue quicksort algorithm when partition gets below this size. + This particular magic number was chosen to work best on a Sun 4/260. */ +#define MAX_THRESH 4 + +/* Stack node declarations used to store unfulfilled partition obligations. */ +typedef struct + { + char *lo; + char *hi; + } stack_node; + +/* The next 4 #defines implement a very fast in-line stack abstraction. */ +/* The stack needs log (total_elements) entries (we could even subtract + log(MAX_THRESH)). Since total_elements has type size_t, we get as + upper bound for log (total_elements): + bits per byte (CHAR_BIT) * sizeof(size_t). */ +#define STACK_SIZE (CHAR_BIT * sizeof(size_t)) +#define PUSH(low, high) ((void) ((top->lo = (low)), (top->hi = (high)), ++top)) +#define POP(low, high) ((void) (--top, (low = top->lo), (high = top->hi))) +#define STACK_NOT_EMPTY (stack < top) + + +/* Order size using quicksort. This implementation incorporates + four optimizations discussed in Sedgewick: + + 1. Non-recursive, using an explicit stack of pointer that store the + next array partition to sort. To save time, this maximum amount + of space required to store an array of SIZE_MAX is allocated on the + stack. Assuming a 32-bit (64 bit) integer for size_t, this needs + only 32 * sizeof(stack_node) == 256 bytes (for 64 bit: 1024 bytes). + Pretty cheap, actually. + + 2. Chose the pivot element using a median-of-three decision tree. + This reduces the probability of selecting a bad pivot value and + eliminates certain extraneous comparisons. + + 3. Only quicksorts TOTAL_ELEMS / MAX_THRESH partitions, leaving + insertion sort to order the MAX_THRESH items within each partition. + This is a big win, since insertion sort is faster for small, mostly + sorted array segments. + + 4. The larger of the two sub-partitions is always pushed onto the + stack first, with the algorithm then concentrating on the + smaller partition. This *guarantees* no more than log (total_elems) + stack size is needed (actually O(1) in this case)! */ + +void +_quicksort (void *const pbase, size_t total_elems, size_t size, + __compar_d_fn_t cmp, void *arg) +{ + char *base_ptr = (char *) pbase; + + const size_t max_thresh = MAX_THRESH * size; + + if (total_elems == 0) + /* Avoid lossage with unsigned arithmetic below. */ + return; + + if (total_elems > MAX_THRESH) + { + char *lo = base_ptr; + char *hi = &lo[size * (total_elems - 1)]; + stack_node stack[STACK_SIZE]; + stack_node *top = stack; + + PUSH (NULL, NULL); + + while (STACK_NOT_EMPTY) + { + char *left_ptr; + char *right_ptr; + + /* Select median value from among LO, MID, and HI. Rearrange + LO and HI so the three values are sorted. This lowers the + probability of picking a pathological pivot value and + skips a comparison for both the LEFT_PTR and RIGHT_PTR in + the while loops. */ + + char *mid = lo + size * ((hi - lo) / size >> 1); + + if ((*cmp) ((void *) mid, (void *) lo, arg) < 0) + SWAP (mid, lo, size); + if ((*cmp) ((void *) hi, (void *) mid, arg) < 0) + SWAP (mid, hi, size); + else + goto jump_over; + if ((*cmp) ((void *) mid, (void *) lo, arg) < 0) + SWAP (mid, lo, size); + jump_over:; + + left_ptr = lo + size; + right_ptr = hi - size; + + /* Here's the famous ``collapse the walls'' section of quicksort. + Gotta like those tight inner loops! They are the main reason + that this algorithm runs much faster than others. */ + do + { + while ((*cmp) ((void *) left_ptr, (void *) mid, arg) < 0) + left_ptr += size; + + while ((*cmp) ((void *) mid, (void *) right_ptr, arg) < 0) + right_ptr -= size; + + if (left_ptr < right_ptr) + { + SWAP (left_ptr, right_ptr, size); + if (mid == left_ptr) + mid = right_ptr; + else if (mid == right_ptr) + mid = left_ptr; + left_ptr += size; + right_ptr -= size; + } + else if (left_ptr == right_ptr) + { + left_ptr += size; + right_ptr -= size; + break; + } + } + while (left_ptr <= right_ptr); + + /* Set up pointers for next iteration. First determine whether + left and right partitions are below the threshold size. If so, + ignore one or both. Otherwise, push the larger partition's + bounds on the stack and continue sorting the smaller one. */ + + if ((size_t) (right_ptr - lo) <= max_thresh) + { + if ((size_t) (hi - left_ptr) <= max_thresh) + /* Ignore both small partitions. */ + POP (lo, hi); + else + /* Ignore small left partition. */ + lo = left_ptr; + } + else if ((size_t) (hi - left_ptr) <= max_thresh) + /* Ignore small right partition. */ + hi = right_ptr; + else if ((right_ptr - lo) > (hi - left_ptr)) + { + /* Push larger left partition indices. */ + PUSH (lo, right_ptr); + lo = left_ptr; + } + else + { + /* Push larger right partition indices. */ + PUSH (left_ptr, hi); + hi = right_ptr; + } + } + } + + /* Once the BASE_PTR array is partially sorted by quicksort the rest + is completely sorted using insertion sort, since this is efficient + for partitions below MAX_THRESH size. BASE_PTR points to the beginning + of the array to sort, and END_PTR points at the very last element in + the array (*not* one beyond it!). */ + +#define min(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)) + + { + char *const end_ptr = &base_ptr[size * (total_elems - 1)]; + char *tmp_ptr = base_ptr; + char *thresh = min(end_ptr, base_ptr + max_thresh); + char *run_ptr; + + /* Find smallest element in first threshold and place it at the + array's beginning. This is the smallest array element, + and the operation speeds up insertion sort's inner loop. */ + + for (run_ptr = tmp_ptr + size; run_ptr <= thresh; run_ptr += size) + if ((*cmp) ((void *) run_ptr, (void *) tmp_ptr, arg) < 0) + tmp_ptr = run_ptr; + + if (tmp_ptr != base_ptr) + SWAP (tmp_ptr, base_ptr, size); + + /* Insertion sort, running from left-hand-side up to right-hand-side. */ + + run_ptr = base_ptr + size; + while ((run_ptr += size) <= end_ptr) + { + tmp_ptr = run_ptr - size; + while ((*cmp) ((void *) run_ptr, (void *) tmp_ptr, arg) < 0) + tmp_ptr -= size; + + tmp_ptr += size; + if (tmp_ptr != run_ptr) + { + char *trav; + + trav = run_ptr + size; + while (--trav >= run_ptr) + { + char c = *trav; + char *hi, *lo; + + for (hi = lo = trav; (lo -= size) >= tmp_ptr; hi = lo) + *hi = *lo; + *hi = c; + } + } + } + } +} diff --git a/libgnu/qsort_r.c b/libgnu/qsort_r.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43129760 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/qsort_r.c @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* Reentrant sort function. + + Copyright 2014-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* This file is compiled only when the system has a qsort_r that needs + to be replaced because it has the BSD signature rather than the GNU + signature. */ + +struct thunk +{ + int (*cmp) (void const *, void const *, void *); + void *arg; +}; + +static int +thunk_cmp (void *thunk, void const *a, void const *b) +{ + struct thunk *th = thunk; + return th->cmp (a, b, th->arg); +} + +void +qsort_r (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, + int (*cmp) (void const *, void const *, void *), + void *arg) +{ +# undef qsort_r + struct thunk thunk; + thunk.cmp = cmp; + thunk.arg = arg; + qsort_r (base, nmemb, size, &thunk, thunk_cmp); +} diff --git a/libgnu/raise.c b/libgnu/raise.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d3325a63 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/raise.c @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* Provide a non-threads replacement for the POSIX raise function. + + Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <signal.h> + +#if HAVE_RAISE +/* Native Windows platform. */ + +# include <errno.h> + +# include "msvc-inval.h" + +# undef raise + +# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +static int +raise_nothrow (int sig) +{ + int result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = raise (sig); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = -1; + errno = EINVAL; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +# else +# define raise_nothrow raise +# endif + +#else +/* An old Unix platform. */ + +# include <unistd.h> + +# define rpl_raise raise + +#endif + +int +rpl_raise (int sig) +{ +#if GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking && GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE + if (sig == SIGPIPE) + return _gl_raise_SIGPIPE (); +#endif + +#if HAVE_RAISE + return raise_nothrow (sig); +#else + return kill (getpid (), sig); +#endif +} diff --git a/libgnu/rawmemchr.c b/libgnu/rawmemchr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bba95b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/rawmemchr.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* Searching in a string. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +/* Find the first occurrence of C in S. */ +void * +rawmemchr (const void *s, int c_in) +{ + /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned + long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better + performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64 + bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with + performance. */ + typedef unsigned long int longword; + + const unsigned char *char_ptr; + const longword *longword_ptr; + longword repeated_one; + longword repeated_c; + unsigned char c; + + c = (unsigned char) c_in; + + /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time. + Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */ + for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s; + (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0; + ++char_ptr) + if (*char_ptr == c) + return (void *) char_ptr; + + longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr; + + /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords, + but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */ + + /* Compute auxiliary longword values: + repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte. + repeated_c has c in every byte. */ + repeated_one = 0x01010101; + repeated_c = c | (c << 8); + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16; + if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1; + if (8 < sizeof (longword)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << i; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << i; + } + } + } + + /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will + test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of + the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or + c. We first use an xor with repeated_c. This reduces the task + to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 is zero. + + We compute tmp = + ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7). + That is, we perform the following operations: + 1. Subtract repeated_one. + 2. & ~longword1. + 3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte. + Consider what happens in each byte: + - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff, + and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated + to more significant bytes. + - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at + position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1, + the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1. + After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After + step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced. + So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero. + Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least + significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ..., + j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more + significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we + already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7. + + The test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent + to testing whether tmp is nonzero. + + This test can read beyond the end of a string, depending on where + C_IN is encountered. However, this is considered safe since the + initialization phase ensured that the read will be aligned, + therefore, the read will not cross page boundaries and will not + cause a fault. */ + + while (1) + { + longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c; + + if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) + & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0) + break; + longword_ptr++; + } + + char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr; + + /* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes + starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian machines, we + could determine the first such byte without any further memory + accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop + iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines. + Choose code that works in both cases. */ + + char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr; + while (*char_ptr != c) + char_ptr++; + return (void *) char_ptr; +} diff --git a/libgnu/rawmemchr.valgrind b/libgnu/rawmemchr.valgrind new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63639236 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/rawmemchr.valgrind @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in rawmemchr(). +# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup. +{ + rawmemchr-value4 + Memcheck:Value4 + fun:rawmemchr +} +{ + rawmemchr-value8 + Memcheck:Value8 + fun:rawmemchr +} diff --git a/libgnu/read.c b/libgnu/read.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08108f7f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/read.c @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* POSIX compatible read() function. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +# include <errno.h> +# include <io.h> + +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */ +# include <windows.h> + +# include "msvc-inval.h" +# include "msvc-nothrow.h" + +# undef read + +# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +static ssize_t +read_nothrow (int fd, void *buf, size_t count) +{ + ssize_t result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = read (fd, buf, count); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = -1; + errno = EBADF; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +# else +# define read_nothrow read +# endif + +ssize_t +rpl_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count) +{ + ssize_t ret = read_nothrow (fd, buf, count); + +# if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING + if (ret < 0 + && GetLastError () == ERROR_NO_DATA) + { + HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd); + if (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE) + { + /* h is a pipe or socket. */ + DWORD state; + if (GetNamedPipeHandleState (h, &state, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0) + && (state & PIPE_NOWAIT) != 0) + /* h is a pipe in non-blocking mode. + Change errno from EINVAL to EAGAIN. */ + errno = EAGAIN; + } + } +# endif + + return ret; +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/readdir.c b/libgnu/readdir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1773afe --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/readdir.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* Read the next entry of a directory. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <dirent.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +#include "dirent-private.h" + +struct dirent * +readdir (DIR *dirp) +{ + char type; + struct dirent *result; + + /* There is no need to add code to produce entries for "." and "..". + According to the POSIX:2008 section "4.12 Pathname Resolution" + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html> + "." and ".." are syntactic entities. + POSIX also says: + "If entries for dot or dot-dot exist, one entry shall be returned + for dot and one entry shall be returned for dot-dot; otherwise, + they shall not be returned." */ + + switch (dirp->status) + { + case -2: + /* End of directory already reached. */ + return NULL; + case -1: + break; + case 0: + if (!FindNextFile (dirp->current, &dirp->entry)) + { + switch (GetLastError ()) + { + case ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES: + dirp->status = -2; + return NULL; + default: + errno = EIO; + return NULL; + } + } + break; + default: + errno = dirp->status; + return NULL; + } + + dirp->status = 0; + + if (dirp->entry.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) + type = DT_DIR; + else if (dirp->entry.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT) + type = DT_LNK; + else if ((dirp->entry.dwFileAttributes + & ~(FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SPARSE_FILE + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_COMPRESSED + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_CONTENT_INDEXED + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED)) == 0) + /* Devices like COM1, LPT1, NUL would also have the attributes 0x20 but + they cannot occur here. */ + type = DT_REG; + else + type = DT_UNKNOWN; + + /* Reuse the memory of dirp->entry for the result. */ + result = + (struct dirent *) + ((char *) dirp->entry.cFileName - offsetof (struct dirent, d_name[0])); + result->d_type = type; + + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/readlink.c b/libgnu/readlink.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf0cedc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/readlink.c @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* Stub for readlink(). + Copyright (C) 2003-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#if !HAVE_READLINK + +/* readlink() substitute for systems that don't have a readlink() function, + such as DJGPP 2.03 and mingw32. */ + +ssize_t +readlink (const char *name, char *buf _GL_UNUSED, + size_t bufsize _GL_UNUSED) +{ + struct stat statbuf; + + /* In general we should use lstat() here, not stat(). But on platforms + without symbolic links, lstat() - if it exists - would be equivalent to + stat(), therefore we can use stat(). This saves us a configure check. */ + if (stat (name, &statbuf) >= 0) + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +} + +#else /* HAVE_READLINK */ + +# undef readlink + +/* readlink() wrapper that uses correct types, for systems like cygwin + 1.5.x where readlink returns int, and which rejects trailing slash, + for Solaris 9. */ + +ssize_t +rpl_readlink (const char *name, char *buf, size_t bufsize) +{ +# if READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG + size_t len = strlen (name); + if (len && name[len - 1] == '/') + { + /* Even if name without the slash is a symlink to a directory, + both lstat() and stat() must resolve the trailing slash to + the directory rather than the symlink. We can therefore + safely use stat() to distinguish between EINVAL and + ENOTDIR/ENOENT, avoiding extra overhead of rpl_lstat(). */ + struct stat st; + if (stat (name, &st) == 0) + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } +# endif /* READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */ + return readlink (name, buf, bufsize); +} + +#endif /* HAVE_READLINK */ diff --git a/libgnu/realloc.c b/libgnu/realloc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..526b4879 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/realloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* realloc() function that is glibc compatible. + + Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */ + +#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1 +#include <config.h> + +/* Only the AC_FUNC_REALLOC macro defines 'realloc' already in config.h. */ +#ifdef realloc +# define NEED_REALLOC_GNU 1 +/* Whereas the gnulib module 'realloc-gnu' defines HAVE_REALLOC_GNU. */ +#elif GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_REALLOC_GNU +# define NEED_REALLOC_GNU 1 +#endif + +/* Infer the properties of the system's malloc function. + The gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU. */ +#if GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && HAVE_MALLOC_GNU +# define SYSTEM_MALLOC_GLIBC_COMPATIBLE 1 +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <errno.h> + +/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, + with error checking. If N is zero, change it to 1. If P is NULL, + use malloc. */ + +void * +rpl_realloc (void *p, size_t n) +{ + void *result; + +#if NEED_REALLOC_GNU + if (n == 0) + { + n = 1; + + /* In theory realloc might fail, so don't rely on it to free. */ + free (p); + p = NULL; + } +#endif + + if (p == NULL) + { +#if GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU && !NEED_REALLOC_GNU && !SYSTEM_MALLOC_GLIBC_COMPATIBLE + if (n == 0) + n = 1; +#endif + result = malloc (n); + } + else + result = realloc (p, n); + +#if !HAVE_REALLOC_POSIX + if (result == NULL) + errno = ENOMEM; +#endif + + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/ref-add.sin b/libgnu/ref-add.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3913e997 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/ref-add.sin @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +# with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + ta + :a + s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / + tb + s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / + :b + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/libgnu/ref-del.sin b/libgnu/ref-del.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eeff9474 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/ref-del.sin @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +# with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + s/ @PACKAGE@ / / + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/libgnu/rewinddir.c b/libgnu/rewinddir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b144c5a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/rewinddir.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* Restart reading the entries of a directory from the beginning. + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <dirent.h> + +#include <errno.h> + +#include "dirent-private.h" + +void +rewinddir (DIR *dirp) +{ + /* Like in closedir(). */ + if (dirp->current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + FindClose (dirp->current); + + /* Like in opendir(). */ + dirp->status = -1; + dirp->current = FindFirstFile (dirp->dir_name_mask, &dirp->entry); + if (dirp->current == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + switch (GetLastError ()) + { + case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND: + dirp->status = -2; + break; + default: + /* Save the error code for the next readdir() call. */ + dirp->status = ENOENT; + break; + } + } +} diff --git a/libgnu/same-inode.h b/libgnu/same-inode.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cece6dd --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/same-inode.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* Determine whether two stat buffers are known to refer to the same file. + + Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef SAME_INODE_H +# define SAME_INODE_H 1 + +# ifdef __VMS +# define SAME_INODE(a, b) \ + ((a).st_ino[0] == (b).st_ino[0] \ + && (a).st_ino[1] == (b).st_ino[1] \ + && (a).st_ino[2] == (b).st_ino[2] \ + && (a).st_dev == (b).st_dev) +# elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +/* On MinGW, struct stat lacks necessary info, so always return 0. + Callers can use !a.st_ino to deduce that the information is unknown. */ +# define SAME_INODE(a, b) 0 +# else +# define SAME_INODE(a, b) \ + ((a).st_ino == (b).st_ino \ + && (a).st_dev == (b).st_dev) +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/same.c b/libgnu/same.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0f25c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/same.c @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +/* Determine whether two file names refer to the same file. + + Copyright (C) 1997-2000, 2002-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Jim Meyering */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#include <string.h> + +#include <limits.h> +#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX +# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14 +#endif + +#include "same.h" +#include "dirname.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "same-inode.h" + +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +/* Return nonzero if SOURCE and DEST point to the same name in the same + directory. */ + +bool +same_name (const char *source, const char *dest) +{ + /* Compare the basenames. */ + char const *source_basename = last_component (source); + char const *dest_basename = last_component (dest); + size_t source_baselen = base_len (source_basename); + size_t dest_baselen = base_len (dest_basename); + bool identical_basenames = + (source_baselen == dest_baselen + && memcmp (source_basename, dest_basename, dest_baselen) == 0); + bool compare_dirs = identical_basenames; + bool same = false; + +#if ! _POSIX_NO_TRUNC && HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX + /* This implementation silently truncates components of file names. If + the base names might be truncated, check whether the truncated + base names are the same, while checking the directories. */ + size_t slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : _POSIX_NAME_MAX; + size_t min_baselen = MIN (source_baselen, dest_baselen); + if (slen_max <= min_baselen + && memcmp (source_basename, dest_basename, slen_max) == 0) + compare_dirs = true; +#endif + + if (compare_dirs) + { + struct stat source_dir_stats; + struct stat dest_dir_stats; + char *source_dirname, *dest_dirname; + + /* Compare the parent directories (via the device and inode numbers). */ + source_dirname = dir_name (source); + dest_dirname = dir_name (dest); + + if (stat (source_dirname, &source_dir_stats)) + { + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + error (1, errno, "%s", source_dirname); + } + + if (stat (dest_dirname, &dest_dir_stats)) + { + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + error (1, errno, "%s", dest_dirname); + } + + same = SAME_INODE (source_dir_stats, dest_dir_stats); + +#if ! _POSIX_NO_TRUNC && HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX + if (same && ! identical_basenames) + { + long name_max = (errno = 0, pathconf (dest_dirname, _PC_NAME_MAX)); + if (name_max < 0) + { + if (errno) + { + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + error (1, errno, "%s", dest_dirname); + } + same = false; + } + else + same = (name_max <= min_baselen + && memcmp (source_basename, dest_basename, name_max) == 0); + } +#endif + + free (source_dirname); + free (dest_dirname); + } + + return same; +} diff --git a/libgnu/same.h b/libgnu/same.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..822cb6f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/same.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* Determine whether two file names refer to the same file. + + Copyright (C) 1997-2000, 2003-2004, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef SAME_H_ +# define SAME_H_ 1 + +# include <stdbool.h> + +bool same_name (const char *source, const char *dest); + +#endif /* SAME_H_ */ diff --git a/libgnu/save-cwd.c b/libgnu/save-cwd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11416cee --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/save-cwd.c @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* save-cwd.c -- Save and restore current working directory. + + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "save-cwd.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "chdir-long.h" +#include "unistd--.h" +#include "cloexec.h" + +#if GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER +# include "fcntl--.h" +#else +# define GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER 0 +#endif + +/* Record the location of the current working directory in CWD so that + the program may change to other directories and later use restore_cwd + to return to the recorded location. This function may allocate + space using malloc (via getcwd) or leave a file descriptor open; + use free_cwd to perform the necessary free or close. Upon failure, + no memory is allocated, any locally opened file descriptors are + closed; return non-zero -- in that case, free_cwd need not be + called, but doing so is ok. Otherwise, return zero. + + The _raison d'etre_ for this interface is that the working directory + is sometimes inaccessible, and getcwd is not robust or as efficient. + So, we prefer to use the open/fchdir approach, but fall back on + getcwd if necessary. This module works for most cases with just + the getcwd-lgpl module, but to be truly robust, use the getcwd module. + + Some systems lack fchdir altogether: e.g., OS/2, pre-2001 Cygwin, + SCO Xenix. Also, SunOS 4 and Irix 5.3 provide the function, yet it + doesn't work for partitions on which auditing is enabled. If + you're still using an obsolete system with these problems, please + send email to the maintainer of this code. */ + +int +save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd) +{ + cwd->name = NULL; + + cwd->desc = open (".", O_SEARCH); + if (!GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER) + cwd->desc = fd_safer (cwd->desc); + if (cwd->desc < 0) + { + cwd->name = getcwd (NULL, 0); + return cwd->name ? 0 : -1; + } + + set_cloexec_flag (cwd->desc, true); + return 0; +} + +/* Change to recorded location, CWD, in directory hierarchy. + Upon failure, return -1 (errno is set by chdir or fchdir). + Upon success, return zero. */ + +int +restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd) +{ + if (0 <= cwd->desc) + return fchdir (cwd->desc); + else + return chdir_long (cwd->name); +} + +void +free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd) +{ + if (cwd->desc >= 0) + close (cwd->desc); + free (cwd->name); +} diff --git a/libgnu/save-cwd.h b/libgnu/save-cwd.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1b25124 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/save-cwd.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Save and restore current working directory. + + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2003, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#ifndef SAVE_CWD_H +# define SAVE_CWD_H 1 + +struct saved_cwd + { + int desc; + char *name; + }; + +int save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd); +int restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd); +void free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd); + +#endif /* SAVE_CWD_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/signal.in.h b/libgnu/signal.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ffba37e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/signal.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ +/* A GNU-like <signal.h>. + + Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if defined __need_sig_atomic_t || defined __need_sigset_t || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H || (defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T) +/* Special invocation convention: + - Inside glibc header files. + - On glibc systems we have a sequence of nested includes + <signal.h> -> <ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>. + In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot + provide the C++ aliases. + - On glibc systems with GCC 4.3 we have a sequence of nested includes + <csignal> -> </usr/include/signal.h> -> <sys/ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>. + In this situation, some of the functions are not yet declared, therefore + we cannot provide the C++ aliases. */ + +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SIGNAL_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H + +#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H + +/* Define pid_t, uid_t. + Also, mingw defines sigset_t not in <signal.h>, but in <sys/types.h>. + On Solaris 10, <signal.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which eventually includes + us; so include <sys/types.h> now, before the second inclusion guard. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SIGNAL_H@ + +#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H + +/* Mac OS X 10.3, FreeBSD 6.4, OpenBSD 3.8, OSF/1 4.0, Solaris 2.6, Android + declare pthread_sigmask in <pthread.h>, not in <signal.h>. + But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.*/ +#if (@GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) \ + || defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __OpenBSD__ || defined __osf__ \ + || defined __sun || defined __ANDROID__) \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <pthread.h> +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +/* On AIX, sig_atomic_t already includes volatile. C99 requires that + 'volatile sig_atomic_t' ignore the extra modifier, but C89 did not. + Hence, redefine this to a non-volatile type as needed. */ +#if ! @HAVE_TYPE_VOLATILE_SIG_ATOMIC_T@ +# if !GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t +typedef int rpl_sig_atomic_t; +# undef sig_atomic_t +# define sig_atomic_t rpl_sig_atomic_t +# define GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* A set or mask of signals. */ +#if !@HAVE_SIGSET_T@ +# if !GNULIB_defined_sigset_t +typedef unsigned int sigset_t; +# define GNULIB_defined_sigset_t 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* Define sighandler_t, the type of signal handlers. A GNU extension. */ +#if !@HAVE_SIGHANDLER_T@ +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif +# if !GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t +typedef void (*sighandler_t) (int); +# define GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t 1 +# endif +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_SIGNAL_H_SIGPIPE@ +# ifndef SIGPIPE +/* Define SIGPIPE to a value that does not overlap with other signals. */ +# define SIGPIPE 13 +# define GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE 1 +/* To actually use SIGPIPE, you also need the gnulib modules 'sigprocmask', + 'write', 'stdio'. */ +# endif +#endif + + +/* Maximum signal number + 1. */ +#ifndef NSIG +# if defined __TANDEM +# define NSIG 32 +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ +# if @REPLACE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef pthread_sigmask +# define pthread_sigmask rpl_pthread_sigmask +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int, + (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int, + (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_PTHREAD_SIGMASK@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int, + (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int, + (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_sigmask); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef pthread_sigmask +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SIGMASK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_sigmask, "pthread_sigmask is not portable - " + "use gnulib module pthread_sigmask for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_RAISE@ +# if @REPLACE_RAISE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef raise +# define raise rpl_raise +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (raise, int, (int sig)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (raise, int, (int sig)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_RAISE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (raise, int, (int sig)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (raise, int, (int sig)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (raise); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef raise +/* Assume raise is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (raise, "raise can crash on native Windows - " + "use gnulib module raise for portability"); +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK@ +# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ + +# ifndef GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking +# define GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking 1 +# endif + +/* Maximum signal number + 1. */ +# ifndef NSIG +# define NSIG 32 +# endif + +/* This code supports only 32 signals. */ +# if !GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint +typedef int verify_NSIG_constraint[NSIG <= 32 ? 1 : -1]; +# define GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint 1 +# endif + +# endif + +/* When also using extern inline, suppress the use of static inline in + standard headers of problematic Apple configurations, as Libc at + least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g., + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>. + Perhaps Apple will fix this some day. */ +#if (defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE && defined __APPLE__ \ + && (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__)) +# undef sigaddset +# undef sigdelset +# undef sigemptyset +# undef sigfillset +# undef sigismember +#endif + +/* Test whether a given signal is contained in a signal set. */ +# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X. */ +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# undef sigismember +# endif +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigismember); + +/* Initialize a signal set to the empty set. */ +# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X. */ +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# undef sigemptyset +# endif +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigemptyset); + +/* Add a signal to a signal set. */ +# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X. */ +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# undef sigaddset +# endif +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaddset); + +/* Remove a signal from a signal set. */ +# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X. */ +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# undef sigdelset +# endif +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigdelset); + +/* Fill a signal set with all possible signals. */ +# if @HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X. */ +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# undef sigfillset +# endif +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigfillset); + +/* Return the set of those blocked signals that are pending. */ +# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigpending); + +/* If OLD_SET is not NULL, put the current set of blocked signals in *OLD_SET. + Then, if SET is not NULL, affect the current set of blocked signals by + combining it with *SET as indicated in OPERATION. + In this implementation, you are not allowed to change a signal handler + while the signal is blocked. */ +# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +# define SIG_BLOCK 0 /* blocked_set = blocked_set | *set; */ +# define SIG_SETMASK 1 /* blocked_set = *set; */ +# define SIG_UNBLOCK 2 /* blocked_set = blocked_set & ~*set; */ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigprocmask, int, + (int operation, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *old_set)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigprocmask, int, + (int operation, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *old_set)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigprocmask); + +/* Install the handler FUNC for signal SIG, and return the previous + handler. */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif +# if !GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t +typedef void (*_gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t) (int); +# define GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t 1 +# endif +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define signal rpl_signal +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t, + (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t, + (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t, + (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (signal); + +# if !@HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALBLOCKING@ && GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE +/* Raise signal SIGPIPE. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_raise_SIGPIPE (void); +# endif + +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef sigaddset +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGADDSET +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaddset, "sigaddset is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability"); +# endif +# undef sigdelset +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGDELSET +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigdelset, "sigdelset is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability"); +# endif +# undef sigemptyset +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGEMPTYSET +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigemptyset, "sigemptyset is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability"); +# endif +# undef sigfillset +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGFILLSET +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigfillset, "sigfillset is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability"); +# endif +# undef sigismember +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGISMEMBER +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigismember, "sigismember is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability"); +# endif +# undef sigpending +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPENDING +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigpending, "sigpending is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability"); +# endif +# undef sigprocmask +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPROCMASK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigprocmask, "sigprocmask is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability"); +# endif +#endif /* @GNULIB_SIGPROCMASK@ */ + + +#if @GNULIB_SIGACTION@ +# if !@HAVE_SIGACTION@ + +# if !@HAVE_SIGINFO_T@ + +# if !GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types + +/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib. */ +union sigval +{ + int sival_int; + void *sival_ptr; +}; + +/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib. */ +struct siginfo_t +{ + int si_signo; + int si_code; + int si_errno; + pid_t si_pid; + uid_t si_uid; + void *si_addr; + int si_status; + long si_band; + union sigval si_value; +}; +typedef struct siginfo_t siginfo_t; + +# define GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types 1 +# endif + +# endif /* !@HAVE_SIGINFO_T@ */ + +/* We assume that platforms which lack the sigaction() function also lack + the 'struct sigaction' type, and vice versa. */ + +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction + +struct sigaction +{ + union + { + void (*_sa_handler) (int); + /* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib. POSIX + says that implementations may, but not must, make sa_sigaction + overlap with sa_handler, but we know of no implementation where + they do not overlap. */ + void (*_sa_sigaction) (int, siginfo_t *, void *); + } _sa_func; + sigset_t sa_mask; + /* Not all POSIX flags are supported. */ + int sa_flags; +}; +# define sa_handler _sa_func._sa_handler +# define sa_sigaction _sa_func._sa_sigaction +/* Unsupported flags are not present. */ +# define SA_RESETHAND 1 +# define SA_NODEFER 2 +# define SA_RESTART 4 + +# define GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction 1 +# endif + +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict, + struct sigaction *restrict)); + +# elif !@HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION@ + +# define sa_sigaction sa_handler + +# endif /* !@HAVE_SIGACTION@, !@HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION@ */ + +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict, + struct sigaction *restrict)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaction); + +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef sigaction +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGACTION +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaction, "sigaction is unportable - " + "use the gnulib module sigaction for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Some systems don't have SA_NODEFER. */ +#ifndef SA_NODEFER +# define SA_NODEFER 0 +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SIGNAL_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/size_max.h b/libgnu/size_max.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0c00b47 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/size_max.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* size_max.h -- declare SIZE_MAX through system headers + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Simon Josefsson. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H +#define GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H + +/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like Solaris 7/8/9. */ +# include <limits.h> +/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like glibc 2. */ +# if HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +# endif +/* On systems where these include files don't define it, SIZE_MAX is defined + in config.h. */ + +#endif /* GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/sleep.c b/libgnu/sleep.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a8fe7c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/sleep.c @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* Pausing execution of the current thread. + Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <limits.h> + +#include "verify.h" + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */ +# include <windows.h> + +unsigned int +sleep (unsigned int seconds) +{ + unsigned int remaining; + + /* Sleep for 1 second many times, because + 1. Sleep is not interruptible by Ctrl-C, + 2. we want to avoid arithmetic overflow while multiplying with 1000. */ + for (remaining = seconds; remaining > 0; remaining--) + Sleep (1000); + + return remaining; +} + +#elif HAVE_SLEEP + +# undef sleep + +/* Guarantee unlimited sleep and a reasonable return value. Cygwin + 1.5.x rejects attempts to sleep more than 49.7 days (2**32 + milliseconds), but uses uninitialized memory which results in a + garbage answer. Similarly, Linux 2.6.9 with glibc 2.3.4 has a too + small return value when asked to sleep more than 24.85 days. */ +unsigned int +rpl_sleep (unsigned int seconds) +{ + /* This requires int larger than 16 bits. */ + verify (UINT_MAX / 24 / 24 / 60 / 60); + const unsigned int limit = 24 * 24 * 60 * 60; + while (limit < seconds) + { + unsigned int result; + seconds -= limit; + result = sleep (limit); + if (result) + return seconds + result; + } + return sleep (seconds); +} + +#else /* !HAVE_SLEEP */ + + #error "Please port gnulib sleep.c to your platform, possibly using usleep() or select(), then report this to bug-gnulib." + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/stat.c b/libgnu/stat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e7c2f6f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stat.c @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* Work around platform bugs in stat. + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* written by Eric Blake */ + +/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only + the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_stat doesn't recurse to + rpl_stat. */ +#define __need_system_sys_stat_h +#include <config.h> + +/* Get the original definition of stat. It might be defined as a macro. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +# if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE +# undef stat /* avoid warning on mingw64 with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 */ +# define stat _stati64 +# define REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR 1 +# undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE +# elif REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE +/* mingw64 has a broken stat() function, based on _stat(), in libmingwex.a. + Bypass it. */ +# define stat _stat +# define REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR 1 +# undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE +# endif +#endif + +static int +orig_stat (const char *filename, struct stat *buf) +{ + return stat (filename, buf); +} + +/* Specification. */ +/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc + eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h> + above. */ +#include "sys/stat.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "dosname.h" +#include "verify.h" + +#if REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR +# include "pathmax.h" + /* The only known systems where REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR is needed also + have a constant PATH_MAX. */ +# ifndef PATH_MAX +# error "Please port this replacement to your platform" +# endif +#endif + +/* Store information about NAME into ST. Work around bugs with + trailing slashes. Mingw has other bugs (such as st_ino always + being 0 on success) which this wrapper does not work around. But + at least this implementation provides the ability to emulate fchdir + correctly. */ + +int +rpl_stat (char const *name, struct stat *st) +{ + int result = orig_stat (name, st); +#if REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE + /* Solaris 9 mistakenly succeeds when given a non-directory with a + trailing slash. */ + if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode)) + { + size_t len = strlen (name); + if (ISSLASH (name[len - 1])) + { + errno = ENOTDIR; + return -1; + } + } +#endif /* REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE */ +#if REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR + + if (result == -1 && errno == ENOENT) + { + /* Due to mingw's oddities, there are some directories (like + c:\) where stat() only succeeds with a trailing slash, and + other directories (like c:\windows) where stat() only + succeeds without a trailing slash. But we want the two to be + synonymous, since chdir() manages either style. Likewise, Mingw also + reports ENOENT for names longer than PATH_MAX, when we want + ENAMETOOLONG, and for stat("file/"), when we want ENOTDIR. + Fortunately, mingw PATH_MAX is small enough for stack + allocation. */ + char fixed_name[PATH_MAX + 1] = {0}; + size_t len = strlen (name); + bool check_dir = false; + verify (PATH_MAX <= 4096); + if (PATH_MAX <= len) + errno = ENAMETOOLONG; + else if (len) + { + strcpy (fixed_name, name); + if (ISSLASH (fixed_name[len - 1])) + { + check_dir = true; + while (len && ISSLASH (fixed_name[len - 1])) + fixed_name[--len] = '\0'; + if (!len) + fixed_name[0] = '/'; + } + else + fixed_name[len++] = '/'; + result = orig_stat (fixed_name, st); + if (result == 0 && check_dir && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode)) + { + result = -1; + errno = ENOTDIR; + } + } + } +#endif /* REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR */ + return result; +} diff --git a/libgnu/stdalign.in.h b/libgnu/stdalign.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea248231 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stdalign.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/* A substitute for ISO C11 <stdalign.h>. + + Copyright 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible. */ + +#ifndef _GL_STDALIGN_H +#define _GL_STDALIGN_H + +/* ISO C11 <stdalign.h> for platforms that lack it. + + References: + ISO C11 (latest free draft + <http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg14/www/docs/n1570.pdf>) + sections 6.5.3.4, 6.7.5, 7.15. + C++11 (latest free draft + <http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2011/n3242.pdf>) + section 18.10. */ + +/* alignof (TYPE), also known as _Alignof (TYPE), yields the alignment + requirement of a structure member (i.e., slot or field) that is of + type TYPE, as an integer constant expression. + + This differs from GCC's __alignof__ operator, which can yield a + better-performing alignment for an object of that type. For + example, on x86 with GCC, __alignof__ (double) and __alignof__ + (long long) are 8, whereas alignof (double) and alignof (long long) + are 4 unless the option '-malign-double' is used. + + The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant, if you + want to be portable to HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. + + Include <stddef.h> for offsetof. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other + standard headers, defines conflicting implementations of _Alignas + and _Alignof that are no better than ours; override them. */ +#undef _Alignas +#undef _Alignof + +/* GCC releases before GCC 4.9 had a bug in _Alignof. See GCC bug 52023 + <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=52023>. */ +#if (!defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112 \ + || (defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ < 4 + (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 9))) +# ifdef __cplusplus +# if 201103 <= __cplusplus +# define _Alignof(type) alignof (type) +# else + template <class __t> struct __alignof_helper { char __a; __t __b; }; +# define _Alignof(type) offsetof (__alignof_helper<type>, __b) +# endif +# else +# define _Alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char __a; type __b; }, __b) +# endif +#endif +#if ! (defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus) +# define alignof _Alignof +#endif +#define __alignof_is_defined 1 + +/* alignas (A), also known as _Alignas (A), aligns a variable or type + to the alignment A, where A is an integer constant expression. For + example: + + int alignas (8) foo; + struct s { int a; int alignas (8) bar; }; + + aligns the address of FOO and the offset of BAR to be multiples of 8. + + A should be a power of two that is at least the type's alignment + and at most the implementation's alignment limit. This limit is + 2**28 on typical GNUish hosts, and 2**13 on MSVC. To be portable + to MSVC through at least version 10.0, A should be an integer + constant, as MSVC does not support expressions such as 1 << 3. + To be portable to Sun C 5.11, do not align auto variables to + anything stricter than their default alignment. + + The following C11 requirements are not supported here: + + - If A is zero, alignas has no effect. + - alignas can be used multiple times; the strictest one wins. + - alignas (TYPE) is equivalent to alignas (alignof (TYPE)). + + */ + +#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112 +# if defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus +# define _Alignas(a) alignas (a) +# elif ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ \ + ? 4 < __GNUC__ + (1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \ + : __GNUC__) \ + || (__ia64 && (61200 <= __HP_cc || 61200 <= __HP_aCC)) \ + || __ICC || 0x590 <= __SUNPRO_C || 0x0600 <= __xlC__) +# define _Alignas(a) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (a))) +# elif 1300 <= _MSC_VER +# define _Alignas(a) __declspec (align (a)) +# endif +#endif +#if ((defined _Alignas && ! (defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus)) \ + || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__)) +# define alignas _Alignas +#endif +#if defined alignas || (defined __cplusplus && 201103 <= __cplusplus) +# define __alignas_is_defined 1 +#endif + +#endif /* _GL_STDALIGN_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/stdbool.in.h b/libgnu/stdbool.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1067ed2e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stdbool.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GL_STDBOOL_H +#define _GL_STDBOOL_H + +/* ISO C 99 <stdbool.h> for platforms that lack it. */ + +/* Usage suggestions: + + Programs that use <stdbool.h> should be aware of some limitations + and standards compliance issues. + + Standards compliance: + + - <stdbool.h> must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true' + can be used. + + - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1. + + - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false, + as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature". + + Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment: + + - <stdbool.h> must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used. + + - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro. + + - Bit-fields of type 'bool' are not supported. Portable code + should use 'unsigned int foo : 1;' rather than 'bool foo : 1;'. + + - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are + performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted + to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'. This doesn't work + with this substitute. With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1 + give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'. + + - C99 allows the use of (_Bool)0.0 in constant expressions, but + this substitute cannot always provide this property. + + Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool'; + this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common. */ + + +/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */ + +/* BeOS <sys/socket.h> already #defines false 0, true 1. We use the same + definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them. */ +#if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__ +# include <OS.h> /* defines bool but not _Bool */ +# undef false +# undef true +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +# define _Bool bool +# define bool bool +#else +# if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__ + /* A compiler known to have 'bool'. */ + /* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they + are the same types. */ +# if !@HAVE__BOOL@ +typedef bool _Bool; +# endif +# else +# if !defined __GNUC__ + /* If @HAVE__BOOL@: + Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when + the built-in _Bool type is used. See + http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html + http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html + Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file + wouldn't be used if <stdbool.h> was working. + So we override the _Bool type. + If !@HAVE__BOOL@: + Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type? + Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid + "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99". + Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid + "warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type". + Even the existence of an enum type, without a typedef, + "Invalid enumerator. (badenum)" with HP-UX cc on Tru64. + The only benefit of the enum, debuggability, is not important + with these compilers. So use 'signed char' and no enum. */ +# define _Bool signed char +# else + /* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it. */ +# if !@HAVE__BOOL@ + /* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, define true and false as + enum constants, not only as macros. + It is tempting to write + typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool; + so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically. But then + values of type '_Bool' might promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int' + (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int' + (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)). So add a negative value to the + enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'. */ +typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool; +# endif +# endif +# endif +# define bool _Bool +#endif + +/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +# define false false +# define true true +#else +# define false 0 +# define true 1 +#endif + +#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1 + +#endif /* _GL_STDBOOL_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/stddef.in.h b/libgnu/stddef.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b496a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stddef.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* A substitute for POSIX 2008 <stddef.h>, for platforms that have issues. + + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake. */ + +/* + * POSIX 2008 <stddef.h> for platforms that have issues. + * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/stddef.h.html> + */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if defined __need_wchar_t || defined __need_size_t \ + || defined __need_ptrdiff_t || defined __need_NULL \ + || defined __need_wint_t +/* Special invocation convention inside gcc header files. In + particular, gcc provides a version of <stddef.h> that blindly + redefines NULL even when __need_wint_t was defined, even though + wint_t is not normally provided by <stddef.h>. Hence, we must + remember if special invocation has ever been used to obtain wint_t, + in which case we need to clean up NULL yet again. */ + +# if !(defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H && defined _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T) +# ifdef __need_wint_t +# define _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T +# endif +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@ +# endif + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +# ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ + +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@ + +/* On NetBSD 5.0, the definition of NULL lacks proper parentheses. */ +# if (@REPLACE_NULL@ \ + && (!defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H || defined _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T)) +# undef NULL +# ifdef __cplusplus + /* ISO C++ says that the macro NULL must expand to an integer constant + expression, hence '((void *) 0)' is not allowed in C++. */ +# if __GNUG__ >= 3 + /* GNU C++ has a __null macro that behaves like an integer ('int' or + 'long') but has the same size as a pointer. Use that, to avoid + warnings. */ +# define NULL __null +# else +# define NULL 0L +# endif +# else +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H +# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H + +/* Some platforms lack wchar_t. */ +#if !@HAVE_WCHAR_T@ +# define wchar_t int +#endif + +/* Some platforms lack max_align_t. The check for _GCC_MAX_ALIGN_T is + a hack in case the configure-time test was done with g++ even though + we are currently compiling with gcc. */ +#if ! (@HAVE_MAX_ALIGN_T@ || defined _GCC_MAX_ALIGN_T) +/* On the x86, the maximum storage alignment of double, long, etc. is 4, + but GCC's C11 ABI for x86 says that max_align_t has an alignment of 8, + and the C11 standard allows this. Work around this problem by + using __alignof__ (which returns 8 for double) rather than _Alignof + (which returns 4), and align each union member accordingly. */ +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS(type) \ + __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (__alignof__ (type)))) +# else +# define _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS(type) /* */ +# endif +typedef union +{ + char *__p _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (char *); + double __d _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (double); + long double __ld _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (long double); + long int __i _GL_STDDEF_ALIGNAS (long int); +} max_align_t; +#endif + +# endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */ +# endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */ +#endif /* __need_XXX */ diff --git a/libgnu/stdint.in.h b/libgnu/stdint.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fbec343 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stdint.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,726 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Sam Steingold, Peter Burwood. + This file is part of gnulib. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* + * ISO C 99 <stdint.h> for platforms that lack it. + * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/stdint.h.html> + */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* When including a system file that in turn includes <inttypes.h>, + use the system <inttypes.h>, not our substitute. This avoids + problems with (for example) VMS, whose <sys/bitypes.h> includes + <inttypes.h>. */ +#define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H + +/* On Android (Bionic libc), <sys/types.h> includes this file before + having defined 'time_t'. Therefore in this case avoid including + other system header files; just include the system's <stdint.h>. + Ideally we should test __BIONIC__ here, but it is only defined after + <sys/cdefs.h> has been included; hence test __ANDROID__ instead. */ +#if defined __ANDROID__ && defined _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@ +#else + +/* Get those types that are already defined in other system include + files, so that we can "#define int8_t signed char" below without + worrying about a later system include file containing a "typedef + signed char int8_t;" that will get messed up by our macro. Our + macros should all be consistent with the system versions, except + for the "fast" types and macros, which we recommend against using + in public interfaces due to compiler differences. */ + +#if @HAVE_STDINT_H@ +# if defined __sgi && ! defined __c99 + /* Bypass IRIX's <stdint.h> if in C89 mode, since it merely annoys users + with "This header file is to be used only for c99 mode compilations" + diagnostics. */ +# define __STDINT_H__ +# endif + + /* Some pre-C++11 <stdint.h> implementations need this. */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +# ifndef __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +# define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS 1 +# endif +# ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +# define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1 +# endif +# endif + + /* Other systems may have an incomplete or buggy <stdint.h>. + Include it before <inttypes.h>, since any "#include <stdint.h>" + in <inttypes.h> would reinclude us, skipping our contents because + _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H is defined. + The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@ +#endif + +#if ! defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H + +/* Get SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX, UCHAR_MAX, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, + LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX, _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH. */ +#include <limits.h> + +/* Override WINT_MIN and WINT_MAX if gnulib's <wchar.h> or <wctype.h> overrides + wint_t. */ +#if @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T@ +# undef WINT_MIN +# undef WINT_MAX +# define WINT_MIN 0x0U +# define WINT_MAX 0xffffffffU +#endif + +#if ! @HAVE_C99_STDINT_H@ + +/* <sys/types.h> defines some of the stdint.h types as well, on glibc, + IRIX 6.5, and OpenBSD 3.8 (via <machine/types.h>). + AIX 5.2 <sys/types.h> isn't needed and causes troubles. + Mac OS X 10.4.6 <sys/types.h> includes <stdint.h> (which is us), but + relies on the system <stdint.h> definitions, so include + <sys/types.h> after @NEXT_STDINT_H@. */ +# if @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@ && ! defined _AIX +# include <sys/types.h> +# endif + +# if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@ + /* In OpenBSD 3.8, <inttypes.h> includes <machine/types.h>, which defines + int{8,16,32,64}_t, uint{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__. + <inttypes.h> also defines intptr_t and uintptr_t. */ +# include <inttypes.h> +# elif @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@ + /* Solaris 7 <sys/inttypes.h> has the types except the *_fast*_t types, and + the macros except for *_FAST*_*, INTPTR_MIN, PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX. */ +# include <sys/inttypes.h> +# endif + +# if @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@ && ! defined __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__ + /* Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5 have a <sys/bitypes.h> that defines + int{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__. In libc5 >= 5.2.2 it is + included by <sys/types.h>. */ +# include <sys/bitypes.h> +# endif + +# undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H + +/* Minimum and maximum values for an integer type under the usual assumption. + Return an unspecified value if BITS == 0, adding a check to pacify + picky compilers. */ + +/* These are separate macros, because if you try to merge these macros into + a single one, HP-UX cc rejects the resulting expression in constant + expressions. */ +# define _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN(bits, zero) \ + (zero) +# define _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN(bits, zero) \ + (~ _STDINT_MAX (1, bits, zero)) + +# define _STDINT_MAX(signed, bits, zero) \ + (((((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 - (signed) : 0)) - 1) * 2 + 1) + +#if !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types + +/* 7.18.1.1. Exact-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */ + +# undef int8_t +# undef uint8_t +typedef signed char gl_int8_t; +typedef unsigned char gl_uint8_t; +# define int8_t gl_int8_t +# define uint8_t gl_uint8_t + +# undef int16_t +# undef uint16_t +typedef short int gl_int16_t; +typedef unsigned short int gl_uint16_t; +# define int16_t gl_int16_t +# define uint16_t gl_uint16_t + +# undef int32_t +# undef uint32_t +typedef int gl_int32_t; +typedef unsigned int gl_uint32_t; +# define int32_t gl_int32_t +# define uint32_t gl_uint32_t + +/* If the system defines INT64_MAX, assume int64_t works. That way, + if the underlying platform defines int64_t to be a 64-bit long long + int, the code below won't mistakenly define it to be a 64-bit long + int, which would mess up C++ name mangling. We must use #ifdef + rather than #if, to avoid an error with HP-UX 10.20 cc. */ + +# ifdef INT64_MAX +# define GL_INT64_T +# else +/* Do not undefine int64_t if gnulib is not being used with 64-bit + types, since otherwise it breaks platforms like Tandem/NSK. */ +# if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1 +# undef int64_t +typedef long int gl_int64_t; +# define int64_t gl_int64_t +# define GL_INT64_T +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# undef int64_t +typedef __int64 gl_int64_t; +# define int64_t gl_int64_t +# define GL_INT64_T +# elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# undef int64_t +typedef long long int gl_int64_t; +# define int64_t gl_int64_t +# define GL_INT64_T +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef UINT64_MAX +# define GL_UINT64_T +# else +# if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1 +# undef uint64_t +typedef unsigned long int gl_uint64_t; +# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t +# define GL_UINT64_T +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# undef uint64_t +typedef unsigned __int64 gl_uint64_t; +# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t +# define GL_UINT64_T +# elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# undef uint64_t +typedef unsigned long long int gl_uint64_t; +# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t +# define GL_UINT64_T +# endif +# endif + +/* Avoid collision with Solaris 2.5.1 <pthread.h> etc. */ +# define _UINT8_T +# define _UINT32_T +# define _UINT64_T + + +/* 7.18.1.2. Minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types + are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */ + +# undef int_least8_t +# undef uint_least8_t +# undef int_least16_t +# undef uint_least16_t +# undef int_least32_t +# undef uint_least32_t +# undef int_least64_t +# undef uint_least64_t +# define int_least8_t int8_t +# define uint_least8_t uint8_t +# define int_least16_t int16_t +# define uint_least16_t uint16_t +# define int_least32_t int32_t +# define uint_least32_t uint32_t +# ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define int_least64_t int64_t +# endif +# ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define uint_least64_t uint64_t +# endif + +/* 7.18.1.3. Fastest minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Note: Other <stdint.h> substitutes may define these types differently. + It is not recommended to use these types in public header files. */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types + are taken from the same list of types. The following code normally + uses types consistent with glibc, as that lessens the chance of + incompatibility with older GNU hosts. */ + +# undef int_fast8_t +# undef uint_fast8_t +# undef int_fast16_t +# undef uint_fast16_t +# undef int_fast32_t +# undef uint_fast32_t +# undef int_fast64_t +# undef uint_fast64_t +typedef signed char gl_int_fast8_t; +typedef unsigned char gl_uint_fast8_t; + +# ifdef __sun +/* Define types compatible with SunOS 5.10, so that code compiled under + earlier SunOS versions works with code compiled under SunOS 5.10. */ +typedef int gl_int_fast32_t; +typedef unsigned int gl_uint_fast32_t; +# else +typedef long int gl_int_fast32_t; +typedef unsigned long int gl_uint_fast32_t; +# endif +typedef gl_int_fast32_t gl_int_fast16_t; +typedef gl_uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast16_t; + +# define int_fast8_t gl_int_fast8_t +# define uint_fast8_t gl_uint_fast8_t +# define int_fast16_t gl_int_fast16_t +# define uint_fast16_t gl_uint_fast16_t +# define int_fast32_t gl_int_fast32_t +# define uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast32_t +# ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define int_fast64_t int64_t +# endif +# ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define uint_fast64_t uint64_t +# endif + +/* 7.18.1.4. Integer types capable of holding object pointers */ + +/* kLIBC's stdint.h defines _INTPTR_T_DECLARED and needs its own + definitions of intptr_t and uintptr_t (which use int and unsigned) + to avoid clashes with declarations of system functions like sbrk. */ +# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DECLARED +# undef intptr_t +# undef uintptr_t +typedef long int gl_intptr_t; +typedef unsigned long int gl_uintptr_t; +# define intptr_t gl_intptr_t +# define uintptr_t gl_uintptr_t +# endif + +/* 7.18.1.5. Greatest-width integer types */ + +/* Note: These types are compiler dependent. It may be unwise to use them in + public header files. */ + +/* If the system defines INTMAX_MAX, assume that intmax_t works, and + similarly for UINTMAX_MAX and uintmax_t. This avoids problems with + assuming one type where another is used by the system. */ + +# ifndef INTMAX_MAX +# undef INTMAX_C +# undef intmax_t +# if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1 +typedef long long int gl_intmax_t; +# define intmax_t gl_intmax_t +# elif defined GL_INT64_T +# define intmax_t int64_t +# else +typedef long int gl_intmax_t; +# define intmax_t gl_intmax_t +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef UINTMAX_MAX +# undef UINTMAX_C +# undef uintmax_t +# if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1 +typedef unsigned long long int gl_uintmax_t; +# define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t +# elif defined GL_UINT64_T +# define uintmax_t uint64_t +# else +typedef unsigned long int gl_uintmax_t; +# define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t +# endif +# endif + +/* Verify that intmax_t and uintmax_t have the same size. Too much code + breaks if this is not the case. If this check fails, the reason is likely + to be found in the autoconf macros. */ +typedef int _verify_intmax_size[sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (uintmax_t) + ? 1 : -1]; + +# define GNULIB_defined_stdint_types 1 +# endif /* !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types */ + +/* 7.18.2. Limits of specified-width integer types */ + +/* 7.18.2.1. Limits of exact-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */ + +# undef INT8_MIN +# undef INT8_MAX +# undef UINT8_MAX +# define INT8_MIN (~ INT8_MAX) +# define INT8_MAX 127 +# define UINT8_MAX 255 + +# undef INT16_MIN +# undef INT16_MAX +# undef UINT16_MAX +# define INT16_MIN (~ INT16_MAX) +# define INT16_MAX 32767 +# define UINT16_MAX 65535 + +# undef INT32_MIN +# undef INT32_MAX +# undef UINT32_MAX +# define INT32_MIN (~ INT32_MAX) +# define INT32_MAX 2147483647 +# define UINT32_MAX 4294967295U + +# if defined GL_INT64_T && ! defined INT64_MAX +/* Prefer (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) over (~ INT64_MAX) because SunPRO C 5.0 + evaluates the latter incorrectly in preprocessor expressions. */ +# define INT64_MIN (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) +# define INT64_MAX INTMAX_C (9223372036854775807) +# endif + +# if defined GL_UINT64_T && ! defined UINT64_MAX +# define UINT64_MAX UINTMAX_C (18446744073709551615) +# endif + +/* 7.18.2.2. Limits of minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types + are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */ + +# undef INT_LEAST8_MIN +# undef INT_LEAST8_MAX +# undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX +# define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN +# define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX +# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX + +# undef INT_LEAST16_MIN +# undef INT_LEAST16_MAX +# undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX +# define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN +# define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX +# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX + +# undef INT_LEAST32_MIN +# undef INT_LEAST32_MAX +# undef UINT_LEAST32_MAX +# define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN +# define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX +# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX + +# undef INT_LEAST64_MIN +# undef INT_LEAST64_MAX +# ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN +# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX +# endif + +# undef UINT_LEAST64_MAX +# ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX +# endif + +/* 7.18.2.3. Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types + are taken from the same list of types. */ + +# undef INT_FAST8_MIN +# undef INT_FAST8_MAX +# undef UINT_FAST8_MAX +# define INT_FAST8_MIN SCHAR_MIN +# define INT_FAST8_MAX SCHAR_MAX +# define UINT_FAST8_MAX UCHAR_MAX + +# undef INT_FAST16_MIN +# undef INT_FAST16_MAX +# undef UINT_FAST16_MAX +# define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_FAST32_MIN +# define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_FAST32_MAX +# define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_FAST32_MAX + +# undef INT_FAST32_MIN +# undef INT_FAST32_MAX +# undef UINT_FAST32_MAX +# ifdef __sun +# define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_MIN +# define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_MAX +# define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_MAX +# else +# define INT_FAST32_MIN LONG_MIN +# define INT_FAST32_MAX LONG_MAX +# define UINT_FAST32_MAX ULONG_MAX +# endif + +# undef INT_FAST64_MIN +# undef INT_FAST64_MAX +# ifdef GL_INT64_T +# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT64_MIN +# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT64_MAX +# endif + +# undef UINT_FAST64_MAX +# ifdef GL_UINT64_T +# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX +# endif + +/* 7.18.2.4. Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers */ + +# undef INTPTR_MIN +# undef INTPTR_MAX +# undef UINTPTR_MAX +# define INTPTR_MIN LONG_MIN +# define INTPTR_MAX LONG_MAX +# define UINTPTR_MAX ULONG_MAX + +/* 7.18.2.5. Limits of greatest-width integer types */ + +# ifndef INTMAX_MAX +# undef INTMAX_MIN +# ifdef INT64_MAX +# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN +# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX +# else +# define INTMAX_MIN INT32_MIN +# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef UINTMAX_MAX +# ifdef UINT64_MAX +# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX +# else +# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX +# endif +# endif + +/* 7.18.3. Limits of other integer types */ + +/* ptrdiff_t limits */ +# undef PTRDIFF_MIN +# undef PTRDIFF_MAX +# if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ +# ifdef _LP64 +# define PTRDIFF_MIN _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (64, 0l) +# define PTRDIFF_MAX _STDINT_MAX (1, 64, 0l) +# else +# define PTRDIFF_MIN _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (32, 0) +# define PTRDIFF_MAX _STDINT_MAX (1, 32, 0) +# endif +# else +# define PTRDIFF_MIN \ + _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@) +# define PTRDIFF_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@) +# endif + +/* sig_atomic_t limits */ +# undef SIG_ATOMIC_MIN +# undef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX +# if @HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@ +# define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN \ + _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@) +# else +# define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN \ + _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@) +# endif +# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \ + 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@) + + +/* size_t limit */ +# undef SIZE_MAX +# if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@ +# ifdef _LP64 +# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, 64, 0ul) +# else +# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, 32, 0ul) +# endif +# else +# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@, 0@SIZE_T_SUFFIX@) +# endif + +/* wchar_t limits */ +/* Get WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX. + This include is not on the top, above, because on OSF/1 4.0 we have a + sequence of nested includes + <wchar.h> -> <stdio.h> -> <getopt.h> -> <stdlib.h>, and the latter includes + <stdint.h> and assumes its types are already defined. */ +# if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@ && ! (defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX) + /* BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be + included before <wchar.h>. */ +# include <stddef.h> +# include <stdio.h> +# include <time.h> +# define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H +# include <wchar.h> +# undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H +# endif +# undef WCHAR_MIN +# undef WCHAR_MAX +# if @HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@ +# define WCHAR_MIN \ + _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@) +# else +# define WCHAR_MIN \ + _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@) +# endif +# define WCHAR_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@) + +/* wint_t limits */ +# undef WINT_MIN +# undef WINT_MAX +# if @HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@ +# define WINT_MIN \ + _STDINT_SIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@) +# else +# define WINT_MIN \ + _STDINT_UNSIGNED_MIN (@BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@) +# endif +# define WINT_MAX \ + _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@) + +/* 7.18.4. Macros for integer constants */ + +/* 7.18.4.1. Macros for minimum-width integer constants */ +/* According to ISO C 99 Technical Corrigendum 1 */ + +/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer + types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits, and int is 32 bits. */ + +# undef INT8_C +# undef UINT8_C +# define INT8_C(x) x +# define UINT8_C(x) x + +# undef INT16_C +# undef UINT16_C +# define INT16_C(x) x +# define UINT16_C(x) x + +# undef INT32_C +# undef UINT32_C +# define INT32_C(x) x +# define UINT32_C(x) x ## U + +# undef INT64_C +# undef UINT64_C +# if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1 +# define INT64_C(x) x##L +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# define INT64_C(x) x##i64 +# elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# define INT64_C(x) x##LL +# endif +# if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1 +# define UINT64_C(x) x##UL +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# define UINT64_C(x) x##ui64 +# elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ +# define UINT64_C(x) x##ULL +# endif + +/* 7.18.4.2. Macros for greatest-width integer constants */ + +# ifndef INTMAX_C +# if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1 +# define INTMAX_C(x) x##LL +# elif defined GL_INT64_T +# define INTMAX_C(x) INT64_C(x) +# else +# define INTMAX_C(x) x##L +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef UINTMAX_C +# if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1 +# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##ULL +# elif defined GL_UINT64_T +# define UINTMAX_C(x) UINT64_C(x) +# else +# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##UL +# endif +# endif + +#endif /* !@HAVE_C99_STDINT_H@ */ + +/* Macros specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014. */ + +#if (!defined UINTMAX_WIDTH \ + && (defined _GNU_SOURCE || defined __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__)) +# ifdef INT8_MAX +# define INT8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT8_MIN, INT8_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef UINT8_MAX +# define UINT8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT8_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef INT16_MAX +# define INT16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT16_MIN, INT16_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef UINT16_MAX +# define UINT16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT16_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef INT32_MAX +# define INT32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT32_MIN, INT32_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef UINT32_MAX +# define UINT32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT32_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef INT64_MAX +# define INT64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT64_MIN, INT64_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef UINT64_MAX +# define UINT64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT64_MAX) +# endif +# define INT_LEAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST8_MIN, INT_LEAST8_MAX) +# define UINT_LEAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST8_MAX) +# define INT_LEAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST16_MIN, INT_LEAST16_MAX) +# define UINT_LEAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST16_MAX) +# define INT_LEAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST32_MIN, INT_LEAST32_MAX) +# define UINT_LEAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST32_MAX) +# define INT_LEAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_LEAST64_MIN, INT_LEAST64_MAX) +# define UINT_LEAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_LEAST64_MAX) +# define INT_FAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST8_MIN, INT_FAST8_MAX) +# define UINT_FAST8_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST8_MAX) +# define INT_FAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST16_MIN, INT_FAST16_MAX) +# define UINT_FAST16_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST16_MAX) +# define INT_FAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST32_MIN, INT_FAST32_MAX) +# define UINT_FAST32_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST32_MAX) +# define INT_FAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INT_FAST64_MIN, INT_FAST64_MAX) +# define UINT_FAST64_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINT_FAST64_MAX) +# define INTPTR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INTPTR_MIN, INTPTR_MAX) +# define UINTPTR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINTPTR_MAX) +# define INTMAX_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (INTMAX_MIN, INTMAX_MAX) +# define UINTMAX_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, UINTMAX_MAX) +# define PTRDIFF_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX) +# define SIZE_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (0, SIZE_MAX) +# define WCHAR_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX) +# ifdef WINT_MAX +# define WINT_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (WINT_MIN, WINT_MAX) +# endif +# ifdef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX +# define SIG_ATOMIC_WIDTH _GL_INTEGER_WIDTH (SIG_ATOMIC_MIN, SIG_ATOMIC_MAX) +# endif +#endif /* !WINT_WIDTH && (_GNU_SOURCE || __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__) */ + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H */ +#endif /* !(defined __ANDROID__ && ...) */ +#endif /* !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H && !defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/stdio.in.h b/libgnu/stdio.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d706377f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stdio.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,1377 @@ +/* A GNU-like <stdio.h>. + + Copyright (C) 2004, 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if defined __need_FILE || defined __need___FILE || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H +/* Special invocation convention: + - Inside glibc header files. + - On OSF/1 5.1 we have a sequence of nested includes + <stdio.h> -> <getopt.h> -> <ctype.h> -> <sys/localedef.h> -> + <sys/lc_core.h> -> <nl_types.h> -> <mesg.h> -> <stdio.h>. + In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot + provide the C++ aliases. */ + +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDIO_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H + +#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDIO_H@ + +#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STDIO_H + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H + +/* Get va_list. Needed on many systems, including glibc 2.8. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get off_t and ssize_t. Needed on many systems, including glibc 2.8 + and eglibc 2.11.2. + May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are + accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. + We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because + gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override + the 'printf' function. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */ +#endif + +/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF + indicates to GCC that the function takes a format string and arguments, + where the format string directives are the ones standardized by ISO C99 + and POSIX. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \ + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__gnu_printf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \ + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument)) +#endif + +/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM is like _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF, + except that it indicates to GCC that the supported format string directives + are the ones of the system printf(), rather than the ones standardized by + ISO C99 and POSIX. */ +#if GNULIB_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE_FLAVOR_GNU +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \ + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (formatstring_parameter, first_argument) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \ + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument)) +#endif + +/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF + indicates to GCC that the function takes a format string and arguments, + where the format string directives are the ones standardized by ISO C99 + and POSIX. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \ + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__gnu_scanf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \ + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__scanf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument)) +#endif + +/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM is like _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF, + except that it indicates to GCC that the supported format string directives + are the ones of the system scanf(), rather than the ones standardized by + ISO C99 and POSIX. */ +#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM(formatstring_parameter, first_argument) \ + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__scanf__, formatstring_parameter, first_argument)) + +/* Solaris 10 declares renameat in <unistd.h>, not in <stdio.h>. */ +/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if (@GNULIB_RENAMEAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __sun \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +/* MSVC declares 'perror' in <stdlib.h>, not in <stdio.h>. We must include + it before we #define perror rpl_perror. */ +/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if (@GNULIB_PERROR@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +/* MSVC declares 'remove' in <io.h>, not in <stdio.h>. We must include + it before we #define remove rpl_remove. */ +/* MSVC declares 'rename' in <io.h>, not in <stdio.h>. We must include + it before we #define rename rpl_rename. */ +/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if (@GNULIB_REMOVE@ || @GNULIB_RENAME@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <io.h> +#endif + + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +/* Macros for stringification. */ +#define _GL_STDIO_STRINGIZE(token) #token +#define _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(token) _GL_STDIO_STRINGIZE(token) + +/* When also using extern inline, suppress the use of static inline in + standard headers of problematic Apple configurations, as Libc at + least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g., + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>. + Perhaps Apple will fix this some day. */ +#if (defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE && defined __APPLE__ \ + && defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__) +# undef putc_unlocked +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_DPRINTF@ +# if @REPLACE_DPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define dprintf rpl_dprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *format, ...)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DPRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dprintf, int, (int fd, const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dprintf); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef dprintf +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DPRINTF +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dprintf, "dprintf is unportable - " + "use gnulib module dprintf for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FCLOSE@ +/* Close STREAM and its underlying file descriptor. */ +# if @REPLACE_FCLOSE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define fclose rpl_fclose +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fclose, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fclose, int, (FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fclose, int, (FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fclose); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fclose +/* Assume fclose is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fclose, "fclose is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module fclose for portable POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FDOPEN@ +# if @REPLACE_FDOPEN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fdopen +# define fdopen rpl_fdopen +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopen, FILE *, (int fd, const char *mode)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fdopen +/* Assume fdopen is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdopen, "fdopen on native Windows platforms is not POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module fdopen for portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FFLUSH@ +/* Flush all pending data on STREAM according to POSIX rules. Both + output and seekable input streams are supported. + Note! LOSS OF DATA can occur if fflush is applied on an input stream + that is _not_seekable_ or on an update stream that is _not_seekable_ + and in which the most recent operation was input. Seekability can + be tested with lseek(fileno(fp),0,SEEK_CUR). */ +# if @REPLACE_FFLUSH@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define fflush rpl_fflush +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fflush, int, (FILE *gl_stream)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fflush, int, (FILE *gl_stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fflush, int, (FILE *gl_stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fflush); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fflush +/* Assume fflush is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fflush, "fflush is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module fflush for portable POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FGETC@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fgetc +# define fgetc rpl_fgetc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fgetc); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FGETS@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fgets +# define fgets rpl_fgets +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fgets, char *, (char *s, int n, FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fgets, char *, (char *s, int n, FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fgets, char *, (char *s, int n, FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fgets); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FOPEN@ +# if @REPLACE_FOPEN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fopen +# define fopen rpl_fopen +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fopen, FILE *, (const char *filename, const char *mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fopen, FILE *, (const char *filename, const char *mode)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fopen, FILE *, (const char *filename, const char *mode)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fopen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fopen +/* Assume fopen is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fopen, "fopen on native Windows platforms is not POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module fopen for portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_FPRINTF@ +# if (@GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_FPRINTF@) \ + || (@GNULIB_FPRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define fprintf rpl_fprintf +# endif +# define GNULIB_overrides_fprintf 1 +# if @GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fprintf, int, (FILE *fp, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fprintf, int, (FILE *fp, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fprintf, int, (FILE *fp, const char *format, ...)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fprintf, int, (FILE *fp, const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fprintf); +#endif +#if !@GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# if !GNULIB_overrides_fprintf +# undef fprintf +# endif +/* Assume fprintf is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fprintf, "fprintf is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module fprintf-posix for portable " + "POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FPURGE@ +/* Discard all pending buffered I/O data on STREAM. + STREAM must not be wide-character oriented. + When discarding pending output, the file position is set back to where it + was before the write calls. When discarding pending input, the file + position is advanced to match the end of the previously read input. + Return 0 if successful. Upon error, return -1 and set errno. */ +# if @REPLACE_FPURGE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define fpurge rpl_fpurge +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_FPURGE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fpurge, int, (FILE *gl_stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fpurge); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fpurge +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FPURGE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fpurge, "fpurge is not always present - " + "use gnulib module fpurge for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FPUTC@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fputc +# define fputc rpl_fputc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fputc); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FPUTS@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fputs +# define fputs rpl_fputs +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fputs, int, (const char *string, FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fputs, int, (const char *string, FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fputs, int, (const char *string, FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fputs); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FREAD@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fread +# define fread rpl_fread +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fread, size_t, (void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((4))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fread, size_t, (void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fread, size_t, (void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fread); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FREOPEN@ +# if @REPLACE_FREOPEN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef freopen +# define freopen rpl_freopen +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (freopen, FILE *, + (const char *filename, const char *mode, FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (freopen, FILE *, + (const char *filename, const char *mode, FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (freopen, FILE *, + (const char *filename, const char *mode, FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (freopen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef freopen +/* Assume freopen is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (freopen, + "freopen on native Windows platforms is not POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module freopen for portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FSCANF@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fscanf +# define fscanf rpl_fscanf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fscanf, int, (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fscanf, int, (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fscanf, int, (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fscanf); +#endif + + +/* Set up the following warnings, based on which modules are in use. + GNU Coding Standards discourage the use of fseek, since it imposes + an arbitrary limitation on some 32-bit hosts. Remember that the + fseek module depends on the fseeko module, so we only have three + cases to consider: + + 1. The developer is not using either module. Issue a warning under + GNULIB_POSIXCHECK for both functions, to remind them that both + functions have bugs on some systems. _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES has no + impact on this warning. + + 2. The developer is using both modules. They may be unaware of the + arbitrary limitations of fseek, so issue a warning under + GNULIB_POSIXCHECK. On the other hand, they may be using both + modules intentionally, so the developer can define + _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES in the compilation units where the use of fseek + is safe, to silence the warning. + + 3. The developer is using the fseeko module, but not fseek. Gnulib + guarantees that fseek will still work around platform bugs in that + case, but we presume that the developer is aware of the pitfalls of + fseek and was trying to avoid it, so issue a warning even when + GNULIB_POSIXCHECK is undefined. Again, _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES can be + defined to silence the warning in particular compilation units. + In C++ compilations with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, in order to avoid that + fseek gets defined as a macro, it is recommended that the developer + uses the fseek module, even if he is not calling the fseek function. + + Most gnulib clients that perform stream operations should fall into + category 3. */ + +#if @GNULIB_FSEEK@ +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES +# define _GL_FSEEK_WARN /* Category 2, above. */ +# undef fseek +# endif +# if @REPLACE_FSEEK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fseek +# define fseek rpl_fseek +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fseek, int, (FILE *fp, long offset, int whence) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fseek, int, (FILE *fp, long offset, int whence)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fseek, int, (FILE *fp, long offset, int whence)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fseek); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FSEEKO@ +# if !@GNULIB_FSEEK@ && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES +# define _GL_FSEEK_WARN /* Category 3, above. */ +# undef fseek +# endif +# if @REPLACE_FSEEKO@ +/* Provide an fseeko function that is aware of a preceding fflush(), and which + detects pipes. */ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fseeko +# define fseeko rpl_fseeko +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fseeko, int, (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fseeko); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# define _GL_FSEEK_WARN /* Category 1, above. */ +# undef fseek +# undef fseeko +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSEEKO +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fseeko, "fseeko is unportable - " + "use gnulib module fseeko for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef _GL_FSEEK_WARN +# undef _GL_FSEEK_WARN +/* Here, either fseek is undefined (but C89 guarantees that it is + declared), or it is defined as rpl_fseek (declared above). */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fseek, "fseek cannot handle files larger than 4 GB " + "on 32-bit platforms - " + "use fseeko function for handling of large files"); +#endif + + +/* ftell, ftello. See the comments on fseek/fseeko. */ + +#if @GNULIB_FTELL@ +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES +# define _GL_FTELL_WARN /* Category 2, above. */ +# undef ftell +# endif +# if @REPLACE_FTELL@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef ftell +# define ftell rpl_ftell +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftell, long, (FILE *fp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftell, long, (FILE *fp)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftell, long, (FILE *fp)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftell); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_FTELLO@ +# if !@GNULIB_FTELL@ && !defined _GL_NO_LARGE_FILES +# define _GL_FTELL_WARN /* Category 3, above. */ +# undef ftell +# endif +# if @REPLACE_FTELLO@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef ftello +# define ftello rpl_ftello +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_FTELLO@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftello, off_t, (FILE *fp)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftello); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# define _GL_FTELL_WARN /* Category 1, above. */ +# undef ftell +# undef ftello +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FTELLO +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftello, "ftello is unportable - " + "use gnulib module ftello for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef _GL_FTELL_WARN +# undef _GL_FTELL_WARN +/* Here, either ftell is undefined (but C89 guarantees that it is + declared), or it is defined as rpl_ftell (declared above). */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftell, "ftell cannot handle files larger than 4 GB " + "on 32-bit platforms - " + "use ftello function for handling of large files"); +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FWRITE@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fwrite +# define fwrite rpl_fwrite +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fwrite, size_t, + (const void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 4))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fwrite, size_t, + (const void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fwrite, size_t, + (const void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream)); + +/* Work around bug 11959 when fortifying glibc 2.4 through 2.15 + <http://sources.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=11959>, + which sometimes causes an unwanted diagnostic for fwrite calls. + This affects only function declaration attributes under certain + versions of gcc and clang, and is not needed for C++. */ +# if (0 < __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL \ + && __GLIBC__ == 2 && 4 <= __GLIBC_MINOR__ && __GLIBC_MINOR__ <= 15 \ + && 3 < __GNUC__ + (4 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \ + && !defined __cplusplus) +# undef fwrite +# undef fwrite_unlocked +extern size_t __REDIRECT (rpl_fwrite, + (const void *__restrict, size_t, size_t, + FILE *__restrict), + fwrite); +extern size_t __REDIRECT (rpl_fwrite_unlocked, + (const void *__restrict, size_t, size_t, + FILE *__restrict), + fwrite_unlocked); +# define fwrite rpl_fwrite +# define fwrite_unlocked rpl_fwrite_unlocked +# endif +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fwrite); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETC@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef getc +# define getc rpl_fgetc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fgetc, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (getc, rpl_fgetc, int, (FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getc, int, (FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getc); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETCHAR@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef getchar +# define getchar rpl_getchar +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getchar, int, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getchar, int, (void)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getchar, int, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getchar); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETDELIM@ +/* Read input, up to (and including) the next occurrence of DELIMITER, from + STREAM, store it in *LINEPTR (and NUL-terminate it). + *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *LINESIZE + bytes of space. It is realloc'd as necessary. + Return the number of bytes read and stored at *LINEPTR (not including the + NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF. */ +# if @REPLACE_GETDELIM@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef getdelim +# define getdelim rpl_getdelim +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdelim, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, int delimiter, + FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdelim, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, int delimiter, + FILE *stream)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdelim, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, int delimiter, + FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdelim, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, int delimiter, + FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdelim); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getdelim +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDELIM +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdelim, "getdelim is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getdelim for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETLINE@ +/* Read a line, up to (and including) the next newline, from STREAM, store it + in *LINEPTR (and NUL-terminate it). + *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *LINESIZE + bytes of space. It is realloc'd as necessary. + Return the number of bytes read and stored at *LINEPTR (not including the + NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF. */ +# if @REPLACE_GETLINE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef getline +# define getline rpl_getline +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getline, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getline, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, FILE *stream)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLINE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getline, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, FILE *stream) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getline, ssize_t, + (char **lineptr, size_t *linesize, FILE *stream)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_DECL_GETLINE@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getline); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getline +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getline for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* It is very rare that the developer ever has full control of stdin, + so any use of gets warrants an unconditional warning; besides, C11 + removed it. */ +#undef gets +#if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETS && !defined __cplusplus +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gets, "gets is a security hole - use fgets instead"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF@ || @GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX@ +struct obstack; +/* Grow an obstack with formatted output. Return the number of + bytes added to OBS. No trailing nul byte is added, and the + object should be closed with obstack_finish before use. Upon + memory allocation error, call obstack_alloc_failed_handler. Upon + other error, return -1. */ +# if @REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define obstack_printf rpl_obstack_printf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (obstack_printf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (obstack_printf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (obstack_printf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (obstack_printf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (obstack_printf); +# if @REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define obstack_vprintf rpl_obstack_vprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (obstack_vprintf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (obstack_vprintf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (obstack_vprintf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (obstack_vprintf, int, + (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (obstack_vprintf); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PCLOSE@ +# if !@HAVE_PCLOSE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pclose, int, (FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pclose, int, (FILE *stream)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pclose); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef pclose +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PCLOSE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pclose, "pclose is unportable - " + "use gnulib module pclose for more portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PERROR@ +/* Print a message to standard error, describing the value of ERRNO, + (if STRING is not NULL and not empty) prefixed with STRING and ": ", + and terminated with a newline. */ +# if @REPLACE_PERROR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define perror rpl_perror +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (perror, void, (const char *string)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (perror, void, (const char *string)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (perror, void, (const char *string)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (perror); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef perror +/* Assume perror is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (perror, "perror is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module perror for portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_POPEN@ +# if @REPLACE_POPEN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef popen +# define popen rpl_popen +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (popen, FILE *, (const char *cmd, const char *mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (popen, FILE *, (const char *cmd, const char *mode)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_POPEN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (popen, FILE *, (const char *cmd, const char *mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (popen, FILE *, (const char *cmd, const char *mode)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (popen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef popen +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POPEN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (popen, "popen is buggy on some platforms - " + "use gnulib module popen or pipe for more portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_PRINTF@ +# if (@GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_PRINTF@) \ + || (@GNULIB_PRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)) +# if defined __GNUC__ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))). */ +# define printf __printf__ +# endif +# if @GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (__printf__, int, + (const char *format, ...) + __asm__ (@ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX@ + _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(rpl_printf)) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (1, 2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (__printf__, int, + (const char *format, ...) + __asm__ (@ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX@ + _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(rpl_printf)) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (1, 2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (printf, __printf__, int, (const char *format, ...)); +# else +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define printf rpl_printf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (printf, int, + (const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (1, 2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (printf, int, (const char *format, ...)); +# endif +# define GNULIB_overrides_printf 1 +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (printf, int, (const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (printf); +#endif +#if !@GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# if !GNULIB_overrides_printf +# undef printf +# endif +/* Assume printf is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (printf, "printf is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module printf-posix for portable " + "POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PUTC@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef putc +# define putc rpl_fputc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (putc, rpl_fputc, int, (int c, FILE *stream)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putc, int, (int c, FILE *stream)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putc); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PUTCHAR@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef putchar +# define putchar rpl_putchar +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (putchar, int, (int c)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (putchar, int, (int c)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putchar, int, (int c)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putchar); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PUTS@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef puts +# define puts rpl_puts +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (puts, int, (const char *string) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (puts, int, (const char *string)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (puts, int, (const char *string)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (puts); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_REMOVE@ +# if @REPLACE_REMOVE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef remove +# define remove rpl_remove +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remove, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remove, int, (const char *name)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remove, int, (const char *name)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (remove); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef remove +/* Assume remove is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remove, "remove cannot handle directories on some platforms - " + "use gnulib module remove for more portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RENAME@ +# if @REPLACE_RENAME@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef rename +# define rename rpl_rename +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (rename, int, + (const char *old_filename, const char *new_filename) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (rename, int, + (const char *old_filename, const char *new_filename)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rename, int, + (const char *old_filename, const char *new_filename)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rename); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef rename +/* Assume rename is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rename, "rename is buggy on some platforms - " + "use gnulib module rename for more portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RENAMEAT@ +# if @REPLACE_RENAMEAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef renameat +# define renameat rpl_renameat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (renameat, int, + (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (renameat, int, + (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_RENAMEAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (renameat, int, + (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (renameat, int, + (int fd1, char const *file1, int fd2, char const *file2)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (renameat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef renameat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RENAMEAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (renameat, "renameat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module renameat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_SCANF@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if defined __GNUC__ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef scanf +/* Don't break __attribute__((format(scanf,M,N))). */ +# define scanf __scanf__ +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (__scanf__, int, + (const char *format, ...) + __asm__ (@ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX@ + _GL_STDIO_MACROEXPAND_AND_STRINGIZE(rpl_scanf)) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (1, 2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (scanf, __scanf__, int, (const char *format, ...)); +# else +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef scanf +# define scanf rpl_scanf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (scanf, int, (const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (1, 2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (scanf, int, (const char *format, ...)); +# endif +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (scanf, int, (const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (scanf); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_SNPRINTF@ +# if @REPLACE_SNPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define snprintf rpl_snprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (snprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (3, 4) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (snprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (snprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (3, 4) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (snprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (snprintf); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef snprintf +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SNPRINTF +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (snprintf, "snprintf is unportable - " + "use gnulib module snprintf for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Some people would argue that all sprintf uses should be warned about + (for example, OpenBSD issues a link warning for it), + since it can cause security holes due to buffer overruns. + However, we believe that sprintf can be used safely, and is more + efficient than snprintf in those safe cases; and as proof of our + belief, we use sprintf in several gnulib modules. So this header + intentionally avoids adding a warning to sprintf except when + GNULIB_POSIXCHECK is defined. */ + +#if @GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX@ +# if @REPLACE_SPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define sprintf rpl_sprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sprintf, int, (char *str, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sprintf, int, (char *str, const char *format, ...)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sprintf, int, (char *str, const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sprintf); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef sprintf +/* Assume sprintf is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sprintf, "sprintf is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module sprintf-posix for portable " + "POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_TMPFILE@ +# if @REPLACE_TMPFILE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define tmpfile rpl_tmpfile +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (tmpfile, FILE *, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (tmpfile, FILE *, (void)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tmpfile, FILE *, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tmpfile); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef tmpfile +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TMPFILE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tmpfile, "tmpfile is not usable on mingw - " + "use gnulib module tmpfile for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VASPRINTF@ +/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). + If the memory allocation succeeds, store the address of the string in + *RESULT and return the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing + NUL. Upon memory allocation error, or some other error, return -1. */ +# if @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define asprintf rpl_asprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (asprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (asprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, ...)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_VASPRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (asprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 3) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (asprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, ...)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (asprintf); +# if @REPLACE_VASPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define vasprintf rpl_vasprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vasprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vasprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_VASPRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (vasprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vasprintf, int, + (char **result, const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vasprintf); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VDPRINTF@ +# if @REPLACE_VDPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define vdprintf rpl_vdprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vdprintf, int, (int fd, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vdprintf, int, (int fd, const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_VDPRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (vdprintf, int, (int fd, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the third parameter will likely be + __va_list args. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vdprintf, int, + (int fd, const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vdprintf); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef vdprintf +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_VDPRINTF +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vdprintf, "vdprintf is unportable - " + "use gnulib module vdprintf for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF@ +# if (@GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_VFPRINTF@) \ + || (@GNULIB_VFPRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define vfprintf rpl_vfprintf +# endif +# define GNULIB_overrides_vfprintf 1 +# if @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vfprintf, int, (FILE *fp, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vfprintf, int, (FILE *fp, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vfprintf, int, (FILE *fp, const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the third parameter is + __va_list args + and GCC's fixincludes did not change this to __gnuc_va_list. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vfprintf, int, + (FILE *fp, const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vfprintf); +#endif +#if !@GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# if !GNULIB_overrides_vfprintf +# undef vfprintf +# endif +/* Assume vfprintf is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vfprintf, "vfprintf is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module vfprintf-posix for portable " + "POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VFSCANF@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef vfscanf +# define vfscanf rpl_vfscanf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vfscanf, int, + (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vfscanf, int, + (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vfscanf, int, + (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vfscanf); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VPRINTF@ +# if (@GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ && @REPLACE_VPRINTF@) \ + || (@GNULIB_VPRINTF@ && @REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS@ && (@GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ || @GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE@)) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define vprintf rpl_vprintf +# endif +# define GNULIB_overrides_vprintf 1 +# if @GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ || @GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vprintf, int, (const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (1, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vprintf, int, (const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_SYSTEM (1, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vprintf, int, (const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the second parameter is + __va_list args + and GCC's fixincludes did not change this to __gnuc_va_list. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vprintf, int, (const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vprintf); +#endif +#if !@GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX@ && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# if !GNULIB_overrides_vprintf +# undef vprintf +# endif +/* Assume vprintf is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vprintf, "vprintf is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module vprintf-posix for portable " + "POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VSCANF@ +# if @REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS@ && @GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef vscanf +# define vscanf rpl_vscanf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vscanf, int, (const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_SCANF_SYSTEM (1, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vscanf, int, (const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vscanf, int, (const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vscanf); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VSNPRINTF@ +# if @REPLACE_VSNPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define vsnprintf rpl_vsnprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vsnprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (3, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vsnprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (vsnprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (3, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (vsnprintf, int, + (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vsnprintf); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef vsnprintf +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_VSNPRINTF +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vsnprintf, "vsnprintf is unportable - " + "use gnulib module vsnprintf for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX@ +# if @REPLACE_VSPRINTF@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define vsprintf rpl_vsprintf +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (vsprintf, int, + (char *str, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF (2, 0) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (vsprintf, int, + (char *str, const char *format, va_list args)); +# else +/* Need to cast, because on Solaris, the third parameter is + __va_list args + and GCC's fixincludes did not change this to __gnuc_va_list. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (vsprintf, int, + (char *str, const char *format, va_list args)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (vsprintf); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef vsprintf +/* Assume vsprintf is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (vsprintf, "vsprintf is not always POSIX compliant - " + "use gnulib module vsprintf-posix for portable " + "POSIX compliance"); +#endif + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDIO_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/stdlib.in.h b/libgnu/stdlib.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5cf9d36 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stdlib.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,992 @@ +/* A GNU-like <stdlib.h>. + + Copyright (C) 1995, 2001-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if defined __need_system_stdlib_h || defined __need_malloc_and_calloc +/* Special invocation conventions inside some gnulib header files, + and inside some glibc header files, respectively. */ + +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDLIB_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDLIB_H@ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H + +/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* MirBSD 10 defines WEXITSTATUS in <sys/wait.h>, not in <stdlib.h>. */ +#if @GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX@ && !defined WEXITSTATUS +# include <sys/wait.h> +#endif + +/* Solaris declares getloadavg() in <sys/loadavg.h>. */ +#if (@GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && @HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H@ +# include <sys/loadavg.h> +#endif + +/* Native Windows platforms declare mktemp() in <io.h>. */ +#if 0 && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) +# include <io.h> +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@ + +/* OSF/1 5.1 declares 'struct random_data' in <random.h>, which is included + from <stdlib.h> if _REENTRANT is defined. Include it whenever we need + 'struct random_data'. */ +# if @HAVE_RANDOM_H@ +# include <random.h> +# endif + +# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@ || @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@ || !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@ +# include <stdint.h> +# endif + +# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@ +/* Define 'struct random_data'. + But allow multiple gnulib generated <stdlib.h> replacements to coexist. */ +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_random_data +struct random_data +{ + int32_t *fptr; /* Front pointer. */ + int32_t *rptr; /* Rear pointer. */ + int32_t *state; /* Array of state values. */ + int rand_type; /* Type of random number generator. */ + int rand_deg; /* Degree of random number generator. */ + int rand_sep; /* Distance between front and rear. */ + int32_t *end_ptr; /* Pointer behind state table. */ +}; +# define GNULIB_defined_struct_random_data 1 +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if (@GNULIB_MKSTEMP@ || @GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@ || @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && ! defined __GLIBC__ && !((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) +/* On Mac OS X 10.3, only <unistd.h> declares mkstemp. */ +/* On Mac OS X 10.5, only <unistd.h> declares mkstemps. */ +/* On Cygwin 1.7.1, only <unistd.h> declares getsubopt. */ +/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems and native Windows. */ +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */ +#endif + +/* The definition of _Noreturn is copied here. */ + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +/* Some systems do not define EXIT_*, despite otherwise supporting C89. */ +#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS +# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 +#endif +/* Tandem/NSK and other platforms that define EXIT_FAILURE as -1 interfere + with proper operation of xargs. */ +#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE +# define EXIT_FAILURE 1 +#elif EXIT_FAILURE != 1 +# undef EXIT_FAILURE +# define EXIT_FAILURE 1 +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB__EXIT@ +/* Terminate the current process with the given return code, without running + the 'atexit' handlers. */ +# if !@HAVE__EXIT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (_Exit, _Noreturn void, (int status)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (_Exit, void, (int status)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (_Exit); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef _Exit +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL__EXIT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (_Exit, "_Exit is unportable - " + "use gnulib module _Exit for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_ATOLL@ +/* Parse a signed decimal integer. + Returns the value of the integer. Errors are not detected. */ +# if !@HAVE_ATOLL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atoll, long long, (const char *string) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atoll, long long, (const char *string)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atoll); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef atoll +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATOLL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atoll, "atoll is unportable - " + "use gnulib module atoll for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX@ +# if @REPLACE_CALLOC@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef calloc +# define calloc rpl_calloc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (calloc); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef calloc +/* Assume calloc is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (calloc, "calloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - " + "use gnulib module calloc-posix for portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@ +# if @REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define canonicalize_file_name rpl_canonicalize_file_name +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (canonicalize_file_name); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef canonicalize_file_name +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (canonicalize_file_name, + "canonicalize_file_name is unportable - " + "use gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@ +/* Store max(NELEM,3) load average numbers in LOADAVG[]. + The three numbers are the load average of the last 1 minute, the last 5 + minutes, and the last 15 minutes, respectively. + LOADAVG is an array of NELEM numbers. */ +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getloadavg, int, (double loadavg[], int nelem) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getloadavg, int, (double loadavg[], int nelem)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getloadavg); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getloadavg +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOADAVG +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getloadavg, "getloadavg is not portable - " + "use gnulib module getloadavg for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@ +/* Assuming *OPTIONP is a comma separated list of elements of the form + "token" or "token=value", getsubopt parses the first of these elements. + If the first element refers to a "token" that is member of the given + NULL-terminated array of tokens: + - It replaces the comma with a NUL byte, updates *OPTIONP to point past + the first option and the comma, sets *VALUEP to the value of the + element (or NULL if it doesn't contain an "=" sign), + - It returns the index of the "token" in the given array of tokens. + Otherwise it returns -1, and *OPTIONP and *VALUEP are undefined. + For more details see the POSIX:2001 specification. + http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getsubopt.html */ +# if !@HAVE_GETSUBOPT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getsubopt, int, + (char **optionp, char *const *tokens, char **valuep) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getsubopt, int, + (char **optionp, char *const *tokens, char **valuep)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getsubopt); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getsubopt +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETSUBOPT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsubopt, "getsubopt is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getsubopt for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GRANTPT@ +/* Change the ownership and access permission of the slave side of the + pseudo-terminal whose master side is specified by FD. */ +# if !@HAVE_GRANTPT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (grantpt, int, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (grantpt, int, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (grantpt); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef grantpt +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GRANTPT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (grantpt, "grantpt is not portable - " + "use gnulib module grantpt for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* If _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC is nonzero, the including module does not + rely on GNU or POSIX semantics for malloc and realloc (for example, + by never specifying a zero size), so it does not need malloc or + realloc to be redefined. */ +#if @GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX@ +# if @REPLACE_MALLOC@ +# if !((defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) \ + || _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC) +# undef malloc +# define malloc rpl_malloc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (malloc, void *, (size_t size)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (malloc, void *, (size_t size)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (malloc, void *, (size_t size)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (malloc); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !_GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC +# undef malloc +/* Assume malloc is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (malloc, "malloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - " + "use gnulib module malloc-posix for portability"); +#endif + +/* Convert a multibyte character to a wide character. */ +#if @GNULIB_MBTOWC@ +# if @REPLACE_MBTOWC@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mbtowc +# define mbtowc rpl_mbtowc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbtowc, int, (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbtowc, int, (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbtowc, int, (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbtowc); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MKDTEMP@ +/* Create a unique temporary directory from TEMPLATE. + The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX"; + they are replaced with a string that makes the directory name unique. + Returns TEMPLATE, or a null pointer if it cannot get a unique name. + The directory is created mode 700. */ +# if !@HAVE_MKDTEMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkdtemp, char *, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdtemp, char *, (char * /*template*/)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdtemp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkdtemp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDTEMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdtemp, "mkdtemp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mkdtemp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MKOSTEMP@ +/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE. + The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX"; + they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique. + The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>) + and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h"). + The file is then created, with the specified flags, ensuring it didn't exist + before. + The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be + world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the + implementation. + Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno + set. */ +# if !@HAVE_MKOSTEMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkostemp, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*flags*/) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkostemp, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*flags*/)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkostemp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkostemp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKOSTEMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkostemp, "mkostemp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mkostemp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS@ +/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE. + The last six characters of TEMPLATE before a suffix of length + SUFFIXLEN must be "XXXXXX"; + they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique. + The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>) + and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h"). + The file is then created, with the specified flags, ensuring it didn't exist + before. + The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be + world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the + implementation. + Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno + set. */ +# if !@HAVE_MKOSTEMPS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkostemps, int, + (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/, int /*flags*/) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkostemps, int, + (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/, int /*flags*/)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkostemps); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkostemps +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKOSTEMPS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkostemps, "mkostemps is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mkostemps for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MKSTEMP@ +/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE. + The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX"; + they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique. + The file is then created, ensuring it didn't exist before. + The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be + world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the + implementation. + Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno + set. */ +# if @REPLACE_MKSTEMP@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define mkstemp rpl_mkstemp +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_MKSTEMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkstemp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkstemp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKSTEMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkstemp, "mkstemp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mkstemp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@ +/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE. + The last six characters of TEMPLATE prior to a suffix of length + SUFFIXLEN must be "XXXXXX"; + they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique. + The file is then created, ensuring it didn't exist before. + The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be + world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the + implementation. + Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno + set. */ +# if !@HAVE_MKSTEMPS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkstemps, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkstemps, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkstemps); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkstemps +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKSTEMPS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkstemps, "mkstemps is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mkstemps for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT@ +/* Return an FD open to the master side of a pseudo-terminal. Flags should + include O_RDWR, and may also include O_NOCTTY. */ +# if !@HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_openpt, int, (int flags)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_openpt, int, (int flags)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_openpt); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef posix_openpt +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_OPENPT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_openpt, "posix_openpt is not portable - " + "use gnulib module posix_openpt for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PTSNAME@ +/* Return the pathname of the pseudo-terminal slave associated with + the master FD is open on, or NULL on errors. */ +# if @REPLACE_PTSNAME@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef ptsname +# define ptsname rpl_ptsname +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ptsname, char *, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ptsname, char *, (int fd)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_PTSNAME@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ptsname, char *, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ptsname, char *, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ptsname); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ptsname +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTSNAME +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ptsname, "ptsname is not portable - " + "use gnulib module ptsname for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PTSNAME_R@ +/* Set the pathname of the pseudo-terminal slave associated with + the master FD is open on and return 0, or set errno and return + non-zero on errors. */ +# if @REPLACE_PTSNAME_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef ptsname_r +# define ptsname_r rpl_ptsname_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_PTSNAME_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ptsname_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ptsname_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTSNAME_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ptsname_r, "ptsname_r is not portable - " + "use gnulib module ptsname_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_PUTENV@ +# if @REPLACE_PUTENV@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef putenv +# define putenv rpl_putenv +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (putenv, int, (char *string) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (putenv, int, (char *string)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putenv, int, (char *string)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putenv); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_QSORT_R@ +/* Sort an array of NMEMB elements, starting at address BASE, each element + occupying SIZE bytes, in ascending order according to the comparison + function COMPARE. */ +# if @REPLACE_QSORT_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef qsort_r +# define qsort_r rpl_qsort_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, + int (*compare) (void const *, void const *, + void *), + void *arg) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 4))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, + int (*compare) (void const *, void const *, + void *), + void *arg)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_QSORT_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, + int (*compare) (void const *, void const *, + void *), + void *arg) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 4))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (qsort_r, void, (void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, + int (*compare) (void const *, void const *, + void *), + void *arg)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (qsort_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef qsort_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_QSORT_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (qsort_r, "qsort_r is not portable - " + "use gnulib module qsort_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@ +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@ +# ifndef RAND_MAX +# define RAND_MAX 2147483647 +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@ +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (random, long, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (random, long, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (random); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef random +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RANDOM +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (random, "random is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@ +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (srandom); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef srandom +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SRANDOM +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (srandom, "srandom is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@ +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (initstate, char *, + (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (initstate, char *, + (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (initstate); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef initstate +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INITSTATE_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (initstate, "initstate is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@ +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setstate); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef setstate +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETSTATE_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setstate, "setstate is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@ +# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef random_r +# define random_r rpl_random_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (random_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef random_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RANDOM_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (random_r, "random_r is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@ +# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef srandom_r +# define srandom_r rpl_srandom_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (srandom_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (srandom_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (srandom_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (srandom_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (srandom_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef srandom_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SRANDOM_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (srandom_r, "srandom_r is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@ +# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef initstate_r +# define initstate_r rpl_initstate_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (initstate_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size, + struct random_data *rand_state) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (initstate_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size, + struct random_data *rand_state)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (initstate_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size, + struct random_data *rand_state) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (initstate_r, int, + (unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size, + struct random_data *rand_state)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (initstate_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef initstate_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INITSTATE_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (initstate_r, "initstate_r is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@ +# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef setstate_r +# define setstate_r rpl_setstate_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setstate_r, int, + (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setstate_r, int, + (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setstate_r, int, + (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setstate_r, int, + (char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setstate_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef setstate_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETSTATE_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setstate_r, "setstate_r is unportable - " + "use gnulib module random_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX@ +# if @REPLACE_REALLOC@ +# if !((defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) \ + || _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC) +# undef realloc +# define realloc rpl_realloc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (realloc); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !_GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC +# undef realloc +/* Assume realloc is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (realloc, "realloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - " + "use gnulib module realloc-posix for portability"); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_REALPATH@ +# if @REPLACE_REALPATH@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define realpath rpl_realpath +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_REALPATH@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (realpath); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef realpath +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REALPATH +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (realpath, "realpath is unportable - use gnulib module " + "canonicalize or canonicalize-lgpl for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_RPMATCH@ +/* Test a user response to a question. + Return 1 if it is affirmative, 0 if it is negative, or -1 if not clear. */ +# if !@HAVE_RPMATCH@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rpmatch, int, (const char *response) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rpmatch, int, (const char *response)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rpmatch); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef rpmatch +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RPMATCH +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpmatch, "rpmatch is unportable - " + "use gnulib module rpmatch for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_SECURE_GETENV@ +/* Look up NAME in the environment, returning 0 in insecure situations. */ +# if !@HAVE_SECURE_GETENV@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (secure_getenv, char *, + (char const *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (secure_getenv, char *, (char const *name)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (secure_getenv); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef secure_getenv +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SECURE_GETENV +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (secure_getenv, "secure_getenv is unportable - " + "use gnulib module secure_getenv for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_SETENV@ +/* Set NAME to VALUE in the environment. + If REPLACE is nonzero, overwrite an existing value. */ +# if @REPLACE_SETENV@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef setenv +# define setenv rpl_setenv +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setenv, int, + (const char *name, const char *value, int replace) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setenv, int, + (const char *name, const char *value, int replace)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_SETENV@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setenv, int, + (const char *name, const char *value, int replace) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setenv, int, + (const char *name, const char *value, int replace)); +# endif +# if !(@REPLACE_SETENV@ && !@HAVE_DECL_SETENV@) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setenv); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef setenv +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETENV +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setenv, "setenv is unportable - " + "use gnulib module setenv for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_STRTOD@ + /* Parse a double from STRING, updating ENDP if appropriate. */ +# if @REPLACE_STRTOD@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define strtod rpl_strtod +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_STRTOD@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtod); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strtod +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOD +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtod, "strtod is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strtod for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_STRTOLL@ +/* Parse a signed integer whose textual representation starts at STRING. + The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0, + it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix + "0x"). + If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is + stored in *ENDPTR. + Upon overflow, the return value is LLONG_MAX or LLONG_MIN, and errno is set + to ERANGE. */ +# if !@HAVE_STRTOLL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoll, long long, + (const char *string, char **endptr, int base) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoll, long long, + (const char *string, char **endptr, int base)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoll); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strtoll +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOLL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoll, "strtoll is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strtoll for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_STRTOULL@ +/* Parse an unsigned integer whose textual representation starts at STRING. + The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0, + it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix + "0x"). + If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is + stored in *ENDPTR. + Upon overflow, the return value is ULLONG_MAX, and errno is set to + ERANGE. */ +# if !@HAVE_STRTOULL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoull, unsigned long long, + (const char *string, char **endptr, int base) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoull, unsigned long long, + (const char *string, char **endptr, int base)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoull); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strtoull +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOULL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoull, "strtoull is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strtoull for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_UNLOCKPT@ +/* Unlock the slave side of the pseudo-terminal whose master side is specified + by FD, so that it can be opened. */ +# if !@HAVE_UNLOCKPT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unlockpt, int, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlockpt, int, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlockpt); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef unlockpt +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLOCKPT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlockpt, "unlockpt is not portable - " + "use gnulib module unlockpt for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_UNSETENV@ +/* Remove the variable NAME from the environment. */ +# if @REPLACE_UNSETENV@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef unsetenv +# define unsetenv rpl_unsetenv +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unsetenv, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unsetenv, int, (const char *name)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unsetenv, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unsetenv, int, (const char *name)); +# endif +# if !(@REPLACE_UNSETENV@ && !@HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unsetenv); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef unsetenv +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNSETENV +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unsetenv, "unsetenv is unportable - " + "use gnulib module unsetenv for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Convert a wide character to a multibyte character. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCTOMB@ +# if @REPLACE_WCTOMB@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef wctomb +# define wctomb rpl_wctomb +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctomb); +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/stpcpy.c b/libgnu/stpcpy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..154d95f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stpcpy.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string + Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997-1998, 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. + Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <string.h> + +#undef __stpcpy +#ifdef _LIBC +# undef stpcpy +#endif + +#ifndef weak_alias +# define __stpcpy stpcpy +#endif + +/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST. */ +char * +__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) +{ + register char *d = dest; + register const char *s = src; + + do + *d++ = *s; + while (*s++ != '\0'); + + return d - 1; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/stpncpy.c b/libgnu/stpncpy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d46541c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stpncpy.c @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1995-1997, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + * Foundation, Inc. + + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. + Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This is almost copied from strncpy.c, written by Torbjorn Granlund. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +#ifndef weak_alias +# define __stpncpy stpncpy +#endif + +/* Copy no more than N bytes of SRC to DST, returning a pointer past the + last non-NUL byte written into DST. */ +char * +(__stpncpy) (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) +{ + char c; + char *s = dest; + + if (n >= 4) + { + size_t n4 = n >> 2; + + for (;;) + { + c = *src++; + *dest++ = c; + if (c == '\0') + break; + c = *src++; + *dest++ = c; + if (c == '\0') + break; + c = *src++; + *dest++ = c; + if (c == '\0') + break; + c = *src++; + *dest++ = c; + if (c == '\0') + break; + if (--n4 == 0) + goto last_chars; + } + n -= dest - s; + goto zero_fill; + } + + last_chars: + n &= 3; + if (n == 0) + return dest; + + for (;;) + { + c = *src++; + --n; + *dest++ = c; + if (c == '\0') + break; + if (n == 0) + return dest; + } + + zero_fill: + while (n-- > 0) + dest[n] = '\0'; + + return dest - 1; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__stpncpy, stpncpy) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/strcasecmp.c b/libgnu/strcasecmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8548f4dc --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strcasecmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* Case-insensitive string comparison function. + Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <limits.h> + +#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch)) + +/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or + greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater + than S2. + Note: This function does not work with multibyte strings! */ + +int +strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) +{ + const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1; + const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2) + return 0; + + do + { + c1 = TOLOWER (*p1); + c2 = TOLOWER (*p2); + + if (c1 == '\0') + break; + + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX) + return c1 - c2; + else + /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the + difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit - + doesn't fit in an 'int'. */ + return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0); +} diff --git a/libgnu/strchrnul.c b/libgnu/strchrnul.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d40658e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strchrnul.c @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* Searching in a string. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte. */ +char * +strchrnul (const char *s, int c_in) +{ + /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned + long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better + performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64 + bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with + performance. */ + typedef unsigned long int longword; + + const unsigned char *char_ptr; + const longword *longword_ptr; + longword repeated_one; + longword repeated_c; + unsigned char c; + + c = (unsigned char) c_in; + if (!c) + return rawmemchr (s, 0); + + /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time. + Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */ + for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s; + (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0; + ++char_ptr) + if (!*char_ptr || *char_ptr == c) + return (char *) char_ptr; + + longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr; + + /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords, + but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */ + + /* Compute auxiliary longword values: + repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte. + repeated_c has c in every byte. */ + repeated_one = 0x01010101; + repeated_c = c | (c << 8); + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16; + if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1; + if (8 < sizeof (longword)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2) + { + repeated_one |= repeated_one << i; + repeated_c |= repeated_c << i; + } + } + } + + /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will + test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of + the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or + c. We first use an xor with repeated_c. This reduces the task + to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 or + longword2 is zero. + + Let's consider longword1. We compute tmp = + ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7). + That is, we perform the following operations: + 1. Subtract repeated_one. + 2. & ~longword1. + 3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte. + Consider what happens in each byte: + - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff, + and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated + to more significant bytes. + - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at + position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1, + the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1. + After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After + step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced. + So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero. + Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least + significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ..., + j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more + significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we + already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7. + + The test whether any byte in longword1 or longword2 is zero is equivalent + to testing whether tmp1 is nonzero or tmp2 is nonzero. We can combine + this into a single test, whether (tmp1 | tmp2) is nonzero. + + This test can read more than one byte beyond the end of a string, + depending on where the terminating NUL is encountered. However, + this is considered safe since the initialization phase ensured + that the read will be aligned, therefore, the read will not cross + page boundaries and will not cause a fault. */ + + while (1) + { + longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c; + longword longword2 = *longword_ptr; + + if (((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) + | ((longword2 - repeated_one) & ~longword2)) + & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0) + break; + longword_ptr++; + } + + char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr; + + /* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes + starting at char_ptr is == 0 or == c. On little-endian machines, + we could determine the first such byte without any further memory + accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop + iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines. + Choose code that works in both cases. */ + + char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr; + while (*char_ptr && (*char_ptr != c)) + char_ptr++; + return (char *) char_ptr; +} diff --git a/libgnu/strchrnul.valgrind b/libgnu/strchrnul.valgrind new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b14fa130 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strchrnul.valgrind @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in strchrnul(). +# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup. +{ + strchrnul-value4 + Memcheck:Value4 + fun:strchrnul +} +{ + strchrnul-value8 + Memcheck:Value8 + fun:strchrnul +} diff --git a/libgnu/strdup.c b/libgnu/strdup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c096e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strdup.c @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1996-1998, 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _LIBC +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Get specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#undef __strdup +#ifdef _LIBC +# undef strdup +#endif + +#ifndef weak_alias +# define __strdup strdup +#endif + +/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string. */ +char * +__strdup (const char *s) +{ + size_t len = strlen (s) + 1; + void *new = malloc (len); + + if (new == NULL) + return NULL; + + return (char *) memcpy (new, s, len); +} +#ifdef libc_hidden_def +libc_hidden_def (__strdup) +#endif +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__strdup, strdup) +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/streq.h b/libgnu/streq.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d40fc48f --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/streq.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* Optimized string comparison. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifndef _GL_STREQ_H +#define _GL_STREQ_H + +#include <string.h> + +/* STREQ_OPT allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string. + STREQ_OPT (s, "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0) + is semantically equivalent to + strcmp (s, "EUC-KR") == 0 + just faster. */ + +/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with + immediate strings. */ +#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__OPTIMIZE__) + +static inline int +streq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2) +{ + return strcmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0; +} + +static inline int +streq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28) +{ + if (s1[8] == s28) + { + if (s28 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq9 (s1, s2); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[7] == s27) + { + if (s27 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq8 (s1, s2, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[6] == s26) + { + if (s26 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[5] == s25) + { + if (s25 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[4] == s24) + { + if (s24 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[3] == s23) + { + if (s23 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[2] == s22) + { + if (s22 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[1] == s21) + { + if (s21 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +static inline int +streq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28) +{ + if (s1[0] == s20) + { + if (s20 == 0) + return 1; + else + return streq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28); + } + else + return 0; +} + +#define STREQ_OPT(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \ + streq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28) + +#else + +#define STREQ_OPT(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \ + (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0) + +#endif + +#endif /* _GL_STREQ_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/strerror-override.c b/libgnu/strerror-override.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb2c74f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strerror-override.c @@ -0,0 +1,302 @@ +/* strerror-override.c --- POSIX compatible system error routine + + Copyright (C) 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2010. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "strerror-override.h" + +#include <errno.h> + +#if GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK /* native Windows platforms */ +# if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +# endif +#endif + +/* If ERRNUM maps to an errno value defined by gnulib, return a string + describing the error. Otherwise return NULL. */ +const char * +strerror_override (int errnum) +{ + /* These error messages are taken from glibc/sysdeps/gnu/errlist.c. */ + switch (errnum) + { +#if REPLACE_STRERROR_0 + case 0: + return "Success"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ESOCK /* native Windows platforms with older <errno.h> */ + case EINPROGRESS: + return "Operation now in progress"; + case EALREADY: + return "Operation already in progress"; + case ENOTSOCK: + return "Socket operation on non-socket"; + case EDESTADDRREQ: + return "Destination address required"; + case EMSGSIZE: + return "Message too long"; + case EPROTOTYPE: + return "Protocol wrong type for socket"; + case ENOPROTOOPT: + return "Protocol not available"; + case EPROTONOSUPPORT: + return "Protocol not supported"; + case EOPNOTSUPP: + return "Operation not supported"; + case EAFNOSUPPORT: + return "Address family not supported by protocol"; + case EADDRINUSE: + return "Address already in use"; + case EADDRNOTAVAIL: + return "Cannot assign requested address"; + case ENETDOWN: + return "Network is down"; + case ENETUNREACH: + return "Network is unreachable"; + case ECONNRESET: + return "Connection reset by peer"; + case ENOBUFS: + return "No buffer space available"; + case EISCONN: + return "Transport endpoint is already connected"; + case ENOTCONN: + return "Transport endpoint is not connected"; + case ETIMEDOUT: + return "Connection timed out"; + case ECONNREFUSED: + return "Connection refused"; + case ELOOP: + return "Too many levels of symbolic links"; + case EHOSTUNREACH: + return "No route to host"; + case EWOULDBLOCK: + return "Operation would block"; +#endif +#if GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS /* native Windows platforms with older <errno.h> */ + case ETXTBSY: + return "Text file busy"; + case ENODATA: + return "No data available"; + case ENOSR: + return "Out of streams resources"; + case ENOSTR: + return "Device not a stream"; + case ETIME: + return "Timer expired"; + case EOTHER: + return "Other error"; +#endif +#if GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK /* native Windows platforms */ + case ESOCKTNOSUPPORT: + return "Socket type not supported"; + case EPFNOSUPPORT: + return "Protocol family not supported"; + case ESHUTDOWN: + return "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"; + case ETOOMANYREFS: + return "Too many references: cannot splice"; + case EHOSTDOWN: + return "Host is down"; + case EPROCLIM: + return "Too many processes"; + case EUSERS: + return "Too many users"; + case EDQUOT: + return "Disk quota exceeded"; + case ESTALE: + return "Stale NFS file handle"; + case EREMOTE: + return "Object is remote"; +# if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H + /* WSA_INVALID_HANDLE maps to EBADF */ + /* WSA_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY maps to ENOMEM */ + /* WSA_INVALID_PARAMETER maps to EINVAL */ + case WSA_OPERATION_ABORTED: + return "Overlapped operation aborted"; + case WSA_IO_INCOMPLETE: + return "Overlapped I/O event object not in signaled state"; + case WSA_IO_PENDING: + return "Overlapped operations will complete later"; + /* WSAEINTR maps to EINTR */ + /* WSAEBADF maps to EBADF */ + /* WSAEACCES maps to EACCES */ + /* WSAEFAULT maps to EFAULT */ + /* WSAEINVAL maps to EINVAL */ + /* WSAEMFILE maps to EMFILE */ + /* WSAEWOULDBLOCK maps to EWOULDBLOCK */ + /* WSAEINPROGRESS maps to EINPROGRESS */ + /* WSAEALREADY maps to EALREADY */ + /* WSAENOTSOCK maps to ENOTSOCK */ + /* WSAEDESTADDRREQ maps to EDESTADDRREQ */ + /* WSAEMSGSIZE maps to EMSGSIZE */ + /* WSAEPROTOTYPE maps to EPROTOTYPE */ + /* WSAENOPROTOOPT maps to ENOPROTOOPT */ + /* WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT maps to EPROTONOSUPPORT */ + /* WSAESOCKTNOSUPPORT is ESOCKTNOSUPPORT */ + /* WSAEOPNOTSUPP maps to EOPNOTSUPP */ + /* WSAEPFNOSUPPORT is EPFNOSUPPORT */ + /* WSAEAFNOSUPPORT maps to EAFNOSUPPORT */ + /* WSAEADDRINUSE maps to EADDRINUSE */ + /* WSAEADDRNOTAVAIL maps to EADDRNOTAVAIL */ + /* WSAENETDOWN maps to ENETDOWN */ + /* WSAENETUNREACH maps to ENETUNREACH */ + /* WSAENETRESET maps to ENETRESET */ + /* WSAECONNABORTED maps to ECONNABORTED */ + /* WSAECONNRESET maps to ECONNRESET */ + /* WSAENOBUFS maps to ENOBUFS */ + /* WSAEISCONN maps to EISCONN */ + /* WSAENOTCONN maps to ENOTCONN */ + /* WSAESHUTDOWN is ESHUTDOWN */ + /* WSAETOOMANYREFS is ETOOMANYREFS */ + /* WSAETIMEDOUT maps to ETIMEDOUT */ + /* WSAECONNREFUSED maps to ECONNREFUSED */ + /* WSAELOOP maps to ELOOP */ + /* WSAENAMETOOLONG maps to ENAMETOOLONG */ + /* WSAEHOSTDOWN is EHOSTDOWN */ + /* WSAEHOSTUNREACH maps to EHOSTUNREACH */ + /* WSAENOTEMPTY maps to ENOTEMPTY */ + /* WSAEPROCLIM is EPROCLIM */ + /* WSAEUSERS is EUSERS */ + /* WSAEDQUOT is EDQUOT */ + /* WSAESTALE is ESTALE */ + /* WSAEREMOTE is EREMOTE */ + case WSASYSNOTREADY: + return "Network subsystem is unavailable"; + case WSAVERNOTSUPPORTED: + return "Winsock.dll version out of range"; + case WSANOTINITIALISED: + return "Successful WSAStartup not yet performed"; + case WSAEDISCON: + return "Graceful shutdown in progress"; + case WSAENOMORE: case WSA_E_NO_MORE: + return "No more results"; + case WSAECANCELLED: case WSA_E_CANCELLED: + return "Call was canceled"; + case WSAEINVALIDPROCTABLE: + return "Procedure call table is invalid"; + case WSAEINVALIDPROVIDER: + return "Service provider is invalid"; + case WSAEPROVIDERFAILEDINIT: + return "Service provider failed to initialize"; + case WSASYSCALLFAILURE: + return "System call failure"; + case WSASERVICE_NOT_FOUND: + return "Service not found"; + case WSATYPE_NOT_FOUND: + return "Class type not found"; + case WSAEREFUSED: + return "Database query was refused"; + case WSAHOST_NOT_FOUND: + return "Host not found"; + case WSATRY_AGAIN: + return "Nonauthoritative host not found"; + case WSANO_RECOVERY: + return "Nonrecoverable error"; + case WSANO_DATA: + return "Valid name, no data record of requested type"; + /* WSA_QOS_* omitted */ +# endif +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG + case ENOMSG: + return "No message of desired type"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EIDRM + case EIDRM: + return "Identifier removed"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK + case ENOLINK: + return "Link has been severed"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EPROTO + case EPROTO: + return "Protocol error"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP + case EMULTIHOP: + return "Multihop attempted"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG + case EBADMSG: + return "Bad message"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW + case EOVERFLOW: + return "Value too large for defined data type"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP + case ENOTSUP: + return "Not supported"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET + case ENETRESET: + return "Network dropped connection on reset"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED + case ECONNABORTED: + return "Software caused connection abort"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ESTALE + case ESTALE: + return "Stale NFS file handle"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT + case EDQUOT: + return "Disk quota exceeded"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED + case ECANCELED: + return "Operation canceled"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD + case EOWNERDEAD: + return "Owner died"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE + case ENOTRECOVERABLE: + return "State not recoverable"; +#endif + +#if GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ + case EILSEQ: + return "Invalid or incomplete multibyte or wide character"; +#endif + + default: + return NULL; + } +} diff --git a/libgnu/strerror-override.h b/libgnu/strerror-override.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c22d303c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strerror-override.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* strerror-override.h --- POSIX compatible system error routine + + Copyright (C) 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H +# define _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H + +# include <errno.h> +# include <stddef.h> + +/* Reasonable buffer size that should never trigger ERANGE; if this + proves too small, we intentionally abort(), to remind us to fix + this value. */ +# define STACKBUF_LEN 256 + +/* If ERRNUM maps to an errno value defined by gnulib, return a string + describing the error. Otherwise return NULL. */ +# if REPLACE_STRERROR_0 \ + || GNULIB_defined_ESOCK \ + || GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS \ + || GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK \ + || GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG \ + || GNULIB_defined_EIDRM \ + || GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK \ + || GNULIB_defined_EPROTO \ + || GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP \ + || GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG \ + || GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW \ + || GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP \ + || GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET \ + || GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED \ + || GNULIB_defined_ESTALE \ + || GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT \ + || GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED \ + || GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD \ + || GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE \ + || GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ +extern const char *strerror_override (int errnum) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST; +# else +# define strerror_override(ignored) NULL +# endif + +#endif /* _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/strerror.c b/libgnu/strerror.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..afeb9c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strerror.c @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* strerror.c --- POSIX compatible system error routine + + Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "intprops.h" +#include "strerror-override.h" +#include "verify.h" + +/* Use the system functions, not the gnulib overrides in this file. */ +#undef sprintf + +char * +strerror (int n) +#undef strerror +{ + static char buf[STACKBUF_LEN]; + size_t len; + + /* Cast away const, due to the historical signature of strerror; + callers should not be modifying the string. */ + const char *msg = strerror_override (n); + if (msg) + return (char *) msg; + + msg = strerror (n); + + /* Our strerror_r implementation might use the system's strerror + buffer, so all other clients of strerror have to see the error + copied into a buffer that we manage. This is not thread-safe, + even if the system strerror is, but portable programs shouldn't + be using strerror if they care about thread-safety. */ + if (!msg || !*msg) + { + static char const fmt[] = "Unknown error %d"; + verify (sizeof buf >= sizeof (fmt) + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (n)); + sprintf (buf, fmt, n); + errno = EINVAL; + return buf; + } + + /* Fix STACKBUF_LEN if this ever aborts. */ + len = strlen (msg); + if (sizeof buf <= len) + abort (); + + memcpy (buf, msg, len + 1); + return buf; +} diff --git a/libgnu/string.in.h b/libgnu/string.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a6b311d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/string.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,1046 @@ +/* A GNU-like <string.h>. + + Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H +/* Special invocation convention: + - On OS X/NetBSD we have a sequence of nested includes + <string.h> -> <strings.h> -> "string.h" + In this situation system _chk variants due to -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE + might be used after any replacements defined here. */ + +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRING_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H + +#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRING_H@ + +#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_STRING_H + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H + +/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* MirBSD defines mbslen as a macro. */ +#if @GNULIB_MBSLEN@ && defined __MirBSD__ +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */ +#endif + +/* NetBSD 5.0 declares strsignal in <unistd.h>, not in <string.h>. */ +/* But in any case avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if (@GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __NetBSD__ \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +/* Find the index of the least-significant set bit. */ +#if @GNULIB_FFSL@ +# if !@HAVE_FFSL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffsl, int, (long int i)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffsl, int, (long int i)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffsl); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ffsl +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFSL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffsl, "ffsl is not portable - use the ffsl module"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Find the index of the least-significant set bit. */ +#if @GNULIB_FFSLL@ +# if !@HAVE_FFSLL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffsll, int, (long long int i)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffsll, int, (long long int i)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffsll); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ffsll +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFSLL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffsll, "ffsll is not portable - use the ffsll module"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Return the first instance of C within N bytes of S, or NULL. */ +#if @GNULIB_MEMCHR@ +# if @REPLACE_MEMCHR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define memchr rpl_memchr +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (memchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (memchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_MEMCHR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C" { const void * std::memchr (const void *, int, size_t); } + extern "C++" { void * std::memchr (void *, int, size_t); } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (memchr, + void *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n), + void const *, (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n)); +# endif +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memchr, void *, (void *__s, int __c, size_t __n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memchr, void const *, + (void const *__s, int __c, size_t __n)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memchr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef memchr +/* Assume memchr is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memchr, "memchr has platform-specific bugs - " + "use gnulib module memchr for portability" ); +#endif + +/* Return the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK. */ +#if @GNULIB_MEMMEM@ +# if @REPLACE_MEMMEM@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define memmem rpl_memmem +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (memmem, void *, + (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len, + void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (memmem, void *, + (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len, + void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memmem, void *, + (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len, + void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (memmem, void *, + (void const *__haystack, size_t __haystack_len, + void const *__needle, size_t __needle_len)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memmem); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef memmem +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMMEM +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memmem, "memmem is unportable and often quadratic - " + "use gnulib module memmem-simple for portability, " + "and module memmem for speed" ); +# endif +#endif + +/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the + last written byte. */ +#if @GNULIB_MEMPCPY@ +# if ! @HAVE_MEMPCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mempcpy, void *, + (void *restrict __dest, void const *restrict __src, + size_t __n) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mempcpy, void *, + (void *restrict __dest, void const *restrict __src, + size_t __n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mempcpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mempcpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMPCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mempcpy, "mempcpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mempcpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Search backwards through a block for a byte (specified as an int). */ +#if @GNULIB_MEMRCHR@ +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (memrchr, void *, (void const *, int, size_t) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { const void * std::memrchr (const void *, int, size_t); } + extern "C++" { void * std::memrchr (void *, int, size_t); } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (memrchr, + void *, (void const *, int, size_t), + void const *, (void const *, int, size_t)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memrchr, void *, (void *, int, size_t)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (memrchr, void const *, (void const *, int, size_t)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (memrchr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef memrchr +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MEMRCHR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (memrchr, "memrchr is unportable - " + "use gnulib module memrchr for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Find the first occurrence of C in S. More efficient than + memchr(S,C,N), at the expense of undefined behavior if C does not + occur within N bytes. */ +#if @GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR@ +# if ! @HAVE_RAWMEMCHR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rawmemchr, void *, (void const *__s, int __c_in) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { const void * std::rawmemchr (const void *, int); } + extern "C++" { void * std::rawmemchr (void *, int); } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (rawmemchr, + void *, (void const *__s, int __c_in), + void const *, (void const *__s, int __c_in)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (rawmemchr, void *, (void *__s, int __c_in)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (rawmemchr, void const *, (void const *__s, int __c_in)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rawmemchr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef rawmemchr +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RAWMEMCHR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rawmemchr, "rawmemchr is unportable - " + "use gnulib module rawmemchr for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Copy SRC to DST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DST. */ +#if @GNULIB_STPCPY@ +# if ! @HAVE_STPCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (stpcpy, char *, + (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (stpcpy, char *, + (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (stpcpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef stpcpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STPCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stpcpy, "stpcpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module stpcpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Copy no more than N bytes of SRC to DST, returning a pointer past the + last non-NUL byte written into DST. */ +#if @GNULIB_STPNCPY@ +# if @REPLACE_STPNCPY@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef stpncpy +# define stpncpy rpl_stpncpy +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (stpncpy, char *, + (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src, + size_t __n) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (stpncpy, char *, + (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src, + size_t __n)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_STPNCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (stpncpy, char *, + (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src, + size_t __n) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (stpncpy, char *, + (char *restrict __dst, char const *restrict __src, + size_t __n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (stpncpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef stpncpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STPNCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stpncpy, "stpncpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module stpncpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strchr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is + GB18030 and the character to be searched is a digit. */ +# undef strchr +/* Assume strchr is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strchr, "strchr cannot work correctly on character strings " + "in some multibyte locales - " + "use mbschr if you care about internationalization"); +#endif + +/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRCHRNUL@ +# if @REPLACE_STRCHRNUL@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define strchrnul rpl_strchrnul +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strchrnul, char *, (const char *__s, int __c_in) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strchrnul, char *, + (const char *str, int ch)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_STRCHRNUL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strchrnul, char *, (char const *__s, int __c_in) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { const char * std::strchrnul (const char *, int); } + extern "C++" { char * std::strchrnul (char *, int); } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strchrnul, + char *, (char const *__s, int __c_in), + char const *, (char const *__s, int __c_in)); +# endif +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strchrnul, char *, (char *__s, int __c_in)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strchrnul, char const *, (char const *__s, int __c_in)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strchrnul); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strchrnul +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCHRNUL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strchrnul, "strchrnul is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strchrnul for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRDUP@ +# if @REPLACE_STRDUP@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef strdup +# define strdup rpl_strdup +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strdup, char *, (char const *__s) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strdup, char *, (char const *__s)); +# else +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined strdup + /* strdup exists as a function and as a macro. Get rid of the macro. */ +# undef strdup +# endif +# if !(@HAVE_DECL_STRDUP@ || defined strdup) +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strdup, char *, (char const *__s) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strdup, char *, (char const *__s)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strdup); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strdup +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRDUP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strdup, "strdup is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strdup for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Append no more than N characters from SRC onto DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRNCAT@ +# if @REPLACE_STRNCAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef strncat +# define strncat rpl_strncat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strncat, char *, (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strncat, char *, (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strncat, char *, (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strncat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strncat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNCAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strncat, "strncat is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strncat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRNDUP@ +# if @REPLACE_STRNDUP@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef strndup +# define strndup rpl_strndup +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strndup, char *, (char const *__s, size_t __n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strndup); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strndup +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNDUP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strndup, "strndup is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strndup for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Find the length (number of bytes) of STRING, but scan at most + MAXLEN bytes. If no '\0' terminator is found in that many bytes, + return MAXLEN. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRNLEN@ +# if @REPLACE_STRNLEN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef strnlen +# define strnlen rpl_strnlen +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strnlen, size_t, (char const *__s, size_t __maxlen)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strnlen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strnlen +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNLEN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strnlen, "strnlen is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strnlen for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strcspn() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters. + Even in this simple case, it does not work with multibyte strings if the + locale encoding is GB18030 and one of the characters to be searched is a + digit. */ +# undef strcspn +/* Assume strcspn is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcspn, "strcspn cannot work correctly on character strings " + "in multibyte locales - " + "use mbscspn if you care about internationalization"); +#endif + +/* Find the first occurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRPBRK@ +# if ! @HAVE_STRPBRK@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strpbrk, char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C" { const char * strpbrk (const char *, const char *); } + extern "C++" { char * strpbrk (char *, const char *); } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strpbrk, + char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept), + const char *, (char const *__s, char const *__accept)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strpbrk, char *, (char *__s, char const *__accept)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strpbrk, char const *, + (char const *__s, char const *__accept)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strpbrk); +# endif +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strpbrk() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters. + Even in this simple case, it does not work with multibyte strings if the + locale encoding is GB18030 and one of the characters to be searched is a + digit. */ +# undef strpbrk +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strpbrk, "strpbrk cannot work correctly on character strings " + "in multibyte locales - " + "use mbspbrk if you care about internationalization"); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strpbrk +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRPBRK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strpbrk, "strpbrk is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strpbrk for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strspn() assumes the second argument is a list of single-byte characters. + Even in this simple case, it cannot work with multibyte strings. */ +# undef strspn +/* Assume strspn is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strspn, "strspn cannot work correctly on character strings " + "in multibyte locales - " + "use mbsspn if you care about internationalization"); +#endif + +#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strrchr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is + GB18030 and the character to be searched is a digit. */ +# undef strrchr +/* Assume strrchr is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strrchr, "strrchr cannot work correctly on character strings " + "in some multibyte locales - " + "use mbsrchr if you care about internationalization"); +#endif + +/* Search the next delimiter (char listed in DELIM) starting at *STRINGP. + If one is found, overwrite it with a NUL, and advance *STRINGP + to point to the next char after it. Otherwise, set *STRINGP to NULL. + If *STRINGP was already NULL, nothing happens. + Return the old value of *STRINGP. + + This is a variant of strtok() that is multithread-safe and supports + empty fields. + + Caveat: It modifies the original string. + Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings. + Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost. + Caveat: It doesn't work with multibyte strings unless all of the delimiter + characters are ASCII characters < 0x30. + + See also strtok_r(). */ +#if @GNULIB_STRSEP@ +# if ! @HAVE_STRSEP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strsep, char *, + (char **restrict __stringp, char const *restrict __delim) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strsep, char *, + (char **restrict __stringp, char const *restrict __delim)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strsep); +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strsep +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsep, "strsep cannot work correctly on character strings " + "in multibyte locales - " + "use mbssep if you care about internationalization"); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strsep +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRSEP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsep, "strsep is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strsep for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_STRSTR@ +# if @REPLACE_STRSTR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define strstr rpl_strstr +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strstr, char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strstr, char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle)); +# else + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { const char * strstr (const char *, const char *); } + extern "C++" { char * strstr (char *, const char *); } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strstr, + char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle), + const char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle)); +# endif +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strstr, char *, (char *haystack, const char *needle)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strstr, const char *, + (const char *haystack, const char *needle)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strstr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strstr() does not work with multibyte strings if the locale encoding is + different from UTF-8: + POSIX says that it operates on "strings", and "string" in POSIX is defined + as a sequence of bytes, not of characters. */ +# undef strstr +/* Assume strstr is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strstr, "strstr is quadratic on many systems, and cannot " + "work correctly on character strings in most " + "multibyte locales - " + "use mbsstr if you care about internationalization, " + "or use strstr if you care about speed"); +#endif + +/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive + comparison. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRCASESTR@ +# if @REPLACE_STRCASESTR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define strcasestr rpl_strcasestr +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strcasestr, char *, + (const char *haystack, const char *needle) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strcasestr, char *, + (const char *haystack, const char *needle)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_STRCASESTR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strcasestr, char *, + (const char *haystack, const char *needle) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { const char * strcasestr (const char *, const char *); } + extern "C++" { char * strcasestr (char *, const char *); } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (strcasestr, + char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle), + const char *, (const char *haystack, const char *needle)); +# endif +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strcasestr, char *, (char *haystack, const char *needle)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (strcasestr, const char *, + (const char *haystack, const char *needle)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strcasestr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strcasestr() does not work with multibyte strings: + It is a glibc extension, and glibc implements it only for unibyte + locales. */ +# undef strcasestr +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCASESTR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcasestr, "strcasestr does work correctly on character " + "strings in multibyte locales - " + "use mbscasestr if you care about " + "internationalization, or use c-strcasestr if you want " + "a locale independent function"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Parse S into tokens separated by characters in DELIM. + If S is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as + the next starting point. For example: + char s[] = "-abc-=-def"; + char *sp; + x = strtok_r(s, "-", &sp); // x = "abc", sp = "=-def" + x = strtok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp); // x = "def", sp = NULL + x = strtok_r(NULL, "=", &sp); // x = NULL + // s = "abc\0-def\0" + + This is a variant of strtok() that is multithread-safe. + + For the POSIX documentation for this function, see: + http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/strtok.html + + Caveat: It modifies the original string. + Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings. + Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost. + Caveat: It doesn't work with multibyte strings unless all of the delimiter + characters are ASCII characters < 0x30. + + See also strsep(). */ +#if @GNULIB_STRTOK_R@ +# if @REPLACE_STRTOK_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef strtok_r +# define strtok_r rpl_strtok_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtok_r, char *, + (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim, + char **restrict save_ptr) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtok_r, char *, + (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim, + char **restrict save_ptr)); +# else +# if @UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strtok_r +# endif +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtok_r, char *, + (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim, + char **restrict save_ptr) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtok_r, char *, + (char *restrict s, char const *restrict delim, + char **restrict save_ptr)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtok_r); +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtok_r, "strtok_r cannot work correctly on character " + "strings in multibyte locales - " + "use mbstok_r if you care about internationalization"); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strtok_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOK_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtok_r, "strtok_r is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strtok_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* The following functions are not specified by POSIX. They are gnulib + extensions. */ + +#if @GNULIB_MBSLEN@ +/* Return the number of multibyte characters in the character string STRING. + This considers multibyte characters, unlike strlen, which counts bytes. */ +# ifdef __MirBSD__ /* MirBSD defines mbslen as a macro. Override it. */ +# undef mbslen +# endif +# if @HAVE_MBSLEN@ /* AIX, OSF/1, MirBSD define mbslen already in libc. */ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define mbslen rpl_mbslen +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string)); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbslen, size_t, (const char *string)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbslen); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSNLEN@ +/* Return the number of multibyte characters in the character string starting + at STRING and ending at STRING + LEN. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbsnlen (const char *string, size_t len) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSCHR@ +/* Locate the first single-byte character C in the character string STRING, + and return a pointer to it. Return NULL if C is not found in STRING. + Unlike strchr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with + encodings such as GB18030. */ +# if defined __hpux +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define mbschr rpl_mbschr /* avoid collision with HP-UX function */ +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c)); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbschr, char *, (const char *string, int c)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbschr); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSRCHR@ +/* Locate the last single-byte character C in the character string STRING, + and return a pointer to it. Return NULL if C is not found in STRING. + Unlike strrchr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with + encodings such as GB18030. */ +# if defined __hpux || defined __INTERIX +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define mbsrchr rpl_mbsrchr /* avoid collision with system function */ +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c)); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsrchr, char *, (const char *string, int c)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsrchr); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSSTR@ +/* Find the first occurrence of the character string NEEDLE in the character + string HAYSTACK. Return NULL if NEEDLE is not found in HAYSTACK. + Unlike strstr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales with + encodings different from UTF-8. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbsstr (const char *haystack, const char *needle) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSCASECMP@ +/* Compare the character strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, + equal to or greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to + or greater than S2. + Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for strings of + different lengths! + Unlike strcasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C int mbscasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP@ +/* Compare the initial segment of the character string S1 consisting of at most + N characters with the initial segment of the character string S2 consisting + of at most N characters, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or + greater than zero if the initial segment of S1 is lexicographically less + than, equal to or greater than the initial segment of S2. + Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return 0 for initial segments + of different lengths! + Unlike strncasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales. + But beware that N is not a byte count but a character count! */ +_GL_EXTERN_C int mbsncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP@ +/* Compare the initial segment of the character string STRING consisting of + at most mbslen (PREFIX) characters with the character string PREFIX, + ignoring case. If the two match, return a pointer to the first byte + after this prefix in STRING. Otherwise, return NULL. + Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return non-NULL if STRING + is of smaller length than PREFIX! + Unlike strncasecmp(), this function works correctly in multibyte + locales. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbspcasecmp (const char *string, const char *prefix) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSCASESTR@ +/* Find the first occurrence of the character string NEEDLE in the character + string HAYSTACK, using case-insensitive comparison. + Note: This function may, in multibyte locales, return success even if + strlen (haystack) < strlen (needle) ! + Unlike strcasestr(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbscasestr (const char *haystack, const char *needle) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSCSPN@ +/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character + in the character string ACCEPT. Return the number of bytes from the + beginning of the string to this occurrence, or to the end of the string + if none exists. + Unlike strcspn(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbscspn (const char *string, const char *accept) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSPBRK@ +/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character + in the character string ACCEPT. Return the pointer to it, or NULL if none + exists. + Unlike strpbrk(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales. */ +# if defined __hpux +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define mbspbrk rpl_mbspbrk /* avoid collision with HP-UX function */ +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept)); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbspbrk, char *, (const char *string, const char *accept)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbspbrk); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSSPN@ +/* Find the first occurrence in the character string STRING of any character + not in the character string REJECT. Return the number of bytes from the + beginning of the string to this occurrence, or to the end of the string + if none exists. + Unlike strspn(), this function works correctly in multibyte locales. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C size_t mbsspn (const char *string, const char *reject) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSSEP@ +/* Search the next delimiter (multibyte character listed in the character + string DELIM) starting at the character string *STRINGP. + If one is found, overwrite it with a NUL, and advance *STRINGP to point + to the next multibyte character after it. Otherwise, set *STRINGP to NULL. + If *STRINGP was already NULL, nothing happens. + Return the old value of *STRINGP. + + This is a variant of mbstok_r() that supports empty fields. + + Caveat: It modifies the original string. + Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings. + Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost. + + See also mbstok_r(). */ +_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbssep (char **stringp, const char *delim) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_MBSTOK_R@ +/* Parse the character string STRING into tokens separated by characters in + the character string DELIM. + If STRING is NULL, the saved pointer in SAVE_PTR is used as + the next starting point. For example: + char s[] = "-abc-=-def"; + char *sp; + x = mbstok_r(s, "-", &sp); // x = "abc", sp = "=-def" + x = mbstok_r(NULL, "-=", &sp); // x = "def", sp = NULL + x = mbstok_r(NULL, "=", &sp); // x = NULL + // s = "abc\0-def\0" + + Caveat: It modifies the original string. + Caveat: These functions cannot be used on constant strings. + Caveat: The identity of the delimiting character is lost. + + See also mbssep(). */ +_GL_EXTERN_C char * mbstok_r (char *string, const char *delim, char **save_ptr) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)); +#endif + +/* Map any int, typically from errno, into an error message. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRERROR@ +# if @REPLACE_STRERROR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef strerror +# define strerror rpl_strerror +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerror, char *, (int)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerror, char *, (int)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerror, char *, (int)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerror); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strerror +/* Assume strerror is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerror, "strerror is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strerror to guarantee non-NULL result"); +#endif + +/* Map any int, typically from errno, into an error message. Multithread-safe. + Uses the POSIX declaration, not the glibc declaration. */ +#if @GNULIB_STRERROR_R@ +# if @REPLACE_STRERROR_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef strerror_r +# define strerror_r rpl_strerror_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strerror_r, int, (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strerror_r); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strerror_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRERROR_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strerror_r, "strerror_r is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strerror_r-posix for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_STRSIGNAL@ +# if @REPLACE_STRSIGNAL@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define strsignal rpl_strsignal +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strsignal, char *, (int __sig)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strsignal, char *, (int __sig)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strsignal, char *, (int __sig)); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin 1.5.x systems, the return type is + 'const char *'. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (strsignal, char *, (int __sig)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strsignal); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strsignal +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRSIGNAL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strsignal, "strsignal is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strsignal for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_STRVERSCMP@ +# if !@HAVE_STRVERSCMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strverscmp, int, (const char *, const char *) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strverscmp, int, (const char *, const char *)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strverscmp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef strverscmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRVERSCMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strverscmp, "strverscmp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module strverscmp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/strings.in.h b/libgnu/strings.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0374c947 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strings.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* A substitute <strings.h>. + + Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRINGS_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* Minix 3.1.8 has a bug: <sys/types.h> must be included before <strings.h>. + But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if defined __minix && !defined __GLIBC__ +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_STRINGS_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRINGS_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRINGS_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRINGS_H + +#if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP@ +/* Get size_t. */ +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + + /* Find the index of the least-significant set bit. */ +#if @GNULIB_FFS@ +# if !@HAVE_FFS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffs, int, (int i)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffs, int, (int i)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffs); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ffs +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffs, "ffs is not portable - use the ffs module"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or + greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater + than S2. + Note: This function does not work in multibyte locales. */ +#if ! @HAVE_STRCASECMP@ +extern int strcasecmp (char const *s1, char const *s2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif +#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strcasecmp() does not work with multibyte strings: + POSIX says that it operates on "strings", and "string" in POSIX is defined + as a sequence of bytes, not of characters. */ +# undef strcasecmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCASECMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcasecmp, "strcasecmp cannot work correctly on character " + "strings in multibyte locales - " + "use mbscasecmp if you care about " + "internationalization, or use c_strcasecmp , " + "gnulib module c-strcase) if you want a locale " + "independent function"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Compare no more than N bytes of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, + returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is + lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. + Note: This function cannot work correctly in multibyte locales. */ +#if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP@ +extern int strncasecmp (char const *s1, char const *s2, size_t n) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +#endif +#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* strncasecmp() does not work with multibyte strings: + POSIX says that it operates on "strings", and "string" in POSIX is defined + as a sequence of bytes, not of characters. */ +# undef strncasecmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNCASECMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strncasecmp, "strncasecmp cannot work correctly on character " + "strings in multibyte locales - " + "use mbsncasecmp or mbspcasecmp if you care about " + "internationalization, or use c_strncasecmp , " + "gnulib module c-strcase) if you want a locale " + "independent function"); +# endif +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/stripslash.c b/libgnu/stripslash.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d9d166d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/stripslash.c @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name + + Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, + Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "dirname.h" + +/* Remove trailing slashes from FILE. Return true if a trailing slash + was removed. This is useful when using file name completion from a + shell that adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and + bash), because on symlinks to directories, several system calls + have different semantics according to whether a trailing slash is + present. */ + +bool +strip_trailing_slashes (char *file) +{ + char *base = last_component (file); + char *base_lim; + bool had_slash; + + /* last_component returns "" for file system roots, but we need to turn + "///" into "/". */ + if (! *base) + base = file; + base_lim = base + base_len (base); + had_slash = (*base_lim != '\0'); + *base_lim = '\0'; + return had_slash; +} diff --git a/libgnu/strncasecmp.c b/libgnu/strncasecmp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2bb02d9a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strncasecmp.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator + Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <limits.h> + +#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch)) + +/* Compare no more than N bytes of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, + returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is + lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. + Note: This function cannot work correctly in multibyte locales. */ + +int +strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n) +{ + register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1; + register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2 || n == 0) + return 0; + + do + { + c1 = TOLOWER (*p1); + c2 = TOLOWER (*p2); + + if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0') + break; + + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX) + return c1 - c2; + else + /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the + difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit - + doesn't fit in an 'int'. */ + return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0); +} diff --git a/libgnu/strndup.c b/libgnu/strndup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..546e58cb --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strndup.c @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* A replacement function, for systems that lack strndup. + + Copyright (C) 1996-1998, 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <string.h> + +#include <stdlib.h> + +char * +strndup (char const *s, size_t n) +{ + size_t len = strnlen (s, n); + char *new = malloc (len + 1); + + if (new == NULL) + return NULL; + + new[len] = '\0'; + return memcpy (new, s, len); +} diff --git a/libgnu/strnlen.c b/libgnu/strnlen.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4cb1ca37 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strnlen.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters. + Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Simon Josefsson. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include <string.h> + +/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters. + If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */ + +size_t +strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen) +{ + const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen); + return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen; +} diff --git a/libgnu/strnlen1.c b/libgnu/strnlen1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63f78a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strnlen1.c @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes. + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "strnlen1.h" + +#include <string.h> + +/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes. + If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */ +/* This is the same as strnlen (string, maxlen - 1) + 1. */ +size_t +strnlen1 (const char *string, size_t maxlen) +{ + const char *end = (const char *) memchr (string, '\0', maxlen); + if (end != NULL) + return end - string + 1; + else + return maxlen; +} diff --git a/libgnu/strnlen1.h b/libgnu/strnlen1.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86cb177c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strnlen1.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes. + Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _STRNLEN1_H +#define _STRNLEN1_H + +#include <stddef.h> + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Find the length of STRING + 1, but scan at most MAXLEN bytes. + If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */ +/* This is the same as strnlen (string, maxlen - 1) + 1. */ +extern size_t strnlen1 (const char *string, size_t maxlen) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _STRNLEN1_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/strsep.c b/libgnu/strsep.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..609494c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/strsep.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2004, 2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + Written by Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@prelude-ids.org>. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include <string.h> + +char * +strsep (char **stringp, const char *delim) +{ + char *start = *stringp; + char *ptr; + + if (start == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Optimize the case of no delimiters. */ + if (delim[0] == '\0') + { + *stringp = NULL; + return start; + } + + /* Optimize the case of one delimiter. */ + if (delim[1] == '\0') + ptr = strchr (start, delim[0]); + else + /* The general case. */ + ptr = strpbrk (start, delim); + if (ptr == NULL) + { + *stringp = NULL; + return start; + } + + *ptr = '\0'; + *stringp = ptr + 1; + + return start; +} diff --git a/libgnu/sys_stat.in.h b/libgnu/sys_stat.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5ca3434 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/sys_stat.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,732 @@ +/* Provide a more complete sys/stat header file. + Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake, Paul Eggert, and Jim Meyering. */ + +/* This file is supposed to be used on platforms where <sys/stat.h> is + incomplete. It is intended to provide definitions and prototypes + needed by an application. Start with what the system provides. */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if defined __need_system_sys_stat_h +/* Special invocation convention. */ + +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H + +/* Get nlink_t. + May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* Get struct timespec. */ +#include <time.h> + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_STAT_H@ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +/* Before doing "#define mkdir rpl_mkdir" below, we need to include all + headers that may declare mkdir(). Native Windows platforms declare mkdir + in <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <unistd.h>. */ +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +# include <io.h> /* mingw32, mingw64 */ +# include <direct.h> /* mingw64, MSVC 9 */ +#endif + +/* Native Windows platforms declare umask() in <io.h>. */ +#if 0 && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) +# include <io.h> +#endif + +/* Large File Support on native Windows. */ +#if @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@ +# define stat _stati64 +#endif + +#ifndef S_IFIFO +# ifdef _S_IFIFO +# define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_IFMT +# define S_IFMT 0170000 +#endif + +#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef S_ISBLK +# undef S_ISCHR +# undef S_ISDIR +# undef S_ISFIFO +# undef S_ISLNK +# undef S_ISNAM +# undef S_ISMPB +# undef S_ISMPC +# undef S_ISNWK +# undef S_ISREG +# undef S_ISSOCK +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISBLK +# ifdef S_IFBLK +# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) +# else +# define S_ISBLK(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISCHR +# ifdef S_IFCHR +# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) +# else +# define S_ISCHR(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISDIR +# ifdef S_IFDIR +# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) +# else +# define S_ISDIR(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */ +# define S_ISDOOR(m) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISFIFO +# ifdef S_IFIFO +# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO) +# else +# define S_ISFIFO(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISLNK +# ifdef S_IFLNK +# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) +# else +# define S_ISLNK(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISMPB /* V7 */ +# ifdef S_IFMPB +# define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB) +# define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC) +# else +# define S_ISMPB(m) 0 +# define S_ISMPC(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISMPX /* AIX */ +# define S_ISMPX(m) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISNAM /* Xenix */ +# ifdef S_IFNAM +# define S_ISNAM(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNAM) +# else +# define S_ISNAM(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISNWK /* HP/UX */ +# ifdef S_IFNWK +# define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK) +# else +# define S_ISNWK(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISPORT /* Solaris 10 and up */ +# define S_ISPORT(m) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISREG +# ifdef S_IFREG +# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) +# else +# define S_ISREG(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_ISSOCK +# ifdef S_IFSOCK +# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK) +# else +# define S_ISSOCK(m) 0 +# endif +#endif + + +#ifndef S_TYPEISMQ +# define S_TYPEISMQ(p) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef S_TYPEISTMO +# define S_TYPEISTMO(p) 0 +#endif + + +#ifndef S_TYPEISSEM +# ifdef S_INSEM +# define S_TYPEISSEM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSEM) +# else +# define S_TYPEISSEM(p) 0 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef S_TYPEISSHM +# ifdef S_INSHD +# define S_TYPEISSHM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSHD) +# else +# define S_TYPEISSHM(p) 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* high performance ("contiguous data") */ +#ifndef S_ISCTG +# define S_ISCTG(p) 0 +#endif + +/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with data */ +#ifndef S_ISOFD +# define S_ISOFD(p) 0 +#endif + +/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with no data */ +#ifndef S_ISOFL +# define S_ISOFL(p) 0 +#endif + +/* 4.4BSD whiteout */ +#ifndef S_ISWHT +# define S_ISWHT(m) 0 +#endif + +/* If any of the following are undefined, + define them to their de facto standard values. */ +#if !S_ISUID +# define S_ISUID 04000 +#endif +#if !S_ISGID +# define S_ISGID 02000 +#endif + +/* S_ISVTX is a common extension to POSIX. */ +#ifndef S_ISVTX +# define S_ISVTX 01000 +#endif + +#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD +# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD +#endif +#if !S_IRUSR +# define S_IRUSR 00400 +#endif +#if !S_IRGRP +# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3) +#endif +#if !S_IROTH +# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6) +#endif + +#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE +# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE +#endif +#if !S_IWUSR +# define S_IWUSR 00200 +#endif +#if !S_IWGRP +# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3) +#endif +#if !S_IWOTH +# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6) +#endif + +#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC +# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC +#endif +#if !S_IXUSR +# define S_IXUSR 00100 +#endif +#if !S_IXGRP +# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3) +#endif +#if !S_IXOTH +# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6) +#endif + +#if !S_IRWXU +# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR) +#endif +#if !S_IRWXG +# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP) +#endif +#if !S_IRWXO +# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH) +#endif + +/* S_IXUGO is a common extension to POSIX. */ +#if !S_IXUGO +# define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH) +#endif + +#ifndef S_IRWXUGO +# define S_IRWXUGO (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO) +#endif + +/* Macros for futimens and utimensat. */ +#ifndef UTIME_NOW +# define UTIME_NOW (-1) +# define UTIME_OMIT (-2) +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FCHMODAT@ +# if !@HAVE_FCHMODAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchmodat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchmodat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchmodat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fchmodat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHMODAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchmodat, "fchmodat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module openat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FSTAT@ +# if @REPLACE_FSTAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fstat +# define fstat rpl_fstat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstat); +#elif @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@ +/* Above, we define stat to _stati64. */ +# define fstat _fstati64 +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fstat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstat, "fstat has portability problems - " + "use gnulib module fstat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FSTATAT@ +# if @REPLACE_FSTATAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fstatat +# define fstatat rpl_fstatat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstatat, int, + (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstatat, int, + (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_FSTATAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fstatat, int, + (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstatat, int, + (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstatat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fstatat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTATAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstatat, "fstatat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module openat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FUTIMENS@ +/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our futimens + implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation + to futimens that is meant to invoke the libc's futimens(), not gnulib's + futimens(). */ +# if @REPLACE_FUTIMENS@ || (!@HAVE_FUTIMENS@ && defined __sun) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef futimens +# define futimens rpl_futimens +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2])); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2])); +# else +# if !@HAVE_FUTIMENS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2])); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2])); +# endif +# if @HAVE_FUTIMENS@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (futimens); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef futimens +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FUTIMENS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (futimens, "futimens is not portable - " + "use gnulib module futimens for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LCHMOD@ +/* Change the mode of FILENAME to MODE, without dereferencing it if FILENAME + denotes a symbolic link. */ +# if !@HAVE_LCHMOD@ +/* The lchmod replacement follows symbolic links. Callers should take + this into account; lchmod should be applied only to arguments that + are known to not be symbolic links. On hosts that lack lchmod, + this can lead to race conditions between the check and the + invocation of lchmod, but we know of no workarounds that are + reliable in general. You might try requesting support for lchmod + from your operating system supplier. */ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define lchmod chmod +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter of chmod is + int mode. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (lchmod, chmod, int, + (const char *filename, mode_t mode)); +# else +# if 0 /* assume already declared */ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_LCHMOD@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchmod); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef lchmod +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHMOD +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchmod, "lchmod is unportable - " + "use gnulib module lchmod for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LSTAT@ +# if ! @HAVE_LSTAT@ +/* mingw does not support symlinks, therefore it does not have lstat. But + without links, stat does just fine. */ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define lstat stat +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (lstat, stat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf)); +# elif @REPLACE_LSTAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef lstat +# define lstat rpl_lstat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lstat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lstat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lstat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_LSTAT@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lstat); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef lstat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSTAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lstat, "lstat is unportable - " + "use gnulib module lstat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @REPLACE_MKDIR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mkdir +# define mkdir rpl_mkdir +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode)); +#else +/* mingw's _mkdir() function has 1 argument, but we pass 2 arguments. + Additionally, it declares _mkdir (and depending on compile flags, an + alias mkdir), only in the nonstandard includes <direct.h> and <io.h>, + which are included above. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +# if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir +static int +rpl_mkdir (char const *name, mode_t mode) +{ + return _mkdir (name); +} +# define GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir 1 +# endif + +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define mkdir rpl_mkdir +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode)); +# endif +#endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdir); + + +#if @GNULIB_MKDIRAT@ +# if !@HAVE_MKDIRAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdirat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkdirat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDIRAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdirat, "mkdirat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module openat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_MKFIFO@ +# if @REPLACE_MKFIFO@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mkfifo +# define mkfifo rpl_mkfifo +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_MKFIFO@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifo); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkfifo +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFO +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifo, "mkfifo is not portable - " + "use gnulib module mkfifo for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_MKFIFOAT@ +# if !@HAVE_MKFIFOAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifoat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mkfifoat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFOAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifoat, "mkfifoat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_MKNOD@ +# if @REPLACE_MKNOD@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mknod +# define mknod rpl_mknod +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_MKNOD@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on OSF/1 5.1, the third parameter is '...'. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknod); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mknod +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNOD +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknod, "mknod is not portable - " + "use gnulib module mknod for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_MKNODAT@ +# if !@HAVE_MKNODAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknodat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mknodat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknodat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mknodat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNODAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknodat, "mknodat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_STAT@ +# if @REPLACE_STAT@ +/* We can't use the object-like #define stat rpl_stat, because of + struct stat. This means that rpl_stat will not be used if the user + does (stat)(a,b). Oh well. */ +# if defined _AIX && defined stat && defined _LARGE_FILES + /* With _LARGE_FILES defined, AIX (only) defines stat to stat64, + so we have to replace stat64() instead of stat(). */ +# undef stat64 +# define stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# elif @WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE@ + /* Above, we define stat to _stati64. */ +# if defined __MINGW32__ && defined _stati64 +# ifndef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T + /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64. */ +# undef _stat64 +# define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# endif +# elif defined _MSC_VER && defined _stati64 +# ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T + /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat32i64. */ +# undef _stat32i64 +# define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# else + /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64. */ +# undef _stat64 +# define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# endif +# else +# undef _stati64 +# define _stati64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# endif +# elif defined __MINGW32__ && defined stat +# ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T + /* The system headers define stat to _stat32i64. */ +# undef _stat32i64 +# define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# else + /* The system headers define stat to _stat64. */ +# undef _stat64 +# define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# endif +# elif defined _MSC_VER && defined stat +# ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T + /* The system headers define stat to _stat32. */ +# undef _stat32 +# define _stat32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# else + /* The system headers define stat to _stat64i32. */ +# undef _stat64i32 +# define _stat64i32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# endif +# else /* !(_AIX ||__MINGW32__ || _MSC_VER) */ +# undef stat +# define stat(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st) +# endif /* !_LARGE_FILES */ +_GL_EXTERN_C int stat (const char *name, struct stat *buf) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef stat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stat, "stat is unportable - " + "use gnulib module stat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_UTIMENSAT@ +/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our utimensat + implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation + to utimensat that is meant to invoke the libc's utimensat(), not gnulib's + utimensat(). */ +# if @REPLACE_UTIMENSAT@ || (!@HAVE_UTIMENSAT@ && defined __sun) +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef utimensat +# define utimensat rpl_utimensat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name, + struct timespec const times[2], int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name, + struct timespec const times[2], int flag)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_UTIMENSAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name, + struct timespec const times[2], int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name, + struct timespec const times[2], int flag)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_UTIMENSAT@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (utimensat); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef utimensat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UTIMENSAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (utimensat, "utimensat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module utimensat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_STAT_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/sys_time.in.h b/libgnu/sys_time.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57739bc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/sys_time.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/* Provide a more complete sys/time.h. + + Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* On Cygwin and on many BSDish systems, <sys/time.h> includes itself + recursively via <sys/select.h>. + Simply delegate to the system's header in this case; it is a no-op. + Without this extra ifdef, the C++ gettimeofday declaration below + would be a forward declaration in gnulib's nested <sys/time.h>. */ +#if defined _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H_ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TIME_H@ +#else + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TIME_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H + +#if ! @HAVE_SYS_TIME_H@ +# include <time.h> +#endif + +/* On native Windows with MSVC, get the 'struct timeval' type. + Also, on native Windows with a 64-bit time_t, where we are overriding the + 'struct timeval' type, get all declarations of system functions whose + signature contains 'struct timeval'. */ +#if (defined _MSC_VER || @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@) && @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H +# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if !@HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@ || @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@ + +# if @REPLACE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL@ +# define timeval rpl_timeval +# endif + +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval +struct timeval +{ + time_t tv_sec; + long int tv_usec; +}; +# define GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval 1 +# endif + +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@ +# if @REPLACE_GETTIMEOFDAY@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef gettimeofday +# define gettimeofday rpl_gettimeofday +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gettimeofday, int, + (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gettimeofday, int, + (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gettimeofday, int, + (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, by default, the second argument is + struct timezone *. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gettimeofday, int, + (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gettimeofday); +# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE { + typedef ::timeval +#undef timeval + timeval; +} +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef gettimeofday +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETTIMEOFDAY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gettimeofday, "gettimeofday is unportable - " + "use gnulib module gettimeofday for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>. */ + +#if defined _MSC_VER && @HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ +# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef close +# define close close_used_without_including_unistd_h +# else + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (close, + "close() used without including <unistd.h>"); +# endif +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef gethostname +# define gethostname gethostname_used_without_including_unistd_h +# else + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname, + "gethostname() used without including <unistd.h>"); +# endif +# endif +# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef socket +# define socket socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef connect +# define connect connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef accept +# define accept accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef bind +# define bind bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef getpeername +# define getpeername getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef getsockname +# define getsockname getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef getsockopt +# define getsockopt getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef listen +# define listen listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef recv +# define recv recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef send +# define send send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef recvfrom +# define recvfrom recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef sendto +# define sendto sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef setsockopt +# define setsockopt setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef shutdown +# define shutdown shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# else + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket, + "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect, + "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept, + "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind, + "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername, + "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname, + "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt, + "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen, + "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv, + "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send, + "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom, + "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto, + "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt, + "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown, + "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); +# endif +# endif +# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef select +# define select select_used_without_including_sys_select_h +# else + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select, + "select() used without including <sys/select.h>"); +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H */ +#endif /* _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TIME_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/sys_types.in.h b/libgnu/sys_types.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30ebfbdd --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/sys_types.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* Provide a more complete sys/types.h. + + Copyright (C) 2011-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +# define _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@ +# undef _GL_INCLUDING_SYS_TYPES_H + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H + +/* Override off_t if Large File Support is requested on native Windows. */ +#if @WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T@ +/* Same as int64_t in <stdint.h>. */ +# if defined _MSC_VER +# define off_t __int64 +# else +# define off_t long long int +# endif +/* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes. */ +# define _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T 1 +#endif + +/* MSVC 9 defines size_t in <stddef.h>, not in <sys/types.h>. */ +/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/sys_utsname.in.h b/libgnu/sys_utsname.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b287e883 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/sys_utsname.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* Substitute for <sys/utsname.h>. + Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UTSNAME_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if @HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H@ + +/* Minix 3.1.8 has a bug: <stddef.h> must be included before <sys/utsname.h>. + But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +# if defined __minix && !defined __GLIBC__ +# include <stddef.h> +# endif + +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_UTSNAME_H@ + +#endif + +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UTSNAME_H + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if !@HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME@ +/* Length of the entries in 'struct utsname' is 256. */ +# define _UTSNAME_LENGTH 256 + +# ifndef _UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH +# define _UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH +# endif +# ifndef _UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH +# define _UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH +# endif +# ifndef _UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH +# define _UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH +# endif +# ifndef _UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH +# define _UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH +# endif +# ifndef _UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH +# define _UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH _UTSNAME_LENGTH +# endif + +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_utsname +/* Structure describing the system and machine. */ +struct utsname + { + /* Name of this node on the network. */ + char nodename[_UTSNAME_NODENAME_LENGTH]; + + /* Name of the implementation of the operating system. */ + char sysname[_UTSNAME_SYSNAME_LENGTH]; + /* Current release level of this implementation. */ + char release[_UTSNAME_RELEASE_LENGTH]; + /* Current version level of this release. */ + char version[_UTSNAME_VERSION_LENGTH]; + + /* Name of the hardware type the system is running on. */ + char machine[_UTSNAME_MACHINE_LENGTH]; + }; +# define GNULIB_defined_struct_utsname 1 +# endif + +#endif /* !@HAVE_STRUCT_UTSNAME@ */ + + +#if @GNULIB_UNAME@ +# if !@HAVE_UNAME@ +extern int uname (struct utsname *buf) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef uname +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNAME +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (uname, "uname is unportable - " + "use gnulib module uname for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_UTSNAME_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/sys_wait.in.h b/libgnu/sys_wait.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1458d26b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/sys_wait.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* A POSIX-like <sys/wait.h>. + Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if !((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_WAIT_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H + +/* Get pid_t. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +#if !((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) +/* Unix API. */ + +/* The following macros apply to an argument x, that is a status of a process, + as returned by waitpid(). + On nearly all systems, including Linux/x86, WEXITSTATUS are bits 15..8 and + WTERMSIG are bits 7..0, while BeOS uses the opposite. Therefore programs + have to use the abstract macros. */ + +/* For valid x, exactly one of WIFSIGNALED(x), WIFEXITED(x), WIFSTOPPED(x) + is true. */ +# ifndef WIFSIGNALED +# define WIFSIGNALED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) != 0 && WTERMSIG(x) != 0x7f) +# endif +# ifndef WIFEXITED +# define WIFEXITED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) == 0) +# endif +# ifndef WIFSTOPPED +# define WIFSTOPPED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) == 0x7f) +# endif + +/* The termination signal. Only to be accessed if WIFSIGNALED(x) is true. */ +# ifndef WTERMSIG +# define WTERMSIG(x) ((x) & 0x7f) +# endif + +/* The exit status. Only to be accessed if WIFEXITED(x) is true. */ +# ifndef WEXITSTATUS +# define WEXITSTATUS(x) (((x) >> 8) & 0xff) +# endif + +/* The stopping signal. Only to be accessed if WIFSTOPPED(x) is true. */ +# ifndef WSTOPSIG +# define WSTOPSIG(x) (((x) >> 8) & 0x7f) +# endif + +/* True if the process dumped core. Not standardized by POSIX. */ +# ifndef WCOREDUMP +# define WCOREDUMP(x) ((x) & 0x80) +# endif + +#else +/* Native Windows API. */ + +# include <signal.h> /* for SIGTERM */ + +/* The following macros apply to an argument x, that is a status of a process, + as returned by waitpid() or, equivalently, _cwait() or GetExitCodeProcess(). + This value is simply an 'int', not composed of bit fields. */ + +/* When an unhandled fatal signal terminates a process, the exit code is 3. */ +# define WIFSIGNALED(x) ((x) == 3) +# define WIFEXITED(x) ((x) != 3) +# define WIFSTOPPED(x) 0 + +/* The signal that terminated a process is not known posthum. */ +# define WTERMSIG(x) SIGTERM + +# define WEXITSTATUS(x) (x) + +/* There are no stopping signals. */ +# define WSTOPSIG(x) 0 + +/* There are no core dumps. */ +# define WCOREDUMP(x) 0 + +#endif + + +/* Declarations of functions. */ + +#if @GNULIB_WAITPID@ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (waitpid, pid_t, (pid_t pid, int *statusp, int options)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (waitpid, pid_t, (pid_t pid, int *statusp, int options)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (waitpid); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef waitpid +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WAITPID +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (waitpid, "waitpid is unportable - " + "use gnulib module sys_wait for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_WAIT_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/sysexits.in.h b/libgnu/sysexits.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e631b9c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/sysexits.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* exit() exit codes for some BSD system programs. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Simon Josefsson based on sysexits(3) man page */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if @HAVE_SYSEXITS_H@ + +/* IRIX 6.5 has an <unistd.h> that defines a macro EX_OK with a nonzero + value. Override it. See + <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2007-03/msg00361.html> */ +# ifdef __sgi +# include <unistd.h> +# undef EX_OK +# endif + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYSEXITS_H@ + +/* HP-UX 11 <sysexits.h> ends at EX_NOPERM. */ +# ifndef EX_CONFIG +# define EX_CONFIG 78 +# endif + +#endif + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H + +#if !@HAVE_SYSEXITS_H@ + +# define EX_OK 0 /* same value as EXIT_SUCCESS */ + +# define EX_USAGE 64 +# define EX_DATAERR 65 +# define EX_NOINPUT 66 +# define EX_NOUSER 67 +# define EX_NOHOST 68 +# define EX_UNAVAILABLE 69 +# define EX_SOFTWARE 70 +# define EX_OSERR 71 +# define EX_OSFILE 72 +# define EX_CANTCREAT 73 +# define EX_IOERR 74 +# define EX_TEMPFAIL 75 +# define EX_PROTOCOL 76 +# define EX_NOPERM 77 +# define EX_CONFIG 78 + +#endif + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/time.in.h b/libgnu/time.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fef89807 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/time.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +/* A more-standard <time.h>. + + Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +/* Don't get in the way of glibc when it includes time.h merely to + declare a few standard symbols, rather than to declare all the + symbols. (However, skip this for MinGW as it treats __need_time_t + incompatibly.) Also, Solaris 8 <time.h> eventually includes itself + recursively; if that is happening, just include the system <time.h> + without adding our own declarations. */ +#if (((defined __need_time_t || defined __need_clock_t \ + || defined __need_timespec) \ + && !defined __MINGW32__) \ + || defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TIME_H) + +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_TIME_H@ + +#else + +# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_TIME_H + +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_TIME_H@ + +/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL. */ +# include <stddef.h> + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +/* Some systems don't define struct timespec (e.g., AIX 4.1, Ultrix 4.3). + Or they define it with the wrong member names or define it in <sys/time.h> + (e.g., FreeBSD circa 1997). Stock Mingw prior to 3.0 does not define it, + but the pthreads-win32 library defines it in <pthread.h>. */ +# if ! @TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@ +# if @SYS_TIME_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@ +# include <sys/time.h> +# elif @PTHREAD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@ +# include <pthread.h> +# elif @UNISTD_H_DEFINES_STRUCT_TIMESPEC@ +# include <unistd.h> +# else + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_timespec +# undef timespec +# define timespec rpl_timespec +struct timespec +{ + time_t tv_sec; + long int tv_nsec; +}; +# define GNULIB_defined_struct_timespec 1 +# endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +# endif +# endif + +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_time_t_must_be_integral +/* Per http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=327, POSIX requires + time_t to be an integer type, even though C99 permits floating + point. We don't know of any implementation that uses floating + point, and it is much easier to write code that doesn't have to + worry about that corner case, so we force the issue. */ +struct __time_t_must_be_integral { + unsigned int __floating_time_t_unsupported : (time_t) 1; +}; +# define GNULIB_defined_struct_time_t_must_be_integral 1 +# endif + +/* Sleep for at least RQTP seconds unless interrupted, If interrupted, + return -1 and store the remaining time into RMTP. See + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/nanosleep.html>. */ +# if @GNULIB_NANOSLEEP@ +# if @REPLACE_NANOSLEEP@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define nanosleep rpl_nanosleep +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (nanosleep, int, + (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (nanosleep, int, + (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_NANOSLEEP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (nanosleep, int, + (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (nanosleep, int, + (struct timespec const *__rqtp, struct timespec *__rmtp)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (nanosleep); +# endif + +/* Return the 'time_t' representation of TP and normalize TP. */ +# if @GNULIB_MKTIME@ +# if @REPLACE_MKTIME@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define mktime rpl_mktime +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mktime, time_t, (struct tm *__tp)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mktime); +# endif + +/* Convert TIMER to RESULT, assuming local time and UTC respectively. See + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/localtime_r.html> and + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/gmtime_r.html>. */ +# if @GNULIB_TIME_R@ +# if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef localtime_r +# define localtime_r rpl_localtime_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localtime_r); +# endif +# if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef gmtime_r +# define gmtime_r rpl_gmtime_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gmtime_r, struct tm *, (time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_DECL_LOCALTIME_R@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gmtime_r); +# endif +# endif + +/* Convert TIMER to RESULT, assuming local time and UTC respectively. See + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/localtime.html> and + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/gmtime.html>. */ +# if @GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@ +# if @REPLACE_LOCALTIME@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef localtime +# define localtime rpl_localtime +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localtime); +# endif + +# if @GNULIB_GETTIMEOFDAY@ +# if @REPLACE_GMTIME@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef gmtime +# define gmtime rpl_gmtime +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (gmtime, struct tm *, (time_t const *__timer)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gmtime); +# endif + +/* Parse BUF as a timestamp, assuming FORMAT specifies its layout, and store + the resulting broken-down time into TM. See + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/strptime.html>. */ +# if @GNULIB_STRPTIME@ +# if ! @HAVE_STRPTIME@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strptime, char *, (char const *restrict __buf, + char const *restrict __format, + struct tm *restrict __tm) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strptime, char *, (char const *restrict __buf, + char const *restrict __format, + struct tm *restrict __tm)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strptime); +# endif + +# if defined _GNU_SOURCE && @GNULIB_TIME_RZ@ && ! @HAVE_TIMEZONE_T@ +typedef struct tm_zone *timezone_t; +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tzalloc, timezone_t, (char const *__name)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzalloc, timezone_t, (char const *__name)); +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tzfree, void, (timezone_t __tz)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tzfree, void, (timezone_t __tz)); +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (localtime_rz, struct tm *, + (timezone_t __tz, time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localtime_rz, struct tm *, + (timezone_t __tz, time_t const *restrict __timer, + struct tm *restrict __result)); +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mktime_z, time_t, + (timezone_t __tz, struct tm *restrict __result) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mktime_z, time_t, + (timezone_t __tz, struct tm *restrict __result)); +# endif + +/* Convert TM to a time_t value, assuming UTC. */ +# if @GNULIB_TIMEGM@ +# if @REPLACE_TIMEGM@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef timegm +# define timegm rpl_timegm +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm)); +# else +# if ! @HAVE_TIMEGM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (timegm, time_t, (struct tm *__tm)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (timegm); +# endif + +/* Encourage applications to avoid unsafe functions that can overrun + buffers when given outlandish struct tm values. Portable + applications should use strftime (or even sprintf) instead. */ +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef asctime +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime, "asctime can overrun buffers in some cases - " + "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead"); +# endif +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef asctime_r +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime, "asctime_r can overrun buffers in some cases - " + "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead"); +# endif +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ctime +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime, "ctime can overrun buffers in some cases - " + "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead"); +# endif +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ctime_r +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asctime, "ctime_r can overrun buffers in some cases - " + "better use strftime (or even sprintf) instead"); +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/unistd--.h b/libgnu/unistd--.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd1f068b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/unistd--.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* Like unistd.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert. */ + +#include <unistd.h> +#include "unistd-safer.h" + +#undef dup +#define dup dup_safer + +#undef pipe +#define pipe pipe_safer + +#if GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER +# undef pipe2 +# define pipe2 pipe2_safer +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/unistd-safer.h b/libgnu/unistd-safer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78302004 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/unistd-safer.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* Invoke unistd-like functions, but avoid some glitches. + + Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake. */ + +int dup_safer (int); +int fd_safer (int); +int pipe_safer (int[2]); + +#if GNULIB_FD_SAFER_FLAG +int dup_safer_flag (int, int); +int fd_safer_flag (int, int); +#endif + +#if GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER +int pipe2_safer (int[2], int); +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/unistd.c b/libgnu/unistd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72bad1c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/unistd.c @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +#include <config.h> +#define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE +#include "unistd.h" +typedef int dummy; diff --git a/libgnu/unistd.in.h b/libgnu/unistd.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb9321e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/unistd.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,1590 @@ +/* Substitute for and wrapper around <unistd.h>. + Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#ifdef _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H +/* Special invocation convention: + - On Mac OS X 10.3.9 we have a sequence of nested includes + <unistd.h> -> <signal.h> -> <pthread.h> -> <unistd.h> + In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot + provide the C++ aliases. */ + +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_UNISTD_H@ +# define _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_UNISTD_H@ +# undef _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H +#endif + +/* Get all possible declarations of gethostname(). */ +#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ \ + && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H +# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H +#endif + +#if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H + +/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL. Also get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* mingw doesn't define the SEEK_* or *_FILENO macros in <unistd.h>. */ +/* MSVC declares 'unlink' in <stdio.h>, not in <unistd.h>. We must include + it before we #define unlink rpl_unlink. */ +/* Cygwin 1.7.1 declares symlinkat in <stdio.h>, not in <unistd.h>. */ +/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if (!(defined SEEK_CUR && defined SEEK_END && defined SEEK_SET) \ + || ((@GNULIB_UNLINK@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)) \ + || ((@GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && defined __CYGWIN__)) \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <stdio.h> +#endif + +/* Cygwin 1.7.1 declares unlinkat in <fcntl.h>, not in <unistd.h>. */ +/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if (@GNULIB_UNLINKAT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __CYGWIN__ \ + && ! defined __GLIBC__ +# include <fcntl.h> +#endif + +/* mingw fails to declare _exit in <unistd.h>. */ +/* mingw, MSVC, BeOS, Haiku declare environ in <stdlib.h>, not in + <unistd.h>. */ +/* Solaris declares getcwd not only in <unistd.h> but also in <stdlib.h>. */ +/* OSF Tru64 Unix cannot see gnulib rpl_strtod when system <stdlib.h> is + included here. */ +/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if !defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __osf__ +# define __need_system_stdlib_h +# include <stdlib.h> +# undef __need_system_stdlib_h +#endif + +/* Native Windows platforms declare chdir, getcwd, rmdir in + <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <unistd.h>. + They also declare access(), chmod(), close(), dup(), dup2(), isatty(), + lseek(), read(), unlink(), write() in <io.h>. */ +#if ((@GNULIB_CHDIR@ || @GNULIB_GETCWD@ || @GNULIB_RMDIR@ \ + || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)) +# include <io.h> /* mingw32, mingw64 */ +# include <direct.h> /* mingw64, MSVC 9 */ +#elif (@GNULIB_CLOSE@ || @GNULIB_DUP@ || @GNULIB_DUP2@ || @GNULIB_ISATTY@ \ + || @GNULIB_LSEEK@ || @GNULIB_READ@ || @GNULIB_UNLINK@ || @GNULIB_WRITE@ \ + || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \ + && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) +# include <io.h> +#endif + +/* AIX and OSF/1 5.1 declare getdomainname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>. + NonStop Kernel declares gethostname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>. */ +/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if ((@GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@ && (defined _AIX || defined __osf__)) \ + || (@GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && defined __TANDEM)) \ + && !defined __GLIBC__ +# include <netdb.h> +#endif + +/* MSVC defines off_t in <sys/types.h>. + May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */ +#if !@HAVE_UNISTD_H@ || @WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T@ +/* Get off_t. */ +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif + +#if (@GNULIB_READ@ || @GNULIB_WRITE@ \ + || @GNULIB_READLINK@ || @GNULIB_READLINKAT@ \ + || @GNULIB_PREAD@ || @GNULIB_PWRITE@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) +/* Get ssize_t. */ +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +/* Get getopt(), optarg, optind, opterr, optopt. + But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if @GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT@ && !defined __GLIBC__ && !defined _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT +# include <getopt-cdefs.h> +# include <getopt-pfx-core.h> +#endif + +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN +#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_INLINE +# define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_INLINE +#endif + +/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>. */ + +#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ && @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ +# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SOCKET_H +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef socket +# define socket socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef connect +# define connect connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef accept +# define accept accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef bind +# define bind bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef getpeername +# define getpeername getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef getsockname +# define getsockname getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef getsockopt +# define getsockopt getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef listen +# define listen listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef recv +# define recv recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef send +# define send send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef recvfrom +# define recvfrom recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef sendto +# define sendto sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef setsockopt +# define setsockopt setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# undef shutdown +# define shutdown shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h +# else + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket, + "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect, + "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept, + "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind, + "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername, + "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname, + "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt, + "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen, + "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv, + "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send, + "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom, + "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto, + "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt, + "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown, + "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>"); +# endif +# endif +# if !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_SELECT_H +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef select +# define select select_used_without_including_sys_select_h +# else + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select, + "select() used without including <sys/select.h>"); +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +/* OS/2 EMX lacks these macros. */ +#ifndef STDIN_FILENO +# define STDIN_FILENO 0 +#endif +#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO +# define STDOUT_FILENO 1 +#endif +#ifndef STDERR_FILENO +# define STDERR_FILENO 2 +#endif + +/* Ensure *_OK macros exist. */ +#ifndef F_OK +# define F_OK 0 +# define X_OK 1 +# define W_OK 2 +# define R_OK 4 +#endif + + +/* Declare overridden functions. */ + + +#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* The access() function is a security risk. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (access, "the access function is a security risk - " + "use the gnulib module faccessat instead"); +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_CHDIR@ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chdir, int, (const char *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chdir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef chdir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chdir is not always in <unistd.h> - " + "use gnulib module chdir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_CHOWN@ +/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE + to GID (if GID is not -1). Follow symbolic links. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/chown.html. */ +# if @REPLACE_CHOWN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef chown +# define chown rpl_chown +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_CHOWN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chown); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef chown +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHOWN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chown fails to follow symlinks on some systems and " + "doesn't treat a uid or gid of -1 on some systems - " + "use gnulib module chown for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_CLOSE@ +# if @REPLACE_CLOSE@ +/* Automatically included by modules that need a replacement for close. */ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef close +# define close rpl_close +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (close, int, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (close, int, (int fd)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (close, int, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (close); +#elif @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS@ +# undef close +# define close close_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_close +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef close +/* Assume close is always declared. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (close, "close does not portably work on sockets - " + "use gnulib module close for portability"); +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_DUP@ +# if @REPLACE_DUP@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define dup rpl_dup +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup, int, (int oldfd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef dup +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup, "dup is unportable - " + "use gnulib module dup for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_DUP2@ +/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD. Do nothing if + NEWFD = OLDFD, otherwise close NEWFD first if it is open. + Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/dup2.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_DUP2@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define dup2 rpl_dup2 +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DUP2@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup2); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef dup2 +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP2 +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup2, "dup2 is unportable - " + "use gnulib module dup2 for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_DUP3@ +/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD, with the + specified flags. + The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>) + and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h"). + Close NEWFD first if it is open. + Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the Linux man page at + <http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/dup3.2.html>. */ +# if @HAVE_DUP3@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define dup3 rpl_dup3 +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup3); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef dup3 +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP3 +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup3, "dup3 is unportable - " + "use gnulib module dup3 for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_ENVIRON@ +# if !@HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON@ +/* Set of environment variables and values. An array of strings of the form + "VARIABLE=VALUE", terminated with a NULL. */ +# if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ +# include <TargetConditionals.h> +# if !TARGET_OS_IPHONE && !TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR +# define _GL_USE_CRT_EXTERNS +# endif +# endif +# ifdef _GL_USE_CRT_EXTERNS +# include <crt_externs.h> +# define environ (*_NSGetEnviron ()) +# else +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif +extern char **environ; +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +# endif +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON +_GL_UNISTD_INLINE char *** +rpl_environ (void) +{ + return &environ; +} +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is unportable - " + "use gnulib module environ for portability"); +# undef environ +# define environ (*rpl_environ ()) +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_EUIDACCESS@ +/* Like access(), except that it uses the effective user id and group id of + the current process. */ +# if !@HAVE_EUIDACCESS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (euidaccess); +# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +/* Like access(), this function is a security risk. */ +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "the euidaccess function is a security risk - " + "use the gnulib module faccessat instead"); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef euidaccess +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EUIDACCESS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "euidaccess is unportable - " + "use gnulib module euidaccess for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FACCESSAT@ +# if !@HAVE_FACCESSAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (faccessat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (faccessat, int, + (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (faccessat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef faccessat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FACCESSAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (faccessat, "faccessat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module faccessat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FCHDIR@ +/* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which + the given file descriptor is open. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fchdir.html>. */ +# if ! @HAVE_FCHDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/)); + +/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the fchdir metadata. */ +_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_fd (int fd, const char *filename) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)); +_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_fd (int fd); +_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dup (int oldfd, int newfd); +_GL_EXTERN_C const char *_gl_directory_name (int fd); + +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/)); +# endif +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchdir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fchdir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchdir, "fchdir is unportable - " + "use gnulib module fchdir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FCHOWNAT@ +# if @REPLACE_FCHOWNAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef fchownat +# define fchownat rpl_fchownat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file, + uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file, + uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_FCHOWNAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file, + uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file, + uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchownat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fchownat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHOWNAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchownat, "fchownat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module openat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FDATASYNC@ +/* Synchronize changes to a file. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fdatasync.html>. */ +# if !@HAVE_FDATASYNC@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdatasync); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fdatasync +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDATASYNC +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdatasync, "fdatasync is unportable - " + "use gnulib module fdatasync for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FSYNC@ +/* Synchronize changes, including metadata, to a file. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fsync.html>. */ +# if !@HAVE_FSYNC@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fsync); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef fsync +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSYNC +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fsync, "fsync is unportable - " + "use gnulib module fsync for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_FTRUNCATE@ +/* Change the size of the file to which FD is opened to become equal to LENGTH. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/ftruncate.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_FTRUNCATE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef ftruncate +# define ftruncate rpl_ftruncate +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_FTRUNCATE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftruncate); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ftruncate +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FTRUNCATE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftruncate, "ftruncate is unportable - " + "use gnulib module ftruncate for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETCWD@ +/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE bytes + of BUF. + Return BUF if successful, or NULL if the directory couldn't be determined + or SIZE was too small. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getcwd.html>. + Additionally, the gnulib module 'getcwd' guarantees the following GNU + extension: If BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array + is SIZE bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as + necessary. */ +# if @REPLACE_GETCWD@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define getcwd rpl_getcwd +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size)); +# else +/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter is + int size. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getcwd); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getcwd +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETCWD +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getcwd, "getcwd is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getcwd for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME@ +/* Return the NIS domain name of the machine. + WARNING! The NIS domain name is unrelated to the fully qualified host name + of the machine. It is also unrelated to email addresses. + WARNING! The NIS domain name is usually the empty string or "(none)" when + not using NIS. + + Put up to LEN bytes of the NIS domain name into NAME. + Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN. + If the NIS domain name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1. */ +# if @REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef getdomainname +# define getdomainname rpl_getdomainname +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdomainname); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getdomainname +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdomainname, "getdomainname is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getdomainname for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE@ +/* Return the maximum number of file descriptors in the current process. + In POSIX, this is same as sysconf (_SC_OPEN_MAX). */ +# if @REPLACE_GETDTABLESIZE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef getdtablesize +# define getdtablesize rpl_getdtablesize +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdtablesize, int, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdtablesize, int, (void)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdtablesize, int, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdtablesize, int, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdtablesize); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getdtablesize +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDTABLESIZE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdtablesize, "getdtablesize is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getdtablesize for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETGROUPS@ +/* Return the supplemental groups that the current process belongs to. + It is unspecified whether the effective group id is in the list. + If N is 0, return the group count; otherwise, N describes how many + entries are available in GROUPS. Return -1 and set errno if N is + not 0 and not large enough. Fails with ENOSYS on some systems. */ +# if @REPLACE_GETGROUPS@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef getgroups +# define getgroups rpl_getgroups +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_GETGROUPS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getgroups); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getgroups +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETGROUPS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getgroups, "getgroups is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getgroups for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME@ +/* Return the standard host name of the machine. + WARNING! The host name may or may not be fully qualified. + + Put up to LEN bytes of the host name into NAME. + Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN. + If the host name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1. */ +# if @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef gethostname +# define gethostname rpl_gethostname +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_GETHOSTNAME@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 and OSF/1 5.1 systems, the second + parameter is + int len. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gethostname); +#elif @UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H@ +# undef gethostname +# define gethostname gethostname_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_gethostname +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef gethostname +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETHOSTNAME +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname, "gethostname is unportable - " + "use gnulib module gethostname for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN@ +/* Returns the user's login name, or NULL if it cannot be found. Upon error, + returns NULL with errno set. + + See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getlogin.html>. + + Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is + available through environment variables: + ${LOGNAME-$USER} on Unix platforms, + $USERNAME on native Windows platforms. + */ +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getlogin +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin, "getlogin is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getlogin for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R@ +/* Copies the user's login name to NAME. + The array pointed to by NAME has room for SIZE bytes. + + Returns 0 if successful. Upon error, an error number is returned, or -1 in + the case that the login name cannot be found but no specific error is + provided (this case is hopefully rare but is left open by the POSIX spec). + + See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getlogin.html>. + + Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is + available through environment variables: + ${LOGNAME-$USER} on Unix platforms, + $USERNAME on native Windows platforms. + */ +# if @REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define getlogin_r rpl_getlogin_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the second argument is + int size. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getlogin_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin_r, "getlogin_r is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getlogin_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE@ +# if @REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define getpagesize rpl_getpagesize +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_GETPAGESIZE@ +# if !defined getpagesize +/* This is for POSIX systems. */ +# if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE +# if ! (defined __VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000) +# define _gl_getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE) +# endif +# endif +/* This is for older VMS. */ +# if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __VMS +# ifdef __ALPHA +# define _gl_getpagesize() 8192 +# else +# define _gl_getpagesize() 512 +# endif +# endif +/* This is for BeOS. */ +# if !defined _gl_getpagesize && @HAVE_OS_H@ +# include <OS.h> +# if defined B_PAGE_SIZE +# define _gl_getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE +# endif +# endif +/* This is for AmigaOS4.0. */ +# if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __amigaos4__ +# define _gl_getpagesize() 2048 +# endif +/* This is for older Unix systems. */ +# if !defined _gl_getpagesize && @HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H@ +# include <sys/param.h> +# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE +# define _gl_getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE +# else +# ifdef NBPG +# ifndef CLSIZE +# define CLSIZE 1 +# endif +# define _gl_getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE) +# else +# ifdef NBPC +# define _gl_getpagesize() NBPC +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define getpagesize() _gl_getpagesize () +# else +# if !GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function +_GL_UNISTD_INLINE int +getpagesize () +{ + return _gl_getpagesize (); +} +# define GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function 1 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin 1.5.x systems, the return type is size_t. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getpagesize, int, (void)); +# endif +# if @HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE@ +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpagesize); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getpagesize +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETPAGESIZE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpagesize, "getpagesize is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getpagesize for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@ +/* Return the next valid login shell on the system, or NULL when the end of + the list has been reached. */ +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getusershell); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef getusershell +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETUSERSHELL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getusershell, "getusershell is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getusershell for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@ +/* Rewind to pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call. */ +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setusershell, void, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setusershell, void, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setusershell); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef setusershell +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETUSERSHELL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setusershell, "setusershell is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getusershell for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL@ +/* Free the pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call and + associated resources. */ +# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (endusershell, void, (void)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (endusershell, void, (void)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (endusershell); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef endusershell +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENDUSERSHELL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (endusershell, "endusershell is unportable - " + "use gnulib module getusershell for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER@ +/* Determine whether group id is in calling user's group list. */ +# if !@HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (group_member); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef group_member +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GROUP_MEMBER +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (group_member, "group_member is unportable - " + "use gnulib module group-member for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_ISATTY@ +# if @REPLACE_ISATTY@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef isatty +# define isatty rpl_isatty +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (isatty, int, (int fd)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (isatty); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef isatty +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISATTY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isatty, "isatty has portability problems on native Windows - " + "use gnulib module isatty for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LCHOWN@ +/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE + to GID (if GID is not -1). Do not follow symbolic links. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lchown.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_LCHOWN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef lchown +# define lchown rpl_lchown +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_LCHOWN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchown); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef lchown +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHOWN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchown, "lchown is unportable to pre-POSIX.1-2001 systems - " + "use gnulib module lchown for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LINK@ +/* Create a new hard link for an existing file. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/link.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_LINK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define link rpl_link +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_LINK@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (link); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef link +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (link, "link is unportable - " + "use gnulib module link for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LINKAT@ +/* Create a new hard link for an existing file, relative to two + directories. FLAG controls whether symlinks are followed. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. */ +# if @REPLACE_LINKAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef linkat +# define linkat rpl_linkat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (linkat, int, + (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2, + int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (linkat, int, + (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2, + int flag)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_LINKAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (linkat, int, + (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2, + int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (linkat, int, + (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2, + int flag)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (linkat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef linkat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINKAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (linkat, "linkat is unportable - " + "use gnulib module linkat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_LSEEK@ +/* Set the offset of FD relative to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END. + Return the new offset if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lseek.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_LSEEK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define lseek rpl_lseek +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lseek); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef lseek +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSEEK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lseek, "lseek does not fail with ESPIPE on pipes on some " + "systems - use gnulib module lseek for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_PIPE@ +/* Create a pipe, defaulting to O_BINARY mode. + Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1]. + Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure. */ +# if !@HAVE_PIPE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2]) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2])); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef pipe +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe, "pipe is unportable - " + "use gnulib module pipe-posix for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_PIPE2@ +/* Create a pipe, applying the given flags when opening the read-end of the + pipe and the write-end of the pipe. + The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>) + and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h"). + Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1]. + Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure. + See also the Linux man page at + <http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/pipe2.2.html>. */ +# if @HAVE_PIPE2@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define pipe2 rpl_pipe2 +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags)); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe2); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef pipe2 +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE2 +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe2, "pipe2 is unportable - " + "use gnulib module pipe2 for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_PREAD@ +/* Read at most BUFSIZE bytes from FD into BUF, starting at OFFSET. + Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if successful, otherwise + set errno and return -1. 0 indicates EOF. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pread.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_PREAD@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef pread +# define pread rpl_pread +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pread, ssize_t, + (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pread, ssize_t, + (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_PREAD@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pread, ssize_t, + (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pread, ssize_t, + (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pread); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef pread +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PREAD +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pread, "pread is unportable - " + "use gnulib module pread for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_PWRITE@ +/* Write at most BUFSIZE bytes from BUF into FD, starting at OFFSET. + Return the number of bytes written if successful, otherwise + set errno and return -1. 0 indicates nothing written. See the + POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pwrite.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_PWRITE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef pwrite +# define pwrite rpl_pwrite +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t, + (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t, + (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_PWRITE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t, + (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t, + (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pwrite); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef pwrite +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PWRITE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pwrite, "pwrite is unportable - " + "use gnulib module pwrite for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_READ@ +/* Read up to COUNT bytes from file descriptor FD into the buffer starting + at BUF. See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/read.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_READ@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef read +# define read rpl_read +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count)); +# else +/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the third parameter is + unsigned int count + and the return type is 'int'. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (read); +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_READLINK@ +/* Read the contents of the symbolic link FILE and place the first BUFSIZE + bytes of it into BUF. Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if + successful, otherwise -1 and errno set. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_READLINK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define readlink rpl_readlink +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (readlink, ssize_t, + (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (readlink, ssize_t, + (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_READLINK@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlink, ssize_t, + (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlink, ssize_t, + (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlink); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef readlink +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlink, "readlink is unportable - " + "use gnulib module readlink for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_READLINKAT@ +# if @REPLACE_READLINKAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define readlinkat rpl_readlinkat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (readlinkat, ssize_t, + (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t len) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (readlinkat, ssize_t, + (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t len)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_READLINKAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t, + (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t len) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t, + (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t len)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlinkat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef readlinkat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINKAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlinkat, "readlinkat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module readlinkat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_RMDIR@ +/* Remove the directory DIR. */ +# if @REPLACE_RMDIR@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define rmdir rpl_rmdir +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rmdir, int, (char const *name)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rmdir); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef rmdir +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RMDIR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rmdir, "rmdir is unportable - " + "use gnulib module rmdir for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME@ +/* Set the host name of the machine. + The host name may or may not be fully qualified. + + Put LEN bytes of NAME into the host name. + Return 0 if successful, otherwise, set errno and return -1. + + Platforms with no ability to set the hostname return -1 and set + errno = ENOSYS. */ +# if !@HAVE_SETHOSTNAME@ || !@HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +# endif +/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 11 2011-10, Mac OS X 10.5, IRIX 6.5 + and FreeBSD 6.4 the second parameter is int. On Solaris 11 + 2011-10, the first parameter is not const. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sethostname); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef sethostname +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETHOSTNAME +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sethostname, "sethostname is unportable - " + "use gnulib module sethostname for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_SLEEP@ +/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N seconds. + Returns the number of seconds left to sleep. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/sleep.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_SLEEP@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef sleep +# define sleep rpl_sleep +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_SLEEP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sleep); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef sleep +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SLEEP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sleep, "sleep is unportable - " + "use gnulib module sleep for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_SYMLINK@ +# if @REPLACE_SYMLINK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef symlink +# define symlink rpl_symlink +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_SYMLINK@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlink); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef symlink +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlink, "symlink is not portable - " + "use gnulib module symlink for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_SYMLINKAT@ +# if @REPLACE_SYMLINKAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef symlinkat +# define symlinkat rpl_symlinkat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (symlinkat, int, + (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (symlinkat, int, + (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_SYMLINKAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlinkat, int, + (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlinkat, int, + (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlinkat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef symlinkat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINKAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlinkat, "symlinkat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module symlinkat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_TTYNAME_R@ +/* Store at most BUFLEN characters of the pathname of the terminal FD is + open on in BUF. Return 0 on success, otherwise an error number. */ +# if @REPLACE_TTYNAME_R@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef ttyname_r +# define ttyname_r rpl_ttyname_r +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ttyname_r, int, + (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ttyname_r, int, + (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ttyname_r, int, + (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ttyname_r, int, + (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ttyname_r); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef ttyname_r +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TTYNAME_R +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ttyname_r, "ttyname_r is not portable - " + "use gnulib module ttyname_r for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_UNLINK@ +# if @REPLACE_UNLINK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef unlink +# define unlink rpl_unlink +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlink, int, (char const *file)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlink); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef unlink +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlink, "unlink is not portable - " + "use gnulib module unlink for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_UNLINKAT@ +# if @REPLACE_UNLINKAT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef unlinkat +# define unlinkat rpl_unlinkat +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_UNLINKAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlinkat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef unlinkat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINKAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlinkat, "unlinkat is not portable - " + "use gnulib module openat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_USLEEP@ +/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N microseconds. + Returns 0 on completion, or -1 on range error. + See the POSIX:2001 specification + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/usleep.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_USLEEP@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef usleep +# define usleep rpl_usleep +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_USLEEP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (usleep, int, (useconds_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (usleep, int, (useconds_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (usleep); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef usleep +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_USLEEP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (usleep, "usleep is unportable - " + "use gnulib module usleep for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#if @GNULIB_WRITE@ +/* Write up to COUNT bytes starting at BUF to file descriptor FD. + See the POSIX:2008 specification + <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/write.html>. */ +# if @REPLACE_WRITE@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef write +# define write rpl_write +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)); +# else +/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the third parameter is + unsigned int count + and the return type is 'int'. */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (write); +#endif + +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H */ +#endif /* _GL_INCLUDING_UNISTD_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_UNISTD_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/vasnprintf.c b/libgnu/vasnprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d654689d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/vasnprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,5598 @@ +/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + VASNPRINTF The name of the function being defined. + FCHAR_T The element type of the format string. + DCHAR_T The element type of the destination (result) string. + FCHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters + in the format string are ASCII. MUST be set if + FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type. + DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive. + Depends on FCHAR_T. + DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a + format string. Depends on FCHAR_T. + PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string. + Depends on FCHAR_T. + DCHAR_CPY memcpy like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays. + DCHAR_SET memset like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays. + DCHAR_MBSNLEN mbsnlen like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays. + SNPRINTF The system's snprintf (or similar) function. + This may be either snprintf or swprintf. + TCHAR_T The element type of the argument and result string + of the said SNPRINTF function. This may be either + char or wchar_t. The code exploits that + sizeof (TCHAR_T) | sizeof (DCHAR_T) and + alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T). + DCHAR_IS_TCHAR Set to 1 if DCHAR_T and TCHAR_T are the same type. + DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING A function to convert from char[] to DCHAR[]. + DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint8_t. + DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint16_t. + DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint32_t. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# include <config.h> +#endif +#ifndef IN_LIBINTL +# include <alloca.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include "vasnwprintf.h" +# else +# include "vasnprintf.h" +# endif +#endif + +#include <locale.h> /* localeconv() */ +#include <stdio.h> /* snprintf(), sprintf() */ +#include <stdlib.h> /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */ +#include <string.h> /* memcpy(), strlen() */ +#include <errno.h> /* errno */ +#include <limits.h> /* CHAR_BIT */ +#include <float.h> /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */ +#if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO +# include <langinfo.h> +#endif +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include "wprintf-parse.h" +# else +# include "printf-parse.h" +# endif +#endif + +/* Checked size_t computations. */ +#include "xsize.h" + +#include "verify.h" + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "float+.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnand-nolibm.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnanl-nolibm.h" +# include "fpucw.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnand-nolibm.h" +# include "printf-frexp.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnanl-nolibm.h" +# include "printf-frexpl.h" +# include "fpucw.h" +#endif + +/* Default parameters. */ +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf +# define FCHAR_T wchar_t +# define DCHAR_T wchar_t +# define TCHAR_T wchar_t +# define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1 +# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive +# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives +# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse +# define DCHAR_CPY wmemcpy +# define DCHAR_SET wmemset +# else +# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf +# define FCHAR_T char +# define DCHAR_T char +# define TCHAR_T char +# define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1 +# define DIRECTIVE char_directive +# define DIRECTIVES char_directives +# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse +# define DCHAR_CPY memcpy +# define DCHAR_SET memset +# endif +#endif +#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* TCHAR_T is wchar_t. */ +# define USE_SNPRINTF 1 +# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF + /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than + on Unix; we use the function _snwprintf() or - on mingw - snwprintf() + instead. The mingw function snwprintf() has fewer bugs than the + MSVCRT function _snwprintf(), so prefer that. */ +# if defined __MINGW32__ +# define SNPRINTF snwprintf +# else +# define SNPRINTF _snwprintf +# endif +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define SNPRINTF swprintf +# endif +#else + /* TCHAR_T is char. */ + /* Use snprintf if it exists under the name 'snprintf' or '_snprintf'. + But don't use it on BeOS, since BeOS snprintf produces no output if the + size argument is >= 0x3000000. + Also don't use it on Linux libc5, since there snprintf with size = 1 + writes any output without bounds, like sprintf. */ +# if (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined __BEOS__ && !(__GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1) +# define USE_SNPRINTF 1 +# else +# define USE_SNPRINTF 0 +# endif +# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF + /* Windows. The mingw function snprintf() has fewer bugs than the MSVCRT + function _snprintf(), so prefer that. */ +# if defined __MINGW32__ +# define SNPRINTF snprintf + /* Here we need to call the native snprintf, not rpl_snprintf. */ +# undef snprintf +# else +# define SNPRINTF _snprintf +# endif +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define SNPRINTF snprintf + /* Here we need to call the native snprintf, not rpl_snprintf. */ +# undef snprintf +# endif +#endif +/* Here we need to call the native sprintf, not rpl_sprintf. */ +#undef sprintf + +/* GCC >= 4.0 with -Wall emits unjustified "... may be used uninitialized" + warnings in this file. Use -Dlint to suppress them. */ +#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint +# define IF_LINT(Code) Code +#else +# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */ +#endif + +/* Avoid some warnings from "gcc -Wshadow". + This file doesn't use the exp() and remainder() functions. */ +#undef exp +#define exp expo +#undef remainder +#define remainder rem + +#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99) && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# if (HAVE_STRNLEN && !defined _AIX) +# define local_strnlen strnlen +# else +# ifndef local_strnlen_defined +# define local_strnlen_defined 1 +static size_t +local_strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen) +{ + const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen); + return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if (((!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99) && WIDE_CHAR_VERSION) || ((!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS && !defined IN_LIBINTL)) && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION && DCHAR_IS_TCHAR)) && HAVE_WCHAR_T +# if HAVE_WCSLEN +# define local_wcslen wcslen +# else + /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid + a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute. + Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included + twice in the same compilation unit. */ +# ifndef local_wcslen_defined +# define local_wcslen_defined 1 +static size_t +local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s) +{ + const wchar_t *ptr; + + for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++) + ; + return ptr - s; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99) && HAVE_WCHAR_T && WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# if HAVE_WCSNLEN +# define local_wcsnlen wcsnlen +# else +# ifndef local_wcsnlen_defined +# define local_wcsnlen_defined 1 +static size_t +local_wcsnlen (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen) +{ + const wchar_t *ptr; + + for (ptr = s; maxlen > 0 && *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++, maxlen--) + ; + return ptr - s; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +/* Determine the decimal-point character according to the current locale. */ +# ifndef decimal_point_char_defined +# define decimal_point_char_defined 1 +static char +decimal_point_char (void) +{ + const char *point; + /* Determine it in a multithread-safe way. We know nl_langinfo is + multithread-safe on glibc systems and Mac OS X systems, but is not required + to be multithread-safe by POSIX. sprintf(), however, is multithread-safe. + localeconv() is rarely multithread-safe. */ +# if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO && (__GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__)) + point = nl_langinfo (RADIXCHAR); +# elif 1 + char pointbuf[5]; + sprintf (pointbuf, "%#.0f", 1.0); + point = &pointbuf[1]; +# else + point = localeconv () -> decimal_point; +# endif + /* The decimal point is always a single byte: either '.' or ','. */ + return (point[0] != '\0' ? point[0] : '.'); +} +# endif +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL + +/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x) || x == 0, but does not require libm. */ +static int +is_infinite_or_zero (double x) +{ + return isnand (x) || x + x == x; +} + +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL + +/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x) || x == 0, but does not require libm. */ +static int +is_infinite_or_zerol (long double x) +{ + return isnanl (x) || x + x == x; +} + +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL + +/* Converting 'long double' to decimal without rare rounding bugs requires + real bignums. We use the naming conventions of GNU gmp, but vastly simpler + (and slower) algorithms. */ + +typedef unsigned int mp_limb_t; +# define GMP_LIMB_BITS 32 +verify (sizeof (mp_limb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_LIMB_BITS); + +typedef unsigned long long mp_twolimb_t; +# define GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS 64 +verify (sizeof (mp_twolimb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS); + +/* Representation of a bignum >= 0. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t nlimbs; + mp_limb_t *limbs; /* Bits in little-endian order, allocated with malloc(). */ +} mpn_t; + +/* Compute the product of two bignums >= 0. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +multiply (mpn_t src1, mpn_t src2, mpn_t *dest) +{ + const mp_limb_t *p1; + const mp_limb_t *p2; + size_t len1; + size_t len2; + + if (src1.nlimbs <= src2.nlimbs) + { + len1 = src1.nlimbs; + p1 = src1.limbs; + len2 = src2.nlimbs; + p2 = src2.limbs; + } + else + { + len1 = src2.nlimbs; + p1 = src2.limbs; + len2 = src1.nlimbs; + p2 = src1.limbs; + } + /* Now 0 <= len1 <= len2. */ + if (len1 == 0) + { + /* src1 or src2 is zero. */ + dest->nlimbs = 0; + dest->limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (1); + } + else + { + /* Here 1 <= len1 <= len2. */ + size_t dlen; + mp_limb_t *dp; + size_t k, i, j; + + dlen = len1 + len2; + dp = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (dlen * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (dp == NULL) + return NULL; + for (k = len2; k > 0; ) + dp[--k] = 0; + for (i = 0; i < len1; i++) + { + mp_limb_t digit1 = p1[i]; + mp_twolimb_t carry = 0; + for (j = 0; j < len2; j++) + { + mp_limb_t digit2 = p2[j]; + carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2; + carry += dp[i + j]; + dp[i + j] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + dp[i + len2] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + } + /* Normalise. */ + while (dlen > 0 && dp[dlen - 1] == 0) + dlen--; + dest->nlimbs = dlen; + dest->limbs = dp; + } + return dest->limbs; +} + +/* Compute the quotient of a bignum a >= 0 and a bignum b > 0. + a is written as a = q * b + r with 0 <= r < b. q is the quotient, r + the remainder. + Finally, round-to-even is performed: If r > b/2 or if r = b/2 and q is odd, + q is incremented. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +divide (mpn_t a, mpn_t b, mpn_t *q) +{ + /* Algorithm: + First normalise a and b: a=[a[m-1],...,a[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]] + with m>=0 and n>0 (in base beta = 2^GMP_LIMB_BITS). + If m<n, then q:=0 and r:=a. + If m>=n=1, perform a single-precision division: + r:=0, j:=m, + while j>0 do + {Here (q[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+q[j]*beta^j) * b[0] + r*beta^j = + = a[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+a[j]*beta^j und 0<=r<b[0]<beta} + j:=j-1, r:=r*beta+a[j], q[j]:=floor(r/b[0]), r:=r-b[0]*q[j]. + Normalise [q[m-1],...,q[0]], yields q. + If m>=n>1, perform a multiple-precision division: + We have a/b < beta^(m-n+1). + s:=intDsize-1-(highest bit in b[n-1]), 0<=s<intDsize. + Shift a and b left by s bits, copying them. r:=a. + r=[r[m],...,r[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]] with b[n-1]>=beta/2. + For j=m-n,...,0: {Here 0 <= r < b*beta^(j+1).} + Compute q* : + q* := floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1])/b[n-1]). + In case of overflow (q* >= beta) set q* := beta-1. + Compute c2 := ((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1])*beta + r[j+n-2] + and c3 := b[n-2] * q*. + {We have 0 <= c2 < 2*beta^2, even 0 <= c2 < beta^2 if no overflow + occurred. Furthermore 0 <= c3 < beta^2. + If there was overflow and + r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - q* * b[n-1] >= beta, i.e. c2 >= beta^2, + the next test can be skipped.} + While c3 > c2, {Here 0 <= c2 < c3 < beta^2} + Put q* := q* - 1, c2 := c2 + b[n-1]*beta, c3 := c3 - b[n-2]. + If q* > 0: + Put r := r - b * q* * beta^j. In detail: + [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] - q* * [b[n-1],...,b[0]]. + hence: u:=0, for i:=0 to n-1 do + u := u + q* * b[i], + r[j+i]:=r[j+i]-(u mod beta) (+ beta, if carry), + u:=u div beta (+ 1, if carry in subtraction) + r[n+j]:=r[n+j]-u. + {Since always u = (q* * [b[i-1],...,b[0]] div beta^i) + 1 + < q* + 1 <= beta, + the carry u does not overflow.} + If a negative carry occurs, put q* := q* - 1 + and [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] + [0,b[n-1],...,b[0]]. + Set q[j] := q*. + Normalise [q[m-n],..,q[0]]; this yields the quotient q. + Shift [r[n-1],...,r[0]] right by s bits and normalise; this yields the + rest r. + The room for q[j] can be allocated at the memory location of r[n+j]. + Finally, round-to-even: + Shift r left by 1 bit. + If r > b or if r = b and q[0] is odd, q := q+1. + */ + const mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs; + size_t a_len = a.nlimbs; + const mp_limb_t *b_ptr = b.limbs; + size_t b_len = b.nlimbs; + mp_limb_t *roomptr; + mp_limb_t *tmp_roomptr = NULL; + mp_limb_t *q_ptr; + size_t q_len; + mp_limb_t *r_ptr; + size_t r_len; + + /* Allocate room for a_len+2 digits. + (Need a_len+1 digits for the real division and 1 more digit for the + final rounding of q.) */ + roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((a_len + 2) * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (roomptr == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Normalise a. */ + while (a_len > 0 && a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0) + a_len--; + + /* Normalise b. */ + for (;;) + { + if (b_len == 0) + /* Division by zero. */ + abort (); + if (b_ptr[b_len - 1] == 0) + b_len--; + else + break; + } + + /* Here m = a_len >= 0 and n = b_len > 0. */ + + if (a_len < b_len) + { + /* m<n: trivial case. q=0, r := copy of a. */ + r_ptr = roomptr; + r_len = a_len; + memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + q_ptr = roomptr + a_len; + q_len = 0; + } + else if (b_len == 1) + { + /* n=1: single precision division. + beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m ==> beta^(m-2) <= a/b < beta^m */ + r_ptr = roomptr; + q_ptr = roomptr + 1; + { + mp_limb_t den = b_ptr[0]; + mp_limb_t remainder = 0; + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr + a_len; + mp_limb_t *destptr = q_ptr + a_len; + size_t count; + for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--) + { + mp_twolimb_t num = + ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--sourceptr; + *--destptr = num / den; + remainder = num % den; + } + /* Normalise and store r. */ + if (remainder > 0) + { + r_ptr[0] = remainder; + r_len = 1; + } + else + r_len = 0; + /* Normalise q. */ + q_len = a_len; + if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0) + q_len--; + } + } + else + { + /* n>1: multiple precision division. + beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m, beta^(n-1) <= b < beta^n ==> + beta^(m-n-1) <= a/b < beta^(m-n+1). */ + /* Determine s. */ + size_t s; + { + mp_limb_t msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* = b[n-1], > 0 */ + /* Determine s = GMP_LIMB_BITS - integer_length (msd). + Code copied from gnulib's integer_length.c. */ +# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) + s = __builtin_clz (msd); +# else +# if defined DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT + if (GMP_LIMB_BITS <= DBL_MANT_BIT) + { + /* Use 'double' operations. + Assumes an IEEE 754 'double' implementation. */ +# define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7) +# define DBL_EXP_BIAS (DBL_EXP_MASK / 2 - 1) +# define NWORDS \ + ((sizeof (double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int)) + union { double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m; + + /* Use a single integer to floating-point conversion. */ + m.value = msd; + + s = GMP_LIMB_BITS + - (((m.word[DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD] >> DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT) & DBL_EXP_MASK) + - DBL_EXP_BIAS); + } + else +# undef NWORDS +# endif + { + s = 31; + if (msd >= 0x10000) + { + msd = msd >> 16; + s -= 16; + } + if (msd >= 0x100) + { + msd = msd >> 8; + s -= 8; + } + if (msd >= 0x10) + { + msd = msd >> 4; + s -= 4; + } + if (msd >= 0x4) + { + msd = msd >> 2; + s -= 2; + } + if (msd >= 0x2) + { + msd = msd >> 1; + s -= 1; + } + } +# endif + } + /* 0 <= s < GMP_LIMB_BITS. + Copy b, shifting it left by s bits. */ + if (s > 0) + { + tmp_roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (b_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (tmp_roomptr == NULL) + { + free (roomptr); + return NULL; + } + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = tmp_roomptr; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s; + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + /* accu must be zero, since that was how s was determined. */ + if (accu != 0) + abort (); + } + b_ptr = tmp_roomptr; + } + /* Copy a, shifting it left by s bits, yields r. + Memory layout: + At the beginning: r = roomptr[0..a_len], + at the end: r = roomptr[0..b_len-1], q = roomptr[b_len..a_len] */ + r_ptr = roomptr; + if (s == 0) + { + memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + r_ptr[a_len] = 0; + } + else + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s; + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + } + q_ptr = roomptr + b_len; + q_len = a_len - b_len + 1; /* q will have m-n+1 limbs */ + { + size_t j = a_len - b_len; /* m-n */ + mp_limb_t b_msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* b[n-1] */ + mp_limb_t b_2msd = b_ptr[b_len - 2]; /* b[n-2] */ + mp_twolimb_t b_msdd = /* b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] */ + ((mp_twolimb_t) b_msd << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | b_2msd; + /* Division loop, traversed m-n+1 times. + j counts down, b is unchanged, beta/2 <= b[n-1] < beta. */ + for (;;) + { + mp_limb_t q_star; + mp_limb_t c1; + if (r_ptr[j + b_len] < b_msd) /* r[j+n] < b[n-1] ? */ + { + /* Divide r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] by b[n-1], no overflow. */ + mp_twolimb_t num = + ((mp_twolimb_t) r_ptr[j + b_len] << GMP_LIMB_BITS) + | r_ptr[j + b_len - 1]; + q_star = num / b_msd; + c1 = num % b_msd; + } + else + { + /* Overflow, hence r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] >= beta*b[n-1]. */ + q_star = (mp_limb_t)~(mp_limb_t)0; /* q* = beta-1 */ + /* Test whether r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] >= beta + <==> r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] + b[n-1] >= beta*b[n-1]+beta + <==> b[n-1] < floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta) + {<= beta !}. + If yes, jump directly to the subtraction loop. + (Otherwise, r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] < beta + <==> floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta) = b[n-1] ) */ + if (r_ptr[j + b_len] > b_msd + || (c1 = r_ptr[j + b_len - 1] + b_msd) < b_msd) + /* r[j+n] >= b[n-1]+1 or + r[j+n] = b[n-1] and the addition r[j+n-1]+b[n-1] gives a + carry. */ + goto subtract; + } + /* q_star = q*, + c1 = (r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1] (>=0, <beta). */ + { + mp_twolimb_t c2 = /* c1*beta+r[j+n-2] */ + ((mp_twolimb_t) c1 << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | r_ptr[j + b_len - 2]; + mp_twolimb_t c3 = /* b[n-2] * q* */ + (mp_twolimb_t) b_2msd * (mp_twolimb_t) q_star; + /* While c2 < c3, increase c2 and decrease c3. + Consider c3-c2. While it is > 0, decrease it by + b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2]. Because of b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] >= beta^2/2 + this can happen only twice. */ + if (c3 > c2) + { + q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */ + if (c3 - c2 > b_msdd) + q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */ + } + } + if (q_star > 0) + subtract: + { + /* Subtract r := r - b * q* * beta^j. */ + mp_limb_t cr; + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j; + mp_twolimb_t carry = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--) + { + /* Here 0 <= carry <= q*. */ + carry = + carry + + (mp_twolimb_t) q_star * (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ + + (mp_limb_t) ~(*destptr); + /* Here 0 <= carry <= beta*q* + beta-1. */ + *destptr++ = ~(mp_limb_t) carry; + carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; /* <= q* */ + } + cr = (mp_limb_t) carry; + } + /* Subtract cr from r_ptr[j + b_len], then forget about + r_ptr[j + b_len]. */ + if (cr > r_ptr[j + b_len]) + { + /* Subtraction gave a carry. */ + q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */ + /* Add b back. */ + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j; + mp_limb_t carry = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--) + { + mp_limb_t source1 = *sourceptr++; + mp_limb_t source2 = *destptr; + *destptr++ = source1 + source2 + carry; + carry = + (carry + ? source1 >= (mp_limb_t) ~source2 + : source1 > (mp_limb_t) ~source2); + } + } + /* Forget about the carry and about r[j+n]. */ + } + } + /* q* is determined. Store it as q[j]. */ + q_ptr[j] = q_star; + if (j == 0) + break; + j--; + } + } + r_len = b_len; + /* Normalise q. */ + if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0) + q_len--; +# if 0 /* Not needed here, since we need r only to compare it with b/2, and + b is shifted left by s bits. */ + /* Shift r right by s bits. */ + if (s > 0) + { + mp_limb_t ptr = r_ptr + r_len; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = r_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu = (mp_twolimb_t) (mp_limb_t) accu << GMP_LIMB_BITS; + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *--ptr << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - s); + *ptr = (mp_limb_t) (accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS); + } + } +# endif + /* Normalise r. */ + while (r_len > 0 && r_ptr[r_len - 1] == 0) + r_len--; + } + /* Compare r << 1 with b. */ + if (r_len > b_len) + goto increment_q; + { + size_t i; + for (i = b_len;;) + { + mp_limb_t r_i = + (i <= r_len && i > 0 ? r_ptr[i - 1] >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) : 0) + | (i < r_len ? r_ptr[i] << 1 : 0); + mp_limb_t b_i = (i < b_len ? b_ptr[i] : 0); + if (r_i > b_i) + goto increment_q; + if (r_i < b_i) + goto keep_q; + if (i == 0) + break; + i--; + } + } + if (q_len > 0 && ((q_ptr[0] & 1) != 0)) + /* q is odd. */ + increment_q: + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < q_len; i++) + if (++(q_ptr[i]) != 0) + goto keep_q; + q_ptr[q_len++] = 1; + } + keep_q: + if (tmp_roomptr != NULL) + free (tmp_roomptr); + q->limbs = q_ptr; + q->nlimbs = q_len; + return roomptr; +} + +/* Convert a bignum a >= 0, multiplied with 10^extra_zeroes, to decimal + representation. + Destroys the contents of a. + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +convert_to_decimal (mpn_t a, size_t extra_zeroes) +{ + mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs; + size_t a_len = a.nlimbs; + /* 0.03345 is slightly larger than log(2)/(9*log(10)). */ + size_t c_len = 9 * ((size_t)(a_len * (GMP_LIMB_BITS * 0.03345f)) + 1); + char *c_ptr = (char *) malloc (xsum (c_len, extra_zeroes)); + if (c_ptr != NULL) + { + char *d_ptr = c_ptr; + for (; extra_zeroes > 0; extra_zeroes--) + *d_ptr++ = '0'; + while (a_len > 0) + { + /* Divide a by 10^9, in-place. */ + mp_limb_t remainder = 0; + mp_limb_t *ptr = a_ptr + a_len; + size_t count; + for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--) + { + mp_twolimb_t num = + ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--ptr; + *ptr = num / 1000000000; + remainder = num % 1000000000; + } + /* Store the remainder as 9 decimal digits. */ + for (count = 9; count > 0; count--) + { + *d_ptr++ = '0' + (remainder % 10); + remainder = remainder / 10; + } + /* Normalize a. */ + if (a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0) + a_len--; + } + /* Remove leading zeroes. */ + while (d_ptr > c_ptr && d_ptr[-1] == '0') + d_ptr--; + /* But keep at least one zero. */ + if (d_ptr == c_ptr) + *d_ptr++ = '0'; + /* Terminate the string. */ + *d_ptr = '\0'; + } + return c_ptr; +} + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0: + write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +decode_long_double (long double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp) +{ + mpn_t m; + int exp; + long double y; + size_t i; + + /* Allocate memory for result. */ + m.nlimbs = (LDBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS; + m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (m.limbs == NULL) + return NULL; + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexpl (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * 2^LDBL_MANT_BIT), and the + latter is an integer. */ + /* Convert the mantissa (y * 2^LDBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs. + I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'long double' value between + 2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only + 'long double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int', + doesn't matter). */ +# if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0 +# if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2 + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } +# else + { + mp_limb_t d; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS); + d = (int) y; + y -= d; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d; + } +# endif +# endif + for (i = LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; ) + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } +# if 0 /* On FreeBSD 6.1/x86, 'long double' numbers sometimes have excess + precision. */ + if (!(y == 0.0L)) + abort (); +# endif + /* Normalise. */ + while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0) + m.nlimbs--; + *mp = m; + *ep = exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT; + return m.limbs; +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0: + write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +decode_double (double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp) +{ + mpn_t m; + int exp; + double y; + size_t i; + + /* Allocate memory for result. */ + m.nlimbs = (DBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS; + m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (m.limbs == NULL) + return NULL; + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexp (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - DBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * 2^DBL_MANT_BIT), and the + latter is an integer. */ + /* Convert the mantissa (y * 2^DBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs. + I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'double' value between + 2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only + 'double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int', + doesn't matter). */ +# if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0 +# if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2 + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } +# else + { + mp_limb_t d; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS); + d = (int) y; + y -= d; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d; + } +# endif +# endif + for (i = DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; ) + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } + if (!(y == 0.0)) + abort (); + /* Normalise. */ + while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0) + m.nlimbs--; + *mp = m; + *ep = exp - DBL_MANT_BIT; + return m.limbs; +} + +# endif + +/* Assuming x = 2^e * m is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer: + Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n). + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +scale10_round_decimal_decoded (int e, mpn_t m, void *memory, int n) +{ + int s; + size_t extra_zeroes; + unsigned int abs_n; + unsigned int abs_s; + mp_limb_t *pow5_ptr; + size_t pow5_len; + unsigned int s_limbs; + unsigned int s_bits; + mpn_t pow5; + mpn_t z; + void *z_memory; + char *digits; + + if (memory == NULL) + return NULL; + /* x = 2^e * m, hence + y = round (2^e * 10^n * m) = round (2^(e+n) * 5^n * m) + = round (2^s * 5^n * m). */ + s = e + n; + extra_zeroes = 0; + /* Factor out a common power of 10 if possible. */ + if (s > 0 && n > 0) + { + extra_zeroes = (s < n ? s : n); + s -= extra_zeroes; + n -= extra_zeroes; + } + /* Here y = round (2^s * 5^n * m) * 10^extra_zeroes. + Before converting to decimal, we need to compute + z = round (2^s * 5^n * m). */ + /* Compute 5^|n|, possibly shifted by |s| bits if n and s have the same + sign. 2.322 is slightly larger than log(5)/log(2). */ + abs_n = (n >= 0 ? n : -n); + abs_s = (s >= 0 ? s : -s); + pow5_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (((int)(abs_n * (2.322f / GMP_LIMB_BITS)) + 1 + + abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS + 1) + * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (pow5_ptr == NULL) + { + free (memory); + return NULL; + } + /* Initialize with 1. */ + pow5_ptr[0] = 1; + pow5_len = 1; + /* Multiply with 5^|n|. */ + if (abs_n > 0) + { + static mp_limb_t const small_pow5[13 + 1] = + { + 1, 5, 25, 125, 625, 3125, 15625, 78125, 390625, 1953125, 9765625, + 48828125, 244140625, 1220703125 + }; + unsigned int n13; + for (n13 = 0; n13 <= abs_n; n13 += 13) + { + mp_limb_t digit1 = small_pow5[n13 + 13 <= abs_n ? 13 : abs_n - n13]; + size_t j; + mp_twolimb_t carry = 0; + for (j = 0; j < pow5_len; j++) + { + mp_limb_t digit2 = pow5_ptr[j]; + carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2; + pow5_ptr[j] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (carry > 0) + pow5_ptr[pow5_len++] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + } + } + s_limbs = abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS; + s_bits = abs_s % GMP_LIMB_BITS; + if (n >= 0 ? s >= 0 : s <= 0) + { + /* Multiply with 2^|s|. */ + if (s_bits > 0) + { + mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = pow5_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *ptr << s_bits; + *ptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (accu > 0) + { + *ptr = (mp_limb_t) accu; + pow5_len++; + } + } + if (s_limbs > 0) + { + size_t count; + for (count = pow5_len; count > 0;) + { + count--; + pow5_ptr[s_limbs + count] = pow5_ptr[count]; + } + for (count = s_limbs; count > 0;) + { + count--; + pow5_ptr[count] = 0; + } + pow5_len += s_limbs; + } + pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr; + pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len; + if (n >= 0) + { + /* Multiply m with pow5. No division needed. */ + z_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &z); + } + else + { + /* Divide m by pow5 and round. */ + z_memory = divide (m, pow5, &z); + } + } + else + { + pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr; + pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len; + if (n >= 0) + { + /* n >= 0, s < 0. + Multiply m with pow5, then divide by 2^|s|. */ + mpn_t numerator; + mpn_t denominator; + void *tmp_memory; + tmp_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &numerator); + if (tmp_memory == NULL) + { + free (pow5_ptr); + free (memory); + return NULL; + } + /* Construct 2^|s|. */ + { + mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr + pow5_len; + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++) + ptr[i] = 0; + ptr[s_limbs] = (mp_limb_t) 1 << s_bits; + denominator.limbs = ptr; + denominator.nlimbs = s_limbs + 1; + } + z_memory = divide (numerator, denominator, &z); + free (tmp_memory); + } + else + { + /* n < 0, s > 0. + Multiply m with 2^s, then divide by pow5. */ + mpn_t numerator; + mp_limb_t *num_ptr; + num_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((m.nlimbs + s_limbs + 1) + * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (num_ptr == NULL) + { + free (pow5_ptr); + free (memory); + return NULL; + } + { + mp_limb_t *destptr = num_ptr; + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++) + *destptr++ = 0; + } + if (s_bits > 0) + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s_bits; + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (accu > 0) + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + } + else + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs; + size_t count; + for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--) + *destptr++ = *sourceptr++; + } + numerator.limbs = num_ptr; + numerator.nlimbs = destptr - num_ptr; + } + z_memory = divide (numerator, pow5, &z); + free (num_ptr); + } + } + free (pow5_ptr); + free (memory); + + /* Here y = round (x * 10^n) = z * 10^extra_zeroes. */ + + if (z_memory == NULL) + return NULL; + digits = convert_to_decimal (z, extra_zeroes); + free (z_memory); + return digits; +} + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer: + Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n). + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +scale10_round_decimal_long_double (long double x, int n) +{ + int e IF_LINT(= 0); + mpn_t m; + void *memory = decode_long_double (x, &e, &m); + return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n); +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer: + Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n). + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +scale10_round_decimal_double (double x, int n) +{ + int e IF_LINT(= 0); + mpn_t m; + void *memory = decode_double (x, &e, &m); + return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n); +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and > 0: + Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1). + The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes. */ +static int +floorlog10l (long double x) +{ + int exp; + long double y; + double z; + double l; + + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexpl (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + if (y == 0.0L) + return INT_MIN; + if (y < 0.5L) + { + while (y < (1.0L / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 16))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 16); + exp -= 16; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 8))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 8); + exp -= 8; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 4))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 4); + exp -= 4; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 2))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 2); + exp -= 2; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 1))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 1); + exp -= 1; + } + } + if (!(y >= 0.5L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y). */ + l = exp; + z = y; + if (z < 0.70710678118654752444) + { + z *= 1.4142135623730950488; + l -= 0.5; + } + if (z < 0.8408964152537145431) + { + z *= 1.1892071150027210667; + l -= 0.25; + } + if (z < 0.91700404320467123175) + { + z *= 1.0905077326652576592; + l -= 0.125; + } + if (z < 0.9576032806985736469) + { + z *= 1.0442737824274138403; + l -= 0.0625; + } + /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01. */ + z = 1 - z; + /* log2(1-z) = 1/log(2) * (- z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ...) + Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7. */ + l -= 1.4426950408889634074 * z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25))); + /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for + log10(x). */ + l *= 0.30102999566398119523; + /* Round down to the next integer. */ + return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0); +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and > 0: + Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1). + The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes. */ +static int +floorlog10 (double x) +{ + int exp; + double y; + double z; + double l; + + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexp (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + if (y == 0.0) + return INT_MIN; + if (y < 0.5) + { + while (y < (1.0 / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 16))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 16); + exp -= 16; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 8))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 8); + exp -= 8; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 4))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 4); + exp -= 4; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 2))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 2); + exp -= 2; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 1))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 1); + exp -= 1; + } + } + if (!(y >= 0.5 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y). */ + l = exp; + z = y; + if (z < 0.70710678118654752444) + { + z *= 1.4142135623730950488; + l -= 0.5; + } + if (z < 0.8408964152537145431) + { + z *= 1.1892071150027210667; + l -= 0.25; + } + if (z < 0.91700404320467123175) + { + z *= 1.0905077326652576592; + l -= 0.125; + } + if (z < 0.9576032806985736469) + { + z *= 1.0442737824274138403; + l -= 0.0625; + } + /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01. */ + z = 1 - z; + /* log2(1-z) = 1/log(2) * (- z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ...) + Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7. */ + l -= 1.4426950408889634074 * z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25))); + /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for + log10(x). */ + l *= 0.30102999566398119523; + /* Round down to the next integer. */ + return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0); +} + +# endif + +/* Tests whether a string of digits consists of exactly PRECISION zeroes and + a single '1' digit. */ +static int +is_borderline (const char *digits, size_t precision) +{ + for (; precision > 0; precision--, digits++) + if (*digits != '0') + return 0; + if (*digits != '1') + return 0; + digits++; + return *digits == '\0'; +} + +#endif + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 + +/* Use a different function name, to make it possible that the 'wchar_t' + parametrization and the 'char' parametrization get compiled in the same + translation unit. */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# define MAX_ROOM_NEEDED wmax_room_needed +# else +# define MAX_ROOM_NEEDED max_room_needed +# endif + +/* Returns the number of TCHAR_T units needed as temporary space for the result + of sprintf or SNPRINTF of a single conversion directive. */ +static size_t +MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (const arguments *ap, size_t arg_index, FCHAR_T conversion, + arg_type type, int flags, size_t width, int has_precision, + size_t precision, int pad_ourselves) +{ + size_t tmp_length; + + switch (conversion) + { + case 'd': case 'i': case 'u': +# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length); + /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); + break; + + case 'o': +# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); + break; + + case 'x': case 'X': +# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2); + break; + + case 'f': case 'F': + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); + break; + + case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + tmp_length = + 12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); + break; + + case 'a': case 'A': + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (LDBL_DIG + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (DBL_DIG + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12); + break; + + case 'c': +# if HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR) + tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX; + else +# endif + tmp_length = 1; + break; + + case 's': +# if HAVE_WCHAR_T + if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING) + { +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* ISO C says about %ls in fwprintf: + "If the precision is not specified or is greater than the size + of the array, the array shall contain a null wide character." + So if there is a precision, we must not use wcslen. */ + const wchar_t *arg = ap->arg[arg_index].a.a_wide_string; + + if (has_precision) + tmp_length = local_wcsnlen (arg, precision); + else + tmp_length = local_wcslen (arg); +# else + /* ISO C says about %ls in fprintf: + "If a precision is specified, no more than that many bytes are + written (including shift sequences, if any), and the array + shall contain a null wide character if, to equal the multibyte + character sequence length given by the precision, the function + would need to access a wide character one past the end of the + array." + So if there is a precision, we must not use wcslen. */ + /* This case has already been handled separately in VASNPRINTF. */ + abort (); +# endif + } + else +# endif + { +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* ISO C says about %s in fwprintf: + "If the precision is not specified or is greater than the size + of the converted array, the converted array shall contain a + null wide character." + So if there is a precision, we must not use strlen. */ + /* This case has already been handled separately in VASNPRINTF. */ + abort (); +# else + /* ISO C says about %s in fprintf: + "If the precision is not specified or greater than the size of + the array, the array shall contain a null character." + So if there is a precision, we must not use strlen. */ + const char *arg = ap->arg[arg_index].a.a_string; + + if (has_precision) + tmp_length = local_strnlen (arg, precision); + else + tmp_length = strlen (arg); +# endif + } + break; + + case 'p': + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 2; /* account for leading 0x */ + break; + + default: + abort (); + } + + if (!pad_ourselves) + { +# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* Padding considers the number of characters, therefore the number of + elements after padding may be + > max (tmp_length, width) + but is certainly + <= tmp_length + width. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, width); +# else + /* Padding considers the number of elements, says POSIX. */ + if (tmp_length < width) + tmp_length = width; +# endif + } + + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ + + return tmp_length; +} + +#endif + +DCHAR_T * +VASNPRINTF (DCHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, + const FCHAR_T *format, va_list args) +{ + DIRECTIVES d; + arguments a; + + if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0) + /* errno is already set. */ + return NULL; + +#define CLEANUP() \ + if (d.dir != d.direct_alloc_dir) \ + free (d.dir); \ + if (a.arg != a.direct_alloc_arg) \ + free (a.arg); + + if (PRINTF_FETCHARGS (args, &a) < 0) + { + CLEANUP (); + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + + { + size_t buf_neededlength; + TCHAR_T *buf; + TCHAR_T *buf_malloced; + const FCHAR_T *cp; + size_t i; + DIRECTIVE *dp; + /* Output string accumulator. */ + DCHAR_T *result; + size_t allocated; + size_t length; + + /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to + sprintf or snprintf. */ + buf_neededlength = + xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6); +#if HAVE_ALLOCA + if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + { + buf = (TCHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + buf_malloced = NULL; + } + else +#endif + { + size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize)) + goto out_of_memory_1; + buf = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize); + if (buf == NULL) + goto out_of_memory_1; + buf_malloced = buf; + } + + if (resultbuf != NULL) + { + result = resultbuf; + allocated = *lengthp; + } + else + { + result = NULL; + allocated = 0; + } + length = 0; + /* Invariants: + result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated. + If length > 0, then result != NULL. */ + + /* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to + out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */ +#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \ + if ((needed) > allocated) \ + { \ + size_t memory_size; \ + DCHAR_T *memory; \ + \ + allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \ + if ((needed) > allocated) \ + allocated = (needed); \ + memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (DCHAR_T)); \ + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \ + memory = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \ + else \ + memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \ + if (memory == NULL) \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \ + DCHAR_CPY (memory, result, length); \ + result = memory; \ + } + + for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++) + { + if (cp != dp->dir_start) + { + size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp; + size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); + /* This copies a piece of FCHAR_T[] into a DCHAR_T[]. Here we + need that the format string contains only ASCII characters + if FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type. */ + if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (DCHAR_T)) + { + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, (const DCHAR_T *) cp, n); + length = augmented_length; + } + else + { + do + result[length++] = *cp++; + while (--n > 0); + } + } + if (i == d.count) + break; + + /* Execute a single directive. */ + if (dp->conversion == '%') + { + size_t augmented_length; + + if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)) + abort (); + augmented_length = xsum (length, 1); + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); + result[length] = '%'; + length = augmented_length; + } + else + { + if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE)) + abort (); + + if (dp->conversion == 'n') + { + switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type) + { + case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length; + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length; + break; +#endif + default: + abort (); + } + } +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + else if (dp->conversion == 'U') + { + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; + int flags = dp->flags; + int has_width; + size_t width; + int has_precision; + size_t precision; + + has_width = 0; + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + width = arg; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = -width; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + has_width = 1; + } + + has_precision = 0; + precision = 0; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } + + switch (type) + { + case TYPE_U8_STRING: + { + const uint8_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u8_string; + const uint8_t *arg_end; + size_t characters; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + { + int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else if (has_width) + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of + characters. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + u8_strlen (arg); + /* The number of characters doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } + + if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + +# if DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T + { + size_t n = arg_end - arg; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n); + length += n; + } +# else + { /* Convert. */ + DCHAR_T *converted = result + length; + size_t converted_len = allocated - length; +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert from UTF-8 to locale encoding. */ + converted = + u8_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + arg, arg_end - arg, NULL, + converted, &converted_len); +# else + /* Convert from UTF-8 to UTF-16/UTF-32. */ + converted = + U8_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg, + converted, &converted_len); +# endif + if (converted == NULL) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + if (converted != result + length) + { + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len); + free (converted); + } + length += converted_len; + } +# endif + + if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } + break; + + case TYPE_U16_STRING: + { + const uint16_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u16_string; + const uint16_t *arg_end; + size_t characters; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + { + int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else if (has_width) + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of + characters. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + u16_strlen (arg); + /* The number of characters doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } + + if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + +# if DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T + { + size_t n = arg_end - arg; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n); + length += n; + } +# else + { /* Convert. */ + DCHAR_T *converted = result + length; + size_t converted_len = allocated - length; +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert from UTF-16 to locale encoding. */ + converted = + u16_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + arg, arg_end - arg, NULL, + converted, &converted_len); +# else + /* Convert from UTF-16 to UTF-8/UTF-32. */ + converted = + U16_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg, + converted, &converted_len); +# endif + if (converted == NULL) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + if (converted != result + length) + { + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len); + free (converted); + } + length += converted_len; + } +# endif + + if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } + break; + + case TYPE_U32_STRING: + { + const uint32_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u32_string; + const uint32_t *arg_end; + size_t characters; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + { + int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else if (has_width) + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of + characters. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + u32_strlen (arg); + /* The number of characters doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } + + if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + +# if DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T + { + size_t n = arg_end - arg; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n); + length += n; + } +# else + { /* Convert. */ + DCHAR_T *converted = result + length; + size_t converted_len = allocated - length; +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert from UTF-32 to locale encoding. */ + converted = + u32_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + arg, arg_end - arg, NULL, + converted, &converted_len); +# else + /* Convert from UTF-32 to UTF-8/UTF-16. */ + converted = + U32_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg, + converted, &converted_len); +# endif + if (converted == NULL) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + if (converted != result + length) + { + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len); + free (converted); + } + length += converted_len; + } +# endif + + if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } + break; + + default: + abort (); + } + } +#endif +#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS && !defined IN_LIBINTL)) && HAVE_WCHAR_T + else if (dp->conversion == 's' +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + && a.arg[dp->arg_index].type != TYPE_WIDE_STRING +# else + && a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING +# endif + ) + { + /* The normal handling of the 's' directive below requires + allocating a temporary buffer. The determination of its + length (tmp_length), in the case when a precision is + specified, below requires a conversion between a char[] + string and a wchar_t[] wide string. It could be done, but + we have no guarantee that the implementation of sprintf will + use the exactly same algorithm. Without this guarantee, it + is possible to have buffer overrun bugs. In order to avoid + such bugs, we implement the entire processing of the 's' + directive ourselves. */ + int flags = dp->flags; + int has_width; + size_t width; + int has_precision; + size_t precision; + + has_width = 0; + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + width = arg; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = -width; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + has_width = 1; + } + + has_precision = 0; + precision = 6; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } + +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* %s in vasnwprintf. See the specification of fwprintf. */ + { + const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string; + const char *arg_end; + size_t characters; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only as many bytes as needed to produce PRECISION + wide characters, from the left. */ +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + { + int count; +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + count = mbrlen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX, &state); +# else + count = mblen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX); +# endif + if (count == 0) + /* Found the terminating NUL. */ + break; + if (count < 0) + { + /* Invalid or incomplete multibyte character. */ + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else if (has_width) + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of wide + characters. */ +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + int count; +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + count = mbrlen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX, &state); +# else + count = mblen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX); +# endif + if (count == 0) + /* Found the terminating NUL. */ + break; + if (count < 0) + { + /* Invalid or incomplete multibyte character. */ + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + strlen (arg); + /* The number of characters doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } + + if (characters < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + + if (has_precision || has_width) + { + /* We know the number of wide characters in advance. */ + size_t remaining; +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, characters)); + for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; remaining--) + { + wchar_t wc; + int count; +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + count = mbrtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg, &state); +# else + count = mbtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg); +# endif + if (count <= 0) + /* mbrtowc not consistent with mbrlen, or mbtowc + not consistent with mblen. */ + abort (); + result[length++] = wc; + arg += count; + } + if (!(arg == arg_end)) + abort (); + } + else + { +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + while (arg < arg_end) + { + wchar_t wc; + int count; +# if HAVE_MBRTOWC + count = mbrtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg, &state); +# else + count = mbtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg); +# endif + if (count <= 0) + /* mbrtowc not consistent with mbrlen, or mbtowc + not consistent with mblen. */ + abort (); + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); + result[length++] = wc; + arg += count; + } + } + + if (characters < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } +# else + /* %ls in vasnprintf. See the specification of fprintf. */ + { + const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string; + const wchar_t *arg_end; + size_t characters; +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'. */ + verify (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1); + TCHAR_T *tmpsrc; + DCHAR_T *tmpdst; + size_t tmpdst_len; +# endif + size_t w; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only as many wide characters as needed to produce + at most PRECISION bytes, from the left. */ +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + while (precision > 0) + { + char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64. */ + int count; + + if (*arg_end == 0) + /* Found the terminating null wide character. */ + break; +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg_end, &state); +# else + count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg_end); +# endif + if (count < 0) + { + /* Cannot convert. */ + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + if (precision < count) + break; + arg_end++; + characters += count; + precision -= count; + } + } +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + else if (has_width) +# else + else +# endif + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of + bytes. */ +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64. */ + int count; + + if (*arg_end == 0) + /* Found the terminating null wide character. */ + break; +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg_end, &state); +# else + count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg_end); +# endif + if (count < 0) + { + /* Cannot convert. */ + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end++; + characters += count; + } + } +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + local_wcslen (arg); + /* The number of bytes doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } +# endif + +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert the string into a piece of temporary memory. */ + tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (characters * sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + if (tmpsrc == NULL) + goto out_of_memory; + { + TCHAR_T *tmpptr = tmpsrc; + size_t remaining; +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; ) + { + char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64. */ + int count; + + if (*arg == 0) + abort (); +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state); +# else + count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg); +# endif + if (count <= 0) + /* Inconsistency. */ + abort (); + memcpy (tmpptr, cbuf, count); + tmpptr += count; + arg++; + remaining -= count; + } + if (!(arg == arg_end)) + abort (); + } + + /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[]. */ + tmpdst = + DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + tmpsrc, characters, + NULL, + NULL, &tmpdst_len); + if (tmpdst == NULL) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + free (tmpsrc); + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + free (tmpsrc); +# endif + + if (has_width) + { +# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* Outside POSIX, it's preferable to compare the width + against the number of _characters_ of the converted + value. */ + w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, characters); +# else + /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_ + of the converted value, says POSIX. */ + w = characters; +# endif + } + else + /* w doesn't matter. */ + w = 0; + + if (w < width && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - w; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + if (has_precision || has_width) + { + /* We know the number of bytes in advance. */ + size_t remaining; +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, characters)); + for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; ) + { + char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64. */ + int count; + + if (*arg == 0) + abort (); +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state); +# else + count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg); +# endif + if (count <= 0) + /* Inconsistency. */ + abort (); + memcpy (result + length, cbuf, count); + length += count; + arg++; + remaining -= count; + } + if (!(arg == arg_end)) + abort (); + } + else + { +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + mbstate_t state; + memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); +# endif + while (arg < arg_end) + { + char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64. */ + int count; + + if (*arg == 0) + abort (); +# if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t + count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state); +# else + count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg); +# endif + if (count <= 0) + { + /* Cannot convert. */ + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count)); + memcpy (result + length, cbuf, count); + length += count; + arg++; + } + } +# else + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, tmpdst_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len); + free (tmpdst); + length += tmpdst_len; +# endif + + if (w < width && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - w; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } +# endif + } +#endif +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL + else if ((dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A') +# if !(NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE)) + && (0 +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE +# endif + ) +# endif + ) + { + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; + int flags = dp->flags; + size_t width; + int has_precision; + size_t precision; + size_t tmp_length; + size_t count; + DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; + DCHAR_T *tmp; + DCHAR_T *pad_ptr; + DCHAR_T *p; + + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + width = arg; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = -width; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + } + + has_precision = 0; + precision = 0; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } + + /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size. */ + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1) + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1) + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12); + + if (tmp_length < width) + tmp_length = width; + + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ + + if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T)) + tmp = tmpbuf; + else + { + size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + + if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); + if (tmp == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + } + + pad_ptr = NULL; + p = tmp; + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + + if (isnanl (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING + + BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { + int exponent; + long double mantissa; + + if (arg > 0.0L) + mantissa = printf_frexpl (arg, &exponent); + else + { + exponent = 0; + mantissa = 0.0L; + } + + if (has_precision + && precision < (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1) + { + /* Round the mantissa. */ + long double tail = mantissa; + size_t q; + + for (q = precision; ; q--) + { + int digit = (int) tail; + tail -= digit; + if (q == 0) + { + if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5L : tail > 0.5L) + tail = 1 - tail; + else + tail = - tail; + break; + } + tail *= 16.0L; + } + if (tail != 0.0L) + for (q = precision; q > 0; q--) + tail *= 0.0625L; + mantissa += tail; + } + + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X'; + pad_ptr = p; + { + int digit; + + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = '0' + digit; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) + || mantissa > 0.0L || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + /* This loop terminates because we assume + that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2. */ + while (mantissa > 0.0L) + { + mantissa *= 16.0L; + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = digit + + (digit < 10 + ? '0' + : dp->conversion - 10); + if (precision > 0) + precision--; + } + while (precision > 0) + { + *p++ = '0'; + precision--; + } + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P'; +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + } +# else + abort (); +# endif + } + else + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + + if (isnand (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { + int exponent; + double mantissa; + + if (arg > 0.0) + mantissa = printf_frexp (arg, &exponent); + else + { + exponent = 0; + mantissa = 0.0; + } + + if (has_precision + && precision < (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1) + { + /* Round the mantissa. */ + double tail = mantissa; + size_t q; + + for (q = precision; ; q--) + { + int digit = (int) tail; + tail -= digit; + if (q == 0) + { + if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5 : tail > 0.5) + tail = 1 - tail; + else + tail = - tail; + break; + } + tail *= 16.0; + } + if (tail != 0.0) + for (q = precision; q > 0; q--) + tail *= 0.0625; + mantissa += tail; + } + + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X'; + pad_ptr = p; + { + int digit; + + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = '0' + digit; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) + || mantissa > 0.0 || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + /* This loop terminates because we assume + that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2. */ + while (mantissa > 0.0) + { + mantissa *= 16.0; + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = digit + + (digit < 10 + ? '0' + : dp->conversion - 10); + if (precision > 0) + precision--; + } + while (precision > 0) + { + *p++ = '0'; + precision--; + } + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P'; +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + } +# else + abort (); +# endif + } + + /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the + zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr. */ + count = p - tmp; + + if (count < width) + { + size_t pad = width - count; + DCHAR_T *end = p + pad; + + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + { + /* Pad with spaces on the right. */ + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL) + { + /* Pad with zeroes. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > pad_ptr) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + else + { + /* Pad with spaces on the left. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > tmp) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + + p = end; + } + + count = p - tmp; + + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); + + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (count >= allocated - length) + { + size_t n = xsum (length, count); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + } + + /* Append the result. */ + memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + if (tmp != tmpbuf) + free (tmp); + length += count; + } +#endif +#if (NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL + else if ((dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F' + || dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E' + || dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G' + || dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A') + && (0 +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE +# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE + /* The systems (mingw) which produce wrong output + for Inf, -Inf, and NaN also do so for -0.0. + Therefore we treat this case here as well. */ + && is_infinite_or_zero (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double)) +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE +# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE + || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE + /* Some systems produce wrong output for Inf, + -Inf, and NaN. Some systems in this category + (IRIX 5.3) also do so for -0.0. Therefore we + treat this case here as well. */ + && is_infinite_or_zerol (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble)) +# endif + )) + { +# if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE) + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; +# endif + int flags = dp->flags; + size_t width; + size_t count; + int has_precision; + size_t precision; + size_t tmp_length; + DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; + DCHAR_T *tmp; + DCHAR_T *pad_ptr; + DCHAR_T *p; + + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + width = arg; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = -width; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + } + + has_precision = 0; + precision = 0; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } + + /* POSIX specifies the default precision to be 6 for %f, %F, + %e, %E, but not for %g, %G. Implementations appear to use + the same default precision also for %g, %G. But for %a, %A, + the default precision is 0. */ + if (!has_precision) + if (!(dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A')) + precision = 6; + + /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size. */ +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : DBL_DIG + 1); +# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : 0); +# elif NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + tmp_length = LDBL_DIG + 1; +# elif NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + tmp_length = DBL_DIG + 1; +# else + tmp_length = 0; +# endif + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) +# endif + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + if (!(isnanl (arg) || arg + arg == arg)) + { + /* arg is finite and nonzero. */ + int exponent = floorlog10l (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg); + if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision) + tmp_length = exponent + precision; + } + } +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE + if (type == TYPE_DOUBLE) +# endif + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + if (!(isnand (arg) || arg + arg == arg)) + { + /* arg is finite and nonzero. */ + int exponent = floorlog10 (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg); + if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision) + tmp_length = exponent + precision; + } + } +# endif + /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12); + + if (tmp_length < width) + tmp_length = width; + + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ + + if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T)) + tmp = tmpbuf; + else + { + size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + + if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); + if (tmp == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + } + + pad_ptr = NULL; + p = tmp; + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) +# endif + { + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + + if (isnanl (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING + + BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + pad_ptr = p; + + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, precision); + if (digits == NULL) + { + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits > precision) + do + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + while (ndigits > precision); + else + *p++ = '0'; + /* Here ndigits <= precision. */ + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > ndigits; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E') + { + int exponent; + + if (arg == 0.0L) + { + exponent = 0; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0L. */ + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + exponent = floorlog10l (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, + (int)precision - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + { + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision + 1) + break; + if (ndigits < precision + || ndigits > precision + 2) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits == precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + /* Here ndigits = precision+1. */ + if (is_borderline (digits, precision)) + { + /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high + and a smaller exponent can be reached + by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x. */ + char *digits2 = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, + (int)precision - exponent + 1); + if (digits2 == NULL) + { + free (digits); + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + if (strlen (digits2) == precision + 1) + { + free (digits); + digits = digits2; + exponent -= 1; + } + else + free (digits2); + } + /* Here ndigits = precision+1. */ + + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + + *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G') + { + if (precision == 0) + precision = 1; + /* precision >= 1. */ + + if (arg == 0.0L) + /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision. + Use fixed-point notation. */ + { + size_t ndigits = precision; + /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be + dropped. */ + size_t nzeroes = + (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1); + + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0L. */ + int exponent; + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + size_t nzeroes; + + exponent = floorlog10l (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, + (int)(precision - 1) - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + { + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision) + break; + if (ndigits < precision - 1 + || ndigits > precision + 1) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits < precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + /* Here ndigits = precision. */ + if (is_borderline (digits, precision - 1)) + { + /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high + and a smaller exponent can be reached + by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x. */ + char *digits2 = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, + (int)(precision - 1) - exponent + 1); + if (digits2 == NULL) + { + free (digits); + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + if (strlen (digits2) == precision) + { + free (digits); + digits = digits2; + exponent -= 1; + } + else + free (digits2); + } + /* Here ndigits = precision. */ + + /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes + that have to be dropped. */ + nzeroes = 0; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0) + while (nzeroes < ndigits + && digits[nzeroes] == '0') + nzeroes++; + + /* The exponent is now determined. */ + if (exponent >= -4 + && exponent < (long)precision) + { + /* Fixed-point notation: + max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the + decimal point, then the remaining + digits without trailing zeroes. */ + if (exponent >= 0) + { + size_t ecount = exponent + 1; + /* Note: count <= precision = ndigits. */ + for (; ecount > 0; ecount--) + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + size_t ecount = -exponent - 1; + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; ecount > 0; ecount--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Exponential notation. */ + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + + free (digits); + } + } + else + abort (); +# else + /* arg is finite. */ + if (!(arg == 0.0L)) + abort (); + + pad_ptr = p; + + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */ + *p++ = '+'; + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = '0'; + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if (flags & FLAG_ALT) + { + size_t ndigits = + (precision > 0 ? precision - 1 : 0); + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; ndigits > 0; --ndigits) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X'; + pad_ptr = p; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P'; + *p++ = '+'; + *p++ = '0'; + } + else + abort (); +# endif + } + + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + } + } +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + else +# endif +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + { + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + + if (isnand (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + pad_ptr = p; + + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, precision); + if (digits == NULL) + goto out_of_memory; + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits > precision) + do + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + while (ndigits > precision); + else + *p++ = '0'; + /* Here ndigits <= precision. */ + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > ndigits; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E') + { + int exponent; + + if (arg == 0.0) + { + exponent = 0; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0. */ + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + exponent = floorlog10 (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, + (int)precision - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + goto out_of_memory; + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision + 1) + break; + if (ndigits < precision + || ndigits > precision + 2) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits == precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + /* Here ndigits = precision+1. */ + if (is_borderline (digits, precision)) + { + /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high + and a smaller exponent can be reached + by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x. */ + char *digits2 = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, + (int)precision - exponent + 1); + if (digits2 == NULL) + { + free (digits); + goto out_of_memory; + } + if (strlen (digits2) == precision + 1) + { + free (digits); + digits = digits2; + exponent -= 1; + } + else + free (digits2); + } + /* Here ndigits = precision+1. */ + + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + + *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' }; +# else + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; +# endif + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + { + static const char decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + "%+.3d"; +# else + "%+.2d"; +# endif + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } + } +# endif + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G') + { + if (precision == 0) + precision = 1; + /* precision >= 1. */ + + if (arg == 0.0) + /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision. + Use fixed-point notation. */ + { + size_t ndigits = precision; + /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be + dropped. */ + size_t nzeroes = + (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1); + + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0. */ + int exponent; + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + size_t nzeroes; + + exponent = floorlog10 (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, + (int)(precision - 1) - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + goto out_of_memory; + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision) + break; + if (ndigits < precision - 1 + || ndigits > precision + 1) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits < precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + /* Here ndigits = precision. */ + if (is_borderline (digits, precision - 1)) + { + /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high + and a smaller exponent can be reached + by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x. */ + char *digits2 = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, + (int)(precision - 1) - exponent + 1); + if (digits2 == NULL) + { + free (digits); + goto out_of_memory; + } + if (strlen (digits2) == precision) + { + free (digits); + digits = digits2; + exponent -= 1; + } + else + free (digits2); + } + /* Here ndigits = precision. */ + + /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes + that have to be dropped. */ + nzeroes = 0; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0) + while (nzeroes < ndigits + && digits[nzeroes] == '0') + nzeroes++; + + /* The exponent is now determined. */ + if (exponent >= -4 + && exponent < (long)precision) + { + /* Fixed-point notation: + max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the + decimal point, then the remaining + digits without trailing zeroes. */ + if (exponent >= 0) + { + size_t ecount = exponent + 1; + /* Note: ecount <= precision = ndigits. */ + for (; ecount > 0; ecount--) + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + size_t ecount = -exponent - 1; + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; ecount > 0; ecount--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Exponential notation. */ + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' }; +# else + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; +# endif + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + { + static const char decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + "%+.3d"; +# else + "%+.2d"; +# endif + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } + } +# endif + } + + free (digits); + } + } + else + abort (); +# else + /* arg is finite. */ + if (!(arg == 0.0)) + abort (); + + pad_ptr = p; + + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */ + *p++ = '+'; + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits as + the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + *p++ = '0'; +# endif + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = '0'; + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if (flags & FLAG_ALT) + { + size_t ndigits = + (precision > 0 ? precision - 1 : 0); + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; ndigits > 0; --ndigits) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else + abort (); +# endif + } + } + } +# endif + + /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the + zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr. */ + count = p - tmp; + + if (count < width) + { + size_t pad = width - count; + DCHAR_T *end = p + pad; + + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + { + /* Pad with spaces on the right. */ + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL) + { + /* Pad with zeroes. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > pad_ptr) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + else + { + /* Pad with spaces on the left. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > tmp) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + + p = end; + } + + count = p - tmp; + + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); + + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (count >= allocated - length) + { + size_t n = xsum (length, count); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + } + + /* Append the result. */ + memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + if (tmp != tmpbuf) + free (tmp); + length += count; + } +#endif + else + { + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; + int flags = dp->flags; +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int has_width; +#endif +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + size_t width; +#endif +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int has_precision; + size_t precision; +#endif +#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int prec_ourselves; +#else +# define prec_ourselves 0 +#endif +#if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST +# define pad_ourselves 1 +#elif !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int pad_ourselves; +#else +# define pad_ourselves 0 +#endif + TCHAR_T *fbp; + unsigned int prefix_count; + int prefixes[2] IF_LINT (= { 0 }); + int orig_errno; +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + size_t tmp_length; + TCHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; + TCHAR_T *tmp; +#endif + +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + has_width = 0; +#endif +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + width = arg; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = -width; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + has_width = 1; +#endif + } +#endif + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + has_precision = 0; + precision = 6; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } +#endif + + /* Decide whether to handle the precision ourselves. */ +#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + switch (dp->conversion) + { + case 'd': case 'i': case 'u': + case 'o': + case 'x': case 'X': case 'p': + prec_ourselves = has_precision && (precision > 0); + break; + default: + prec_ourselves = 0; + break; + } +#endif + + /* Decide whether to perform the padding ourselves. */ +#if !NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST && (!DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION) + switch (dp->conversion) + { +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* If we need conversion from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[], we need + to perform the padding after this conversion. Functions + with unistdio extensions perform the padding based on + character count rather than element count. */ + case 'c': case 's': +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO + case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + case 'a': case 'A': +# endif + pad_ourselves = 1; + break; + default: + pad_ourselves = prec_ourselves; + break; + } +#endif + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling + sprintf. */ + tmp_length = + MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (&a, dp->arg_index, dp->conversion, type, + flags, width, has_precision, precision, + pad_ourselves); + + if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + tmp = tmpbuf; + else + { + size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + + if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + tmp = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); + if (tmp == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + } +#endif + + /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or + sprintf. */ + fbp = buf; + *fbp++ = '%'; +#if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_GROUPING + /* The underlying implementation doesn't support the ' flag. + Produce no grouping characters in this case; this is + acceptable because the grouping is locale dependent. */ +#else + if (flags & FLAG_GROUP) + *fbp++ = '\''; +#endif + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + *fbp++ = '-'; + if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *fbp++ = '+'; + if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *fbp++ = ' '; + if (flags & FLAG_ALT) + *fbp++ = '#'; +#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__ + if (flags & FLAG_LOCALIZED) + *fbp++ = 'I'; +#endif + if (!pad_ourselves) + { + if (flags & FLAG_ZERO) + *fbp++ = '0'; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; + /* The width specification is known to consist only + of standard ASCII characters. */ + if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + { + memcpy (fbp, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + fbp += n; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->width_start; + do + *fbp++ = *mp++; + while (--n > 0); + } + } + } + if (!prec_ourselves) + { + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; + /* The precision specification is known to consist only + of standard ASCII characters. */ + if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + { + memcpy (fbp, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + fbp += n; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->precision_start; + do + *fbp++ = *mp++; + while (--n > 0); + } + } + } + + switch (type) + { +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + *fbp++ = 'I'; + *fbp++ = '6'; + *fbp++ = '4'; + break; +# else + *fbp++ = 'l'; +# endif +#endif + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + case TYPE_LONGINT: + case TYPE_ULONGINT: +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: +#endif +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: +#endif + *fbp++ = 'l'; + break; + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + *fbp++ = 'L'; + break; + default: + break; + } +#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F + if (dp->conversion == 'F') + *fbp = 'f'; + else +#endif + *fbp = dp->conversion; +#if USE_SNPRINTF +# if !(((__GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 3)) && !defined __UCLIBC__) || ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)) + fbp[1] = '%'; + fbp[2] = 'n'; + fbp[3] = '\0'; +# else + /* On glibc2 systems from glibc >= 2.3 - probably also older + ones - we know that snprintf's return value conforms to + ISO C 99: the tests gl_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 and + gl_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99 pass. + Therefore we can avoid using %n in this situation. + On glibc2 systems from 2004-10-18 or newer, the use of %n + in format strings in writable memory may crash the program + (if compiled with _FORTIFY_SOURCE=2), so we should avoid it + in this situation. */ + /* On native Windows systems (such as mingw), we can avoid using + %n because: + - Although the gl_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99 test fails, + snprintf does not write more than the specified number + of bytes. (snprintf (buf, 3, "%d %d", 4567, 89) writes + '4', '5', '6' into buf, not '4', '5', '\0'.) + - Although the gl_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 test fails, snprintf + allows us to recognize the case of an insufficient + buffer size: it returns -1 in this case. + On native Windows systems (such as mingw) where the OS is + Windows Vista, the use of %n in format strings by default + crashes the program. See + <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-06/msg00122.html> and + <http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms175782(VS.80).aspx> + So we should avoid %n in this situation. */ + fbp[1] = '\0'; +# endif +#else + fbp[1] = '\0'; +#endif + + /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */ + prefix_count = 0; + if (!pad_ourselves && dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + } + if (!prec_ourselves && dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* The SNPRINTF result is appended after result[0..length]. + The latter is an array of DCHAR_T; SNPRINTF appends an + array of TCHAR_T to it. This is possible because + sizeof (TCHAR_T) divides sizeof (DCHAR_T) and + alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T). */ +# define TCHARS_PER_DCHAR (sizeof (DCHAR_T) / sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + /* Ensure that maxlen below will be >= 2. Needed on BeOS, + where an snprintf() with maxlen==1 acts like sprintf(). */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, + (2 + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) + / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR)); + /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count + via %n. */ + *(TCHAR_T *) (result + length) = '\0'; +#endif + + orig_errno = errno; + + for (;;) + { + int count = -1; + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + int retcount = 0; + size_t maxlen = allocated - length; + /* SNPRINTF can fail if its second argument is + > INT_MAX. */ + if (maxlen > INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR) + maxlen = INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; + maxlen = maxlen * TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; +# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ + switch (prefix_count) \ + { \ + case 0: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \ + maxlen, buf, \ + arg, &count); \ + break; \ + case 1: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \ + maxlen, buf, \ + prefixes[0], arg, &count); \ + break; \ + case 2: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \ + maxlen, buf, \ + prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \ + &count); \ + break; \ + default: \ + abort (); \ + } +#else +# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ + switch (prefix_count) \ + { \ + case 0: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \ + break; \ + case 1: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \ + break; \ + case 2: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\ + arg); \ + break; \ + default: \ + abort (); \ + } +#endif + + errno = 0; + switch (type) + { + case TYPE_SCHAR: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_UCHAR: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_SHORT: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_USHORT: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_INT: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_UINT: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_LONGINT: + { + long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_ULONGINT: + { + unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + { + long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: + { + unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_DOUBLE: + { + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + { + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_CHAR: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: + { + wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_STRING: + { + const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: + { + const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_POINTER: + { + void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + default: + abort (); + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf() + are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of + bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have + produced. */ + if (count >= 0) + { + /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its + result. */ + if (count < maxlen + && ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length)) [count] != '\0') + abort (); + /* Portability hack. */ + if (retcount > count) + count = retcount; + } + else + { + /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n' + directive. */ + if (fbp[1] != '\0') + { + /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look + at the snprintf() return value. */ + fbp[1] = '\0'; + continue; + } + else + { + /* Look at the snprintf() return value. */ + if (retcount < 0) + { +# if !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 + /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient: + It doesn't understand the '%n' directive, + *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length + that would have been required) when the + buffer is too small. + But a failure at this point can also come + from other reasons than a too small buffer, + such as an invalid wide string argument to + the %ls directive, or possibly an invalid + floating-point argument. */ + size_t tmp_length = + MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (&a, dp->arg_index, + dp->conversion, type, flags, + width, + has_precision, + precision, pad_ourselves); + + if (maxlen < tmp_length) + { + /* Make more room. But try to do through + this reallocation only once. */ + size_t bigger_need = + xsum (length, + xsum (tmp_length, + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) + / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR); + /* And always grow proportionally. + (There may be several arguments, each + needing a little more room than the + previous one.) */ + size_t bigger_need2 = + xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12); + if (bigger_need < bigger_need2) + bigger_need = bigger_need2; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need); + continue; + } +# endif + } + else + count = retcount; + } + } +#endif + + /* Attempt to handle failure. */ + if (count < 0) + { + /* SNPRINTF or sprintf failed. Save and use the errno + that it has set, if any. */ + int saved_errno = errno; + if (saved_errno == 0) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'c' || dp->conversion == 's') + saved_errno = EILSEQ; + else + saved_errno = EINVAL; + } + + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* Handle overflow of the allocated buffer. + If such an overflow occurs, a C99 compliant snprintf() + returns a count >= maxlen. However, a non-compliant + snprintf() function returns only count = maxlen - 1. To + cover both cases, test whether count >= maxlen - 1. */ + if ((unsigned int) count + 1 >= maxlen) + { + /* If maxlen already has attained its allowed maximum, + allocating more memory will not increase maxlen. + Instead of looping, bail out. */ + if (maxlen == INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR) + goto overflow; + else + { + /* Need at least (count + 1) * sizeof (TCHAR_T) + bytes. (The +1 is for the trailing NUL.) + But ask for (count + 2) * sizeof (TCHAR_T) + bytes, so that in the next round, we likely get + maxlen > (unsigned int) count + 1 + and so we don't get here again. + And allocate proportionally, to avoid looping + eternally if snprintf() reports a too small + count. */ + size_t n = + xmax (xsum (length, + ((unsigned int) count + 2 + + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) + / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR), + xtimes (allocated, 2)); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + continue; + } + } +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + if (prec_ourselves) + { + /* Handle the precision. */ + TCHAR_T *prec_ptr = +# if USE_SNPRINTF + (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); +# else + tmp; +# endif + size_t prefix_count; + size_t move; + + prefix_count = 0; + /* Put the additional zeroes after the sign. */ + if (count >= 1 + && (*prec_ptr == '-' || *prec_ptr == '+' + || *prec_ptr == ' ')) + prefix_count = 1; + /* Put the additional zeroes after the 0x prefix if + (flags & FLAG_ALT) || (dp->conversion == 'p'). */ + else if (count >= 2 + && prec_ptr[0] == '0' + && (prec_ptr[1] == 'x' || prec_ptr[1] == 'X')) + prefix_count = 2; + + move = count - prefix_count; + if (precision > move) + { + /* Insert zeroes. */ + size_t insert = precision - move; + TCHAR_T *prec_end; + +# if USE_SNPRINTF + size_t n = + xsum (length, + (count + insert + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) + / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR); + length += (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + length -= (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; + prec_ptr = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); +# endif + + prec_end = prec_ptr + count; + prec_ptr += prefix_count; + + while (prec_end > prec_ptr) + { + prec_end--; + prec_end[insert] = prec_end[0]; + } + + prec_end += insert; + do + *--prec_end = '0'; + while (prec_end > prec_ptr); + + count += insert; + } + } +#endif + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); +#endif + +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[]. */ + if (dp->conversion == 'c' || dp->conversion == 's') + { + /* type = TYPE_CHAR or TYPE_WIDE_CHAR or TYPE_STRING + TYPE_WIDE_STRING. + The result string is not certainly ASCII. */ + const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc; + DCHAR_T *tmpdst; + size_t tmpdst_len; + /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'. */ + verify (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1); +# if USE_SNPRINTF + tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); +# else + tmpsrc = tmp; +# endif + tmpdst = + DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + tmpsrc, count, + NULL, + NULL, &tmpdst_len); + if (tmpdst == NULL) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, tmpdst_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len); + free (tmpdst); + count = tmpdst_len; + } + else + { + /* The result string is ASCII. + Simple 1:1 conversion. */ +# if USE_SNPRINTF + /* If sizeof (DCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T), it's a + no-op conversion, in-place on the array starting + at (result + length). */ + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) != sizeof (TCHAR_T)) +# endif + { + const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc; + DCHAR_T *tmpdst; + size_t n; + +# if USE_SNPRINTF + if (result == resultbuf) + { + tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); + /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will not move tmpsrc + (because it's part of resultbuf). */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count)); + } + else + { + /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will move the array + (because it uses realloc(). */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count)); + tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); + } +# else + tmpsrc = tmp; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count)); +# endif + tmpdst = result + length; + /* Copy backwards, because of overlapping. */ + tmpsrc += count; + tmpdst += count; + for (n = count; n > 0; n--) + *--tmpdst = *--tmpsrc; + } + } +#endif + +#if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR && !USE_SNPRINTF + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (count > allocated - length) + { + /* Need at least count elements. But allocate + proportionally. */ + size_t n = + xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2)); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + } +#endif + + /* Here count <= allocated - length. */ + + /* Perform padding. */ +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + if (pad_ourselves && has_width) + { + size_t w; +# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* Outside POSIX, it's preferable to compare the width + against the number of _characters_ of the converted + value. */ + w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, count); +# else + /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_ + of the converted value, says POSIX. */ + w = count; +# endif + if (w < width) + { + size_t pad = width - w; + + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (xsum (count, pad) > allocated - length) + { + /* Need at least count + pad elements. But + allocate proportionally. */ + size_t n = + xmax (xsum3 (length, count, pad), + xtimes (allocated, 2)); + +# if USE_SNPRINTF + length += count; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + length -= count; +# else + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); +# endif + } + /* Here count + pad <= allocated - length. */ + + { +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF + DCHAR_T * const rp = result + length; +# else + DCHAR_T * const rp = tmp; +# endif + DCHAR_T *p = rp + count; + DCHAR_T *end = p + pad; + DCHAR_T *pad_ptr; +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO + if (dp->conversion == 'c' + || dp->conversion == 's') + /* No zero-padding for string directives. */ + pad_ptr = NULL; + else +# endif + { + pad_ptr = (*rp == '-' ? rp + 1 : rp); + /* No zero-padding of "inf" and "nan". */ + if ((*pad_ptr >= 'A' && *pad_ptr <= 'Z') + || (*pad_ptr >= 'a' && *pad_ptr <= 'z')) + pad_ptr = NULL; + } + /* The generated string now extends from rp to p, + with the zero padding insertion point being at + pad_ptr. */ + + count = count + pad; /* = end - rp */ + + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + { + /* Pad with spaces on the right. */ + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL) + { + /* Pad with zeroes. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > pad_ptr) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + else + { + /* Pad with spaces on the left. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > rp) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + } + } + } +#endif + + /* Here still count <= allocated - length. */ + +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF + /* The snprintf() result did fit. */ +#else + /* Append the sprintf() result. */ + memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); +#endif +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + if (tmp != tmpbuf) + free (tmp); +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F + if (dp->conversion == 'F') + { + /* Convert the %f result to upper case for %F. */ + DCHAR_T *rp = result + length; + size_t rc; + for (rc = count; rc > 0; rc--, rp++) + if (*rp >= 'a' && *rp <= 'z') + *rp = *rp - 'a' + 'A'; + } +#endif + + length += count; + break; + } + errno = orig_errno; +#undef pad_ourselves +#undef prec_ourselves + } + } + } + + /* Add the final NUL. */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); + result[length] = '\0'; + + if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated) + { + /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */ + DCHAR_T *memory; + + memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + if (memory != NULL) + result = memory; + } + + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + *lengthp = length; + /* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX. POSIX + says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but + that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'. This function does + not have this limitation. */ + return result; + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + overflow: + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return NULL; +#endif + + out_of_memory: + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + out_of_memory_1: + CLEANUP (); + errno = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } +} + +#undef MAX_ROOM_NEEDED +#undef TCHARS_PER_DCHAR +#undef SNPRINTF +#undef USE_SNPRINTF +#undef DCHAR_SET +#undef DCHAR_CPY +#undef PRINTF_PARSE +#undef DIRECTIVES +#undef DIRECTIVE +#undef DCHAR_IS_TCHAR +#undef TCHAR_T +#undef DCHAR_T +#undef FCHAR_T +#undef VASNPRINTF diff --git a/libgnu/vasnprintf.h b/libgnu/vasnprintf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2278257 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/vasnprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H +#define _VASNPRINTF_H + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are + accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. + We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because + gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override + the 'printf' function. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). + You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its + size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. + If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF + if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the + number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set + errno and return NULL. + + When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left + alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use + a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this: + + char buf[100]; + size_t len = sizeof (buf); + char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args); + if (output == NULL) + ... error handling ...; + else + { + ... use the output string ...; + if (output != buf) + free (output); + } + */ +#if REPLACE_VASNPRINTF +# define asnprintf rpl_asnprintf +# define vasnprintf rpl_vasnprintf +#endif +extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 4)); +extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 0)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/verify.h b/libgnu/verify.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dcba9c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/verify.h @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +/* Compile-time assert-like macros. + + Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */ + +#ifndef _GL_VERIFY_H +#define _GL_VERIFY_H + + +/* Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if _Static_assert works as per C11. + This is supported by GCC 4.6.0 and later, in C mode, and its use + here generates easier-to-read diagnostics when verify (R) fails. + + Define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if static_assert works as per C++11. + This will likely be supported by future GCC versions, in C++ mode. + + Use this only with GCC. If we were willing to slow 'configure' + down we could also use it with other compilers, but since this + affects only the quality of diagnostics, why bother? */ +#if (4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \ + && (201112L <= __STDC_VERSION__ || !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \ + && !defined __cplusplus) +# define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT 1 +#endif +/* The condition (99 < __GNUC__) is temporary, until we know about the + first G++ release that supports static_assert. */ +#if (99 < __GNUC__) && defined __cplusplus +# define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT 1 +#endif + +/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other + system headers, defines a conflicting _Static_assert that is no + better than ours; override it. */ +#ifndef _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT +# include <stddef.h> +# undef _Static_assert +#endif + +/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To + be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike + assert (R), there is no run-time overhead. + + If _Static_assert works, verify (R) uses it directly. Similarly, + _GL_VERIFY_TRUE works by packaging a _Static_assert inside a struct + that is an operand of sizeof. + + The code below uses several ideas for C++ compilers, and for C + compilers that do not support _Static_assert: + + * The first step is ((R) ? 1 : -1). Given an expression R, of + integral or boolean or floating-point type, this yields an + expression of integral type, whose value is later verified to be + constant and nonnegative. + + * Next this expression W is wrapped in a type + struct _gl_verify_type { + unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: W; + }. + If W is negative, this yields a compile-time error. No compiler can + deal with a bit-field of negative size. + + One might think that an array size check would have the same + effect, that is, that the type struct { unsigned int dummy[W]; } + would work as well. However, inside a function, some compilers + (such as C++ compilers and GNU C) allow local parameters and + variables inside array size expressions. With these compilers, + an array size check would not properly diagnose this misuse of + the verify macro: + + void function (int n) { verify (n < 0); } + + * For the verify macro, the struct _gl_verify_type will need to + somehow be embedded into a declaration. To be portable, this + declaration must declare an object, a constant, a function, or a + typedef name. If the declared entity uses the type directly, + such as in + + struct dummy {...}; + typedef struct {...} dummy; + extern struct {...} *dummy; + extern void dummy (struct {...} *); + extern struct {...} *dummy (void); + + two uses of the verify macro would yield colliding declarations + if the entity names are not disambiguated. A workaround is to + attach the current line number to the entity name: + + #define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y + #define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y) + extern struct {...} * _GL_CONCAT (dummy, __LINE__); + + But this has the problem that two invocations of verify from + within the same macro would collide, since the __LINE__ value + would be the same for both invocations. (The GCC __COUNTER__ + macro solves this problem, but is not portable.) + + A solution is to use the sizeof operator. It yields a number, + getting rid of the identity of the type. Declarations like + + extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})]; + extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]); + extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})]; + + can be repeated. + + * Should the implementation use a named struct or an unnamed struct? + Which of the following alternatives can be used? + + extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})]; + extern int dummy [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]; + extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]); + extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]); + extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})]; + extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]; + + In the second and sixth case, the struct type is exported to the + outer scope; two such declarations therefore collide. GCC warns + about the first, third, and fourth cases. So the only remaining + possibility is the fifth case: + + extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})]; + + * GCC warns about duplicate declarations of the dummy function if + -Wredundant-decls is used. GCC 4.3 and later have a builtin + __COUNTER__ macro that can let us generate unique identifiers for + each dummy function, to suppress this warning. + + * This implementation exploits the fact that older versions of GCC, + which do not support _Static_assert, also do not warn about the + last declaration mentioned above. + + * GCC warns if -Wnested-externs is enabled and verify() is used + within a function body; but inside a function, you can always + arrange to use verify_expr() instead. + + * In C++, any struct definition inside sizeof is invalid. + Use a template type to work around the problem. */ + +/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens. */ +#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y) +#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y + +/* _GL_COUNTER is an integer, preferably one that changes each time we + use it. Use __COUNTER__ if it works, falling back on __LINE__ + otherwise. __LINE__ isn't perfect, but it's better than a + constant. */ +#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__ +# define _GL_COUNTER __COUNTER__ +#else +# define _GL_COUNTER __LINE__ +#endif + +/* Generate a symbol with the given prefix, making it unique if + possible. */ +#define _GL_GENSYM(prefix) _GL_CONCAT (prefix, _GL_COUNTER) + +/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression + that returns 1. If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably + with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC. */ + +#define _GL_VERIFY_TRUE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \ + (!!sizeof (_GL_VERIFY_TYPE (R, DIAGNOSTIC))) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +# if !GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type +template <int w> + struct _gl_verify_type { + unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: w; + }; +# define GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type 1 +# endif +# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \ + _gl_verify_type<(R) ? 1 : -1> +#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT +# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \ + struct { \ + _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC); \ + int _gl_dummy; \ + } +#else +# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \ + struct { unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: (R) ? 1 : -1; } +#endif + +/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a + trailing ';'. If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably + with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC. + + Unfortunately, unlike C11, this implementation must appear as an + ordinary declaration, and cannot appear inside struct { ... }. */ + +#ifdef _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT +# define _GL_VERIFY _Static_assert +#else +# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \ + extern int (*_GL_GENSYM (_gl_verify_function) (void)) \ + [_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)] +#endif + +/* _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H is defined if this code is copied into assert.h. */ +#ifdef _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H +# if !defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT && !defined _Static_assert +# define _Static_assert(R, DIAGNOSTIC) _GL_VERIFY (R, DIAGNOSTIC) +# endif +# if !defined _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT && !defined static_assert +# define static_assert _Static_assert /* C11 requires this #define. */ +# endif +#endif + +/* @assert.h omit start@ */ + +/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To + be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike + assert (R), there is no run-time overhead. + + There are two macros, since no single macro can be used in all + contexts in C. verify_true (R) is for scalar contexts, including + integer constant expression contexts. verify (R) is for declaration + contexts, e.g., the top level. */ + +/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression. + Return 1. This is equivalent to verify_expr (R, 1). + + verify_true is obsolescent; please use verify_expr instead. */ + +#define verify_true(R) _GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_true (" #R ")") + +/* Verify requirement R at compile-time. Return the value of the + expression E. */ + +#define verify_expr(R, E) \ + (_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_expr (" #R ", " #E ")") ? (E) : (E)) + +/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a + trailing ';'. */ + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (" #R ")") +#else +/* PGI barfs if R is long. Play it safe. */ +# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (...)") +#endif + +#ifndef __has_builtin +# define __has_builtin(x) 0 +#endif + +/* Assume that R always holds. This lets the compiler optimize + accordingly. R should not have side-effects; it may or may not be + evaluated. Behavior is undefined if R is false. */ + +#if (__has_builtin (__builtin_unreachable) \ + || 4 < __GNUC__ + (5 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) +# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_unreachable ()) +#elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER +# define assume(R) __assume (R) +#elif ((defined GCC_LINT || defined lint) \ + && (__has_builtin (__builtin_trap) \ + || 3 < __GNUC__ + (3 < __GNUC_MINOR__ + (4 <= __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)))) + /* Doing it this way helps various packages when configured with + --enable-gcc-warnings, which compiles with -Dlint. It's nicer + when 'assume' silences warnings even with older GCCs. */ +# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_trap ()) +#else +# define assume(R) ((void) (0 && (R))) +#endif + +/* @assert.h omit end@ */ + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/vsnprintf.c b/libgnu/vsnprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a19f4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/vsnprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* Formatted output to strings. + Copyright (C) 2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Simon Josefsson and Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@prelude-ids.org>. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include <stdio.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "vasnprintf.h" + +/* Print formatted output to string STR. Similar to vsprintf, but + additional length SIZE limit how much is written into STR. Returns + string length of formatted string (which may be larger than SIZE). + STR may be NULL, in which case nothing will be written. On error, + return a negative value. */ +int +vsnprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + char *output; + size_t len; + size_t lenbuf = size; + + output = vasnprintf (str, &lenbuf, format, args); + len = lenbuf; + + if (!output) + return -1; + + if (output != str) + { + if (size) + { + size_t pruned_len = (len < size ? len : size - 1); + memcpy (str, output, pruned_len); + str[pruned_len] = '\0'; + } + + free (output); + } + + if (len > INT_MAX) + { + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return -1; + } + + return len; +} diff --git a/libgnu/warn-on-use.h b/libgnu/warn-on-use.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c0eb579 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/warn-on-use.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used. + Copyright (C) 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "literal string") issues a declaration + for FUNCTION which will then trigger a compiler warning containing + the text of "literal string" anywhere that function is called, if + supported by the compiler. If the compiler does not support this + feature, the macro expands to an unused extern declaration. + + This macro is useful for marking a function as a potential + portability trap, with the intent that "literal string" include + instructions on the replacement function that should be used + instead. However, one of the reasons that a function is a + portability trap is if it has the wrong signature. Declaring + FUNCTION with a different signature in C is a compilation error, so + this macro must use the same type as any existing declaration so + that programs that avoid the problematic FUNCTION do not fail to + compile merely because they included a header that poisoned the + function. But this implies that _GL_WARN_ON_USE is only safe to + use if FUNCTION is known to already have a declaration. Use of + this macro implies that there must not be any other macro hiding + the declaration of FUNCTION; but undefining FUNCTION first is part + of the poisoning process anyway (although for symbols that are + provided only via a macro, the result is a compilation error rather + than a warning containing "literal string"). Also note that in + C++, it is only safe to use if FUNCTION has no overloads. + + For an example, it is possible to poison 'getline' by: + - adding a call to gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <stdio.h>]], + [getline]) in configure.ac, which potentially defines + HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE + - adding this code to a header that wraps the system <stdio.h>: + #undef getline + #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is required by POSIX 2008, but" + "not universally present; use the gnulib module getline"); + #endif + + It is not possible to directly poison global variables. But it is + possible to write a wrapper accessor function, and poison that + (less common usage, like &environ, will cause a compilation error + rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing + the developer about their portability problem is still achieved): + #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON + static char ***rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; } + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared"); + # undef environ + # define environ (*rpl_environ ()) + #endif + */ +#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE + +# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) +/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \ +extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message))) +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +/* Verify the existence of the function. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \ +extern __typeof__ (function) function +# else /* Unsupported. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \ +_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use +# endif +#endif + +/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string") + is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is + declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters, + and attributes. + This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does + not work in this case. */ +#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX +# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \ +extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \ + __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg))) +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +/* Verify the existence of the function. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \ +extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes +# else /* Unsupported. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \ +_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use +# endif +#endif + +/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration; + performs the declaration with C linkage. */ +#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C +# if defined __cplusplus +# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C" +# else +# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern +# endif +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/wchar.in.h b/libgnu/wchar.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8f99f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/wchar.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,1041 @@ +/* A substitute for ISO C99 <wchar.h>, for platforms that have issues. + + Copyright (C) 2007-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Eric Blake. */ + +/* + * ISO C 99 <wchar.h> for platforms that have issues. + * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/wchar.h.html> + * + * For now, this just ensures proper prerequisite inclusion order and + * the declaration of wcwidth(). + */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if (((defined __need_mbstate_t || defined __need_wint_t) \ + && !defined __MINGW32__ && !defined __KLIBC__) \ + || (defined __hpux \ + && ((defined _INTTYPES_INCLUDED && !defined strtoimax) \ + || defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H)) \ + || (defined __MINGW32__ && defined __STRING_H_SOURCED__) \ + || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_WCHAR_H) +/* Special invocation convention: + - Inside glibc and uClibc header files, but not MinGW. + - On HP-UX 11.00 we have a sequence of nested includes + <wchar.h> -> <stdlib.h> -> <stdint.h>, and the latter includes <wchar.h>, + once indirectly <stdint.h> -> <sys/types.h> -> <inttypes.h> -> <wchar.h> + and once directly. In both situations 'wint_t' is not yet defined, + therefore we cannot provide the function overrides; instead include only + the system's <wchar.h>. + - With MinGW 3.22, when <string.h> includes <wchar.h>, only some part of + <wchar.h> is actually processed, and that doesn't include 'mbstate_t'. + - On IRIX 6.5, similarly, we have an include <wchar.h> -> <wctype.h>, and + the latter includes <wchar.h>. But here, we have no way to detect whether + <wctype.h> is completely included or is still being included. */ + +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCHAR_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H + +#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_WCHAR_H + +#if @HAVE_FEATURES_H@ +# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__ */ +#endif + +/* Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before + <wchar.h>. + BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be + included before <wchar.h>. + In some builds of uClibc, <wchar.h> is nonexistent and wchar_t is defined + by <stddef.h>. + But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */ +#if !(defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__) +# include <stddef.h> +#endif +#ifndef __GLIBC__ +# include <stdio.h> +# include <time.h> +#endif + +/* Include the original <wchar.h> if it exists. + Some builds of uClibc lack it. */ +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCHAR_H@ +#endif + +#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_WCHAR_H + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H + +/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. + The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96. */ +#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */ +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + + +/* Define wint_t and WEOF. (Also done in wctype.in.h.) */ +#if !@HAVE_WINT_T@ && !defined wint_t +# define wint_t int +# ifndef WEOF +# define WEOF -1 +# endif +#else +/* mingw and MSVC define wint_t as 'unsigned short' in <crtdefs.h>. + This is too small: ISO C 99 section 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t must be + "unchanged by default argument promotions". Override it. */ +# if @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T@ +# if !GNULIB_defined_wint_t +# include <crtdefs.h> +typedef unsigned int rpl_wint_t; +# undef wint_t +# define wint_t rpl_wint_t +# define GNULIB_defined_wint_t 1 +# endif +# endif +# ifndef WEOF +# define WEOF ((wint_t) -1) +# endif +#endif + + +/* Override mbstate_t if it is too small. + On IRIX 6.5, sizeof (mbstate_t) == 1, which is not sufficient for + implementing mbrtowc for encodings like UTF-8. */ +#if !(@HAVE_MBSINIT@ && @HAVE_MBRTOWC@) || @REPLACE_MBSTATE_T@ +# if !GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t +typedef int rpl_mbstate_t; +# undef mbstate_t +# define mbstate_t rpl_mbstate_t +# define GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t 1 +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a single-byte character to a wide character. */ +#if @GNULIB_BTOWC@ +# if @REPLACE_BTOWC@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef btowc +# define btowc rpl_btowc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (btowc, wint_t, (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (btowc, wint_t, (int c)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_BTOWC@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (btowc, wint_t, (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (btowc, wint_t, (int c)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (btowc); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef btowc +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_BTOWC +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (btowc, "btowc is unportable - " + "use gnulib module btowc for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a wide character to a single-byte character. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCTOB@ +# if @REPLACE_WCTOB@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef wctob +# define wctob rpl_wctob +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wctob, int, (wint_t wc) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wctob, int, (wint_t wc)); +# else +# if !defined wctob && !@HAVE_DECL_WCTOB@ +/* wctob is provided by gnulib, or wctob exists but is not declared. */ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wctob, int, (wint_t wc) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctob, int, (wint_t wc)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctob); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wctob +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCTOB +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wctob, "wctob is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wctob for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Test whether *PS is in the initial state. */ +#if @GNULIB_MBSINIT@ +# if @REPLACE_MBSINIT@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mbsinit +# define mbsinit rpl_mbsinit +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_MBSINIT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsinit, int, (const mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsinit); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mbsinit +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBSINIT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbsinit, "mbsinit is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mbsinit for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a multibyte character to a wide character. */ +#if @GNULIB_MBRTOWC@ +# if @REPLACE_MBRTOWC@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mbrtowc +# define mbrtowc rpl_mbrtowc +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbrtowc, size_t, + (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbrtowc, size_t, + (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_MBRTOWC@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbrtowc, size_t, + (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbrtowc, size_t, + (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbrtowc); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mbrtowc +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBRTOWC +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbrtowc, "mbrtowc is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mbrtowc for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Recognize a multibyte character. */ +#if @GNULIB_MBRLEN@ +# if @REPLACE_MBRLEN@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mbrlen +# define mbrlen rpl_mbrlen +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbrlen, size_t, (const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbrlen, size_t, (const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_MBRLEN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbrlen, size_t, (const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbrlen, size_t, (const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbrlen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mbrlen +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBRLEN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbrlen, "mbrlen is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mbrlen for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a string to a wide string. */ +#if @GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS@ +# if @REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mbsrtowcs +# define mbsrtowcs rpl_mbsrtowcs +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_MBSRTOWCS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsrtowcs); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mbsrtowcs +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBSRTOWCS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbsrtowcs, "mbsrtowcs is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mbsrtowcs for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a string to a wide string. */ +#if @GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS@ +# if @REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef mbsnrtowcs +# define mbsnrtowcs rpl_mbsnrtowcs +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbsnrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbsnrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mbsnrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbsnrtowcs, size_t, + (wchar_t *dest, const char **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbsnrtowcs); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef mbsnrtowcs +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MBSNRTOWCS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mbsnrtowcs, "mbsnrtowcs is unportable - " + "use gnulib module mbsnrtowcs for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a wide character to a multibyte character. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCRTOMB@ +# if @REPLACE_WCRTOMB@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef wcrtomb +# define wcrtomb rpl_wcrtomb +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcrtomb, size_t, (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcrtomb, size_t, (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_WCRTOMB@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcrtomb, size_t, (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcrtomb, size_t, (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcrtomb); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcrtomb +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCRTOMB +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcrtomb, "wcrtomb is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcrtomb for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a wide string to a string. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS@ +# if @REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef wcsrtombs +# define wcsrtombs rpl_wcsrtombs +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcsrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcsrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_WCSRTOMBS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsrtombs); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsrtombs +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSRTOMBS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsrtombs, "wcsrtombs is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsrtombs for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Convert a wide string to a string. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS@ +# if @REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef wcsnrtombs +# define wcsnrtombs rpl_wcsnrtombs +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcsnrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcsnrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsnrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2))); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsnrtombs, size_t, + (char *dest, const wchar_t **srcp, size_t srclen, size_t len, + mbstate_t *ps)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsnrtombs); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsnrtombs +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNRTOMBS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsnrtombs, "wcsnrtombs is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsnrtombs for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Return the number of screen columns needed for WC. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCWIDTH@ +# if @REPLACE_WCWIDTH@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef wcwidth +# define wcwidth rpl_wcwidth +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH@ +/* wcwidth exists but is not declared. */ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# elif defined __KLIBC__ +/* On OS/2 kLIBC, wcwidth is a macro that expands to the name of a + static inline function. The implementation of wcwidth in wcwidth.c + causes a "conflicting types" error. */ +# undef wcwidth +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcwidth, int, (wchar_t)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcwidth); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcwidth +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCWIDTH +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcwidth, "wcwidth is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcwidth for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Search N wide characters of S for C. */ +#if @GNULIB_WMEMCHR@ +# if !@HAVE_WMEMCHR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemchr, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { + const wchar_t * std::wmemchr (const wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t); + wchar_t * std::wmemchr (wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t); + } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wmemchr, + wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t), + const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wmemchr, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wmemchr, const wchar_t *, + (const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemchr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wmemchr +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMCHR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemchr, "wmemchr is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wmemchr for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Compare N wide characters of S1 and S2. */ +#if @GNULIB_WMEMCMP@ +# if !@HAVE_WMEMCMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemcmp, int, + (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemcmp, int, + (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemcmp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wmemcmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMCMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemcmp, "wmemcmp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wmemcmp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Copy N wide characters of SRC to DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_WMEMCPY@ +# if !@HAVE_WMEMCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemcpy, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemcpy, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemcpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wmemcpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemcpy, "wmemcpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wmemcpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Copy N wide characters of SRC to DEST, guaranteeing correct behavior for + overlapping memory areas. */ +#if @GNULIB_WMEMMOVE@ +# if !@HAVE_WMEMMOVE@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemmove, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemmove, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemmove); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wmemmove +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMMOVE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemmove, "wmemmove is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wmemmove for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Set N wide characters of S to C. */ +#if @GNULIB_WMEMSET@ +# if !@HAVE_WMEMSET@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wmemset, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wmemset, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wmemset); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wmemset +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WMEMSET +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wmemset, "wmemset is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wmemset for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Return the number of wide characters in S. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSLEN@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSLEN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcslen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcslen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcslen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcslen +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSLEN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcslen, "wcslen is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcslen for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Return the number of wide characters in S, but at most MAXLEN. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSNLEN@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSNLEN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsnlen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsnlen, size_t, (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsnlen); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsnlen +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNLEN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsnlen, "wcsnlen is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsnlen for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Copy SRC to DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSCPY@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscpy, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscpy, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcscpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscpy, "wcscpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcscpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating L'\0' in DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCPCPY@ +# if !@HAVE_WCPCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcpcpy, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcpcpy, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcpcpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcpcpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCPCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcpcpy, "wcpcpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcpcpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Copy no more than N wide characters of SRC to DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSNCPY@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSNCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncpy, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncpy, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsncpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncpy, "wcsncpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsncpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Copy no more than N characters of SRC to DEST, returning the address of + the last character written into DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCPNCPY@ +# if !@HAVE_WCPNCPY@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcpncpy, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcpncpy, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcpncpy); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcpncpy +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCPNCPY +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcpncpy, "wcpncpy is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcpncpy for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Append SRC onto DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSCAT@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSCAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscat, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscat, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcscat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscat, "wcscat is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcscat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Append no more than N wide characters of SRC onto DEST. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSNCAT@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSNCAT@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncat, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncat, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncat); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsncat +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCAT +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncat, "wcsncat is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsncat for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Compare S1 and S2. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSCMP@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSCMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscmp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcscmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscmp, "wcscmp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcscmp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Compare no more than N wide characters of S1 and S2. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSNCMP@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSNCMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncmp, int, + (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncmp, int, + (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncmp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsncmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncmp, "wcsncmp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsncmp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSCASECMP@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSCASECMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscasecmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscasecmp, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscasecmp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcscasecmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCASECMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscasecmp, "wcscasecmp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcscasecmp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Compare no more than N chars of S1 and S2, ignoring case. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSNCASECMP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsncasecmp, int, + (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsncasecmp, int, + (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsncasecmp); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsncasecmp +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSNCASECMP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsncasecmp, "wcsncasecmp is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsncasecmp for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Compare S1 and S2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE + category of the current locale. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSCOLL@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSCOLL@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscoll, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscoll, int, (const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscoll); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcscoll +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCOLL +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscoll, "wcscoll is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcscoll for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Transform S2 into array pointed to by S1 such that if wcscmp is applied + to two transformed strings the result is the as applying 'wcscoll' to the + original strings. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSXFRM@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSXFRM@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsxfrm, size_t, (wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsxfrm, size_t, (wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsxfrm); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsxfrm +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSXFRM +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsxfrm, "wcsxfrm is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsxfrm for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSDUP@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSDUP@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsdup, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsdup, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *s)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsdup); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsdup +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSDUP +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsdup, "wcsdup is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsdup for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Find the first occurrence of WC in WCS. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSCHR@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSCHR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcschr, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { + const wchar_t * std::wcschr (const wchar_t *, wchar_t); + wchar_t * std::wcschr (wchar_t *, wchar_t); + } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcschr, + wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t), + const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcschr, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcschr, const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcschr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcschr +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCHR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcschr, "wcschr is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcschr for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Find the last occurrence of WC in WCS. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSRCHR@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSRCHR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsrchr, wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { + const wchar_t * std::wcsrchr (const wchar_t *, wchar_t); + wchar_t * std::wcsrchr (wchar_t *, wchar_t); + } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcsrchr, + wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t), + const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, wchar_t)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsrchr, wchar_t *, (wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsrchr, const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *wcs, wchar_t wc)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsrchr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsrchr +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSRCHR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsrchr, "wcsrchr is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsrchr for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Return the length of the initial segmet of WCS which consists entirely + of wide characters not in REJECT. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSCSPN@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSCSPN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcscspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *reject) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcscspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *reject)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcscspn); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcscspn +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSCSPN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcscspn, "wcscspn is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcscspn for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Return the length of the initial segmet of WCS which consists entirely + of wide characters in ACCEPT. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSSPN@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSSPN@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcsspn, size_t, (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsspn); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsspn +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSSPN +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsspn, "wcsspn is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsspn for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Find the first occurrence in WCS of any character in ACCEPT. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSPBRK@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSPBRK@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcspbrk, wchar_t *, + (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { + const wchar_t * std::wcspbrk (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *); + wchar_t * std::wcspbrk (wchar_t *, const wchar_t *); + } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcspbrk, + wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *), + const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcspbrk, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcspbrk, const wchar_t *, + (const wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *accept)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcspbrk); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcspbrk +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSPBRK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcspbrk, "wcspbrk is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcspbrk for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Find the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSSTR@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSSTR@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcsstr, wchar_t *, + (const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif + /* On some systems, this function is defined as an overloaded function: + extern "C++" { + const wchar_t * std::wcsstr (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *); + wchar_t * std::wcsstr (wchar_t *, const wchar_t *); + } */ +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (wcsstr, + wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *), + const wchar_t *, (const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *)); +# if ((__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 10) && !defined __UCLIBC__) \ + && (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsstr, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (wcsstr, const wchar_t *, + (const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcsstr); +# endif +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcsstr +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSSTR +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcsstr, "wcsstr is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcsstr for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Divide WCS into tokens separated by characters in DELIM. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSTOK@ +# if !@HAVE_WCSTOK@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcstok, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **ptr)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcstok, wchar_t *, + (wchar_t *wcs, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **ptr)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcstok); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcstok +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSTOK +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcstok, "wcstok is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcstok for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +/* Determine number of column positions required for first N wide + characters (or fewer if S ends before this) in S. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCSWIDTH@ +# if @REPLACE_WCSWIDTH@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# undef wcswidth +# define wcswidth rpl_wcswidth +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n)); +# else +# if !@HAVE_WCSWIDTH@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wcswidth, int, (const wchar_t *s, size_t n)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wcswidth); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wcswidth +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCSWIDTH +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wcswidth, "wcswidth is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wcswidth for portability"); +# endif +#endif + + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCHAR_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/wctype-h.c b/libgnu/wctype-h.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb5f847e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/wctype-h.c @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +/* Normally this would be wctype.c, but that name's already taken. */ +#include <config.h> +#define _GL_WCTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE +#include "wctype.h" diff --git a/libgnu/wctype.in.h b/libgnu/wctype.in.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d106cf2d --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/wctype.in.h @@ -0,0 +1,527 @@ +/* A substitute for ISO C99 <wctype.h>, for platforms that lack it. + + Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible and Paul Eggert. */ + +/* + * ISO C 99 <wctype.h> for platforms that lack it. + * <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/wctype.h.html> + * + * iswctype, towctrans, towlower, towupper, wctrans, wctype, + * wctrans_t, and wctype_t are not yet implemented. + */ + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@ +#endif +@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@ + +#if (defined __MINGW32__ && defined __CTYPE_H_SOURCED__) + +/* Special invocation convention: + - With MinGW 3.22, when <ctype.h> includes <wctype.h>, only some part of + <wctype.h> is being processed, which doesn't include the idempotency + guard. */ + +#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCTYPE_H@ + +#else +/* Normal invocation convention. */ + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H + +#if @HAVE_WINT_T@ +/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>. + Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before + <wchar.h>. + BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be + included before <wchar.h>. */ +# include <stddef.h> +# include <stdio.h> +# include <time.h> +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +/* mingw has declarations of towupper and towlower in <ctype.h> as + well <wctype.h>. Include <ctype.h> in advance to avoid rpl_ prefix + being added to the declarations. */ +#ifdef __MINGW32__ +# include <ctype.h> +#endif + +/* Include the original <wctype.h> if it exists. + BeOS 5 has the functions but no <wctype.h>. */ +/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */ +#if @HAVE_WCTYPE_H@ +# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_WCTYPE_H@ +#endif + +#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H +#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H + +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN +#ifndef _GL_WCTYPE_INLINE +# define _GL_WCTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE +#endif + +/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */ + +/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */ + +/* Solaris 2.6 <wctype.h> includes <widec.h> which includes <euc.h> which + #defines a number of identifiers in the application namespace. Revert + these #defines. */ +#ifdef __sun +# undef multibyte +# undef eucw1 +# undef eucw2 +# undef eucw3 +# undef scrw1 +# undef scrw2 +# undef scrw3 +#endif + +/* Define wint_t and WEOF. (Also done in wchar.in.h.) */ +#if !@HAVE_WINT_T@ && !defined wint_t +# define wint_t int +# ifndef WEOF +# define WEOF -1 +# endif +#else +/* mingw and MSVC define wint_t as 'unsigned short' in <crtdefs.h>. + This is too small: ISO C 99 section 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t must be + "unchanged by default argument promotions". Override it. */ +# if @GNULIB_OVERRIDES_WINT_T@ +# if !GNULIB_defined_wint_t +# include <crtdefs.h> +typedef unsigned int rpl_wint_t; +# undef wint_t +# define wint_t rpl_wint_t +# define GNULIB_defined_wint_t 1 +# endif +# endif +# ifndef WEOF +# define WEOF ((wint_t) -1) +# endif +#endif + + +#if !GNULIB_defined_wctype_functions + +/* FreeBSD 4.4 to 4.11 has <wctype.h> but lacks the functions. + Linux libc5 has <wctype.h> and the functions but they are broken. + Assume all 11 functions (all isw* except iswblank) are implemented the + same way, or not at all. */ +# if ! @HAVE_ISWCNTRL@ || @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ + +/* IRIX 5.3 has macros but no functions, its isw* macros refer to an + undefined variable _ctmp_ and to <ctype.h> macros like _P, and they + refer to system functions like _iswctype that are not in the + standard C library. Rather than try to get ancient buggy + implementations like this to work, just disable them. */ +# undef iswalnum +# undef iswalpha +# undef iswblank +# undef iswcntrl +# undef iswdigit +# undef iswgraph +# undef iswlower +# undef iswprint +# undef iswpunct +# undef iswspace +# undef iswupper +# undef iswxdigit +# undef towlower +# undef towupper + +/* Linux libc5 has <wctype.h> and the functions but they are broken. */ +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define iswalnum rpl_iswalnum +# define iswalpha rpl_iswalpha +# define iswblank rpl_iswblank +# define iswcntrl rpl_iswcntrl +# define iswdigit rpl_iswdigit +# define iswgraph rpl_iswgraph +# define iswlower rpl_iswlower +# define iswprint rpl_iswprint +# define iswpunct rpl_iswpunct +# define iswspace rpl_iswspace +# define iswupper rpl_iswupper +# define iswxdigit rpl_iswxdigit +# endif +# endif +# if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define towlower rpl_towlower +# define towupper rpl_towupper +# endif +# endif + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswalnum +# else +iswalnum +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return ((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9') + || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z')); +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswalpha +# else +iswalpha +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z'; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswblank +# else +iswblank +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return wc == ' ' || wc == '\t'; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswcntrl +# else +iswcntrl +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wc & ~0x1f) == 0 || wc == 0x7f; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswdigit +# else +iswdigit +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return wc >= '0' && wc <= '9'; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswgraph +# else +iswgraph +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return wc >= '!' && wc <= '~'; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswlower +# else +iswlower +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return wc >= 'a' && wc <= 'z'; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswprint +# else +iswprint +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return wc >= ' ' && wc <= '~'; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswpunct +# else +iswpunct +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wc >= '!' && wc <= '~' + && !((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9') + || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'Z'))); +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswspace +# else +iswspace +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wc == ' ' || wc == '\t' + || wc == '\n' || wc == '\v' || wc == '\f' || wc == '\r'); +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswupper +# else +iswupper +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return wc >= 'A' && wc <= 'Z'; +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE int +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +rpl_iswxdigit +# else +iswxdigit +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return ((wc >= '0' && wc <= '9') + || ((wc & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (wc & ~0x20) <= 'F')); +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t +# if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@ +rpl_towlower +# else +towlower +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wc >= 'A' && wc <= 'Z' ? wc - 'A' + 'a' : wc); +} + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t +# if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@ +rpl_towupper +# else +towupper +# endif + (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wc >= 'a' && wc <= 'z' ? wc - 'a' + 'A' : wc); +} + +# elif @GNULIB_ISWBLANK@ && (! @HAVE_ISWBLANK@ || @REPLACE_ISWBLANK@) +/* Only the iswblank function is missing. */ + +# if @REPLACE_ISWBLANK@ +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define iswblank rpl_iswblank +# endif +_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc)); +# else +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc)); +# endif + +# endif + +# if defined __MINGW32__ + +/* On native Windows, wchar_t is uint16_t, and wint_t is uint32_t. + The functions towlower and towupper are implemented in the MSVCRT library + to take a wchar_t argument and return a wchar_t result. mingw declares + these functions to take a wint_t argument and return a wint_t result. + This means that: + 1. When the user passes an argument outside the range 0x0000..0xFFFF, the + function will look only at the lower 16 bits. This is allowed according + to POSIX. + 2. The return value is returned in the lower 16 bits of the result register. + The upper 16 bits are random: whatever happened to be in that part of the + result register. We need to fix this by adding a zero-extend from + wchar_t to wint_t after the call. */ + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t +rpl_towlower (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wint_t) (wchar_t) towlower (wc); +} +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define towlower rpl_towlower +# endif + +_GL_WCTYPE_INLINE wint_t +rpl_towupper (wint_t wc) +{ + return (wint_t) (wchar_t) towupper (wc); +} +# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define towupper rpl_towupper +# endif + +# endif /* __MINGW32__ */ + +# define GNULIB_defined_wctype_functions 1 +#endif + +#if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswalnum, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswalpha, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswcntrl, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswdigit, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswgraph, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswlower, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswprint, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswpunct, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswspace, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswupper, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswxdigit, int, (wint_t wc)); +#else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswalnum, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswalpha, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswcntrl, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswdigit, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswgraph, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswlower, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswprint, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswpunct, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswspace, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswupper, int, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswxdigit, int, (wint_t wc)); +#endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswalnum); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswalpha); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswcntrl); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswdigit); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswgraph); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswlower); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswprint); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswpunct); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswspace); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswupper); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswxdigit); + +#if @GNULIB_ISWBLANK@ +# if @REPLACE_ISWCNTRL@ || @REPLACE_ISWBLANK@ +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc)); +# else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswblank, int, (wint_t wc)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswblank); +#endif + +#if !@HAVE_WCTYPE_T@ +# if !GNULIB_defined_wctype_t +typedef void * wctype_t; +# define GNULIB_defined_wctype_t 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* Get a descriptor for a wide character property. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCTYPE@ +# if !@HAVE_WCTYPE_T@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wctype, wctype_t, (const char *name)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctype, wctype_t, (const char *name)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctype); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wctype +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCTYPE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wctype, "wctype is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wctype for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Test whether a wide character has a given property. + The argument WC must be either a wchar_t value or WEOF. + The argument DESC must have been returned by the wctype() function. */ +#if @GNULIB_ISWCTYPE@ +# if !@HAVE_WCTYPE_T@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (iswctype, int, (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (iswctype, int, (wint_t wc, wctype_t desc)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (iswctype); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef iswctype +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISWCTYPE +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (iswctype, "iswctype is unportable - " + "use gnulib module iswctype for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +#if @REPLACE_TOWLOWER@ || defined __MINGW32__ +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (towlower, wint_t, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (towupper, wint_t, (wint_t wc)); +#else +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (towlower, wint_t, (wint_t wc)); +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (towupper, wint_t, (wint_t wc)); +#endif +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (towlower); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (towupper); + +#if !@HAVE_WCTRANS_T@ +# if !GNULIB_defined_wctrans_t +typedef void * wctrans_t; +# define GNULIB_defined_wctrans_t 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* Get a descriptor for a wide character case conversion. */ +#if @GNULIB_WCTRANS@ +# if !@HAVE_WCTRANS_T@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (wctrans, wctrans_t, (const char *name)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctrans, wctrans_t, (const char *name)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctrans); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef wctrans +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WCTRANS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (wctrans, "wctrans is unportable - " + "use gnulib module wctrans for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +/* Perform a given case conversion on a wide character. + The argument WC must be either a wchar_t value or WEOF. + The argument DESC must have been returned by the wctrans() function. */ +#if @GNULIB_TOWCTRANS@ +# if !@HAVE_WCTRANS_T@ +_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (towctrans, wint_t, (wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc)); +# endif +_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (towctrans, wint_t, (wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc)); +_GL_CXXALIASWARN (towctrans); +#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK +# undef towctrans +# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TOWCTRANS +_GL_WARN_ON_USE (towctrans, "towctrans is unportable - " + "use gnulib module towctrans for portability"); +# endif +#endif + +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END + +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H */ +#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_WCTYPE_H */ +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/write.c b/libgnu/write.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a3b623e --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/write.c @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/* POSIX compatible write() function. + Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include <unistd.h> + +/* On native Windows platforms, SIGPIPE does not exist. When write() is + called on a pipe with no readers, WriteFile() fails with error + GetLastError() = ERROR_NO_DATA, and write() in consequence fails with + error EINVAL. */ + +#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + +# include <errno.h> +# include <signal.h> +# include <io.h> + +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */ +# include <windows.h> + +# include "msvc-inval.h" +# include "msvc-nothrow.h" + +# undef write + +# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER +static ssize_t +write_nothrow (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) +{ + ssize_t result; + + TRY_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = write (fd, buf, count); + } + CATCH_MSVC_INVAL + { + result = -1; + errno = EBADF; + } + DONE_MSVC_INVAL; + + return result; +} +# else +# define write_nothrow write +# endif + +ssize_t +rpl_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) +{ + for (;;) + { + ssize_t ret = write_nothrow (fd, buf, count); + + if (ret < 0) + { +# if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING + if (errno == ENOSPC) + { + HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd); + if (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE) + { + /* h is a pipe or socket. */ + DWORD state; + if (GetNamedPipeHandleState (h, &state, NULL, NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0) + && (state & PIPE_NOWAIT) != 0) + { + /* h is a pipe in non-blocking mode. + We can get here in four situations: + 1. When the pipe buffer is full. + 2. When count <= pipe_buf_size and the number of + free bytes in the pipe buffer is < count. + 3. When count > pipe_buf_size and the number of free + bytes in the pipe buffer is > 0, < pipe_buf_size. + 4. When count > pipe_buf_size and the pipe buffer is + entirely empty. + The cases 1 and 2 are POSIX compliant. In cases 3 and + 4 POSIX specifies that write() must split the request + and succeed with a partial write. We fix case 4. + We don't fix case 3 because it is not essential for + programs. */ + DWORD out_size; /* size of the buffer for outgoing data */ + DWORD in_size; /* size of the buffer for incoming data */ + if (GetNamedPipeInfo (h, NULL, &out_size, &in_size, NULL)) + { + size_t reduced_count = count; + /* In theory we need only one of out_size, in_size. + But I don't know which of the two. The description + is ambiguous. */ + if (out_size != 0 && out_size < reduced_count) + reduced_count = out_size; + if (in_size != 0 && in_size < reduced_count) + reduced_count = in_size; + if (reduced_count < count) + { + /* Attempt to write only the first part. */ + count = reduced_count; + continue; + } + } + /* Change errno from ENOSPC to EAGAIN. */ + errno = EAGAIN; + } + } + } + else +# endif + { +# if GNULIB_SIGPIPE + if (GetLastError () == ERROR_NO_DATA + && GetFileType ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd)) + == FILE_TYPE_PIPE) + { + /* Try to raise signal SIGPIPE. */ + raise (SIGPIPE); + /* If it is currently blocked or ignored, change errno from + EINVAL to EPIPE. */ + errno = EPIPE; + } +# endif + } + } + return ret; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/libgnu/xalloc-die.c b/libgnu/xalloc-die.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a64aa5c --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xalloc-die.c @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* Report a memory allocation failure and exit. + + Copyright (C) 1997-2000, 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "xalloc.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "error.h" +#include "exitfail.h" + +#include "gettext.h" +#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) + +void +xalloc_die (void) +{ + error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _("memory exhausted")); + + /* _Noreturn cannot be given to error, since it may return if + its first argument is 0. To help compilers understand the + xalloc_die does not return, call abort. Also, the abort is a + safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen). */ + abort (); +} diff --git a/libgnu/xalloc-oversized.h b/libgnu/xalloc-oversized.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff0efc6b --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xalloc-oversized.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* xalloc-oversized.h -- memory allocation size checking + + Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2003-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_ +#define XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +/* True if N * S would overflow in a size_t calculation, + or would generate a value larger than PTRDIFF_MAX. + This expands to a constant expression if N and S are both constants. + By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size + calculations, so the conservative size_t-based dividend to use here + is SIZE_MAX - 1. */ +#define __xalloc_oversized(n, s) \ + ((size_t) (PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? PTRDIFF_MAX : SIZE_MAX - 1) / (s) < (n)) + +#if PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX +typedef ptrdiff_t __xalloc_count_type; +#else +typedef size_t __xalloc_count_type; +#endif + +/* Return 1 if an array of N objects, each of size S, cannot exist + reliably due to size or ptrdiff_t arithmetic overflow. S must be + positive and N must be nonnegative. This is a macro, not a + function, so that it works correctly even when SIZE_MAX < N. */ + +#if 7 <= __GNUC__ +# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \ + __builtin_mul_overflow_p (n, s, (__xalloc_count_type) 1) +#elif 5 <= __GNUC__ && !__STRICT_ANSI__ +# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \ + (__builtin_constant_p (n) && __builtin_constant_p (s) \ + ? __xalloc_oversized (n, s) \ + : ({ __xalloc_count_type __xalloc_count; \ + __builtin_mul_overflow (n, s, &__xalloc_count); })) + +/* Other compilers use integer division; this may be slower but is + more portable. */ +#else +# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) __xalloc_oversized (n, s) +#endif + +#endif /* !XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_ */ diff --git a/libgnu/xalloc.h b/libgnu/xalloc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..484b67f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xalloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking + + Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2003-2004, 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef XALLOC_H_ +#define XALLOC_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "xalloc-oversized.h" + +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN +#ifndef XALLOC_INLINE +# define XALLOC_INLINE _GL_INLINE +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC +#endif + +#if ! defined __clang__ && \ + (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) __attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ args)) +#else +# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) +#endif + +/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted. + It must be defined by the application, either explicitly + or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module. This is the + function to call when one wants the program to die because of a + memory allocation failure. */ +extern _Noreturn void xalloc_die (void); + +void *xmalloc (size_t s) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)); +void *xzalloc (size_t s) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)); +void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2)); +void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2)); +void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn); +void *xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2)); +char *xstrdup (char const *str) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC; + +/* In the following macros, T must be an elementary or structure/union or + typedef'ed type, or a pointer to such a type. To apply one of the + following macros to a function pointer or array type, you need to typedef + it first and use the typedef name. */ + +/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking. */ +/* extern t *XMALLOC (typename t); */ +#define XMALLOC(t) ((t *) xmalloc (sizeof (t))) + +/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking. */ +/* extern t *XNMALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */ +#define XNMALLOC(n, t) \ + ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xmalloc (n) : xnmalloc (n, sizeof (t)))) + +/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking, + and zero it. */ +/* extern t *XZALLOC (typename t); */ +#define XZALLOC(t) ((t *) xzalloc (sizeof (t))) + +/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking, + and zero it. */ +/* extern t *XCALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */ +#define XCALLOC(n, t) \ + ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xzalloc (n) : xcalloc (n, sizeof (t)))) + + +/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory, + dynamically, with error checking. S must be nonzero. */ + +XALLOC_INLINE void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2)); +XALLOC_INLINE void * +xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s) +{ + if (xalloc_oversized (n, s)) + xalloc_die (); + return xmalloc (n * s); +} + +/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N + objects each of S bytes, with error checking. S must be nonzero. */ + +XALLOC_INLINE void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2, 3)); +XALLOC_INLINE void * +xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s) +{ + if (xalloc_oversized (n, s)) + xalloc_die (); + return xrealloc (p, n * s); +} + +/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN such objects; + otherwise, reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN objects + each of S bytes. S must be nonzero. Set *PN to the new number of + objects, and return the pointer to the new block. *PN is never set + to zero, and the returned pointer is never null. + + Repeated reallocations are guaranteed to make progress, either by + allocating an initial block with a nonzero size, or by allocating a + larger block. + + In the following implementation, nonzero sizes are increased by a + factor of approximately 1.5 so that repeated reallocations have + O(N) overall cost rather than O(N**2) cost, but the + specification for this function does not guarantee that rate. + + Here is an example of use: + + int *p = NULL; + size_t used = 0; + size_t allocated = 0; + + void + append_int (int value) + { + if (used == allocated) + p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated, sizeof *p); + p[used++] = value; + } + + This causes x2nrealloc to allocate a block of some nonzero size the + first time it is called. + + To have finer-grained control over the initial size, set *PN to a + nonzero value before calling this function with P == NULL. For + example: + + int *p = NULL; + size_t used = 0; + size_t allocated = 0; + size_t allocated1 = 1000; + + void + append_int (int value) + { + if (used == allocated) + { + p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated1, sizeof *p); + allocated = allocated1; + } + p[used++] = value; + } + + */ + +XALLOC_INLINE void * +x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s) +{ + size_t n = *pn; + + if (! p) + { + if (! n) + { + /* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation + requests, when the invoking code specifies an old size of + zero. This is the largest "small" request for the GNU C + library malloc. */ + enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 * sizeof (size_t) / 4 }; + + n = DEFAULT_MXFAST / s; + n += !n; + } + } + else + { + /* Set N = floor (1.5 * N) + 1 so that progress is made even if N == 0. + Check for overflow, so that N * S stays in both ptrdiff_t and + size_t range. The check may be slightly conservative, but an + exact check isn't worth the trouble. */ + if ((PTRDIFF_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? PTRDIFF_MAX : SIZE_MAX) / 3 * 2 / s + <= n) + xalloc_die (); + n += n / 2 + 1; + } + + *pn = n; + return xrealloc (p, n * s); +} + +/* Return a pointer to a new buffer of N bytes. This is like xmalloc, + except it returns char *. */ + +XALLOC_INLINE char *xcharalloc (size_t n) + _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1)); +XALLOC_INLINE char * +xcharalloc (size_t n) +{ + return XNMALLOC (n, char); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} + +/* C++ does not allow conversions from void * to other pointer types + without a cast. Use templates to work around the problem when + possible. */ + +template <typename T> inline T * +xrealloc (T *p, size_t s) +{ + return (T *) xrealloc ((void *) p, s); +} + +template <typename T> inline T * +xnrealloc (T *p, size_t n, size_t s) +{ + return (T *) xnrealloc ((void *) p, n, s); +} + +template <typename T> inline T * +x2realloc (T *p, size_t *pn) +{ + return (T *) x2realloc ((void *) p, pn); +} + +template <typename T> inline T * +x2nrealloc (T *p, size_t *pn, size_t s) +{ + return (T *) x2nrealloc ((void *) p, pn, s); +} + +template <typename T> inline T * +xmemdup (T const *p, size_t s) +{ + return (T *) xmemdup ((void const *) p, s); +} + +#endif + +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END + +#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */ diff --git a/libgnu/xgetcwd.c b/libgnu/xgetcwd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04d51cba --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xgetcwd.c @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* xgetcwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length + + Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* Written by Jim Meyering. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "xgetcwd.h" + +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include "xalloc.h" + +/* Return the current directory, newly allocated. + Upon an out-of-memory error, call xalloc_die. + Upon any other type of error, return NULL. */ + +char * +xgetcwd (void) +{ + char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0); + if (! cwd && errno == ENOMEM) + xalloc_die (); + return cwd; +} diff --git a/libgnu/xgetcwd.h b/libgnu/xgetcwd.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..638daf80 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xgetcwd.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +/* prototype for xgetcwd + Copyright (C) 1995, 2001, 2003, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +extern char *xgetcwd (void); diff --git a/libgnu/xmalloc.c b/libgnu/xmalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4d308d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xmalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking + + Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2002-2006, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#define XALLOC_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE + +#include "xalloc.h" + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* 1 if calloc is known to be compatible with GNU calloc. This + matters if we are not also using the calloc module, which defines + HAVE_CALLOC_GNU and supports the GNU API even on non-GNU platforms. */ +#if defined HAVE_CALLOC_GNU || (defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__) +enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 1 }; +#else +enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 0 }; +#endif + +/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */ + +void * +xmalloc (size_t n) +{ + void *p = malloc (n); + if (!p && n != 0) + xalloc_die (); + return p; +} + +/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, + with error checking. */ + +void * +xrealloc (void *p, size_t n) +{ + if (!n && p) + { + /* The GNU and C99 realloc behaviors disagree here. Act like + GNU, even if the underlying realloc is C99. */ + free (p); + return NULL; + } + + p = realloc (p, n); + if (!p && n) + xalloc_die (); + return p; +} + +/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN bytes; otherwise, + reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN bytes. *PN must be + nonzero unless P is null. Set *PN to the new block's size, and + return the pointer to the new block. *PN is never set to zero, and + the returned pointer is never null. */ + +void * +x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn) +{ + return x2nrealloc (p, pn, 1); +} + +/* Allocate S bytes of zeroed memory dynamically, with error checking. + There's no need for xnzalloc (N, S), since it would be equivalent + to xcalloc (N, S). */ + +void * +xzalloc (size_t s) +{ + return memset (xmalloc (s), 0, s); +} + +/* Allocate zeroed memory for N elements of S bytes, with error + checking. S must be nonzero. */ + +void * +xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s) +{ + void *p; + /* Test for overflow, since objects with size greater than + PTRDIFF_MAX cause pointer subtraction to go awry. Omit size-zero + tests if HAVE_GNU_CALLOC, since GNU calloc never returns NULL if + successful. */ + if (xalloc_oversized (n, s) + || (! (p = calloc (n, s)) && (HAVE_GNU_CALLOC || n != 0))) + xalloc_die (); + return p; +} + +/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking. There's no need + for xnmemdup (P, N, S), since xmemdup (P, N * S) works without any + need for an arithmetic overflow check. */ + +void * +xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s) +{ + return memcpy (xmalloc (s), p, s); +} + +/* Clone STRING. */ + +char * +xstrdup (char const *string) +{ + return xmemdup (string, strlen (string) + 1); +} diff --git a/libgnu/xsize.c b/libgnu/xsize.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b4914c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xsize.c @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +#include <config.h> +#define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE +#include "xsize.h" diff --git a/libgnu/xsize.h b/libgnu/xsize.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..daf78d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xsize.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations. + + Copyright (C) 2003, 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _XSIZE_H +#define _XSIZE_H + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get SIZE_MAX. */ +#include <limits.h> +#if HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif + +#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN + #error "Please include config.h first." +#endif +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN +#ifndef XSIZE_INLINE +# define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_INLINE +#endif + +/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of + type size_t. Example: + void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size). + These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc() + returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then + crashes while attempting to fill the memory. + To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow. + The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow. + malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc + implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p() + or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc(). + The example thus becomes: + size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size)); + void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL); +*/ + +/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */ +#define xcast_size_t(N) \ + ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX) + +/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ +XSIZE_INLINE size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2) +{ + size_t sum = size1 + size2; + return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX); +} + +/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */ +XSIZE_INLINE size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3) +{ + return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3); +} + +/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */ +XSIZE_INLINE size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4) +{ + return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4); +} + +/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ +XSIZE_INLINE size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2) +{ + /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n: + max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */ + return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2); +} + +/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check. + The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0. + This is a macro, not a function, so that it works correctly even + when N is of a wider type and N > SIZE_MAX. */ +#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \ + ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX) + +/* Check for overflow. */ +#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \ + ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX) +/* Check against overflow. */ +#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \ + ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX) + +_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END + +#endif /* _XSIZE_H */ diff --git a/libgnu/xstrndup.c b/libgnu/xstrndup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8fbef7f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xstrndup.c @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory + checking. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "xstrndup.h" + +#include <string.h> +#include "xalloc.h" + +/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING. + In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of + STRING. */ +char * +xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n) +{ + char *s = strndup (string, n); + if (! s) + xalloc_die (); + return s; +} diff --git a/libgnu/xstrndup.h b/libgnu/xstrndup.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d901c2c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/libgnu/xstrndup.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory + checking. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING. + In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of + STRING. */ +extern char *xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n); |